Advertisement for orthosearch.org.uk
Orthopaedic Proceedings Logo

Receive monthly Table of Contents alerts from Orthopaedic Proceedings

Comprehensive article alerts can be set up and managed through your account settings

View my account settings

Visit Orthopaedic Proceedings at:

Loading...

Loading...

Volume 86-B, Issue SUPP_IV April 2004

I. Asayama M. Naito M. Fujisawa T. Kambe

Introduction: To ascertain the optimal functional abductor moment arm of the hip for THA, we focused on the Trendelenburg sign. We investigate the various conditions associated with abductor moment arm to achieve a negative Trendelenburg sign postoperatively.

Methods: We reviewed 30 patients (34 uncemented primary THAs; mean age, 56 years) at a minimum of two years postoperatively. The tilting angle of the pelvis while performing the Trendelenburg test (Trendelenburg angle) was measured using a magnetic sensor system. On the hip radiographs, the %FO was calculated by dividing the femoral offset, by the distance between the centers of the bilateral femoral heads, and by multiplying by 100.

Results: The Trendelenburg angle averaged −4.3 degrees (−9 to −2.0) in all cases with a positive Trendelenburg sign, whereas it averaged +1.4 degrees (−2.0 to +12.0) when the Trendelenburg sign was negative. The %FO having a positive Trendelenburg sign (16.9 %; 10.0 to 22.5) were significantly shorter than those having a negative Trendelenburg sign (19.4 %; 13.5 to 24.7). The Trendelenburg angle correlated positively with %FO. Of the cases with a %FO value of more than 20%, about eighty percent of the cases had a negative Trendelenburg sign.

Discussion: The optimum abductor moment-arm, when the Trendelenburg sign is negative, has not been described. This study indicates that a %FO of 20 % may be one of the factors taken into account when determining the suitable size and position for acetabular and femoral neck components.


Mark A. Newman

The study was designed to compare the clinical performance of an Alumina ceramic acetabular bearing to that of a polyethylene bearing in a cementless hip couple.

The study group consisted of 15 surgeons who performed 308 total hip replacements (297 patients) between January 29, 1998 and February 1, 2000. All patients received a porous coated cementless titanium stem with an Alumina ceramic 28 mm or 32 mm head. Patients were randomized to receive a porous titanium acetabular shell with either a polyethylene or Alumina cup liner. There were 164 Alumina cups and 144 polyethylene cups. The mean age was 57.3 years and consisted of 50% males and 50% females. The preoperative diagnoses were: osteoarthritis 69.8%, avascular necrosis 19.5 %, post traumatic arthritis 2.9 %, inflammatory arthritis 3.9% and other 3.9%. The mean follow up was 12 months. The longest follow up was 38 months.

The Harris Hip Score was good and excellent in 86% of the control patients and 87% of the study patients. There has been 100% follow up and survivorship.

There were two reoperations for recurrent dislocations in each group. There were no Alumina component fractures, no progressive radiolucencies and no evidence of rapid wear.

In the short term follow-up between 12 and 38 months, there do not appear to be any differences between the patients with a bearing couple consisting of Alumina on plastic with those consisting of Alumina on Alumina. There have been no catastrophic failures of the ceramic components. The Alumina/Alumina bearing couple for total hip arthroplasty appears to be an excellent alternative bearing, providing the advantage of improved long term wear and a reduced incidence of polyethylene induced osteolysis.


Full Access
Kusaba Y. Kuroki S. Kondo I. Hirose Y. Ito N. Hemmi Y. Shirasaki T. Tateishi J. Scholz

A method was developed to take radiographs showing the inner articulation of bipolar hip prostheses. By this method, wear was measured in 68 hips whose inner head diameter was 22 mm. Average annual wear rate was 0.17 mm. Osteolysis was observed in 25 hips (37%) and there was no difference between the annual wear rate of hips with and without osteolysis. Studying 19 retrieved prostheses, abrasion of the rim was deeper in hips with osteolysis than those without it. Wear rate of the inner articulation in bipolar hip prosthesis is much larger than that in Charnley’s prosthesis, as linear penetration into the articulation surface reduces the motion range of the inner articulation and this increases impingement and advances rim abrasion.


Full Access
A. Kusaba Y. Kuroki S. Kondo I. Hirose Y. Ito N. Hemmi Y. Shirasaki T. Tateishi J. Scholz

Friction was studied in 67 retrieved cemented cups with 32 mm internal diameter. Friction was measured under 1.0 KN of static load. High molecular hyaluronic acid was adapted as a lubricant. Thirty cups were combined with alumina heads and 37 were combined with metal heads. The years cups were in situ was 7.5 (3.2–13.2) for alumina-polyethylene implants and 8.9 (1.5–15.7) for metal-polyethylene implants (p> 0.05).

The revision rate at 15 years follow-up was higher in metal-polyethylene (PE) implants (57%) than that of alumina-PE implants (40%) (p< 0.05). The prevalence of cup loosening was less in alumina-PE implants (12/30) than in metal-PE implants (29/37) (p< 0.01). Less wear was observed in alumina-PE implants (1.15+−0,80mm) than in metal-PE implants (1.62+−0.61mm) (p< 0.01). Less wear was observed in cups without loosening (alumina-PE implants: 1.84+−0.57mm, metal-PE implants: 1.75+−0.51mm) than in those with loosening (alumina-PE implants: 0.69+−0.56mm, metal-PE implants: 1.31+−0.73mm) in both types (alumina-PE implants: p< 0.01, metal-PE implants: p< 0.05). Less wear rate was observed in cups without loosening (alumina-PE implants: 0.11+−0.05 mm/year, metal-PE implants: 0.14+−0.05mm/year) than in those with loosening (alumina-PE implants: 0.17+−0.03 mm/year, metal-PE implants: 0.22+−0.09mm/year) in both types (alumina-PE implants: p< 0.01, metal-PE implants: p< 0.05). The coefficient of friction increased in proportion to the progress of cup wear in both types (alumina-PE implants: r2 =0.217, p< 0.01, metal-PE implants: r2 =0.183, p< 0.01). Relation between the coefficient of friction and stability of implants was not detected in both types, while alumina-PE implants had lower coefficient of friction (0.137+-0.056) than metal-PE implants (0.209+−0.098) (p< 0.01). The torque of metal-PE implants without stem loosening (0.137+−0.053) was larger than that of alumina-PE implants with stem loosening (0.274+−0.088) (p< 0.01).

The results suggest that wear has greater influence on stability of implants than the friction, whereas coefficient of friction increases in worn implants.


C. Tanaka J. Shikata M. Ikenaga M. Takahashi

In revision THA, the solid acetabular reconstruction in the true acetabulum is often challenging. We are using the Kerboull acetabular reinforcement devices after packing hydroxyapatite granules for acetabular bone defects. We report our 3–7 year clinical and roentgenographical results.

Twenty-one acetabuli in 20 patients were reconstructed in the true acetabuli with Kerboull-type acetabular reinforcement devices and porous hydroxyapatite granules (Sumitomo Pharmaceutical Co. Ltd.). The mean age of the patients at operation was 68 years. The mean follow-up period was 5 years and 3 months (38–88 months). Acetabular bone deficiencies were evaluated according to AAOS classification (type II: 5 hips, type III: 16 hips). Porous hydroxyapatite granules (20–60 grams) were grafted to all the acetabuli. Autologous cortico-cancellous bone grafts or hydroxyapatite blocks were used to reconstruct the segmental defects in 6 hips. All the acetabuli were reinforced with Ker-boull-type reinforcement devices and Charnley-type cemented prostheses were implanted. Clinical and roent-genographical results were evaluated using Japanese Orthopaedic Association hip score and Hodgkinson classification. Average hip score was improved from 42 points to 75 points. No re-revision was done. No infection was noted. The roentgenograms showed neither migration nor loosening of the acetabular components.

Porous hydroxyapatite granules are one of the best bone substitutes because of their mechanical and biochemical properties. Oonishi reported very good results of his acetabular reconstruction using this material. The Kerboull-type acetabular devices are very effective to the reconstruction in the true acetabulum. Excellent results of these devices were reported by Kerboull. Ace-tabular reconstrution using both of them showed very good clinical and roentgenographical results during 3 to 7 post-operative years in our series.


S. Fuchs

Aim of the study: Documentation of changes in retropa-tellar pressure, contact area and force after total knee arthroplasty in comparison with and without patella resurfacing devices.

Material and method: six cadaver specimen were examined after implantation of a total knee endoprosthesis (Genesis I type) with and without patella resurfacing implants of the sizes “small” und “medium”. Contact pressure and area measurements were done with Fuji Prescale Film (type super low) in a knee flexion angle of 60°.

Results: In comparison to the results without patella implants the implantation of the patella implant size “small” caused a significant decrease of retropatellar contact area (p=0.03) and force (p=0.03). Average and maximum pressure did not change significantly (p=0.6 and p=0.35) even though pressure increased slightly. For the „medium“ size maximum pressure (p=0.03) increased significantly and force decreased significantly (p=0,0277) whereas contact area and average pressure increased slightly.

Discussion: The significant reduction of contact area seen after implantation of both patellar implants may lead to non physiologic loading of the patella as well as to an unfavorable sliding behaviour of the femur.

Clinical relevance: Implantation of a patella resurfacing device can not significant change retropatellar pressure and the decrease of contact area is unfavorable because a small contact area can lead to accelerate wear debris and loosening. Implant size does not have a significant influence.


S. Fuchs M. Volmer C.O. Tibesku D. Rosenbaum

Aim: Evaluation of clinical, electromyographic and gait analysis results after constrained revision total knee arthroplasty. Material and Methods: 14 patients (mean age 67 years, 54-78) were evaluated 28.5 months (range, 6.5 to 61.4 months) after revision arthroplasty using constrained total knee endoprostheses (Genesis, Blauth).

Clinical evaluation was carried out using HSS, Knee Society, Tegner Activity, and Patellar scores. A three-dimensional, quantitative gait analysis and simultaneous epicutaneous electromyographic recordings of 7 muscles surrounding the knee were carried out on all patients. 11 healthy volunteers (mean age 69 years, 60-75) served as control group.

Results: Patients achieved 68 points in HSS, 125 in Knee Society, 1.3 in Tegner, and 19.1 in Patellar scores. Compared to the controls, all patients showed minor functional results. Electromyographic amplitudes of 5 muscles of the operated leg were significantly decreased compared to the contralateral side as well as the control group. Besides maximum knee extension all gait analysis parameters differed significantly between patients and controls. On the other hand, operated and uninvolved patients’ legs differed only in maximum knee extension in gait analysis. Significant correlations between clinical scores and ground reaction forces as well as electromyo-graphic levels of the gastroc muscle were noticed.

Conclusion: Functional deficits may not be explained by revision arthroplasty alone, but already exist preoperatively. The gastroc muscle seems to play and especially important role, as its functional deviations are highly correlated with clinical scores. The shown results stress the demand for extensive pre- and postoperative rehabilitation to avoid or at least reduce functional deficits after revision total knee arthroplasty.


L.P. Müller J. Degreif D. Mateja H. Hely P.M. Rommens

The science of tribology concerning hip arthroplasty has mainly dealt with total endoprostheses, whereas measurement values of hemiendoprosthetic implants are rare. The small amount of experimental tribologic data concerning hemiendoprosthetic implants in the form of pendulum trials, animal experiments, in-vivo measurements on human hip joints and pin on disc studies will be reviewed in the following work. The reported frictional coefficients in these studies were between 0,014-0,07. In order to test the friction coefficients of different femur head hemiendoprostheses (ceramic-cobalt chrome – and titanium heads and bipolar endoprostheses) against fresh cadaveric acetabula, the HEPFlEx-hip simulator (Hemi-EndoProsthesis Flexion Extension) was developed. In the simulator, the various hemiendoprosthetic heads are placed on a special cone and tested against a human cadaver acetabulum cast in MCP 47 woodmetal. The plane of movement of the apparatus is uniaxial with a rotating movement of +/− 35 degrees. The force is produced pneumatically dynamic with amounts of up to 5 kN. Newborn calf serum served as a lubricant. Preliminary results showed that the mean friction coefficient at 3 kN loading was μ=0.032–0.07 for ceramic against cartilage and μ=0.024–0.153 for metal against cartilage.


J.A. Bergandi J. Feinblatt M.N. Rumi M.M. Saunders S.H. Naidu V.D. Pellegrini

Introduction: By compromising bone structure, peri-prosthetic osteolysis may increase the risk of fracture and/or aseptic loosening of components leading to revision surgery. Our purpose was to develop a reproducible rabbit model of periprosthetic osteolysis and observe the effects of implant type and fixation on the latency to onset and size of the osteolytic lesions.

Methods: Thirty-seven New Zealand White rabbits (71 knees) underwent knee arthrotomy and placement of cylindrical intramedullary stainless steel or polymethylmethacrylate (PMMA) implants. Each knee contained both a metallic and PMMA implant in either the femur or tibia that communicated with a common synovial space. A suspension of polyethylene particles (size < 4.5 um and concentration of 1-5 x 106 particles/ul) was injected into each knee at two-week intervals for ten weeks to induce osteolysis. Serial radiographs were taken at 4, 8, 14, 18, and 22 weeks postoperatively to document the progression of osteolysis. Statistical analysis was performed utilizing a two-tailed, unpaired t-test and a Mantel-Cox test with the level of significance set a p < 0.05.

Results: Radiographic analysis revealed that 96.9% of the stainless steel implants had evidence of osteolysis by 22 weeks compared to 22.9% of the PMMA implants (p< 0.001). The earliest onset of lesions in the metal implant group occurred at four weeks compared to 14 weeks in the PMMA group. We also found the area and volume of the osteolytic lesions to be significantly larger in the metal implants when compared to the implants composed of PMMA (p < 0.01).

Conclusions: Onset of osteolysis around metal implants occurred in a significantly shorter period of time and more frequently when compared to implants composed of PMMA. Also, the area and volume of the osteolytic lesions around the metal implants was found to be significantly larger than those of the PMMA. We concluded that relative material effects on osteoclast induced bone resorption and differences in ease of transport of particulate debris along metallic compared to PMMA surfaces may account for observed differences in frequency and severity of osteolytic lesions.


S. Nagoya

Patients with dislocation, severe subluxation of the hip joints were treated with cementless THA combined with subtrochanteric shortening femoral osteotomy. Total hip arthroplasty (THA) requiring subtrochanteric osteot-omy has been considered to lead to several complications. The aim of this paper is to assess the clinical results and complications of this procedure.

An acetabular component was placed into position at the site of the true acetabulum. After femoral corrective shortening osteotomy for dislocation or severe sub-luxation of the hip joints, an AML cementless stem was tightly inserted into the femoral canal to achieve bony union and osteointegration with the implant.

Twenty-one patients (23 hips; 2 men, 19 women) treated with cementless THA combined with subtro-chanteric femoral shortening osteotomy were enrolled in this study. The mean age was 55 years and the mean follow-up period was 4.5 years.

The average elongation of the limb was 48 mm after subtrochanteric shortening femoral osteotomy. Solid union of the osteotomy was obtained within an average of 5.5 months after surgery. None of these patients developed sciatic nerve palsy. There were 4 cases of non-union of the osteotomy site and 3 of aseptic loosening of the femoral component related to intraoperative femoral fracture. Upward migration of the proximal part of the femur was related to poor preoperative bone quality.

In order to diminish these complications, careful patient selection, accurate femoral reaming and suitable methods of bone cutting and augmentation of the oste-otomy site are necessary.


T. Yamaguchi

Introduction: We performed cementless total hip arthroplasty (THA) with autogenous bone block grafting on 18 hips in 15 patients with marked acetabular dysplasia and investigated the correlations of clinical results with the placement of the acetabular and femoral components.

Methods: There were 13 women and 2 men who had a mean duration of follow-up of 3.3 years (range, 2 to 4.3 years). According to the classification of Crowe et al, four hips in group I, three hips in group II, one hip in group III and 10 hips in group IV. The resected femoral head was used as a graft for the superior-lateral region of the true acetabulum.

Clinical results were determined according to the hip joint function criteria of the Japanese Orthopaedic Association (JOA).

Results: The mean preoperative JOA hip score was 44 points and that at follow up was 77 points. The distance from the Kohler line to the medial margin of the acetabu-lar component averaged 6.1 mm on the radiograph. Two patients required revision. In both patients, lateral insertion of the acetabular component of 8 and 15 mm respectively from the Kohler line had resulted in loosening of the cup. Of the 18 patients, femoral component had been placed in neutral position in 9, who had better clinical results than those of the others. The grafted bones united in all patients.

Discussion: The present study indicates that lateral insertion of the the acetabular component in THA should be avoided in patients with marked acetabular dysplasia.


S. Fuchs G. Gerdemann D. Bettin

Objective: Clinical and radiological comparison of unconstrained and constrained knee endoprostheses in revision total knee arthroplasty after septic or aseptic loosening in consideration of quality of life, activity and patella related problems.

Material and methods: 26 patients with 10 hinge pros-theses and 16 condylar prostheses were examined using the following scores: HSS, Knee Society Score, Visual Analogueue Scale, Tegner Activity Score, Patella Score, SF-36-helth questionaire. Before implantation all hinge endoprostheses were septic and all condylar endopros-theses aseptic. For radiological examination the Knee Society and Engh Score were used.

Results: There were no significant deviations in clinical parameters between the types of prostheses resp. septic or aseptic history. Radiological parameters deviated significantly in only one parameter: the femoral defects in hinge prostheses were significantly larger (p=0.0036). Regarding at patients with hinge prostheses compared with healthy subjects of the same age deviated significantly only in limitations in physical activities because of health problems, limitations in usual role activities because of physical health problems and bodily pain. In the group of condy-lar endoprostheses there were significant deviations for all items except vitality and general mental health.

Conclusion: The choice of condylar or hinged endopros-theses does not have any significant influence on clinical results, neither has aseptic or septic history. The quality of life results of condylar prostheses were inferior.


Fifty consecutive patients (60 hips) were included in the study who underwent primary total hip arthroplasty. There were 37 men and 13 women; the average age was 46.6 years (range, 26 to 70 years). The authors used cementless Duraloc series 100 acetabular component without a screw hole, a 22 mm (inner diameter) polyethylene liner, and a cementless IPS (Immediate Postoperative Stability) femoral component in all hips. The average follow-up was 6.3 years (range, 5 to 7 years). Thigh pain was evaluated using a visual analog scale (ten points). Clinical (Harris hip score) and radiographic follow-up was performed at six weeks; at three, six and 12 months; and yearly thereafter. Linear and volumetric wear were measured by software program. Bone remodeling and osteolysis were examined.

Preoperative hip score was 42.3 points (range, 16 to 69 points). The hip score at the final follow-up was 96 points (range, 95 to 100 points). All hips had satisfactory fit of the femoral stem in both coronal and sagittal planes. There was no aseptic loosening or revision of the components. One patient (2 %) had moderate thigh pain at three months and slight pain at six months and resolved. The average linear wear was 1.60 mm (SD, 0.068) and the wear rate per year was 0.23 mm (SD, 0.013). The average volumetric wear was 607.9 mm3 (SD, 25.8). The average volumetric wear per year was 87.4 mm3 (SD, 4.9). Four hips (8 %) had osteolysis in the calcar femorale (zone 7-A) less than 1 cm in diameter.


C. Chylarecki M.G. Floren S. Fuchs

Aim of the study: The question wether there is a clinical relevance between the clinical outcome and life quality and radiological parameters.

Material and methods: 17 patients (average age 68.2 years) with total knee arthroplasty (Genesis I) were examined after a follow-up period of in average 24,6 months. The examination included the HSS-score for clinical parameters and the SF-36 for life quality. The evaluation of the radiological examinations were performed according to Ewald and Lotke and a special designed score of our unit.

Results: The HSS-Score resulted in average in 81 points and the SF-36 Fragebogens demonstrated significant worse results than in the age matched healthy population. The evaluation of the radiologic examinations according to Lotke showed an average value of 76,3. Correlations between the radilogical results and the HSS-score were not found. The correlation analysis between the SF-36 and HSS-score showed only positive values for the social functions. Correlations between the radiological evaluations according to Ewald and Lotke with the SF-36 score were found only for body pain and vitality.

Clinical relevance: This is the first study to find out the correlation between clinical and radiological parameters and also the outcome of life quality. The results of the positioning of the implants showed satisfying values in most of the cases, but some differences could be found. Because of deficits in the clinical and life quality outcome it can be supposed that the radiological parameters have significant influence. In our study we could not demonstrate correlations between the clinical and radiological examinations. Surprisingly also between the HSS and SF- 36 score no correlations were found. This findings showed us that the importance of the positioning of our implants has lower influence to the clinical results and life quality than we supposed.


S. Fuchs C. O. Tibesku H. Laaß D. Rosenbaum

Aim of the Study: Evaluation of differences in pro-prioception, gait analysis, electromyography in consideration of clinical results in patients with unicondylar and bicondylar knee arthroplasty.

Material and Methods: 17 patients with mean age of 62.5 years were examined after a mean time of 21.5 months after unicondylar knee arthroplasty and compared with 15 patients with a mean age of 67 years and a mean time of 31.9 months after bicondylar knee arthroplasty. For clinical examination the Knee Society, Hospital for Special Surgery and Patella Score were used. Proprioception was examined using the Balance test. In addition each patient was examined by gait analysis with three-dimensional-kinematics and force plate. M. rectus femoris, M. vastus medialis/lateralis, M. semiten-dinosus, M. biceps femoris, M. tibialis anterior and M. gastrocnemius were examined by electromyography.

Results: There were neither significant deviations in demographic data, clinical scores, electromyography results (except M. vastus lateralis), gait analysis nor in proprioception.

Conclusion: There were no deviations in any clinical or functional results in patients with unicondylar and bicon-dylar knee arthroplasty. Because of the uncertain long term results of unicondylar knee arthroplasty in respect of loosening and development of contralateral osteoarthritis, bicondylar knee arthroplasty can be approved.


C. Chylarecki S. Brändle S. Fuchs

Aim of the study: Results of total hip replacement in consideration of quality of life and their correlation to clinical radiologic findings were examined.

Material and methods: 46 of 61 patients with aseptic loosing and total hip replacement were examined in average 4,3 years after surgery with the Harris Hip Score, Merle d’Aubigne Score, Postel Score, WOMAC-Score and SF-36 Health Survey Score. The study of radiographs was completed by the Scores of Brooker, Lee and Gruen. Allograft were used in 38 (83,6%) cases.

Results: The result of the Merle d’Aubigne Score and Postel Score in average account for 11,5 points. Harris Hip Score obtains 62,7 points. The comparison form patient and control group with the SF-36-Score shows unpropitious results particularly for physical functioning, roll limitation because of physical health problems and roll limitation because of physical emotional problems. The outcome for general mental health and vitality show better results for the patients as for the control. Evaluation of the physical and psychical scale applies to impairments of daily life depending on the disease. Patients with hip arthroplasty shows in comparison to patients with cancer or cardiac infarction worst results for the physical category, whereas the best results for the psychical category. Radiographs of 33 patients were completely evaluated. In eight cases (24,2%) there were loosening lines in femur shaft area. In 18 cases (54,55%) there were loosening lines in the area of the acetabular cup, in three cases (9%) a migration

Conclusion: After a total hip replacement the physical functions are limited. Primary hip arthroplasty for young patients should be indicated reserved in consideration of above mentioned results, even if psychological results surprised.


J. Boldt P. Keblish C. Varma T. Drobny U. Munzinger

Accepted landmarks for determining rotation include the posterior condyles, Whiteside’s line, arbitrary 3-4° of external rotation, and transepicondylar axis (TEA). All methods require anatomical identification, which may be variable.

The purpose of this study was to radiologically evaluate femoral component rotation (CT analysis) based on a method that references to the tibial axis and balanced flexion-tension.

Methods: CT scans of 38 randomly selected TKA were evaluated to determine femoral component positioning. Spiral CT scans of the femoral epicondylar region with eight 4mm cuts were performed to accurately identify medial and lateral epicondyles. Rotational alignment was measured in relation to the transepicondylar axis using CT-implemented software by two independent radiologists.

Results: Femoral component rotation ranged from 4° internal rotation to 5° external rotation with a mean of 0.0° = parallel to the TEA. All 38 cases had satisfactory clinical results, range of motion of over 90°, and showed perfect patello-femoral tracking and patellar congruency.

Conclusions: Femoral rotation position based on tibial axis and balanced flexion tension is patient specific, reproducible and results in predictable patella tracking. CT analysis in this study confirms that the tibial axis method produces a consistent femoral component positioning that relates accurately to the TEA. Tibial axis method avoids the need for arbitrary landmark identification, placing the femoral component predictably in an optimum position in relation to the tibia and patella.


Young-Hoo Kim S-H. Oh J-S. Kim

The purpose this prospective, randomized clinical trial was to determine if unilateral or bilateral simultaneous total hip arthroplasty procedures resulted in a differing incidence of fat embolization, degree of hemodynamic compromise, levels of hypoxemia or mental status changes. Also, the incidence of fat embolization was compared between the cemented and cementless total hip arthroplasty in the patients with a unilateral- and bilateral simultaneous total hip arthroplasty.

One hundred and fifty-six consecutive patients undergoing primary total hip arthroplasty were enrolled prospectively in the study after giving informed consent. The group consisted of fifty patients undergoing bilateral simultaneous total hip arthroplasty and 106 patients undergoing unilateral total hip arthroplasty. One hundred and three hips were cemented and 103 hips were cementless. To determine the hemodynamic changes and to detect the fat and bone marrow embolization, arterial and right atrial blood samples were obtained before implantation (baseline) and at one, three, five and ten minutes after implantation of the acetabular component. Also, arterial and right atrial blood samples were obtained at one, three, five and ten minutes after implantation of the femoral component. And then blood samples were obtained at twenty-four and forty-eight hours after the operation. Arterial blood pressure, right atrial pressure, arterial oxygen tension and carbon-dioxide tension were monitored at corresponding times. The presence of lipid was determined with oil red O fat stain and the presence of cellular contents of bone marrow was determined with Wright-Giemsa stain.

The incidence of fat embolism was not statistically different (P=1.000) between the patients with a bilateral total hip arthroplasty (twenty seven patients or 54 per cent) and the patients with a unilateral total hip arthroplasty (fifty-two patients or 49 per cent). In the semiquantitative analysis of fat globules in both groups, there was no tendency to have a higher number of fat globules in the bilateral group than in the unilateral group. Also, the incidence of bone marrow embolization was not statistically different (P=0.800) between the patients with a bilateral total hip arthroplasty (eight patients or 16 per cent) and the patients with a unilateral total hip arthroplasty (fourteen patients or 13 per cent). There was no statistical difference (P=0.800) in the incidence of the presence of fat globule between the cemented total hip (thirty-four patients or 34 per cent) and the cementless total hip arthroplasty (forty-seven patients or 44 per cent). Also, there was no statistical difference (P=0.627) in the incidence of the presence of bone marrow cells between the cemented total hip arthroplasty (thirteen patients or 13 per cent) and the cement-less total hip arthroplasty (twelve patients or 11 per cent). Four patients with positive bone marrow cells had neurological manifestation. All of these four patients developed diffuse encephalopathy with confusion and agitation for about twenty-four hours.

The present study confirmed that the incidence of fat and bone marrow embolization is similar in the patients with a bilateral simultaneous-and unilateral total hip arthroplasty as well as in the patients with cemented and cementless total hip arthroplasty. The patients with bone marrow cell emboli had a significantly lower arterial oxygen tension (p=0.022) and oxygen saturation (p=0.017) than the patients without bone marrow cell emboli. On the contrary, the number of fat globules did not affect the perioperative hemodynamic changes. Encephalopathy is related to the biochemical and/or mechanical changes by bone marrow cells.


J. Boldt T. Drobny U. Munzinger

The purpose of this study was to analyse and to recommend solutions for early complications with a new total knee mobile bearing device, that promises a logical synthesis of combined A/P translation and rotation ability, but has shown early surgical technique related complications.

Materials and Methods: There were 244 Low Contact Stress (LCS) A/P glide total knee replacements (TKA) performed in the time between 1995 and 1999. Mean age was 67.2 years (range: 53-83). Mean follow-up was 16.5 months (range: 1-51). There was an unusual high incidence of anterior knee pain in this group compared with excellent results utilising rotating platform LCS TKA in this centre. Diagnostic evaluation included radiographs, arthroscopical evaluation, and positron emission tomography in five selected cases.

Results: There were 11 (4.5%) cases with Hoffa fatpad impingement, progressive ligament instability in 5 (2.0%) cases, arthrofibrosis in 4 (1.6%) cases, one malposition of tibial component, and one proximal tibial AVN. Five PET 18F-FDG scans prior to revision surgery revealed increased up-take correlated with intraoperative findings of fatpad fibrosis and/or necrosis.

Conclusion: The LCS A/P glide mobile bearing TKA has theoretical advantages over both meniscal and rotating mobile bearing knee designs. Early occurrence of Hoffa fatpad impingement was caused by surgical mal-technique in this centre that usually retains the vast majority of the fat pad. Revision surgery revealed evidence of impingement and all cases revealed clinical improved after partial excision of the fatpad. We, therefore, recommend partial to total excision of the Hoffa fat pad for utilisation of the A/P glide prosthesis.


J. Boldt J. Romero J. Hodler M. Zanetti T. Drobny U. Munzinger

The purpose of this study was to analyse a potential correlation of arthrofibrosis (AF) and femoral rotational mal-alignment in total knee arthroplasty (TKA). We hypothesized an increased internal mal-rotation of the femoral component leading to unphysiological kinematic motion of the arthroplastic knee joint. These repetitive microtrauma may then induce increased synovial hyperplasia leading to arthrofibrosis. Arthrofibrosis is an ill-defined entity that results in unsatisfactory outcome following TKA. Biological and mechanical factors have been suggested as etiology, but specific causes have not been identified.

Methods: From a cohort of 3058 mobile bearing TKA 44 (1.4%) cases were diagnosed with arthrofibrosis, of which 38 (86%) cases underwent clinical examination and CT investigation to determine femoral component rotation taking the transepicondylar (TEA) axis as reference point. A control group with 38 well functioning TKA was compared.

Results: Increased internal mal-rotation of the femoral component of 5.0° in the AF group (reference to the TEA) was highly significant (p < 0.001) ranging from 10°IR to 1°ER compared with the control group (0.0° parallel to TEA, 4°IR to 5°ER). Men younger than average for index TKA in this center with a decreased BMI, previous knee surgery (particularly correcting osteoto-mies), poliomyelitis, and OA had an increased risk of developing arthrofibrosis. PCL retaining or sacrificing, patella resurfacing or retaining had no increased prevalence for AF. Rheumatoid patients had a decreased risk of developing arthrofibrosis .

Conclusion: The correlation of AF to femoral component internal mal-rotation was statistically significant (p < 0.001). These results confirm that unphysiological kinematics in TKA appear to be a major etiopathological factor for arthrofibrosis (AF). In this study femoral component internal mal-rotation has shown to be a significant risk factor in the development of arthrofibrosis. We, therefore, recommend consideration of early CT evaluation in cases with AF and, when internally mal-rotated, revision of the femoral component.

This study has been cleared by the Ethical Committee, University of Zurich, Switzerland.


W.G. Ward

Introduction: Pelvic and acetabular reconstruction following tumor resections are often difficult and fraught with complications. This is the first report of a reconstruction utilizing sacral implantation of an acetabular component, a relatively simple procedure.

Materials and Methods: A 74 year-old man developed recurrent low-grade chondrosarcoma in his ilium. Prior resections had included total hip reconstruction with massive cemented acetabular components. A combined Type I and II internal hemipelvectomy with endoprosthetic reconstruction were performed. Following resection, his sacrum and a small fragment of remaining ilium at the sacroiliac joint was reamed to accept a 48 mm porous coated acetabular component. It was press- fit into place and further secured with two central and three rim screws. A constrained cup liner was used. A proximal femoral endoprosthesis was constructed from a commercially available modular oncology system. Additional resection of the superior and inferior pubic ramie was required to minimize the likelihood of endoprosthetic impingement and leverage-induced dislocation. A soft tissue reconstruction of the abductors was accomplished.

Results: He remains free of recurrence 15 months post-operative. He ambulates full weight bearing with crutches. His leg is neurovascularly intact and he is pleased with his results. A videotape, demonstrating his gait, will be shown

Discussion: The author knows of one similar reconstruction that was performed at another center (unpublished data). That other patient suffered acetabular component dislodgement. The intraoperative leverage-induced dislocation of the hip was the important determination. Pubic rami resection may be required to prevent femoral impingement and instability. The use of multiple fixation screws also improved component fixation.

Conclusion: Placement of a well fixed, constrained, acetab-ular component into a retained sacrum at the level of the SI joint provides an alternative limb salvage technique.


P. Keblish T. Kashiwagi J. Boldt

Cementless fixation in TKA remains controversial because of less predictable osseointegration and difficulty interpreting fixation interfaces. Radiolucent zone analysis (RLZ) of plain radiographs is the only practical method of evaluating the fixation interface.

Methods: This study evaluated 567 consecutive primary LCS mobile-bearing TKA with in-depth RLZ analysis of all cases by one author (T.K.). Mean follow-up was 5.7 years (2.0-14.9), mean age 69 years (70% females). Diagnosis included 8.3% rheumatoids. The same porocoated femoral and patella components were utilized. Tibial components included a 3-fin (ACL/PCL-retaining) or tapered-cone design (PCL-retaining/substituting). Bone treatment included generous use of autograft: cortico-cancellous struts for slope-off deformities and soft bone, morselized impaction for central zones, slurry to achieve interference fit.

Results: Good/excellent results were 94.7% with 4 fixation failures. Sequential RLZ of six patellar, four femoral, six tibial zones revealed: 1). Minimal femoral/patella lucencies---no failures; 2) Tibial tapered cone (n = 523) had one (0.2%) failure. Lucencies of 1–2 mm (usually isolated) were noted in 2% medial, lateral, posterior and 4% anterior/central zones, all of which remained stable; 3).Tibial 3-fin tibial design (n = 44) had 3 failures (6.8%) with RLZ > 2mm in multiple zones.

Conclusion: Cementless fixation with LCS porocoat pros-thesis was successful in all femoral/patellar and 99% of the tibial-cone design. The 3-fin design had multiple RLZ and a higher failure rate (not recommended). RLZ analysis with plain X-rays (over time) is a practical method of evaluating cementless fixation and correlates with clinical outcomes in our study.


P. Keblish J. Boldt T. Drobny U. Munzinger

Correction of fixed valgus is a challenge in primary TKA. Achieving patello-femoral and femoral-tibial stability requires superficial/deep lateral side releases if non-constrained prostheses are utilized. The medial approach has disadvantages with more reported complications. The direct lateral approach, with/without tubercle osteotomy, is an approach option utilized in two reporting centers.

Methods: 255 valgus TKAs with 5- to15-year follow-up were reviewed. Demographics included 91% females, 15% rheumatoid, mean age 69. Prostheses utilized were LCS mobile-bearing (meniscal PCL-retaining/rotating PCL-sacrificing). Patella was non-resurfaced in 90%; cementless fixation in 86%. The direct lateral approach with similar lengthening techniques was used with tubercle osteotomy in one center and osteo-periosteal joint exposure in another.

Results: Good/excellent 91%, modified HSS score improvement 57 to 85. Deformity (12) improved < 8 to 12 points (> 15o valgus to < 5o valgus). ROM improved from mean 11o/97o to 1/110o latest. Technical/prosthetic-related complications included: 7 bearing failures (5 meniscal, 2 rotating platform), 2 aseptic loosenings (tibial), 1 patella ligament rupture and 2 screw loosenings in the osteotomy group, 1 patella re-dislocation in a 75-year-old female with dislocation since age 15 (non-osteotomy group), 2 infections, and 1 re-operation for arthrofibrosis .

Discussion/Conclusion: Valgus TKA using LCS move-able bearings implanted via a direct lateral approach are highly successful regarding stability and patella tracking. Failures correlate with inadequate/de-stabilizing releases and meniscal PCL-retaining prostheses. Rotating bearings allow for better stability and self-adjustment of common mal-rotation variables. The lateral approach allows for direct (step-wise) lengthening releases, improved patellar tracking, and precise gap balancing.


H. Kusakabe T. Sakamaki K. Nihei Y. Ohyama S. Yanagimoto M. Ichimiya J. Kimura Y. Toyama

We have developed lameller etched titanium (L.E.T.) structure, as a new bone-prosthesis interface. L.E.T. has a laminating structure consisting of a thin board made of porous etched titanium layer. We call this structure, a space controlled interface, because its pore shape, pore size and porosity within the interface can be controlled easily.

Purpose: We compared the binding capacity of L.E.T. system with the conventional beads surface, by experimental study.

Materials and Methods: We implanted two types of interface in 30 canine femora, one with LET and, the other with a conventional beads surface structure as a control. Hydroxyapatite (HA) is coated on L.E.T. stem. The dogs were killed three, six, ten weeks later. The harvested femora were cut off seven sections follow by a push out strength test and calculate the rate of bone ingrowth by measuring images of backscattered electron imaging-scanning electron microscopy (BEI-SEM) of each cross section using the NIH Image. Thin-sectioned tissues were then stained with toluidine blue.

Results: The push-out strength of the L.E.T. stems were 146 to 384% greater and its rate of bone ingrowth were 193 to 226% greater than that of the conventional beads stems. HA coated L.E.T. implants had the new bone formation down to the bottom of the porous portion even after three weeks, the findings which was not seen in the conventional beads stems in microscopic and BEI-SEM finding.

Discussion and Conclusion: Space controlled interface (L.E.T.) was proven to keep an adequate pore within the interface and induce true bone ingrowth in the space. Using L.E.T. structure, faster bone ingrowth and stronger fixation of the stem to the bone can be obtained.


R. Nakamura K. Kitaoka H. Yamada K. Hashiba K. Tomita

Although bone loss and ligamentous instability are usually indications for the use of constraining prostheses in revision total knee arthroplasty (TKA), several reports have documented a high rate of failure with these prostheses. We therefore tried using the cruciate retaining augmentable type prosthesis (NexGen CRA) if a good intraoperative ligamentous balance could be obtained with revision TKA.

CRA was used on nine knees of seven patients with an average age of 71.7 years. The follow-up lasted for an average of 1.6 years. Clinical evaluation consisted of instability ratings, knee score, range of motion and %MA (mechanical axis) as an index of the alignment. These patients showed improvement varus instability from a mean of 7.0° preoperatively to a mean of 1.5° postoperatively, and in valgus instability from 5.3° to 1.3°.

The knee score was significantly improved from 41 to 81, but the %MA resulted in an unsatisfactory improvement from −8.8% to 34.0%. The femoral anatomical-mechanical angle (FAMA) was measured as a parameter of bowing deformity of the femur, and the knees were divided into two groups, the bowing group consisting of the knees with an FMA of more than 8° (n=6, average 9.0°), the normal group of knees with an FAMA of less than 7° in FAMA (n=3, average 6.7°). The postoperative %MA showed a mean value of 40.9% for the normal group, and 30.6% in the bowing group. These results demonstrated that the discrepancy between FAMA for the bowing group(=9.0°) and the valgus angle of the stem of the femoral component (6.0°) was the cause of the malalignment in the bowing group. These clinical results suggest that the cruciate retaining augmentable type prosthesis can be used successfully for selected revision cases, but that malalignment in knees with bowed femora may remain a problem.


M. Stokdijk J. Nagels E.H. Garling P.M. Rozing

A changed kinematic elbow axis can cause early loosening of elbow endoprostheses and can decrease the functional outcome. Therefore, these prostheses and their alignment tools are designed to reconstruct normal joint kinematics. We investigated whether it is possible to reconstruct the pre-operative kinematic axis of the elbow when an iBP elbow endoprosthesis (Biomet) has been placed.

The calibrated Flock of Birds® electromagnetic tracking device registered controlled passive elbow flexion of ten embalmed upper extremities. The pre-operative kinematic elbow axes were established using helical axes.

Results were expressed in the humeral coordinate system defined by the glenohumeral joint rotation centre and the lateral and medial epicondyle of the humerus. The glenohumeral joint rotation centre was determined using a regression method. The senior author implanted the iBP elbow endoprosthesis using standard instrumentation for humeral component alignment. The post-operative kinematic axes were then calculated. A Student’s t-test was performed to compare the pre- and post-operative axes.

No significant differences were found in the direction of the kinematic elbow axes before and after surgery, indicating no alteration in the valgus/varus angle or change in longitudinal rotation of the ulna with respect to the humerus. However, the axis was located significantly more distal (mean difference 7.0 mm, p = 0.004) after surgery. The ventral-dorsal location of the kinematic axis was not significantly different (p = 0.748) after surgery, but there was some variation in individual axes. The iBP Elbow System enables the reconstruction of the direction of the pre-operative kinematic elbow axis. While the exact position of the pre-operative axis could not be reproduced in vitro, the kinematic axis of the elbow is expected to be less distal in vivo as a result of the extensive destruction of the rheumatoid elbow. Individually adjustable alignment tools might enable more precise reconstruction.


K. Urabe H. Miura T. Kuwano R. Nagamine S. Matsuda T. Sasaki S. Kimura Y. Iwamoto M. Itoman

We evaluated the geometry of the resected femoral surface according to the theory for total knee arthroplasty (TKA) using three-dimensional computed tomography (3D CT).

The 3D CT scans were performed in 44 knees indicated as requiring total knee arthroplasty. The 3D images of the femurs were clipped according to the following procedures. The distal femur was cut perpendicular to the mechanical axis at 10 mm proximal from the medial condyle. Rotational alignment was fixed at 3 degrees external rotation from the posterior condylar line. The anterior condyle was resected using the anterior cortex as the reference point. The posterior condyle was cut at 10 mm anterior from the medial posterior condyle.

The medial-lateral (ML) width/anterior-posterior (AP) length was 1.58 ± 0.14 (mean ± SD). AP length of the 3D images tended to be longer than the box length of the three kinds of components provided when the ML width of the images was approximately equal to that of each component. The widths of medial and lateral posterior condyles of the images were 30.1 ± 3.8 mm and 24.8 ± 3.0 mm, respectively. In all except one case, the widths of the resected medial posterior condyles were greater than those of the medial condyles of all components when those of resected lateral posterior condyles were equal to those of the lateral condyles of the components.

The shapes of the resected femoral surface did not always match those of the components. The configuration of Japanese knee joints is different from that of American knee joints. Components with appropriate geometry should be designed for Japanese patients.


S. Nishiguchi S. Fujibayashi H-M. Kim T. Kokubo T. Nakamura

In cementless fixation system, surface character becomes important factor. Alkali and heat treatments on titanium metal has been proved to show strong bonding to bone and higher ongrowth rate. In this study we examined the effect of alkali and heat treatments on titanium rod in rabbit femur intramedurally model, in consideration of cementless hip stem. The implant had a 5mm in diameter and 25 mm in length. The implants were and half of them were immersed in 5 mol/L sodium hydroxide solution and heated at 600 åé for one hour (AH implant), and the other half were untreated (CL implant). The implants were implanted into the distal femur of the rabbits, AH implant into left femur and CL implants into right. The bone-implant interfaces were evaluated at 3, 6, and 12 weeks after implantations.

Pull-out tests showed that AH implants significantly higher bonding strength to bone than CL implants at each week after operations. At 12 weeks mean pull-out load of AH implants was 411.7 N and that of CL implants 72.2 N. As postoperative time elapsed, histological examination revealed that new bone form on the surface of the both types of the implants, but significantly more bone contacted directly on the surface of AH implants. At 12 weeks AH implant was covered by the newly formed bone about 56% of the whole surface of the implants and CL implants was about 19%.

In conclusion, alkali- and heat-treated titanium offers strong bone-bonding and high affinity to bone instead of conventional mechanical interlocking mechanism. Alkali and heat treatments on titanium may be applicable to the surface treatment for cementless joint replacement implant.


H. Ito A. Minami T. Matsuno H. Tanino N. Omizu T. Yuhta

Introduction: This study evaluated the sphericity of bearing surfaces in total hip arthroplasty.

Methods: All the prosthetic metal femoral heads and the UHMWPE liners evaluated in this study were obtained straight from manufacturers (DePuy Johnson and Johnson, Howmedica Osteonics, Kyocera, Smith and Nephew, Zimmer). Out-of-roundness was assessed as an indicator representing sphericity. A total of 50 femoral heads and 22 UHMWPE liners were evaluated in 1995. Out-of-roundness of ball bearings were measured for the control study. A total of 43 femoral heads and 40 UHMWPE liners were evaluated in 1999 and 2000.

Results: The out-of-roundness of the femoral heads and the UHMWPE liners were significantly inferior to those of ball bearings. The out-of-roundness of the UHMWPE liners was significantly inferior to that of the femoral heads. The out-of-roundness of the femoral head on the sagittal plane was significantly inferior to that on the transverse plane. Several significant differences were found among different manufacturers. Overall, the out-of-roundness of the femoral head on the sagittal plane and UHMWPE liners had improved significantly in 1999/2000 compared to that in 1995.

Discussion: We previously reported that UHMWPE wear in poor out-of-roundness coupling (femoral head: 9.5 μm, socket: 36 μm) was 148% greater compared to those in good out-of-roundness coupling (femoral head: 0.5 μm, socket: 0.6 μm) at 1 million cycle experiments (J Arthroplasty 15:332, 2000). Some prosthetic femoral heads indicated more than 9.5 μm out-of-roundness in the present study, and these femoral heads with poor sphericity might be unfavorable to wear if implanted. We consider that sphericity of UHMWPE liners should be also improved to reduce initial UHMWPE wear. The sphericity of bearing surfaces can be improved by appropriate changes in manufacturing technique. Further improvement is desirable, since this is expected to prolong the functional performance of the prosthesis after total hip arthroplasty.


MG. Porsch J. Schmidt

We developed an endoscopically controlled device for cement removal out of the femoral canal. This system (Swiss OrthoClast) uses simple ballistic principles to effect mechanical fracturing of the bone cement. A special extraction set facilitates removal of the distal cement layer and of the intramedullary plug. The cement removal procedure, even in the depth of the femur, is controlled with an endoscopical system via monitor. Handling of this device will be demonstrated. We report our clinical results of 45 procedures with this device.

Material and methods: 45 patients (14 male ,31 female, average age at revision 72.9 years) were revised after an average follow-up period of 91.2 months (range 0-252 months) after primary THR due to mechanical loosening (n=38) or infection (n=7). All procedures were analysed and evaluated with a standardized documentation.

Results: 90% of the revisions showed type 1 bone defects according to Paprosky’s classification. In all but three cases cement removal with this method was complete. We saw one case of femoral fissuration in a patient with osteoporosis and one cortical perforation while drilling in the K-wire of the extraction tool. The time for cement removal varied between 5 and 75 minutes with an average of 27.1 minutes in the aseptical and 36.9 minutes in the septical group. Only in the very first cases we had problems with the endoscopic view.

Conclusion: Swiss OrthoClast facilitate cement removal out of the femur and avoids cortical fenestration. The optical system is effective and helpful, even for extraction of the distal cement layer and the medullary plug. This mechanical system has no side effects like development of heat, dust or toxic products during cement removal. Disadvantages might be the learning curve for the surgeon and its costs.


K.H. Moon Y.Y. Yeon* Y.S. Yu** B.K. Lee** J.Y. Lee

Purpose: Using the finite element analysis, the authors analyze the effect of the articulating material properties of the total hip arthroplasty to stress and micro-motion of the proximal femur and the femoral stem.

Material and methods: The head (28mm) and the acetabular component (outer diameter = 54mm, liner thickness = 11.4mm) were considered as ceramic on ceramic, cramic on polyethylene, metal on metal, metal on polyethylene and metal on metal-polyethylene. The femur was modeled with different friction coefficients according to the different contact portion of the femoral stem, which was modeled after Omni fit HA #9(Osteonics, Allendale, NJ). Non-linear contact analysis was proceeded in human with body weight 70Kg at one leg standing and stair climbing.

Result: The maximal yield strength was always higher in hard-hard coupling. In one leg standing, the site of maximal yield strength was represented at the contact point of articulation. In stair climbing, the site of maximal yield strength was represented at the same site in hand on hard coupling but at the lateral aspect of the neck in hard-soft couplings. There were no changes in the patterns of stress distribution but the micro-motions were up to the limit of bone in growth in hard-hard coouplings.

Conclusion: The maximal yield strength and the micro-motions revealed different values according to the articulating materials. These findings were considered valuable information to postoperative management and longavity of the total hip prosthesis but requiring the following experimental and clinical study.


SangHoon Ko DaeKyung Bae YoungJun Park

Patellofemoral complications after TKA are mostly avoided with appropriate operative technique. Although most orthopedic surgeons performed using a medial parapatellar approach at TKA, but a large amount of the patellar blood flow is blocked by this procedure. A certain surgical exposure, including the midvastus and subvastus approach, has resulted in good clinical results. It is important to maintain the integrity of the extensor mechanism. But the southern or subvastus approach has inadequate exposure in some patients. And then we have had the primary total knee Arthroplasty using midvastus approach in 98 cases, 68 patients. Mean follow up is 30 months, between from 20 months to 43 months.

We estimated parameters of total blood loss, surgical time, difficulty of exposure, number of lateral releases. The clinical parameters of range of motion, ability to perform a straight leg raise, and the number of operative or postoperative complications were evaluated. The patients who had the midvastus approach had minor blood loss, resonable surgical time, no difficulty of exposure even in patients with severe varus or valgus deformities, required lateral retinacular releases only 5% of the cases. The range of motion was all above 120 degrees flexion, no extension loss, had a higher incidence of ability to straight leg raise and fewer complications as like superficial wound infection. The midvastus surgical approach have some more advantages with less pain and earlier control of the operative leg, and may be discharged from the hospital earlier. Because preserving the integrity of the vastus medialis insertion into the medial border of the quadriceps tendon and limited disruption of the extensor mechanism improves the rapid control of quadriceps muscle and improves the more stable patellofemoral articulation, and then evidenced a marked reduction in the need for lateral retinacular releases.

We recommend the mid-vastus surgical approach for total knee arthroplasty. The Midvastus approach is an efficacious alternative to the medial parapatellar approach for primary total knee arthroplasties in selected patients who are not obese and who have not had previous arthrotomy. And if needed more additional exposure, the muscle can be safely split by further dissection.


ES Stem BM Hicks

Introduction: Osteolysis is a silent disease with few clinical symptoms until significant bone loss has occurred. Advanced osteolysis, with associated bone loss, can make revision surgery more difficult and compromise the ultimate outcome. In order to delineate the natural history of screw osteolysis in the AMK (Anatomic Modular Knee, Depuy) TKA, a cohort of patient were followed prospectively to determine the incidence and progression of osteolysis.

Methods: Between October 1987 and November 1992, 370 patients had 450 uncemented AMK TKA performed at a single institution. Attempts were made to contact all patients in 1993 and 228 patients (280 TKA) agreed to participate in the study. Flouroscopically guided tangential views of the tibial tray were performed and any osteolysis was catalogued by location and graded based on the classification of Lewis et al. Eighty-seven knees had osteolysis for an incidence of 31%, with 52 line, 23 cyst, and 12 cavity. The patients with osteolysis were reassessed 3 years later. No progression was noted in patients with line osteolysis, but two patients with cyst and two patients with cavity had progressive osteolysis. Five knees had been revised for symptomatic osteolysis.

This cohort was reassessed by chart and radiograph review in 2000. All patients who initially had cavitary osteolysis had been revised. In addition, 13 patients with cyst osteolysis progressed to cavity and ten knees had been revised. Of the 52 knees that had line osteolysis, 21 progressed to cyst or cavity and 15 knees were revised. Furthermore, 57 additional knees had developed osteolysis with 24 knees being revised.

Osteolysis in the AMK is a silent and progressive disorder. We were unable to identify any risk factors that would classify certain patients as at risk for osteolysis. Consequently, we recommend regular periodic follow up in order to recognize osteolysis early.


Y. Kadoya K. Uehara A. Kobayashi H. Ohashi Y. Yamano

As for the number of patients who requires total knee arthroplasty (TKA), Asian-Pacific countries will be the most important market. However, due to the paucity of anthropometric data on the proximal tibia in this population, many prostheses designed for Caucasian knees have been introduced without specific modification.The aim of the current study was to analyze the geometry of the proximal tibia to design the optimum component for the Japanese population.

Anthropometric data on the proximal tibia of 100 knees in 80 patients undergoing TKA was obtained. Briefly, anterior-posterior (AP) and medial-lateral (ML) lengths were measured with a combination of two different methods, namely on the computed tomography (CT) images obtained preoperatively and intraoperative direct measurement on tibial resection surface. Reproducible measurement was possible only when the intraoperative measurement was combined with the corresponding CT images while the direction of measurements being aligned to the epicondylar axis of the femur.

It was shown that smaller components with an ML of around 60 mm were rarely required. Tibial component size variation should focus on an ML length of 65 to 75 mm because 76 of 100 knees (76 %) fell into this size range. When the subjects were confined to women, 70 of 77 knees (91%) were included in this size range. The intraoperative AP to ML ratio had a negative correlation with the ML length (r = −0.412, P < 0.0001) indicating that bigger knees were shallower in the AP direction. The size variation of currently popular pros-theses were not in accordance with the geometry of the tibial resection surface shown in this study.

The results of this study applied to a cross-section of the Japanese population can be used by manufacturers to create a prosthesis suitable for most of the Asian-Pacific population.


C.L. Romano D. Romano G.E. Loeb F.J.R. Richmond

BIONs (Bionic Neurons) are microminiature stimulators that can be injected into muscles. They receive power and commands from an external magnetic field. They have been shown to be safe and effective for stimulating muscles in animals. Clinical trials are underway to assess the efficacy and safety of BIONs for therapeutic exercise of weak or paralyzed muscles. In patients with knee osteoarthritis weakness of quadriceps muscle has been shown by different authors to be highly correlated with pain and functional impairment, while quadriceps strengthening is associated with significant improvements of clinical scores. Preliminary results of the use of BIONs to strengthen the quadriceps muscles in patients affected by knee osteoarthritis are reported.

Five patients have been recruited so far, three of them have completed the protocol. Patients are implanted with BIONs near the common femoral nerve and in the vastus medialis muscle, and stimulated for 12 weeks. Therapy starts three days after implantation with two-three stimulation sessions of 10–30 minutes each day. Stimulation parameters are intended to recruit the quadriceps muscles (up to 10 X threshold for muscle twitch) at relatively low frequencies (5–13 pps) in short trains (5–10 s) with pauses between trains (5 s). Outcome measures include WOMAC, Knee Society Score, muscle measurements with MRI, gait analysis, isokinetic tests. All patients found muscle stimulation to be agreeable. No adverse events or complications have been observed. Thresholds for eliciting muscle contractions remained stable over time. In the three patients knee function improved and pain decreased over the stimulation period, while muscle thickness, as measured by MRI, increased.

Results are preliminary but encouraging. We anticipate studying 15 patients to demonstrate clearly the safety and efficacy of this technology in this application. Plans are underway for additional clinical trials in orthopaedic patients as well as in stroke patients.


C.L. Romanò A. Pellegrini D. Romanò E. Meani

A modular neck allows to choose the offset of the femoral head and the degree of anti-retroversion, lateralization and varus-valgus intraoperatively. At the G. Pini Institute we have been using modular necks in custom prostheses since 1989. Excellent results in this application did open the way to a larger use in off-the-shelf prostheses. Modular necks can be now coupled with different stems, leaving the surgeon free to use the preferred prosthetic stem design. Modular necks have been implanted in more than 50,000 in the world. Medium term results in custom prosthesis and the experience in off-the-shelf non-cemented stems are presented, together with further improvements of this technology under study.

From 1989 to December 1999, 481 custom stems have been implanted. All patients but ten received modular necks. The prostheses were made of a titanium alloy and HA coated. 61 % of patients had dysplastic oxarthrosis. 372 implants performed between 1989 and 1996 were retrospectively evaluated. Data from off-the-shelf prosthesis, at a shorter follow-up, are also reported. Laboratory data showed that the use of an elliptical Morse cone of the neck reduced wear debris production to less than 1 mg/year. In custom implants, (mean follow-up: 7 years), we did not observe any thigh pain or radiological signs of osteolysis or fretting. Mean leg-length discrepancy was 2.8 cm pre-op and 0.3 cm post-operatively. Off-the-shelf implants also showed good clinical and radiological results. New design modular necks will increase the possible range of motion and provide more solutions for positioning the center of rotation. Modular neck is a safe and reliable solution to obtain the correct position of the center of rotation intra-operatively, without side effects. Applications in off-the-shelf prostheses allow to reduce costs while maintaining the advantages of this technology.


V.K. Sarin W.R. Pratt S.D. Stulberg

The success of total knee replacement surgery depends critically on proper limb alignment and implant position. Even with contemporary mechanical alignment instrumentation, errors in limb alignment and implant position do occur. To improve upon the accuracy and biomechanical efficacy of conventional surgical instrumentation while limiting the need for substantial pre-operative planning, a non-image-based computer-aided navigation system was developed for total knee replacement surgery. Clinical studies have demonstrated that use of this system, OrthoPilot® (Aesculap AG, Tuttlingen, Germany), for knee replacement surgery can lead to improved limb alignment and implant position.

In this study we investigated the repeatability and sensitivity of the OrthoPilot® computer-aided navigation system for total knee replacement surgery. To assess repeatability, total knee replacement surgeries were simulated on an idealized test bench using identical input parameters and the variation in output measurements was measured. To assess sensitivity, the effect of moderate movement of position sensors on system-level accuracy was measured. The results indicate that (1) the system functions in a highly repeatable manner if it is supplied with repeatable inputs; and (2) unintentional relative movement of position sensors during surgery can substantially affect accuracy of the system outputs.

Because computer-aided navigation systems are powerful tools for orthopaedic surgery, it is important to recognize that their accuracy and precision are highly dependent on pre-operative and intra-operative registration techniques. Like all instrumentation systems, their use is associated with a learning curve, even in the hands of experienced orthopaedic surgeons. The results of this study demonstrate that the OrthoPilot® in an inherently precise instrument that is sensitive to variations in surgical technique. It is critical that the users of these systems (i.e. surgeons) be aware of system sensitivities and pay careful attention to operative techniques required by the system.


Full Access
Sam Tarabichi

Introduction: The majority of total knee systems available on the market were designed to accommodate limited flexion up to 130 degrees only, which does not satisfy many patients. The LPS Flex was designed to accommodate deep flexion safely (up to 160 degree of flexion). This is the first paper to report the clinical results of 108 TKA using the LPS flex system.

Material and methods: 108 surgeries were preformed on 86 patients from September 1999 to March 2001. All patients were treated for advanced degenerative arthritis. All surgeries were done by one surgeon. The Subvastus approach was used in all cases. Pre-op and post-op ranges of motion were documented. Patients who had over 145 degree of flexion and were able to sit on the ground (calf touching thigh) for at least one minute were considered to have full flexion. Statistical analyses were carried out on the data at University of Dundee.

Results: Full range of motion was obtained in 76 TKA. All these cases had a full movement preoperatively range of motion except for 5 cases. Complication rate were similar to those reported in other series. There were no complications that could be attributed to the ability to fully flex the knee. Full flexion was found to be the same in patients who had simultaneous bilateral total knee and those who had it on only one side.

Conclusion: LPS flex knee design offers a good option for patients who have good preoperative range of motion. The ability to fully flex the knee is important in certain cultures and in active patients of the western society. Our preliminary results show that there was no risk associated with deep flexion.


A.P. Monk E. Berry R. Soames D. Limb

Loosening of the glenoid component after Total Shoulder Arthroplasty is an established phenomenon with long-term follow-up studies showing radiolucency in 65% of glenoid components at 10 years (Stewart and Gray, 1997). Glenoid component designs are based on anthropometric measurements of normal shoulder joints. The purpose of this study was to study the surface anatomy of both bony and cartilaginous layers of the normal glenoid fossa in more detail.

We have developed a reproducible and inexpensive technique of surface shape assessment using laser morphometric analysis and applied this to thirty normal glenoid fossae mounted in the scapular plane. Surface analysis was carried out before and after removal of the glenoid labrum and after papain digestion of the articular cartilage allowing assessment of the skeleton alone allowing comparison with other studies using bony or cartilaginous landmarks in assessment of glenoid version. Using a specially designed program, five equi-distant lines were placed across the glenoid from which analysis of the orientation of the fossa was determined.

None of the scapulae presented a single surface that could be judged anteverted or retroverted by an amount representable by a single figure. All scapulae demonstrated a twist about the vertical axis. Two main types were identified.

Type 1 – Superior retroversion (mean 16.0 degrees) becoming progressively less to the lower pole (mean 3.0 degrees)

Type 2 – Retroverted superiorly, twisting to reach the position of maximal anteversion in the lower half of the glenoid, twisting back into more retroversion towards the lower pole. None of the specimens were morphologically equivalent to currently available glenoid prostheses. The surface shape of the glenoid is so variable that we should explore the relationship between this and the kinematics of the shoulder joint. There may be implications for the design of shoulder replacements and possibly custom prostheses.


T. Sato A. Nakagawa A. H. Umeda H. Terashima

Introduction: Filling bone defects with Polymethylmetaacrylate (PMMA) has been a easy, safe and reliable technique for past four decade. Newly developed Calcium Phosphate Paste (CPP) is a mixture of alpfa Tri Calcium Phsphate (TCP), Tetra Calcium Phosphate, Calcium Hydrogen Phosphate and Hydroxyapatite. This paste hardens in 10 minutes and its stffness increases to 80Mpa in seven days. It generates no heat, no gas and requires no organic solvents. In process of hardening, the TCP structure changes to Hydroxyapatite.

Materials and methods: We have used CPP in two TKA cases associate with bone defect, and 14 fracture cases. In a MRSA infected revision TKA case, reconstruction was performed with PMMA-VCM articulated spacers, and they was fixed to bone with CPP-VCM. MRSA infection has been well controlled and weight bearing could be done in 10 days after surgery. In another TKA case, large bone necrosis in femoral condyle was filled with CPP and Cementless inplant were placed on it. Seven days later, this patient could walk with a cane.

Results: CPP filled in bones were not absorbed for a year, and exess CPP in soft tissue were absorbed in several weeks. In 16 cases no side effects were observed during as long as one year.

Conclusion: Handling CPP is much easier than Hydroxyapatite brick or granule. CPP can be useful for total joint arthroplasty, especially in large bone defect or infected cases. It can replace a part of PMMA as a bone cement for implants in the near future.


Hiroshi Yamada

Between 1989 and 1993, 158 patients with a total of 187 damaged knees underwent TKA using AGC-S prosthesis (Biomet). Of these patients, six required revision surgeries due to metallosis. The average period from the first operation to the revision was 68.0 months (range: 41–97 months). In all six cases, the plain X-rays taken immediately before reoperation, showed sinking of the tibial component. The withdrawn implants showed severe abrasion of the polyethylene used in the posteromedial area. The percent share of the tibial component averaged 90.3% (range: 85.3–93.5%) on the anteroposterior view, and on the lateral view averaged 83.1% (range:76.9–94.0%). The tibial components used for AGC-S type TKA can be characterized by the presence of a rim. In some cases, however, the rim cannot be placed on the tibial cortex, and this obliges the surgeon to select smaller components, resulting in a smaller percent share of the tibial component. The tibial component can sink in such cases. The sinking of the tibial component probably leads to malalignment and joint instability. Furthermore the insert with a flat surface was likely to induce articular instability, thus enhancing the abrasion of the polyeth


K. de Smet R.van Durme E. Jansegers R. Verdonk

We present the results of our initial experience with the use of the Birmingham metal-on-metal Hip Resurfacing. The Birmingham Hip Resurfacing(BHR) consists of a high carbon chrome cobalt uncemented hydroxyapatite cupand a cemented femoral component. For patients with severe dysplasia adysplasia cup with screws was used. We utilise this kind of prosthesis for the younger patients (< 65 year). Excellent clinical results are encountered; none of the early problems aswith the old Wagner resurfacing (metal-on-poly) are seen. Our early results are similar to the encouraging results of the series of D.McMinn/R.Treacy.

From September 1998 through April 2001, 185 BHR arthroplasties were performed. The mean age was 49.7 year (16–75). More male patients were operated with this method than female patients (64%–36%). The aetiology was osteoarthritis (81%), necrosis (9%), dysplasia (CDH) (6.6%).

Results: The last 115 patients were reviewed with a follow up from 1 month to 2.5year. Only two patients were lost for follow-up because of death. There was no pain in 92.3% of the cases. The total Harris Hip Score had a mean of97.91, a median score of 100 (71–100). Merle d’Aubigné total Score was 17.36 (12–18). There was a strenuous activity in 70.2% of the patients.

The mean length of stay in hospital was six days (range: 2–26). Complications were: One fractured neck of femur, one ischial nerve palsy and one guide pin was left in the femur. All patients were followed on regular basis and the X-rays were studied for angle of preoperative neck of femur, postoperative angle of the femoral component, angle of cup placement and the parallelism of both components.

Conclusion: Performing only alternate bearings in patients under the age of 75, the metal-on-metal Birmingham Hip Resurfacing looks a good alternative in young active patients and the results are promising.


K.J. Kim M. Iwase Y. Kobayashi T. Itoh

This study examined the inhibitory effects of anti-TNF-a antibody (anti-TNF) and a new bisphosphonate (TRK-530) on peri-implant oseteolysis in a rat model with continuous infusion of polyethylene particles. TRK-530 is a novel synthetic bisphophonate to have a direct effect on osteoclastic bone resorption as well as suppressive effects on bone resorbing cytokines from macrophages.

Materials and methods: Sixty Wister rats were randomized to three groups (n=20 each). In each rat, a Kirshner wire (K-wire) was inserted into the femur and polyethylene particles (HDPE, mean size; 2 microns) were continuously infused into the knee joint using an osmotic pump. The animals were subcutaneously injected with saline (control group) or 1 mg/kg of TRK (TRK group) or intraperitoneally injected with 100 mg of anti-TNF (anti-TNF group) every second day after surgery until 8 weeks. At 4 weeks or 8 weeks after surgery, rats were sacrificed. Rdiographs were evaluated for the presence of osteolysis, thereafter, garnulation tissues were stored for PCR analysis for IL-1 mRNA as well as TNF-a mRNA. Then, femurs were prepared for the histology.

Results: Radiographic peri-implant osteolysis was seen more frequently in TRK group compared to other two groups (p< 0.01). The interfacial membrane was significantly thinner in TRK and anti-TNF group compared to the control group (p< 0.01). The average number of osteoclasts around K-wire was significantly fewer in the TRK group compared to the other groups (p< 0.01). The expression of IL-1 mRNA and TNF-a mRNA was significantly suppressed in the TRK group at 8 weeks after surgery.

Discussion: The present study demonstrates that cumulative effects of TRK such as the suppression of bone resorbing cytokines as well as direct suppression of osteoclasts reduce the polyethylene induced peri-implant osteolysis. In addition, single anti-cytokine therapy appears not to be enough to inhibit peri-implant osteolysis in our model.


Y. Oyama H. Kusakabe K Nihei S. Yanagimoto Y. Toyama T. Sakamaki

We developed LET (Lamellar Etched Titanium) porous structure as a new bone-prosthesis interface, which is made by piling up and fusing the etched titanium thin layers. This method can control pore size and porosity easily and obtain definite interconnective open pore structure (average porosity 65%, average pore size 500 micrometer)

Materials and method: The characteristics of bone ingrowth of LET coated with hydroxyapatite (HA) have been studied in a transcortical rabbit model.

We implanted two types of interface, one with LET and the other with a conventional rough surface structure, which is made with inert gas-shielded arc spraying (ISAS) technique (Ra 40 micrometer) Both materials have coated with HA using the flame spray method. Mechanical and histological studies were performed at 2, 4, 9 and 12 weeks.

Results: Previous scanning electron microscopy study of HA coated LET revealed an even HA layer consecutively distributed from its surface to the bottom without pore obstruction. Mechanical detaching tests showed that the interfacial tensile strength of LET increased with time and were significantly higher than that of ISAS at 4, 9 and 12 weeks (P< 0.05). Histological studies demonstrated that LET had induced deep and wide bone ingrowth into the pore structure. Even at 2 weeks, the immature bone trabeculae were observed stretching to the bottom of LET and, at 9 and 12 weeks, the new bones infiltrated into porous structure changed into maturing osseous tissue. Further, residual new bones of the detached side were observed in and on the pores of LET. It suggested that detaching occurred inside of new bones. In contrast, no residual bone was found onto ISAS implant at 4, 9 and 12 weeks.

Conclusion: The LET structure was proved to have desirable properties for bone ingrowth and, furthermore, the osteoinductivity of HA could enhance its character.


H. Miura H. Higaki T. Kawano Y. Nakanishi S. Matsuda Y. Iwamoto

Flexion after total knee arthroplasty (TKA) has recently been improved by changing implant designs, surgical techniques and early postoperative rehabilitation protocols. Especially for Asian people, deep knee flexion is essential because of their life style. Small numbers of patients can achieve full flexion after TKA, however, most current prostheses are not designed to allow deep knee flexion safely. Furthermore, the kinematics involved in knee flexion greater than 90 degrees in cases of TKA is still unknown, even though fluoroscopic studies have shown the paradoxical anterior femoral translation in posterior cruciate retaining (CR) TKA with knee flexion up to 90 degrees. The purpose of this study was to determine the femoro-tibial contact pattern in deep knee flexion.

The knee that had been operated upon was passively flexed from 90 degrees up to the maximum flexion under anesthesia soon after the surgery. Lateral roentgenograms of the knee were taken during flexion, and the three-dimensional kinematics was analyzed using image-matching techniques. Nine patients with CR type were included.

The average maximum flexion angle was 131.8 °. The contact point moved posteriorly with deep knee flexion except for one patient. Five out of nine patients showed external rotation of the femoral condyle. Two patients showed internal rotation, and the other two exhibited no rotational movement. None of the patients showed dislocation or disengagement of the components. At the maximum flexion, the edge of the posterior flange of the femoral component contacted the polyethylene insert.

This study was performed under non-weight-bearing conditions, but deep knee flexion is not usually performed in weight-bearing conditions. Most of the CR type showed posterior roll back during deep knee flexion. The design of the posterior flange of the femoral component should be changed to prevent damage to the polyethylene.


L Nordsletten A Aamodt P Benum P Grant

New prosthesis designs should be compared to a standard implant in randomized studies evaluated by radiostereometric analysis (RSA). The Unique customized prosthesis (UCP) is a newly developed concept for fitting uncemented prosthesis to the exact internal shape of the proximal femur [1]. We evaluated the new UCP design with the null hypothesis that this implant would be no more stable than a standard cemented implant.

Material and methods: 38 patients, mean age 51.6 years (31–65) were randomized to a UCP HA coated femoral stem or an Elite Plus (DePuy) cemented stem. All patients were implanted with a Duraloc (DePuy) uncemented cup except one patient with a protrusio who was primary impaction grafted with a cemented cup. Most patients received a Zirconium head, and all heads were 28 mm. The femoral stems were fitted with 3 tantalum balls and 4–10 tantalum balls were implanted in the femur during operation. RSA pictures were taken postoperatively, after 6 and 12 months.

Results: The Elite Plus stem rotated more into retroversion after 6 and 12 months (0.79° versus 0.31° after 12 months, P< 0.05). Nearly all of this rotation took place during the first 6 months. The Elite Plus stem migrated medially while the UCP migrated laterally (0.04 mm medially versus 0.03 mm laterally, P=0.06). The Elite Plus stem also migrated more distally than the UCP (0.17 mm versus −0.06 mm, P=0.055).

Discussion: Customized implants were more stable than the cemented Elite Plus prosthesis. Compared to other results with the Elite Plus rotations and migrations were small in this study [2]. Initially all patients had good clinical results, and only by long time follow up any clinical differences due to the small differences in stability as measured by RSA can be found.


H. Nozaki S. Banks T. Suguro T. Furufu

The role of the posterior cruciate ligament (PCL) after total knee arthroplasty has been controversial. Previous studies have reported that function of the preserved PCL after TKA was questionable and that it was difficult to determine the appropriate PCL tension to reproduce rollback. However, several in vivo studies have reported that prosthesis geometry directly affects knee kinematics, making it difficult to determine which factors most influence knee kinematics. The purpose of this two-center, two surgeons study was to evaluate knee kinematics of a single design of CR TKA. A total of 23 TKAs were studied fluoroscopically during a single-limb step-up/down maneuver. The average patient age at the time of TKA, knee score (HSS/KSS) and ROM were 70.6 years, 91.1 points and 116.9 degrees respectively. All patients had a PCL-retaining prosthesis of the same design using an unconstrained “flat” tibial insert. TKAs were performed by one surgeon at each hospital (Group 1:13 knees, Group 2: 10 knees). Both groups of knees exhibited ‘screw-home’ type axial rotations from 20° of flexion to full extension. In Group 1, rollback occurred early in the flexion range and was maintained until 80° of flexion. In Group 2, the lateral condyle exhibited rollback in early flexion, but both condyles translated forward as flexion increased to 80°. Medial and lateral contact were more posterior in Group 1 over most of the range of motion (p< 0.05). Although femoral rollback has been infrequently observed in similar studies of PCL retaining arthroplasties, our two-center, two surgeon data suggest that rollback can be achieved using this unconstrained prosthesis with PCL retention. However, there were consistent and statistically significant differences in the knee kinematics exhibited by the two groups of patients.


H. Miura H. Higaki Y. Nakanishi T. Mawatari T. Moro-oka T. Tsutomu Y. Iwamoto

Polyethylene wear in total knee arthroplasty (TKA) is a complex and mutifactorial process. It is generally recognized that wear is directly related to a material wear factor, contact stress, and sliding distance. Conventional methods of predicting polyethylene wear in TKA mainly focus on peak contact stress or subsurface shear stress using finite element method analysis. By incorporating kinematics and contact stress, a new predictor for polyethylene wear in TKA (“Wear Index”) has been developed. The Wear Index was defined by multiplying deformation by femoro-tibial sliding velocity. The purpose of this study was to determine the predictive value of the Wear Index for polyethylene wear in TKA using both a numeric and an in vitro model.

Four commercially available total knee prostheses were modeled for this study. Deformation and sliding velocity were calculated based on the three-dimensional geometry of the components and the gait kinematic inputs using Hertz’s formula. One specimen of each of the four types of total knee prostheses was mounted on a custom-designed knee simulator. Vertical loads and flexion-extension uni-axial motion were simulated using computer controlled servohydraulic actuators. The same gait kinematic inputs used in the theoretical study were used in the simulation test. After the simulations, the surface of the tibial insert was examined microscopically and macroscopically and compared with the theoretically generated Wear Index.

This study showed a high correlation between the numeric model and the simulation. The depth of wear on the tibial insert correlated significantly with the Wear Index. Microscopic findings also demonstrated a good correlation between the Wear Index and observed wear patterns. Sliding velocity is an important factor for understanding wear in TKA. In conclusion, this study suggests that the Wear Index is a reliable predictor of polyethylene wear in TKA, as it incorporates both contact stress and kinematics in its calculation.


R. Sakai

It is widely accepted that a wide contact area between bone and artificial materials is necessary in the fixation of hip joint prostheses. It is also considered important that the load should be applied to the proximal femur. However, these two concepts are contradictory in that the contact point cannot be determined in a wide contact area. Therefore, in this study, we revised the available concepts to improve the method of fixation of joint prostheses using finite-element-method (FEM) analysis of the equivalent mathematical models. The first model was designed based on the intramedullary cruciate fixation stem. In this model, the total contact area was limited to the small area of legs-on-plane. Another model was designed based on the fit-and-fill-type stem, and in this model, the total contact area of the plane-on-plane was equal to the total surface area of the stem. In the plane-on-plane model, there was an unstable vibrating pattern in stress distribution, and we considered that deterministic cha


D. Pomeroy

Introduction: Septic total hip arthroplasty is a devastating complication. Most treatment protocols for infection of more than 2 – 3 weeks duration recommend removal of the prosthesis and cement followed by 4 – 6 weeks of IV antibiotics. Results using an antibiotic spacer to allow mobility of the patient and local antibiotic deliverance by elution from the spacer are reported.

Methods: Since January of 1994, antibiotic spacers have been used as adjunctive treatment along with IV antibiotics and prosthetic resection in 18 septic total hips. The spacer is fashioned intraoperatively using a femoral Rush Rod as reinforcement. Antibiotics are chosen based upon either a previous hip aspiration result or empirically chosen on intraoperative gram stain results.

Results: Fifteen patients have been reimplanted and are, to date, apparently free of infection. The average time to reimplantation was approximately 8 weeks (range: 4 to 24 weeks). Two patients were unable to be reimplanted due to persistent infection and currently have resection arthroplasties. One patient died prior to reimplantation.

Discussion and conclusions: The use of a spacer has allowed the mobilization of the patient in a manner similar to a total hip arthroplasty while keeping the patient’s leg length approximately the same. Reimplantation is less traumatic for the surgeon as well as the patient and allows for the local deliverance of antibiotics to the tissues similar to the use of antibiotic beads. The authors believe the use of an antibiotic spacer in the treatment of septic total hip has been extremely useful in these difficult cases.


D. Pomeroy

Introduction: This study addresses the long term results of 1225 uncomplicated primary total knee arthroplasties performed between 1986 and 1995, using one design with various tibial fixation methods.

Methods: 1225 primary total knees were performed using a press fit total condylar cruciate retaining design. 108 cases were eliminated because of death and 171 due to lack of follow up leaving a group of 946 knees. Mean time insitu is 9.2 years. 500 knees had both the tray and stem cemented, 374 had only the tray cemented, and 72 used no cement. Both clinical and radiographic Knee Society Scores were tabulated preoperatively and annually thereafter. The SF-36 has been recorded both pre and postoperatively since 1993.

Results: Overall revision rates for the cemented, tray only and non-cemented groups were 1.0%, 3.4% and 12.5%, respectively. A combined 20 cases had the tibial component revised due to polywear and osteolysis with 0.6% from the cemented group, 2.4% from the tray only group and 11.1% from the tray only group. The joint portion of the Knee Society score was comparable for the cemented and tray only groups (88.9 and 88.3, respectively) but only 80.9 for the non-cemented group.

Discussion and conclusion: Using a component design that meets the needs of the majority of patients regardless of bone quality has proven to be successful and cost effective for this institution. The authors believe these excellent results and low revision rate for loosening indicate this design has much to offer with its flexibility of tibial fixation.


L Nordsletten P Grant O Talsnes

Malalignment and cement mantle quality have been implicated in loosening of the Charnley stem [2]. Several types of cemented prosthesis have adopted a modern insertion technique, which has not been available for the Charnley stem. We implemented a new technique for insertion of the Charnley stem via the Hardinge approach including a distal centralizer, broaches and specific entry into the femoral canal via the piriformisfossa, and compared it to the old technique for alignment of the stem and cement mantle quality.

Material and methods: Forty-two patients (34 women) operated with an old technique were compared with forty-nine patients (39 women) with the modern technique. All patients were operated through the Hardinge lateral approach, with primary hemiprosthesis by residents. Post-operative anteroposterior and true lateral radiographs were taken and evaluated for cementing quality [1], mantle thickness in the 14 Gruen zones, and alignment of the femoral stem in both planes.

Results: For the Barrack classification there was 9 grade A with the new technique, compared to none with the old (p< 0.0001, Table 1), and only 1 grade B with the old technique. The cement mantle thickness was more uniform (p< 0.0001), and the mean thickness was higher with the new technique for zones 1-3, 5-10 and 12 compared to the old technique. Alignment as measured in the lateral plane by the mean anteroposterior angle was 5.2° with the old technique, compared to 2.2° for the new technique (p=0.0001). In the frontal plane there was no difference.

Discussion: A modern insertion technique for the Charnley stem gave a much better cementing quality, better cement mantle uniformity and a thicker mantle in the critical zones, and more neutral alignment of the stem. As poor alignment and thin or absent cement mantle has been implicated in loosening the results should hopefully confer into longer survival.


T. Band J. Metcalf H. Jones

The ‘first generation’ Metal on Metal bearing devices was typically produced from cast, high carbon CoCrMo alloy and was in the as-cast condition. They exhibited course, hard primary, and block carbides supported by a softer matrix material. This bi-phasic condition has been verified through reported literature and forensic scientific studies of ‘long-term survived’ retrieved ‘first generation’ devices. The as-cast microstructure of CoCrMo alloys possesses superior wear resistance to the microstructures formed following post cast thermal treatments. It has been well reported that the improvement of mechanical properties, such as tensile or fatigue strength, can be achieved through the thermal treatment of this alloy. Thermal treatments of this alloy have been found to alter its’ microstructure with a significant modification to the carbide phase morphology. The modifications vary with a tendency for a refinement of the carbide size through dissolution of the chromium and molybdenum through solid state solution. Through the examination of the wear patterns of retrieved devices and wear testing of this material in its’ various microstructural conditions, it has been shown that modifications to the carbide morphology, to achieve improved mechanical properties, reduces its’ bio-tribological properties/performance leading to a lower wear resistance. The as-cast carbide morphology is the most mechanically stable condition and with its’ volume fraction, reduces the potential for adhesive wear of the matrix through ‘matrix to matrix’ contact of the two opposing bearing surfaces. It has been reported that abrasive wear is the typical mechanism for metal on metal bearings due to the generation of ‘third body’ particles from carbide asperity tips fracturing during the initial ‘running-in’ period [typically 500k to 1M cycles]. After this stage the carbides become almost level with the surrounding softer matrix material with ‘third body’ scratches dominating the surface topography. Evidence of surface pitting on ‘first generation’ devices [McKee Farrar and Muller] and modern high carbon wrought devices [Metasul] has been attributed to adhesive/fatigue wear following surface-to-surface contact. Therefore, in microstructural conditions, where there is a reduced carbide volume fraction, or no carbides present, wear resistance is reduced. To test this hypothesis two wear tests have been carried out on CoCrMo samples produced from the same chemistry alloy, with varying microstructures, using Calowear [abrasive] and Pin on Dist [adhesive] tests. The as-cast microstructural condition was determined to have the lowest wear coefficient [k=mm3/Nm] in both tests, however statistical significance at 90% confidence interval was only confirmed in the Calowear Test. Examination of wear scars confirmed the mechanical stability of the as-cast carbide phase. It is noted, however that there are papers which have been published offering a divergence of opinion to this hypothesis and which have been considered by this author.


L. Schaper

Introduction: Concerns of backside wear have made the use of the all polyethylene tibial component a viable choice in primary total knee arthroplasty. This study compares the results of two groups, one with a modular tibial component and one with an all polyethylene tibial component.

Materials: Between 1986 and 1995, 670 patients underwent total knee arthroplasty using one design with a PCL retaining prosthesis. 500 patients in this group were implanted with a modular tibial component and 170 an all polyethylene tibial tray. The groups were comparable in sex and age (74.1 years for the metal trays and 75.8 years for the all polyethylene components.). The average follow up is 83.9 months for the metal tray group and 74.8 months for the all poly tibial group. The arthroplasties were evaluated annually using the Knee Society guidelines.

Results: The postoperative Knee Society Score were 74.5 (metal) and 73.9 (all polyethylene). Joint specific scores for the all polyethylene were slightly higher at 89.9 compared to 88.5 for the metal tray group. Revision rates were 1.8% (3 cases in the polyethylene group) and .8% for the metal group (8 cases). The 3 revisions in the all polyethylene group were for late infections while 5 of the 8 in the metal group demonstrated polyethylene wear/osteolysis.

Discussion and conclusions: The clinical results of the all polyethylene group are equal the modular tibial tray group. Because of the excellent radiographic results and non-existent mechanical failure rate to date, the all polyethylene group also provides an opportunity to reduce wear debris with subsequent osteolysis.


L. Schaper

Introduction: The purpose of this paper is to present the results of a prospective study involving one stem design used in primary total hip arthroplasty with three different surface enhancements to include a simple textured geometry, a plasma sprayed coating and an hydroxyapatite (HA) coating.

Methods: Between 1990 and 1994, 138 patients underwent primary THA using a simple femoral component. Thirty-eight patients received a textured geometry while 50 were implanted with a HA coated stem and 50, a plasma sprayed stem. The hips were evaluated annually both clinically and radiographically. The results are reported using the Harris Hip Score and the Engh radiographic scale to determine the level of bone ingrowth and type of fixation.

Results: The average length of follow up is 8 years 11 months (range: 6 to 10 years). The average postoperative Harris Hip scores were 81.0% for the textured stems, 89.6 for the HA coated stems and 85.7 for the plasma sprayed stems. The revision rates are 13.2% for textured stems, 0% for HA and 5.4 % for plasma sprayed. Radiographic results show that fixation of the 3 surface coatings to be optimal in 100% of HA, 88.2% in plasma sprayed and 84.2% in textured.

Discussion and conclusion: At this point in the study, it is obvious that the coating enhancement of choice is hydroxyapatite. The next step in this research will be to match the HA coated stems with a comparable porous coated stem of the same design for further comparison.


R. D. Crowninshield A. M. Patmore L. Tanamal D. M. Blakemore

A total knee design has been developed to support high flexion requirements of post-total knee replacement lifestyles. The extent of flexion, following total knee replacement, is influenced by relative femoral tibial kinematics, posterior knee soft tissue impingement, patella and patellar tendon tracking, preoperative knee flexion, and postoperative physical therapy. A new implant design incorporates features to prevent posterior tibial displacement in high flexion, improved conformity of the femoral/tibial articular surface contact to 155 degrees of flexion, greater femoral/tibial articular surface contact area in high flexion, and a shortened patellar tendon pathway. The requirement for tibial internal-external rotation during some knee flexion activity is accommodated by a rotating tibial poly-ethylene option within the implant system. Laboratory tests indicate the achievement of greater articular surface contact in high flexion conditions through extending the posterior femoral condyle curvature and accommodating the tibial polyethylene articular surface. Joint simulator testing indicates improved wear performance of the high flexion design. A prospective controlled multicenter clinical trial has been initiated to evaluate this high flexion implant design along with surgical techniques and post-surgery physical therapy developed to support patient achievement of high knee flexion following total knee arthroplasty.


S. Yanagimoto T. Sakamaki M. Ishibashi T. Honnma Y. Ohyama H. Kusakabe Y. Yabuki T. Fujita D. Itho

We developed K.K.S. (Keio-Kyocera Series) THA sytem. The aim is to develop original THA system suitable for Japanese patients. We produced MCF (means Medullary Canal Filling) stem, based on the anatomical anlysis of Japanese typical osteoarthritic patients (53 cases) by the measurements with CT scan. By the use of this stem, excellent canal fitting and initial rigid fixation can be obtained. We used this stem together with non-cement porous socket from 1992. At first the surface of this stem was smooth (S groupe), from 1994 the surface was altered to porous surface (P groupe), and then from 1995 HA coating to porous surface (H groupe) was added. The purpose of this study is to compare the biological fixation ability among stems with same shape and different surface.

Material and methods: Materials were patients for which Non-cement K.K.S. THA was done, 33 cases, 35 joints. Average age at operation was 55 (43-64) years old. Follow-up terms were 5-8 years. According to stem surface, all cases were divided to 3 groupes (S: 14 joints, P: 10 joints, H: 11 joints) and evaluated clinically and radiographically. The evaluation was done at the point of 5 years after operation for all cases. Clinically existence of thigh pain was evaluated. Radiographically sinking of the stem and osteolysis around femur were evaluated.

Results: Thigh pain was existed on S group: 6/14; 43%, P groupe: 0/10; 0%, H groupe: 2/11; 18%. Stem sinking was seen only on S groupe: 12/14; 84%. Osteolysis was seen only on 1 joint in S groupe. The result of S groupe was apparently poor clinically and radiographically.

Conclusion: To keep the early biological fixation of stem, not only anatomical shape for getting excellent canal fitting but also porous surface structure is needed.


S.C. Scholes S.M. Green A. Unsworth

New generation alumina-on-alumina (A-A) prostheses have been introduced to try and overcome the problem of osteolysis often attributed to polyethylene wear particles liberated within conventional metal-on-ultra high molecular weight polyethylene (UHMWPE) joints. This study uses a hip simulator to compare the volumetric wear rates of five different radial clearances of A-A joints. Atomic force microscopy (AFM) provided topographic characterisation of the prosthesis surfaces throughout the wear test.

Materials and methods: The wear test was performed on the Durham hip joint wear simulator. The 28 mm diameter alumina ceramic couples investigated were manufactured by Morgan Matroc Ltd., in accordance with ISO 6474. Four radial clearances (33, 40, 48 and 74 μm) of A-A joints were tested to one million cycles with 25% new-born calf serum as the lubricant. Contact mode AFM (TopoMetrix Explorer SPM) was used to produce a topographical map of the poles of the four alumina heads every 0.1 million cycles. Every 0.2 million cycles the wear was assessed gravimetrically using a Mettler AE 200 balance (accurate to 0.1 mg).

Results and discussion: There was no measurable wear of either the heads or cups during this one million cycle wear period. Throughout the wear test the alumina equiaxed grain structure became apparent on the AFM images, the mean alumina grain size was 2 μm. The grain surfaces were below the mean femoral head surface height. Such topography was not observed on an as-received head. Some granular pull-out also took place. As the wear test proceeded, the average area surface roughness increased from 2.33 nm to 4.42 nm for the heads but stayed relatively constant for the cups (from 2.75 nm to 2.97 nm).

Conclusions: The very low wear produced by these A-A hip joints is very difficult to measure gravimetrically as it is close to the limits of resolution of the weighing equipment. The surface topography analysis, however, shows changes to the ceramic surfaces during the wear test and gives an indication of the wear processes and lubrication regimes acting within such joints. The authors wish to thank EPSRC for funding this research and Morgan Matroc Ltd. for supplying the joints.


G. Aldinger

Longevity of the implants is the most respected factor in THA. Except from this fact, complications like dislocation, wear and osteolysis are reported in literature most frequently. But there is an underestimation in the orthopedic community in the importance of joint function, which is directly related to accurate restoration of joint geometry. This might be due to a lack of functional parameters for the measurement and availability of adequate implants for accurate restoration of joint geometry.

From our point of view the two problems: stable stem fixation and joint geometry have to be addressed separately: Safe stem fixation on the one hand, adequate joint geometry on the other hand. With the use of standard implants compromises have to be made on either side. To avoid this dilemma, we propose alternative systems: A modular system with interchangeable necks as a standard implant for better fit and adequate joint geometry or a custom implant. In the presentation we address the interference of stem fit and joint geometry and discuss problems and advantages of modularity and custom implants.


S. Glyn-Jones H.S. Gill D.W. Murray

Introduction: This study investigates the influence of surgical approach on the early migration of a cemented Total Hip Replacement (THR), assessed by Roentgen Stereo-photogrammetric Analysis (RSA). Rapid early migration has been correlated with premature implant failure.

Method: 46 patients awaiting THR were allocated into Posterior Approach (PA) and Lateral Approach (LA) groups. RSA was used to assess post-operative stem position and migration at 1 year. Post-operative gait was examined for a subgroup of patients.

Results: There was no difference in initial stem position within the medulla. Significant differences in distal migration were found; (LA 0.78±0.07mm and PA 1.27±0.15mm), p< 0.01. Posterior head migration for the PA group (0.78±0.18mm) was twice that for the LA group (0.46±0.08mm), p< 0.05. The PA group showed greater medial migration of the prosthesis tip (0.62±0.24mm), compared to the LA group (0.11±0.08mm), p< 0.05. During gait, the legs of the PA group were relatively internally rotated when compared to those of the LA group.

Discussion: The PA implants rotate internally and into valgus further than the LA implants. The starting positions of the prostheses were the same with similar cement and prostheses characteristics. We can infer that surgical approach and therefore muscle function have a significant effect upon component migration. During gait, the PA group has relatively internally rotated legs, probably due to short external rotator weakness. Hence, the internally rotating torque on the femoral stem will be larger, explaining the rapid migration in this direction. With the LA approach, the abductors are likely to be damaged. Therefore, the PA joint reaction force will be more laterally directed, explaining the higher coronal plane rotation rates seen in this group.

Conclusion: Profound differences exist in early migration, between the LA and PA. Different muscle function may account for this and probably influences long-term outcome.


T. Philippe

Our experience with metal/metal desings in France date from 1994. The goal of this study is to communicate our primary and comparative clinical results of 90 implants followed a minimum of 6 years

Material and method: We have reviewed the first 94 patients from our first year using metal/metal.90 case files were complete and we compare thes patients (group 1) to a control group of 90 patients receiving ceramic/poly couple, operated in the same time period (group two) with the same hybrid TH system. Average follow up: Five years and eight months.

Results and discussion: 4 of the 94 were unavailable for follow up at six years. None of these patients experienced clinical problems relared to the metal/metal. The clinical results (Merle and Harris score) are all good or excellent and there is no difference between the 2 groups. The x-ray results: For acetabular cup the two groups are identical and for femoral component (Barrack evaluation) all two groups have the same quality of cementation and maintain the cement mantle integrity achieved post-op. We decided therefore to examine specially the RLL changes in zone seven (comparison 3 month x-ray/latest follow-up x-ray); significant differences between the two groups were found in this study: The lower incidence of zone seven radiolucent changes in group one indicates a better clinical tolerance in the metal/metal configuration (p=0.0256). Considering the results reported here and the advanced studies, we can confirm that metal/metal systems are not the unique answer to PE-wear and THA longevity, but it is one solution that is available today and seems trustable.


R.D. Crowninshield D.F. Swarts M.P. Laurent J.Q. Yao

A method to extensively cross-link polyethylene for total hip application has been developed and tested in hip wear simulation. Extensively cross-linked polyethylene was prepared by exposing GUR 1050 polyethylene resin to 90 kg to 110 kg of e-beam radiation. For total hip application, the material was evaluated in an AMTI joint simulator in normal debris-free conditions and in a Shorewestern simulator for the adverse condition of added bone cement and aluminum oxide debris. The normal condition testing was conducted to 30 million cycles, while the adverse condition tests were conducted to 5 million cycles. Femoral head sizes from 22 mm to 46 mm were evaluated. The wear performance of extensively cross-linked material was compared to control material (GUR 1050 gamma sterilized in nitrogen). The results demonstrate a significant improvement in wear (greater than 80 percent reduction) of extensively cross-linked GUR 1050 acetabular components compared to the control acetabular components. The adverse condition wear of both materials was greater than the normal wear; however, when compared to the controls, the extensively cross-linked material had improved wear performance in both normal and adverse conditions. The wear of femoral heads larger than normal 32 mm sizes showed accelerated wear in the control material and desirable low wear in the extensively cross-linked condition. The polyethylene particles generated in the wear simulation were of similar size and shape between the extensively cross-linked and controlled polyethylene. As demonstrated in the laboratory simulation, this extensively cross-linked polyethylene has the potential to substantially reduce particular debris generation in total hip applications. A multicenter randomized controlled clinical study of extensively cross-linked and control acetabular components is ongoing.


N. Takahira M. Itoman K. Higashi K. Uchiyama M. Miyabe

Infected hip prosthesis, a devastating complication of primary total hip arthroplasty (THA) can lead to a serious condition. We report here the treatment outcome of our method of two-stage revision THA for infected hip arthroplasty using a temporary antibiotic-impregnated cement spacer for the period between resection and reimplantation.

Between 1996 and 2000, we performed two-stage revision THA using a temporary antibiotic-impregnated cement spacer on eight hips in eight patients with infected hip arthroplasty including hemiarthroplasty, with the infection presenting itself between four days and 19.4 years after last operation. There were four females and four males, with a mean age of 67 years (58 to 72). The mean period of follow-up was 2.5 years (0.3 to 4.3). Cementless THA was implanted as the second srage procedure. Bone defects were restored with frozen allografts. The clinical outcome was evaluated using the hip score of the Japanese Orthopaedic Association (JOA hip score).

The duration of follow-up was 33.9 months (range, 8 to 55 months). The mean JOA hip score at follow-up improved from 32.6 (19 to 74) to 77.1 (59 to 96). The mean interval period was 10.3 weeks (range, 6 to 19 weeks). Seven patients with infected hip arthroplasty successfully received implantation by two-stage cement-less revision THA.

One patient with MRSA infection had a recurrence after four months of revision of THA. However, the two-stage procedure using a vancomicin-impregnated bone cement spacer and beads implantation successfully treated this patient 14 months after the first revision of THA. No recurrence of infection was found at 42 months of follow-up.

These results suggest that two-stage revision THA using a temporary antibiotic-impregnated cement spacer is a useful technique for infected hip arthroplasty.


M. Silva W.O. Jackson E.F. Shepherd M.A. dela Rosa T.P. Schmalzried

Introduction: The Step Activity Monitor (SAM) is a microprocessor worn on the ankle that measures ambulatory activity in real time.

Methods: Activity magnitudes, speed parameters and activity patterns were analyzed in 31 patients with 37 primary total hips. Wear was measured from digitized radiographs using a validated two-dimensional, edge detection-based computer algorithm.

Results: On average, patients walked 5.6 hours per day (range: 1.9–9.8); averaging 5,266 gait cycles (range: 1,737–11,805), at 20 cycles/minute (range: 12.7–32.8) with a maximum speed of 63 cycles/minute (range: 45.0–88.0). Fast and very fast walking (30–49 and > 50 cycles/minute) accounted for 9.4% and 4.4% of total walking time. Patients started and stopped walking about 66 times per day (range: 34–113), with about 81 cycles between stops (range: 28.1-200.1) in average active intervals of 5.3 minutes (range: 3.3–10.3).

There was no difference in the average number of gait cycles between females and males. However, polyethylene wear per million cycles was significantly higher in males (p=0.006). Even after adjustment for greater height and weight in males, their wear rate was still significantly higher (p< 0.01). Males walked at a higher average speed (p=0.07), spent 33.9% more time walking fast or very fast, had 4% more starts/stops per day, with 13% less strides between stops. The percentage of time spent walking slow (5–9 cycles/minute) was negatively correlated to wear (p< 0.05).

Discussion and Conclusion: The SAM allows assessment of patterns and intensity of joint use. Similar to a set of automobile tires, polyethylene wear is a function of the amount and type of use; faster walking with more frequents starting and stopping is associated with a higher polyethylene wear rate. As the clinical performance of crosslinked polyethylenes is being monitored, it is critical to consider the influence of the amount and type of patient activity on wear.


R. Sakai

It is widely accepted that a wide contact area between bone and artificial materials is necessary in the fixation of hip joint prostheses. It is also considered be applied to the proximal femur. However, these two concepts are contradictory in that the contact point cannot be determined in a wide contact area. Therefore, in this study, we revised the available concepts to improve the method of fixation of joint prostheses using finite-element-method (FEM) analysis of the equivalent mathematical models.

The first model was designed based on the intramedullary cruciate fixation stem. In this model, the total contact area was limited to the small area of legs-on-plane. Another model was designed based on the fit-and-fill-type stem, and in this model, the total contact area of the plane-on-plane was equal to the total surface area of the stem. In the plane-on-plane model, there was an unstable vibrating pattern in stress distribution, and we considered that deterministic chaos existed in the stress filled wide


D. Pienkowski R. Andrews M. Goltz T. Rantell

Carbon nanotubes are an exciting new type of material and have extraordinary properties (1). A special category of carbon nanotubes (multiwalled or MWNT) is flexible yet have tensile strengths 200 times stronger than traditional carbon fibers (2). Because of their extremely large surface area-to-volume ratio, theory suggests that MWNTs can bond more strongly to polymethylmethacrylate (PMMA) than any other material tested (2). The combination of large tensile strength and strong interfacial (PMMA matrix) bonding suggests that when added to bone cement, MWNTs could bridge and arrest fatigue or impact cracks and thereby favorably improve the clinical performance of bone cement.

The objective of this study was to determine the validity of this hypothesis and whether MWNTs can significantly improve the tensile properties of PMMA. Methods MWNTs (20–30 nanometers in diameter, 20–100 microns long) were grown on a fused quartz substrate by the thermal decomposition of xylene in the presence of a metal catalyst. They are formed in well-aligned mats and grow perpendicular to the walls of a tubular reactor. As a first approach MWNTs were separated and dispersed through the liquid monomer component of PMMA by using an ultrasonic probe. The remaining polymer component was then mixed with this dispersion and the product was used to prepare specimens by casting in molds. Since prior work in other polymer systems (3) indicated that small concentrations of MWNTs could significantly affect a polymer’s physical properties, only fractions (1/16, ¼ and ½) of 1% of MWNTs (by weight) were used to prepare tensile test specimens. Control (0% MWNTs) and experimental (MWNT containing) groups of PMMA specimens were cured in air at room temperature for 7 days and then pulled to failure at 6 mm/min in a protocol conforming to ASTM D638. Maximum load, strength, results a total of 41 specimens have been prepared and tested: 13 controls, 9 with 0.063%, 10 with 0.25%, and 9 with 0.5% (by weight) of MWNTs. Carbon nanotubes improved the tensile load bearing properties of all experimental groups from 17% to 24%, and these values were significant (p=0.01 and p=0.02) for the 0.25% and 0.5% concentrations. The lowest concentration of MWNTs made the smallest improvement (17%) and this was not significant (p=0.07). Scanning electron microscopic examination of the fractured surface revealed nanotubes that were well distributed throughout the matrix.

Discussion: These preliminary results clearly demonstrate that carbon nanotubes can significantly improve the mechanical performance of bone cement. This result is especially encouraging because the MWNTs were added only to the monomer component. Additional performance enhancement may be expected from ongoing work using higher concentrations of MWNTs and their dispersion into the polymer component of bone cement in addition to the monomer component.

Since MWNTs are also electrically conducting and have magnetic properties, MWNTs may also help dissipate the heat generated by polymerization or permit bone cement with an “engineered” mechanical anisotropy. Although static tensile tests are an incomplete measure of bone cement, these preliminary results are very encouraging and motivate continuing study of the more clinically relevant (impact resistance, fatigue properties, etc.) measures of the mechanical performance of MWNT augmented bone cement.


R. M. Streicher

Introduction: Ceramic/ceramic articulation has a long history and is accepted as a low wear couple for total hip joint application. Due to the requirements for strength of the ball-head it may be necessary to combine products from different Alumina manufacturers.

Material and methods: Alumina components according to ISO 6474 for commercial hip joint prosthesis were obtained from 3 sources and subjected to a series of simulator tests up to 5 million cycles. Variations were the type of testing and the quality and type of the Alumina. Wear tests were performed with two different types of simulators and different protocols also including micro-separation testing. Wear was characterised by weight loss, change in surface appearance and particle analysis.

Results: Standard wear testing yielded very low wear rates below 0.5 mm3 per million cycles for the Alumina combinations of the third generation with a running in period and a steady state wear after 1 million cycles. Increasing the inclination of the cup up to 60° did not increase the wear rate. Mixing the components from various sources did not affect the wear rate significantly. Micro-separation testing increased the overall wear rate significantly and showed clinical relevant patterns with grain pullout and grain relieve. After a running in period a steady state without “avalanche” effect was observed again. The particle analysis compared favourably with retrieval studies. Although the wear rate was lower for the mixed couples it was statistically not significant.

Conclusion: An improved test method for ceramics demonstrates clinically relevant wear in respect of amount, appearance and particle size. The new generation Alumina is more wear resistant and less sensitive to cup position and to micro-separation. Mixing of Alumina components from a single implant manufacturer does not change the low wear rates of ceramic/ceramic articulation and can, therefore, be applied.


R.M. Streicher J. Fisher G. Insley

Introduction: Alumina exhibits excellent hardness and wear properties, however it is a brittle material with an inherent risk of fracture. Therefore, the feasibility of a new family of Alumina based ceramics with improved toughness for hip joint articulation applications was investigated.

Materials and methods: The addition of 25% Zirconia to Alumina during the manufacturing process to achieve the objective has been proposed. Two types of Zirconia Toughened Alumina (ZTA) ceramics were analysed; one binary and the other pentary by composition. Following tests were used: structural analysis, mechanical testing of components, determination of hardness (HV), fl exural strength (ASTM C1161), indentation fracture toughness, X-ray diffraction (XRD), aging (accelerated and real-time) and wear simulator testing. The test data was analysed by descriptive statistics.

Results: The structure of the two ZTAs is similar with small-grained Zirconia dispersed in a matrix of larger grained Alumina. X-ray diffraction analysis showed no phase transformation after accelerated and real-time aging and the strength values did not change. Flexural strength was statistically significant increased by > 50% over Alumina. The indentation fracture toughness was also increased by up to 50% while the hardness of the ZTA ceramics was not affected. The wear testing showed that ZTA – ZTA couples articulating against themselves produce not significant lower wear than Alumina – Alumina couples, but the combination of ZTA ball-heads with Alumina inserts produced significantly lower wear rates, also in micro-separation.

Conclusions: The toughness and bending strength of the Alumina was successfully increased while all other properties of the Alumina were maintained. No change in properties after aging was observed and the wear properties of the ZTA were lower wear than for Alumina. Zirconia Toughened Alumina looks promising for the next generation of fracture and wear resistant ceramic bearings.


Y. Fujita S. Yanagimoto T. Sakamaki

Objective: We had performed bipolar hemi-arthroplasty for osteoarthritis of the hip, with the technique of ace-tabular reaming until 1991. We studied the long-term results of this procedure radiographically.

Materials and methods: 62 patients (70 hips) were followed up for at least eight years after bipolar hemi-arthroplasty without cement. The diagnosis of all patients was osteoarthritis of the hip, which mainly came from dysplasia of the hip. The patients consisted of 13 men and 49 women. The average age at the operation was 43 years old (36–74 years old). The average duration of follow-up was 11 years (8–14 years). Smooth-surface press-fit type stem (Omnifit, Osteonics) was implanted for all cases. Focal osteolysis around component, the migration of the outer head and the subsidence of stem, were evaluated radiographically. By reviewing serial A-P radiographs, the first recognition of osteolysis and the extension of the lesion were researched.

Results: The mean migration of the outer head was 3.0mm medially and 9.1mm superiorly. The mean subsidence of stem was 7.2mm at final follow-up. The ace-tabular focal osteolysis was identified in 31 hips (44 %) and was first recognized at average 3.1years(1–9years) postoperatively. The femoral focal osteolysis was identified in 33 hips (47%) and was first recognized at average 2.3 years (1–9years) postoperatively. After the first recognition of osteolysis, the lesion was progressively spreading, especially on femoral side.

Conclusion: From these results, bipolar hemi-arthroplasty with the technique of acetabular reaming should not be indicated for osteoarthritis of the hip. This procedure causes osteolysis, which is progressive, and the migration of the outer head so often that it is difficult to preserve acetabular bone stock.


T. Kusakabe

We have utilized arthroscopic arthroplasty of the hip joint (arthroscopic partial resection of the acetabular edge) for the treatment of advanced osteoarthritis of hip joint.

We have utilized arthroscopic Arthroplasty to widen the joint space and tried to improve the outcome of joint preserving operation. We have treated advanced osteoarthritis of nine hip joints of eight patients (age from 41 to 56, averaged 44.3 years old) by arthroscopic arthroplasty in the past six years. The patient was put on the surgical traction table in the supine position. Arthroscope was inserted into the hip joint from antero-medial approach under fluoroscopic control and the acetabular edge was shaved until bleeding from subchondral bone was seen. In eight joints of seven patients, additional surgical procedures were applied later.

Acetabular edge resection alone might resulted in the lateral-proximal displacement of the femoral head and to acquire good result in the long term, some additional procedure should be considered. However, in one case of this series showed good roof osteophyte formation after arthroscopic arthroplasty with improved JOA score. This might be a result of improved blood supply at the edge of acetablum. We believe that arthroscopic arthroplasty for advanced osteoarthritis in combination with other procedures may avoid total hip arthroplasty.


Y.Y. Won

Introduction: It is not uncommon situation, in a hip fracture patient treated with dynamic hip screw(DHS) system, that the hip arthroplasty should be done after removal of DHS. However multiple screw holes and postplating osteopenia under the barrel plate will be created in the proximal femur resulting adverse mechanical effects.

Purpose: The authors analysed the micromotion of femoral stem and the stress concentration of proximal femur in hip replacement performed after removal of DHS using finite element analysis.

Methods: For simulation of femoral cortical defects after removal of 4-holed DHS system, four Φ4.5 mm cortical screw holes on medial and lateral cortices of the femur and one Φ12mm lag screw. One 20mmx90mm weakened cortical bone area on lateral cortex was made for simulation of the postplating osteopenia created under the barrel plate. After meshing with eight node linear hexahedron, nonlinear contact analysis was done using ABAQUS 5.8 package system. For the postplating osteopenia we decreased the bony strength of cortical bone up to 20%.

Results: In one leg stance, the maximal micromotions at metal to bone interface were around 150& #13211; (142.3-160.6& #13211;) even in the osteoporotic femur. However, in stair climbing, it increased over 150& #13211; (170.1-191.1& #13211;) even in the non-osteoporotic intact femur. The maximal micromotions were 170.1& #13211; in intact non-osteoporotic femur and 191.1& #13211; in osteoporotic DHS removed femur in a stair climbing. The pattern of stress distribution on the surface of the femur was changed showing distal transfer of the point with maximal stress from the proximal medial area to the stem tip area. The maximal stress increased up to 89% at the lag screw hole.

Conclusion: This study suggests that the femoral stem for primary cementless hip replacement could be used in the DHS removed femur regardless of bone quality, if it is long enough to pass the screw holes and also if the post-operative rehabilitation is strictly controlled.


H. Iwaki Y. Minoda A. Kobayashi Y. Kadoya H. Ohashi H. Oonishi Y. Yamano H. Iwaki

Introduction: Recently, highly cross-linked polyethylene has been highlighted in THAs, which is thought to reduce wear. However, little is known about an accurate nature of cross-linked polyethylene particles and long term wear in vivo. One of the authors implanted all polyethylene cups irradiated by 100 Mrad in 1970’s. Recently, we performed two revisions with this cup. In the present study, we extracted polyethylene particles and analyzed them.

Methods: Case1 was revised for a stem fracture and ace-tabular loosening at 25 years postoperatively and case2 for acetabular loosening at 27 years postoperatively. There was no osteolysis on X rays. We extracted polyethylene particles using a tiussue digestion and iamge analysis using computed iamge analyzer developed by Cambell.

Results: Equivalent circle diameter (ECD) was 0.73mm, roundness was 0.69, aspect ratio (AR) was 1.4 and number of particles was 6.0x108/g wet tissue in case1. ECD was 0.57mm, roundness was 0.62, AR was 1.54 and number of particles was 5.8x108/g in case2. SEM showed that granule or globular shapes were abundant and fibril shapes were rare.

Discussion and conclusion: Cross-linked polyethylene particles were less, a little smaller and much rounder in compared with our previous result of conventional polyethylene particles in peri-implant tissue after more than 25 years postoperatively in vivo.


S. Kobayashi N. Saito M. Nawata H. Horiuchi H. Oota R. Iorio K. Takaoka

Polyethylene wear is the most important risk factor affecting the durability of total knee arthroplasty. We developed a new method of measuring wear of the tibial polyethylene insert in total knee arthroplasty (TKA) on standard standing radiographs.

Methods: We developed a new method of measuring the shortest distance between the femoral component and the tibial metal tray taking its 3-D position into consideration. The accuracy of the method was examined in 3 conditions. An in vitro examintion measured the thickness of the polyethylene on radiographs of a new PFC prosthesis set on a table. The radiographs were taken from various directions. An in vivo examination measured the polyethylene thickness on patient discharge radiographs of 78 knees. These measurements were compared with known thicknesses of the used inserts. In the third study, wear of the tibial polyethylene insert was measured retrospectively in a series of 84 PFC TKAs with follow-up of 2 to 10 years (6.6 years on average).

Results: The average measurement error was 0.05 mm (SD 0.09 mm) in the in vitro study and 0.14 mm (SD 0.17 mm) in the in vivo study using discharge radiographs. In the series of 84 PFC TKAs, impending failure occurred in 7 knees, 4 of which were revised. Radiographically measured wear of the tibial insert was significantly greater in these failed TKAs than in the other TKAs. The radiographic measurements were well correlated with 3-D measurements of 4 retrieved inserts.

Discussion: Although the radiographic measurement of the tibial insert in TKA was less accurate than that of the socket in THA, it is useful enough to identify TKAs at risk of failure. When the radiographic wear exceeded 1mm, there was a significantly increased probability of impending failure or need for revision.


J.N. Argenson M. Kacem-Boudhar J.M. Aubaniac

Introduction: Recent studies showed that the position of the center of rotation and the prosthetic neck may infl uence implant fixation in hip arthroplasty. The purpose of this study is to evaluate the use of modular necks and their limits to restore hip geometry after the arthroplasty.

Methods: The study radiographically evaluates 117 cases of unilateral hip arthroplasty using a modular neck / head concept (Wright Medical). The analysis evaluated on a weight-bearing frontal pelvis view: center of rotation, horizontal abductor ratio, and vertical abductor index, comparatively to the controlateral hip using the student’t test. On the computerized templates of the association effectively used in each case was measured: neck length, lever arm and neck anteversion.

Results: In craniopodal the center of rotation averaged 0.19 in women and 0.23 in men. In mediolateral it averaged 0.26 in women and 0.32 in men. The mean horizontal abductor ratio was 0.65 in women and 0.70 in men. The mean vertical abductor index was 6:..4° in women and 6.5° in men. The mean neck length was 55.2 mm, the mean lever arm 39.3 mm, and the 15° ante or retroverted neck was noted in 10 %.

Discussion and conclusion: Restoration of the center of rotation was more accurate in mediolateral than in craniopodal, with a higher location as previously noted in the litterature. Abductor function was correctly restored excepted for the vertical index in women, probably due to the large variations of pelvis width. The limits of modular necks are large hip dysmorphy where neck length averages 60 mm, lever arm 45 mm and neck anteversion requires 30° of correction.


J.N. Argenson Y. Chevrol-Benkeddache J.M. Aubaniac

Introduction: Minimally invasive surgery (MIS) has recently been proposed for unicompartmental arthroplasty to allow quick function recovery. The purpose of this study is to evaluate retrospectively the indications in which this technique would have been possible and successful.

Methods: The requirements for the minimal invasive technique are: a pre-operative flexion of 100° and a lesion limited to one compartment of the knee. The preoperative status, operative findings and clinical outcome of 160 cases of unicompartmental knee arthroplasty (MG, Zimmer) were analyzed to determine whether the criteria for MIS would have been possible.

Results: Preoperatively 12 knees had a flexion less than 100°. Postoperatively four of them had a limited flexion ranging from 90° to 100°. In 53 knees (33 %), peripheral osteophytes were removed on the opposite tibiofemoral joint. None of them were revised for progression of osteoarthritis. In 33 knees (21 %) a patelloplasty was associated to the procedure for peripheral osteophytes. Two of them were revised at 12 and 20 months for osteoarthritis progression.

Discussion: Removal of peripheral osteophytes can be successfully associated to the unicompartmental procedure when using a conventional surgical approach. In 96 of the 160 knees (60 %) MIS was not recommended either for limited preoperative flexion or for peripheral osteophytes. In 2 knees unicompartmental arthroplasty itself was not the correct indication and total knee arthroplasty would have been the right solution. Finally, in 62 of the 160 knees (39 %) unicompartmental arthroplasty using MIS was indicated. In conclusion unicompartmental knee arthroplasty may be either performed by conventional or minimal approach based on the preoperative clinical and radiological evaluation.


A. Bauer

The traditional stem in cement-less total hip replacement was designed as a straight stem. This design was chosen to compensate for lack of initial stability provided by cement. Specifically the box shape of the implant achieved rotational stability and the wedge shape promised proximal press fit. Therefore also the first robot-assisted surgeries were performed using straight stems.

Primarily those surgeons using the antero-lateral approach soon felt limitations of the use of straight stems during robot-assisted surgery. The reamer, in order to guarantee a straight positioning of the implant, used a straight approach to the proximal femur, thereby damaging the insertion site of the gluteus muscle in some cases. This then led to persisting muscular deficit with a consecutive positive Trendelenburg sign.

Surgeons began to monitor during computer–assisted planning not only the final position, but also the cutting path, which was – as requested by the surgeons – displayed on the screen. At the same time anatomic stems became available for computer-assisted planning and surgery. With the introduction of anatomic stems also oblique cutting became available, thus avoiding compromising the greater Trochanter.

Clinical results of anatomic stems in robot-assisted surgery seem to be satisfactory. Although most users allow immediate weight bearing, no loosening or visible subsidence was reported. Cadaver studies and animal experiments suggest that exactness of robot-assisted preparation with the resulting close fit of the implant – no press fit though – provide sufficient stability to allow for anatomic designed stems in cement-less procedures.


H. Ohashi A. Kobayashi Y. Kadoya Y. Yamano Y. Tanabe

Impaction allografting is one of the techniques for reconstruction of femur during revision total hip arthroplasties. The initial stability of the stem fixed with impacted morsellized allogtafts and cement depends on multiple factors. The aim of this study was to investigate the stability of stem in reference to the size of bone chips, femoral bone defect and implant design.

Morsellized grafts of human femoral heads were prepared using a reciprocating type bone mill or a rotating type bone mill. Femoral bone defect was created at proximal medial cortex. Two types of polished stem were tested; CPT stem and VerSys CT stem (Zimmer Inc.). The cross section of the stem was relatively rectangular in CPT stem, while round in VerSys CT stem. Morsellized grafts were impacted into an over-reamed plastic bone and the stem was fixed with PMMA bone cement. Cyclic compression test and torsional test were performed using an Instron type machanical tester. Bone chips prepared by a reciprocating type bone mill contained large chips with broad size distribution, which represented high stiffness in compression test and high maximum torque in torsional test. Femoral bone defect and implant geometry did not affect the axial stability of stem, while large bone defect and round shape stem showed significantly lower maximum torque.

These results indicated that the size of bone chips, femoral bone defect and implant geometry affected the initial stability of the stem. Impaction grafting seems to be a technically demanding procedure, however several factors can be controlled to obtain secure implant stability.


K. Moholkar J. Corrigan

This paper outlines and defines a research, which was conducted in order to gauge the efficiency of the Elective Orthopaedic Assessment Clinic in the Department of Orthopaedics, Kilcreene Orthopaedic Hospital, Kilkenny, Ireland. The study was conducted in the year 1999. During this year, 380 patients were seen in the clinic. Of these, 328 patients were on the waiting list for joint replacement and 52 were on the waiting list for other elective procedure. In the process of the study it was observed that 204 patients were found fit on their first preassesment visit. Of all the 328 patients on the waiting list, 48 of those who were awaiting joint replacement were found to have dental caries or infected gums and 28 were diagnosed with some minor infective foci elsewhere in the body. However as according to procedure the patients that did not meet the preassessment criteria due to infection, but were pronounced fit for an operation had to wait for the infection to settle before they could be rescheduled for surgery.

The study in question has proved that the clinic acts as an intermediary between the patients and the operation theatre, by determining patient’s fitness for surgery and appropriately placing them on the corresponding waiting lists. This fact is of primary importance as it aids in preventing possible and sometimes last minute cancellations, thereby attesting to the effectives and efficiency of the clinic. The clinics efficiency can also be measured by the fact that it has initiated a number of improvements, such as the introduction of a checklist card for patients on the waiting list for joint replacements. This checklist includes dental health, and also arranges for patients to be examined by their general practioners and dentists before the preassesment checkup.


E.H. Hoffart

Successful outcome in TKA is influenced by the accuracy of the bone cuts, the reconstruction of the anatomical axes,implant design geometry and the active and passive soft tissue structures surrounding the articulation. They determine stability,range of motion and interface stress of the replaced knee joint and of course the clinical result. Since August 2000 we use regukarly the GALILEO-CAS and GALILEO-NAV System in TKA with the TC-PLUS(TM) Solution Knee.

Method: For preoperative planning there is no need of any CT-Scan, neither of the knee,nor of the hip. We need a single-leg-stand-up a-p and m-l X-ray to determine the the mechanical axis and Alpha-angle. Starting the navigated operation 20 measurements are taken to determine the rotational center of the hip. The several anatomical points are measured to construct a virtual model of the operated knee. After measurement the GALILEO-System proposes size and position of the prosthesis. After confirmation of these parameters the motor driven cutting blocks are automatically positioned to produce reliable bone cuttings. Step by step the femoral and tibial cuts can be performed under navigated computer assistance. Nevertheless all the time, the surgeon has the opportunity to manually overwrite the recommended position. At the end of the implantation we can test the ligamentous stability of the joint using Computer Assisted Surgery (CAS)system.

Evaluation: For evaluation of the clinical and biomechanical outcome of CAS, we started a prospective randomized study to compare it with the conventional operated TKAs. From Sept.2000 to June 2001 we performed 200 TKAs with the TC-PLUS(TM)Solution Knee. 100 of them were operated on conventionally; for the remainer we used CAS. The outcome was assessed according to HSS-Score and Insall-Score, pre op,post op 12 days,12 weeks and 6 months.

First results: First trends show a higher reliability of bone cuts in the CAS-Group, better restitution of anatomical axes, an improvement of the ROM 6 months post op and a higher clinical score.

Further evaluation of the mid and long term results are necessary to evaluate the effectiveness of Computer Assisted Surgery in Total Knee replacement.


Full Access
S. Leyen

Introduction The first ceramic knee implant in a human patient was used by Dr. G. Langer of the Orthopaedic Clinic at the University of Jena, Germany in 1972. In 1980, Drs. Oonishi and Hasegave began using a alumina femoral component on a polyethylene tibial component. These early attempts all involve the search for solutions to the wear and degradation problems. The application of ceramics was limited by:

polyethylene wear and degradation

demand of thin components

Excellent Scratch resistance AMC Ceramics is much harder than most surgical instruments. In comparison, metal components are easily scratched and damaged during surgery with the consequence of increasing wear.

Surface quality: Surface quality of the articulation surfaces components made from AMC Ceramics provide excellent articulation surfaces.

Low Friction: Knee Components made of AMC Ceramics show a low coefficient of friction. The resulting frictional forces on the prostheses are lower and offer the option for a reduction of aseptic loosening.

Low Allergic Potential: Ceramics are generally not considered as elicitors of allergic reactions. Hypersensitive reactions – especially to nickel – in total joint replacement are discussed as one possible reason for postoperative syndromes.

Surface Lubrication: AMC is a material with a very good surface lubrication capability. A low wetting angle is exhibited by the material.

Conclusion: Knee implants have become an area of great interest in the past years. For more than 10 years ceramic femoral components are used in Japan. Published follow-up data in scientifically journals are promising. Leading orthopaedic surgeons are interested in this option today to reduce the risk of pitting and delamination of Polyethylene. Material improvements are required for young active patients and nickel sensitive patients.

The novel AMC Ceramic offers a solution to minimise the allergic and wear related problems of knee implants. New concepts on the basis of hard on hard combination are technically already realised. The use of knee endoprosthesis with ceramic on ceramic combination is an option for ”zero” wear bearings in the knee.


S. Leyen J. Schwiesau R. Schmidt

The first Ceramic knee implant in a human patient was used by Dr. G. Langer of the Orthopedic Clinic at the University of Jena, Germany in 1972 [1]. In 1980, Drs. Oonishi and Hasegave began using an Alumina femoral component on a polyethylene tibial component [2]. These early attempts all involve the search for solutions to the wear and degradation problems. The application of ceramics was limited by the demand of thin components. In the present feasibility study the in vitro wear behavior of a knee concept with a novel Alumina Matrix Composite (AMC) Ceramic was examined [3,4].

The wear behaviour of the Ceramic components for the knee system were tested in accordance to ISO/WD 14243-3 for 5*106 cycles. Six samples were tested. The lubricant was calf serum diluted with deionized water. All tests have been performed with components made of the novel AMC Ceramic. The wear test performed showed an average gravimetric wear rate below 1 mg/1*106 cycles on each of the six components. A change of geometry was not measurable after 5 million cycles. No significant change of the surface structure was detectable with a conventional surface tracer. SEM and AFM pictures show traces of ultra mild abrasive wear at the surface.

The performed investigation on the novel knee concept shows the following potential benefits for a Ceramic knee bearing:

approx. 500 times lower volumetric wear

low risk of tribologically induced failure

no PE particle induced osteolysis

The novel AMC Ceramic offers a solution to minimize the allergic and wear related problems of knee implants. New concepts on the basis of hard on hard combination are to be realized. The use of knee endoprosthesis with Ceramic on Ceramic combination is an option for ”zero” wear bearings in the knee. These first results motivate to start further R& D on Ceramic on Ceramic bearings for total knee implants.


R. Komistek D. Dennis M. Mahfouz W. Hoff B. Haas D. Anderson

Introduction: Understanding the in vivo motions of human joints has become increasingly important. Researchers have used in vitro (cadavers), non-invasive (gait labs), and in vivo (RSA, fluoroscopy) approaches to assess human knee motion. The objective of this study was to use fluoroscopy and computer tomography (CT) to accurately determine the 3D, in vivo, weight-bearing kinematics of normal knees.

Methods: Five normal knees clinically assessed as having no pain or ligamentous laxity were analyzed. Using CT scanning, slices were obtained six inches proximal to the joint line on the femur and six inches of the proximal tibia. Three-dimensional CAD models of each subject’s femur, tibia and patella were recreated from the 3D bone density data. Each subject was then asked to perform five weight-bearing activities while under fluoroscopic surveillance: (1) deep knee bend, (2) normal gait, (3) chair rise, (4) chair sit, and (5) stair descent. The computer-generated 3D models of each subject’s femur and tibiaon (> 1


K. Moholkar

Aim: We studied the effect of filling the femoral entrance hole in relation to the total blood loss during and after the procedure of Total knee arthroplasty in 72 patients performed between 1997 and 1999 performed in our unit.

Materials and methods: This was a retrospective review and the patients were be broadly classified into three groups, the first (Group A) who had the entrance holes left unblocked (n= 21), the second (Group B) had the holes filled with bone cement (n= 21) and the third (Group C) with the holes filled with bone (n= 26).

Results: The average Blood loss for group A was 1019, group B was 11077 and group C was 1162. The Average Blood transfusion for group A was 0.70 units, group B was 0.40 units and group C was 0.30 units.

Conclusions: We found no significant difference in the Total Blood loss between the three groups and conclude that filling the entrance holes does not effectively reduce the Total Blood Loss in Total Knee arthroplasty and that there is no advantage to be gained in respect of the total transfusion needed for these patients.


A.A. Malone A. J. N. Taylor I. S. Fyfe

This study assesses the clinical performance of the Souter-Strathclyde elbow arthroplasty with a standardised index and long-term survivorship analysis.

We undertook assessment of 68 primary Souter-Strathclyde total elbow replacements. Of 53 patients assessed with pre-operative Souter-Strathclyde charts, nine died and one was lost to follow-up, 43 had radiographic and telephone review, and 38 (88%) had clinical examination according to the Mayo Elbow Performance Index.

Survival of the 43 elbows was to a mean of 72 months (range 8 to 187). A cohort of 25 elbows available for review with > 5-year follow up had improvement in pain, motion, stability and function. Eight of ten elbows in deceased patients had satisfactory scores at the last assessment. Ulnar neuropraxia occurred in eight elbows (12%), persistent sensory deficit in two (3%) and motor deficit in one. Two triceps abscesses required local skin flap cover. Revision was undertaken in 14 elbows (20%) for instability (6) bony injury (3), loosening (3) and intraoperative problems (2).

The survivorship at 13 years was 74% with 62 (91%) of all elbows achieving a satisfactory Mayo score.


E. Northcut M. Kobori R. Komistek B. Haas S. Walker D. Macht

Introduction: The goal of this study was to determine the difference between weight-bearing and non weight-bearing range of motion (ROM) for Japanese subjects having either a fixed or mobile bearing TKA with either a resurfaced (RP) or unresurfaced (UP) patella.

Methods: Forty subjects were evaluated using video fluoroscopy. Twenty subjects had a fixed bearing posterior cruciate retaining (PCR) TKA (10 RP, 10 UP) and twenty subjects had a mobile bearing (MB) TKA (10 RP, 10 UP). Under weight-bearing conditions, each subject performed successive deep knee bends to maximum flexion. Then, under passive, non weight-bearing conditions the subjects stood on one leg and passively flexed their knee to maximum flexion. Each trial was recorded and analyzed digitally. The angle between the femoral and tibial longitudinal axes was subtracted from 180o to obtain the amount of flexion.A single surgeon control was used. The average age of the subjects was 66.4, 78.1, 70.3, and 71.1 for subjects having PCR RP, PCR UP, MB RP, and MB UP, respectively. All total knee subjects were judged excellent clinically with HSS scores > 90 points. None complained of pain during testing.

Results: The preoperative ROM for the implanted knee groups was 115, 122, 110, and 120 degrees for subjects having a PCR RP, PCR UP, MB RP, and MB UP, respectively. The average passive ROM was 106 (90–131) and 108 (72–128) degrees for subjects having a PCR RP and PCR UP, respectively. Subjects having a MB TKA experienced greater passive ROM, 120 degrees for both the MB RP (105–136o) and MB UP (105–167o). Under weight-bearing conditions, ROM decreased for all groups, with the average ROM of 101 (90–125), 108 (86–128), 109 (92–134), and 114 (94–142) degrees for subjects having a PCR RP, PCR UP, MB RP, and MB UP, respectively. The greatest amount of ROM occurred for a subject having a MB UP, 167o during passive ROM and 142o during a weight-bearing ROM.

Discussion: Subjects in this study having a MB TKA experienced greater ROM for all of the compared four parameters. Subjects having a MB RP experienced greater passive (120 vs. 106) and weight-bearing (109 vs. 101) ROM compared to the PCR RP group. Similarly, subjects having a MB UP experienced greater passive (120 vs. 108) and weight-bearing (114 vs. 108) ROM compared to the PCR UP group. Interestingly, subjects having an UP TKA experienced greater ROM compared to subjects having a RP TKA. The results from this study may suggest that a mobile bearing TKA may lead to greater ROM for the Japanese populations, where achieving deep flexion is essential for normal daily activities.


E. Northcut T. Sugita K. Sato B. Haas R. Komistek

Introduction: Recently, many different mobile bearing TKA designs are being implanted throughout the world. Also,fluoroscopy has been used to evaluate variousTKA under in vivo conditions to determine the kinematics. The objective of this study was to utilize a randomized prospective study to evaluate the kinematic patterns, for Japanese subjects implanted with two different mobile bearing TKA.

Methods: Twenty Japanese subjects were entered into a prospective study. Ten subjects were implanted with a mobile bearing TKA, which is free to rotate around the longitudinal axis of the tibia (MB1). The other ten subjects were implanted with a mobile bearing TKA that allows for unrestricted translation and rotation (MB2). Femorotibial contact positions were analyzed using video fluoroscopy. Each subject, while under fluoroscopic surveillance, was asked to perform gait. Video images were downloaded to a workstation computer and analyzed at varying degrees of gait stance. Femorotibial contact paths for the medial and lateral condyles were then determined using a computer automated model-fitting technique. Femorotibial contact anterior to the tibial midline in the sagittal plane was denoted as positive and contact posterior was denoted as negative.

Results: During gait, on average, subjects implanted with MB1 experienced minimal A/P translation of either condyle. Also, all subjects having MB1 experienced similar motion patterns throughout the stance phase of gait. Axial rotation was evident in these subjects, as one condyle would move in the anterior direction, a similar amount to the other condyle moving posterior. On average, subjects implanted with MB2 experienced both translation and rotation. The amount of translation for subjects with MB2 was greater than subjects with MB1. The kinematic patterns for subjects having MB2 were also more variable than subjects having MB1. Axial rotation was also evident for subjects having MB1.

Discussion: This study has shown that the kinematic patterns for subjects having two different mobile bearing TKA designs differed considerably. Subjects implanted with a mobile bearing TKA that only allows for free rotation, experienced minimal A/P motion and significant axial rotation (MB1). Subjects implanted with a mobile bearing TKA that allows for free translation and rotation did experience both types of motions (MB2). There was minimal variability in the kinematic patterns for subjects implanted with MB1, while subjects implanted with MB2 experienced more variable kinematic patterns.


A. Sajjad K. Moholkar G. McCoy

Background: A common problem following total joint arthroplasty is urinary retention, which often necessitates catheterisation in the postoperative period. Most of these catheterisations are done as an emergency in the ward where the sterility is less than optimal.

Methods : A retrospective study of the incidence of emergency urinary catheterisation in 300 male patients who underwent total joint Arthroplasty under spinal anaesthesia over an eighteen-month period is presented. The patients were divided into three groups according to their age Group 1 (50 to 65 yrs), Group 2 (65 to 70 yrs) and Group 3 (70 + yrs).

Results: The incidence of catheterisation for acute urinary retention in Group 1 was 20%, Group 2 – 65% and Group 3 –69%.

Discussion: Urinary stasis predisposes to infection. The direct relationship between urinary catheterisation and infections in total joint Arthroplasty is already well documented. The potential for infection is compounded if the procedure is carried out in the unsterile ward environment. This study shows that the incidence of emergency catheterisation in patients aged 65 or above was high (average 67%) .

Conclusion: We conclude that these patients in groups 2 and 3 should be catheterised electively in the optimal sterile environment of the operating theatre. Catheterization should be performed after the patient has had the anaesthetic and the prophylactic intravenous antibiotic has been administered. The potential occurrence of joint and urinary tract infection is reduced and consequently patient morbidity is lessened.


Full Access
T. Kochhar D. Back M.J. Wright N.B. Ker

This study addresses four questions:

Does laminar flow exist in our operating theatres?

Do perioperative warming blankets affect laminar flow?

Do perioperative warming blankets cause displacement of particles into a wound perioperatively?

Do conventional theatres have adequate airflow?

It has been widely recognised that laminar flow theatres decrease colony forming units in operating theatres and thus decrease the risk of infection in arthroplasty surgery. It is also accepted that perioperative warming blankets improve patient haemodynamic stability and may reduce the risk of wound infection.

However, there has been great debate as to whether these perioperative warming blankets cause disruption of laminar flow and excess displacement of dust into a wound, and thus increase the risk of infection of total joint arthroplasty surgery. Using digital video imaging and airflow measurement techniques as used in formula 1 racing design, this independent study reveals that the Bair Hugger system has no effect on laminar flow or paticle displacement. It also shows that factors out of the surgeon’s control disrupt laminar flow and that general theatre design may be inherently flawed. This would seriously affect the risk of infection.


S.M. Ong G.J.S. Taylor

Background: Aseptic loosening of total joint arthroplasty is characterised by osteolysis, which is caused by osteoclasts and macrophages. Collagen cross link molecules N Telopeptides (NTx) are released during osteolysis and represents a highly specific marker for bone resorption. NTx could be a potential marker in the laboratory investigation of aseptic loosening with the advantage of being cheaper and easier to perform compared to present established markers. The aim of this study was to show that NTx generated during osteolysis by cells extracted from human interface membranes of aseptically loosened hips correlates with the established radiolabelled 45Ca bone resorption model.

Methods: Cells from human interface membranes of aseptic loosened hip joints were cultured with dead radiolabelled (45Ca) mice calvaria discs and in the control culture no cells were added to the culture system. Calvaria discs used in each experiment comparison were from the same parietal bone. The supernatant culture medium were extracted on day 3,7,10 & 14 and assayed for NTx and by scintillation counting. On day 14 the remaining culture medium and cells were assayed by scintillation counting and the total remaining 45Ca in the bone were measured.

Results: All results were expressed as the ratio of bone exposed to cells (BC)/bone only (B). Supernatant samples for 45Ca and NTx showed a rise in BC/B ratio with time. These were 0.83, 0.88, 0.97 & 1.08 (p=0.0001) and 1.06, 1.21, 1.41 & 1.40 (p = 0.03) respectively. In the bottom sampling for 45Ca the mean ratio of BC/B was 1.8 (p=0.0001) and the mean BC/B ratio for the remaining 45Ca in the bone at the end of the culture was 0.81 (p=0.0007). There was a strong correlation between 45Ca and NTx (r = 0.88).

Discussion: The initial drop of calcium levels can be explained by calcium uptake by the cells. We believe this is the first time human interface membrane cells have been shown to release NTx during osteolysis in an in vitro model. Replacing 45Ca radilabelled bone with NTx as a marker represents an important step towards simplifying and reducing the cost of an in in vitro model of particle induced osteolysis.


D. Anderson A. Lombardi R. Komistek E. Northcut D. Dennis

Introduction: Previously, in vivo kinematic studies have determined the in vivo kinematics of the femur relative to the metal base-plate. These kinematic studies have reported posterior femoral rollback in posterior stabilized (PS) TKA designs, but the actual time of cam/post engagement was not determined. The objective of this present study was to determine, under in vivo conditions, the time of cam/post engagement and the kinematics of the femur relative to the polyethylene insert.

Methods: Femorotibial contact positions for twenty subjects having a PS TKA, implanted by two single surgeons, were analyzed using video fluoroscopy. Ten subjects were implanted with a PS TKA that is designed for early cam/post engagement (PSE) and ten subjects with a PS TKA designed for later cam/post engagement (PSL). Each subject, while under fluoroscopic surveillance, performed a weight-bearing deep knee bend to maximum flexion. Video images were downloaded to a workstation computer and analyzed at ten-degree increments of knee flexion. Femorotibial contact paths for the medial and lateral condyles, axial rotation and condylar lift-off were then determined using a computer automated model-fitting technique.

Results: Subjects implanted with the PSE TKA experienced, on average, the cam engaging the post at 48° (10 to 80°). Subjects having the PSL TKA experienced more consistent results and did experience engagement in deep flexion (Average 75°). Subjects having the PSE TKA experienced, on average, −5.5 mm (1.5 to −9.3) of posterior femoral rollback (PFR), while subjects having the PSL TKA experienced only −2.6 mm (8.5 to −9.0) of PFR. Subjects having the PSE TKA experienced more normal axial rotation patterns. Nine subjects having the PSE TKA experienced condylar lift-off (maximum = 1.9 mm), while only 4/10 having the PSL TKA experienced condylar lift-off (maximum = 2.7 mm).

Discussion: This is the first study to determine the in vivo contact position of the cam/post mechanism. Subjects having a PSE TKA experienced earlier cam/post engagement than subjects having the PSL TKA. Some subjects did not experience any cam/post engagement throughout knee flexion. Subjects having the PSE TKA experienced more PFR and better axial rotation patterns, but subjects having a PSL TKA experienced lesser incidence of condylar lift-off. Results from this study suggest that there may be an advantage to early cam/post engagement, which leads to more normal axial rotation patterns caused by the medial condyle moving in the anterior direction as the lateral condyle rolls in the posterior direction.


Y. Aoki K. Yasuda T. Majima A. Minami

Total knee arthroplasty (TKA) after proximal tibial valgus osteotomy is thought to be technical demanded and its outcome is not as sufficient as primary TKA. Purpose of this study is to identify particular surgical procedures and outcome of TKA after proximal tibial valgus osteotomy in the different type of osteotomies. Fourteen TKA after proximal tibial valgus osteotomies were underwent for 13 patients with osteoarthritis. Average age at surgery was 72 years old. The mean duration from proximal tibial valgus ostetomy to TKA was 9 years and 10 months and the mean follow up period after TKA was three years and nine months. Four closed wedged osteotomies, five modified Levy’s reversed V shaped osteotomies and five domed osteotomies were underwent before TKA. The V-Y lengthening of quadriceps tendon or osteotomy of the tibial tubercle was necessary for each one knee. Both knee had patella infera due to previous osteotomies of tibial tubercle for patello- femoral osteoarthritis. 11 lateral releases including release of lateral collateral ligament and two lengthening of iliotbial tract were needed to achieve sufficient ligament balance. The stems of tibial components could be placed almost centrally especially in knees, which had reversed V shaped oseteotomies and laterally in knees, which had domed or closed wedged osteotomies. Clinical results evaluated by Japan Orthopedic Association score had improved from 53 points before TKA to 84 points after TKA. This study suggests that 1) approach is difficult in the knee, which had previous osteotomy of tibial tubercle, 2) lateral release including lateral collateral ligament and iliotibial tract is necessary to achieve sufficient ligament balance, 3) the stem of tibial component might be placed laterally in knees, which had previous domed oseteotomy or closed wedged osteotomy, 4) outcome of TKA after proximal valgus osteotomy is as good as primary TKA.


T. Sakai N. Sugano K. Ohzono S.B. Lee T. Nishii H. Miki K. Haraguchi H. Yoshikawa

Introduction: The purpose of this study is to evaluate the clinical and radiogra phic outcome of patients with secondary osteoarthritis of the hip, who underwent custom-made cementless THA.

Methods: Between January 1994 and June 1997, 98 prim ary cementless custom-made THA’s were performed in 76 patients with secondary osteoarthritis and reviewed at mean 6 years follow-up (range: 4 – 7.5 years). Nine patients had a previous femoral osteotomy. There were 69 females and seven males. The mean age at operation was 54 years (40 – 73 years). Custom-made, 125 mm-long, titanium femoral components with blasted surface were fabricated based on the computerized tomography.

Results: The mean Harris Hip Score improved from 43 to 95 points. 97 patients (99%) had more than 80 points for total score, and 2 patients (2%) had thigh pain at the latest follow-up. Radiographically, 86 hips (87%) showed obviously extensive bone ongrowth onto the middle part of the stem while 8 hips (9%) showed stable fibrous fixation. Four hips (4%) were unstable: more than 2 mm subsidence in 2 hips and more than 2 degrees varus migration in 2 hips. Of these 4 hips, 2 had intraoperative cracks of the poximal femur and 2 had varus positioning of the stem.

Discussion and conclusion: Cementless THA has been advocated to enhance fit and fill of variable hip geometry. However, some clinical studies failed to show that custom implants significantly improve clinical success or implant longevity because their surface finish was not optimal. Custom-made titanium femoral components with blasted surface showed good clinical results. The reasons for radiolographical failures were because of intraoperative technical errors and these might be derived from 125 mm-long stem with maximum canal fill. A shorter stem may be an option because it may improve the feasibility of stem insertion and the distal fill.


K. Koga

Sciatic nerve palsy is a troublesome complication of total hip arthroplasty, and may be caused by direct injury or over-traction at the time of the operation. We investigated the effects of over-traction on the blood flow of the sciatic nerve by placing the hip and knee joints in various positions. Twenty hip joints of 10 adult dogs were examined. Using a posterior surgical approach, the sciatic nerve was exposed and a site 1 cm distal to the greater trochanter was selected for blood-flow measurement. The blood-flow was measured using a Laser Doppler Flowmetry, with the hip and knee joints at various positions. Blood flow decreased as flexion angle increased and internal rotation angle of the hip joint increased, and decreased with as flexion angle of the knee joint decreased.

When we positioned the hip joint at 160 degrees of flexion and 30 degrees of internal rotation and the knee joint at 0 degrees of flexion, we found that the mean blood-flow decreased by 69% from the value measured when the hip joint was at 90 degrees of flexion and the knee joint was 90 degrees of flexion. When knee flexion was 90 degrees there was no significant difference in average blood flow between 30 degrees of internal rotation of the hip and 0 degrees internal rotation. When knee flexion was 0 degrees there was a significant difference in average blood flow between 30 degrees of internal rotation of the hip and 0 degrees of internal rotation.

Our results suggest that surgeons should pay attention to extension of the knee and the flexion and internal rotation positions of the hip to prevent sciatic nerve palsy as a complication of total hip arthroplasty


N. Saito S. Kobayashi M. Nawata H. Horiuchi H. Ota

A prospective randomized study was performed to evaluate the role of cold therapy in the postoperative treatment of total hip arthroplasty (THA). Forty consecutive patients underwent primary total hip arthroplasty for osteoarthritis. All components were not cemented. The patients were randomized: 20 were fitted with a cold therapy device for four days, and 20 were not. They were evaluated in terms of blood loss, creatine phosphokinase (CPK) level, C-reactive protein (CRP) level, and pain relief. No significant difference was found in the amount of postoperative wound drainage between the two groups of patients. The use of cold compressive dressing after THA was not associated with an increase in CPK and CRP level.

The pain score in the postoperative period of THA was significantly lower in the cold therapy group than in the control group. The results of this study support the potential benefit in pain reduction by use of the cold compressive device in the postoperative recovery of patients undergoing THA.


D.W. McGurty M.C. Hynes T. Greer C.A. Wigderowitz H.E. Ware Douglas W. McGurty

Introduction: The aims of this paper are to compare the results of Measuring migration rates on radiographs manually and by computer assisted analysis of digitised images.

Methods: Standardised anteroposterior standing hip radiographs taken post operatively and then yearly following hip replacement were used. The radiographs were then scanned at 150 dpi (gray scale) and saved as tif files. The migration was measured manually by drawing a line along the long axis of the femoral component connecting the distal tip, to the notch, which is used to impact the stem proximally. This gives us the length of the hip replacement and an axis along which migration can be measured. The tip of the greater trochanter was selected as a bony landmark. On the plain radiographs two sets of readings were made by one observer. The digitized images were then analysed in the same way using a software package (designed in-house at the University of Dundee). Two sets of readings were performed by observer one and a second set by an independent observer. Statistics: Inter and Intra observer rates were calculated using a paired sample t test.

Results: For the manual readings intra observer mean difference was 0.53mm (Cl 0.31–0.74mm). Comparing manual vs computer readings for observer one there was a correlation of 0.89. For the computer readings intra observer mean difference was 0.36mm (CI 0.64–0.8mm) and inter observer mean difference 0.16 mm, both non-significant differences. This evidence shows that the readings made manually and by computer were not significantly different and that there was no significant inter and intra observer variation. The advantage of computer storage and reading being the faster analysis, the ability to store and access large numbers of radiographs. The disadvantages being the need to scan the radiographs to allow measurement.


N. Omizu H. Ito H. Tanino T. Matsuno

The use of prostheses with porous surfaces in cementless total hip arthroplasty now predominates. Beads are popular for use as a porous coating, but their mechanical strength may be insufficient because of displacement of some of the beads from the coating. In this study, we propose a new porous surface, created by making direct holes in the metal surface using a YAG laser. A titanium-alloy (Ti-6Al-4V) rod was used. A Bead-type prosthesis was made by diffusion bonding pure titanium beads to the rod; it was 5 mm in diameter and 35% in porosity. A Laser type was made by directly creating holes in the same rod surface using a YAG laser; it was 5 mm in diameter and 33.7% in porosity. Both implants were evaluated in vivo using the hemitranscortical cylindrical model in two beagle dogs. Four prostheses were implanted into each femur through the lateral cortex, for a total of eight of each type, and remained in place for 12 weeks. Except for the proximal implant, push-out tests were performed to measure the shear strength of fixation of the implants to the cortical bone. For observations of the implant-bone interface, decalcified specimens of the proximal femur were stained with toluidine blue and observed with an optical microscope. The mean push-out strength of the Laser type was approximately 10.2 MPa and that of the Beads type was approximately 10.7 MPa. There was no significant difference in interface push-out strength between the groups. Bone ingrowth into both types was sufficient, however, some specimens of the Beads type demonstrated displacement of some of the beads from the rod surface. This study indicates that a porous surface created with a YAG laser might be useful not only for its shear strength, but also for the strength of the surface itself.


T. Tateishi G. Chen T. Ushida

Biodegradable porous scaffolds play an important role in tissue engineering as the temporary templates for transplanted cells to guide the formation of the new organs. The most commonly used porous scaffolds are constructed from two classes of biomaterials. One class consists of synthetic biodegradable polymers such as poly (α-hydroxy acids), poly(glycolic acid), poly(lactic acid), and their copolymer of poly(DL-lactic-co-glycolic acid) (PLGA). The other class consists of naturally derived polymers such as collagen. These biomaterials have their respective advantages and drawbacks. Therefore, hybridization of these biomaterials has been expected to combine their advantages to provide excellent three-dimensional porous biomaterials for tissue engineering. Our group developed one such kind of hybrid biodegradable porous scaffolds by hybridizing synthetic poly (α-hydroxy acids) with collagen. Collagen microsponges were nested in the pores of poly (α-hydroxy acids) sponge to construct the poly (α-hydroxy acids)-collagen hybrid sponge.

Observation by scanning electron microscopy (SEM) showed that microsponges of collagen with interconnected pore structures were formed in the pores of poly (α-hydroxy acids) sponge. The mechanical strength of the hybrid sponge was higher than those of either poly (α-hydroxy acids) or collagen sponges both in dry and wet states. The wettability with water was improved by hybridization with collagen, which facilitated cell seeding in the hybrid sponge. Use of the poly (α-hydroxy acids) sponge as a skeleton facilitated formation of the hybrid sponge into the desired shapes with high mechanical strength, while collagen microsponges contributed good cell interaction and hydrophilicity. One of such kind of hybrids. Additionally, our group developed a hydrostatic pressure bioreactor for chondrocyte culture. And our study showed that hydrostatic pressure (0–3 MPa) had promotional effects on the production of proteoglycan and type II collagen by cultured chondrocytes. Therefore, it would be a promising pathway for reconstructing cartilage-like tissue to culture chondrocytes in this three-dimensional hybrid sponge under physiological hydrostatic pressure.


K. Yamakado K. Kitaoka H. Yamada K Hashiba A. Shimizu R. Nakamura K. Tomita

Introduction: In general a loose-balanced total knee arthroplasty (TKA) are believed to gain good postoperative range of motion (ROM), however, too much laxity is thought to be a cause for persistent pain and catastrophic long-term results.

Materials and methods: We measured the antero-posterior and medio-lateral laxity to evaluate the influence of stability after cruciate-retaining TKA on ROM, pain score in Knee Society score and Functional score at 4–7 years after the operation. Twenty-one knees in 15 patients with an average age of 68 years (range, 58–78) who had a PCL retaining TKA for osteoarthrosis were examined (YS-4, 16 knees; AGC-S, 5 knees). There were 12 women and 3 men. Anteroposterior laxity was examined using a KT 2000 arthrometer at 30-degree knee flexion. Mediolateral laxity was examined at full extension with manual stress x-rays.

Results: Average ROM was 112 degrees (range, 90–140 degrees), antero-posterior laxity was 9.7 mm (range, 2–27 mm) and mediolateral laxity was 10.6 degrees (range, 5–22 degrees). Knee Society pain score was 47 (range, 10–50) and Functional score was 82 (range, 40–100). No significant difference in ROM and clinical scores were noted between the lax and the stable knees. Correlations between ROM and anteroposterior or medio-lateral laxity were not significant (P = 0.55, P = 0.05, respectively; Spearman’s correlation efficient).

Discussion and conclusion: A loose-balanced TKA did not gain good post-operative ROM. No parameters suggested that lax knees got better flexion angle, worse pain score and functional score than stable knees.


D.W. McGurty M.C. Hynes T. Greer H.E. Ware Douglas W. McGurty

Introduction: The aims of this study are:

To report and validate the early migration rates of the collarless polished tapered hip replacement using manual and computer measurements

To report early clinical results of the CPT hip

Patients and methods: 80 patients undergoing primary total hip replacement in a single centre were prospectively recruited into the trial. There were 59 females and 21 males: age range 31–84 years, (mean 68 years sd 9.86). Surgery was performed through an anterolateral approach in all cases. A standard cementing technique using a cement gun and cement restrictor was employed. The patients had standardised anteroposterior standing hip radiographs taken post operatively, then yearly. The migration was measured along the long axis of the femoral component In the anteroposterior plane, using the tip of the greater trochanter as a bony landmark. Measurements were made by two independent observers (specialist registrars). Plain radiographs were measured manually using a ruler and set square and digitised images using a software package designed in-house at Dundee University. Correction for magnification was incorporated. Hip assessments were performed at each review by an independent reviewer.

Results: The mean migration rates and 95% confidence intervals (Cl) and mean Harris pain and Harris hip scores and Std Deviations were:

There was no significant difference between inter or intra observer measurements for hip migration.

This is the first study to date that we are aware of that describes the subsidence rates of the CPT hip which includes validation by inter and intra observer readings.


E. De Santis G. Logroscino V. De Santis L. Giannotta F. Silvi S. Rivelli

To evaluate the osseointegration enhancement, a consecutive randomized series of 50 on a total of 483 cementless titanium prostheses were prospectically studied. The features of the stem were the following: tapered, straight, low-profile neck, metaphyseal and hystmic fit, proximal 1/3 hydroxyapatite coated (HA) and titanium porous coated (PC). The acetabular component was hemispherical, titanium porous coated. A zircornia or Co/Cr head (28mm) was used. Female were 53% and average age 65. The general diagnosis was ostheoarthritis, congenital hip dysplasia, fracture, aseptic loosening, osteonecrosis, previous femoral osteotomy, previous pelvic osteotomy. Clinical objective assessment was based on the HHS. A patient oriented evaluation (Womac and SF12) was obtained. Radiological assessment was based on the Engh’s method. The general and prospectical group results have been evaluated.

In all the groups the HHS, Womac and SF12 questionnaires showed a statistically significant improvement in quality of life. Consistent evidence of proximal bone ingrowth were present in 100 % (HA) and 96 % (PC), stable proximal fibrous ingrowth in 4 % (PC). Cortical hypertrophy (50 % zone 3–5), stress shielding (56 % zone 1) and pedestal ( one case) were assessed. Nor osteolysis neither subsidence were identified. No significant general complications such as infections or periprosthetic fractures were observed. The use of HA seems to improve the mechanism of osseointegration and earlier clinical outcomes, even if this difference is not significant. Patient oriented evaluation and radiographic assessments confirmed the reliability of this cementless prosthesis. Less osteolysis could be predicted in the future, according to the reported results of other authors in the HA coated stems.


E. De Santis G. Logroscino G. Gasparini F. Larosa R. Sgrambiglia G. Magliocchetti

Bone Loss is the main problem in failed total hip arthroplasties. Revision surgery must be conformed to the degree of the bone loss. Since 1986, 330 cases of failed THA underwent to revision surgery. Different solutions were adopted according to Paprosky femoral defects classification. In type I, a primary cementless stem was implanted (23%). In type II and IIIa, were proximal fixation is still possible to achieve, Mid PCA-Howmedica (5%) and modular S-ROM-J& J revision stems (18%) were implanted. In all the other degree of bone loss (IIIb–IV) cementless distal fixation stems, Long PCA-Howmedica (17 %), Wagner-Sulzer (18 %) and modular (MP-Link, Profemur-Wright) (19 %), were used. Patients were clinically and radiographically evaluated by HHS and according to Engh’s criteria. Best results were observed in Type I group (HHS=90). Long and mid PCA stems presented poor clinical (HHS=60) and radiographical results and required re-revision in 15% of cases. Intermediate results were observed in Wagner prostheses. Modular revision stems showed best results although earlier F-U. (HHS=80). Of these, re-revision surgery was performed in two cases, one of which because of infection and the other one due to severe thigh pain.

Cementless modular stems seem to be the most suitable technique. Distal fixation associated with proximal fill permit to manage the majority of femoral bone defects minimizing bone grafts. The modular stems, allow to conform the design of the components to the bone defects permitting to achieve primary stability (press-fit), restoring the centre of rotation and muscles tension, reducing pain and restoring hip function.


B.L. Kaptein E.R. Valstar B.C. Stoel P.M. Rozing J.H.C. Reiber

Early micromotion of joint prostheses with respect to the bone can be assessed very accurately by a method called Roentgen Stereophotogrammetric Analysis (RSA); a method that uses two simultaneous X-ray exposures of the joint and has an accuracy of 0.1 mm for translations and 0.3 degree for rotations [1]. In order to reach this accuracy, metallic markers are inserted into the bone and attached to the surface of the prosthesis. These markers can then be identified automatically in the two radiographs [2]. Since the adjustments to the prosthesis are difficult, time-consuming and expensive, RSA has only been applied in a limited number of clinical trials.

In a previous study we have developed a Model-based RSA algorithm, which does not require the attachment of markers to the prosthesis [3]. This algorithm is based on minimisation of the non-overlapping area (NOA) between the automatically detected contour of the prosthesis from the roentgen image, with the virtually projected contour of a three-dimensional model of the prosthesis.

Because the accuracy of this NOA algorithm was not as high as the accuracy of the currently used Marker-based RSA, we have studied alternative algorithms for Model-based RSA. From a simulation study in which we used models of the Interax Total Knee Prosthesis (Stryker-Howmedica) and the G2 Hip Prosthesis (Johnson & John-son), we found that the results of the NOA algorithm can be improved substantially. The newly developed Model-based RSA algorithm is based on minimisation of the mean distance between the points of the actual contour and the virtually projected contour. The simulation study shows that the new algorithm is superior to the NOA-algorithm in situations where part of the contour is occluded, as well as in situations where the contour is distorted by noise. With the new algorithm, the residual position error can be reduced to 0.1 mm. and also the residual orientation error can be reduced to 0.3 degree, making Model-based RSA a future alternative to Marker-based RSA.


Full Access
D.W. McGurty S. Prakash C.A. Wigderowitz R.J. Abboud D.I. Rowley Douglas W. McGurty

Biomechanical alignment of the knee is a major determinant in the outcome of Total Knee Arthroplasty. However, the best method to assess the alignment is yet undecided. Conventional methods use hip to ankle “long” standing x-rays but these suffer from technical difficulties and hence are a potential for error. Short x-rays are considered to have doubtful accuracy.

This study aimed to assess if the “short” AP x-rays could be used to assess the lower limb axis within a range of statistically insignificant and clinically acceptable difference.

The results indicate the readings from the short x-rays were not statistically different from those obtained from the long x-rays in four sets of observations. The largest difference between any two readings was 0.68 degrees. The analysis of data showed that the measurements from the short x-rays could indeed be used to assess the long axis of the lower limb with the provison that there is no gross femoral shaft deformity.


P.A. Keblish

Introduction/purpose: Cementless femoral fixation in TKA varies regarding philosophy of design, materials, and surgical technique. This study evaluates autograft enhancement with AML (porocoated) stems. Impaction autograft (head reamings) enhances cortico-cancellous fit in canals of different geometry, preserves bone, decreases potential for stress shielding and seals the stem from wear particles.

Materials/methods: Clinical/radiologic evaluation of 110 AML prostheses (proximal/extensive porous-coated) with 4- to 11-year (mean 6.9) follow-up was performed. Demographics included 68 females, 42 males, age 34–90 (mean 66). Diagnoses included OA (86), RA (16), other (8). Key surgical points included: 1) stem matching/sizing to proximal cortical contact; 2) head/neck reaming with acetabular graters; 3) autograft delivery (distal-lateral) prior to partial stem insertion and proximal-medial prior to prosthetic seating.

Results: Femoral stem fixation was successful in 98%. Autograft fill was visualized radiographically within the first 6 weeks. Stem fit-fill ratios were .63 proximally and .73 distally, suggesting that most stems were stabilized via cortico-cancellous bone. The 2 fixation failures (1 stem fracture, 1 aseptic loosening) occurred in large males with undersized stems. Radiologic stability was noted in 95%. There were 6 cases of proximal osteolysis secondary to wear without distal extension, and no lucency > 2mm. Mean subsidence was.6mm. There were 10 acetabular failures secondary to wear/loosening and 1 traumatic neck fracture. There were no infections.

Conclusion: The technique of impaction autograft using femoral head reamings is a biological (osteoinductive-osteoconductive), practical, and simple treatment method to accommodate and fill femoral canal voids frequently encountered in THA. Large, stiff stems (with distal fixation) can be avoided with less risk of technical problems and long-term bone loss secondary to stress shielding. The technique can be utilized, with variation, in any current cementless femoral stem.


D. Komsitek T. Kane D. Dennis J. Ochoa

Introduction: Understanding the forces across the human lower extremity joint is of considerable interest to the clinician. In the past, telemetric hip implants have been used to determine the forces across the hip joint, but the forces at the knee joint remain unvalidated. Recently, video fluoroscopy has been utilized to accurately determine the in vivo kinematics of human joints during various activities. The objective of this study was to predict muscle and joint forces from a mathematical model utilizing fluoroscopy as the input motion data.

Methods: Initially, two subjects (one with a total knee and a second with a total hip arthroplasty) were asked to perform normal gait and a deep knee bend while under fluoroscopic surveillance. A fully automated computer model-fitting algorithm was employed to convert the two dimensional (2D) fluoroscopic videos to 3D, and the in vivo motion of the implanted joint was determined. The kinematic data then served as input to a mathematical model in which the relative motions of the segments and the interaction forces between the foot and the ground were also treated as input data. The predicted forces for the implanted joint, quadriceps muscles and patellar ligament were plotted with respect to time, percent gait cycle and knee flexion angle.

Results: The resultant force at the implanted knee joint ranged from 2.0 to 3.5 times body weight (BS) during gait, depending on walking speed and walking motion. A forward leaning pattern resulted in significantly higher knee joint forces. During a deep knee bend, the knee joint forces could rise as high as 3.5 BW. The resultant forces at the implanted hip joint ranged from 2.0 to 4.0 BW, depending on the activity (greater during deep knee bend), walking speed, walking motion and the incidence of hip separation. The patellofemoral forces were minimal during walking (< 0.5 BW), but increased significantly with greater knee flexion to a maximum of 3.5 BW. The quadriceps muscle and patellar ligament forces were similar during gait (1.0 BW), but the quadriceps force was 40% greater in deep knee flexion.

Discussion: The present study has determined that the predicted hip joint forces are similar to telemetrically derived joint forces at the hip joint. Both knee, hip and muscle forces were greater in deep flexion compared to gait. A sensitivity analysis determined that the model is extremely sensitive to patellar ligament and patella motion. Altering the kinematics of the patella and patellar ligament could increase the knee joint forces by 1.0 BW.


R. Komistek D. Dennis L. Sedel E. Northcut D. Anderson

Introduction: Previous in vivo kinematic analyses of the hip joint have determined that femoral head separation from the medial aspect of the acetabular component occurs in metal-on-polyethylene THA. The present study analyzes subjects having either an alumina-on-alumina (AOA),alumina-on-polyethylene (AOP),metal-on-metal (MOM) or metal-on-polyethylene (MOP) THA during gait to determine if the incidence of hip joint separation varies based on articular surface material.

Methods: Forty subjects were analyzed in vivo using video fluoroscopy. Ten subjects had a AOA THA, ten an AOP THA, ten a MOM THA, and ten having a MOP THA. All THA subjects were implanted by two surgeons and were judged clinically successful (Harris hip scores > 90.0). Each subject performed normal gait on a treadmill and an abduction/adduction leg lift maneuver while under fluoroscopic surveillance. The two-dimensional (2D) fluoroscopic videos were converted into 3D using a computer automated model-fitting technique. Each implant was analyzed at varying flexion angles to assess the incidence of hip joint separation.

Results: During gait and the abduction/adduction leg lift, no separation was observed in subjects having an AOA THA or in subjects having a MOM THA. Similar to our previous studies pertaining to subjects having a THA with a polyethylene acetabular insert, all ten subjects having a MOP THA and 6/10 subjects having an AOP THA experienced hip joint separation. The maximum amount of separation was 7.4 mm for a subject having an AOP THA and 3.1 mm for a subject having a MOP THA.

Discussion: This study shows femoral head separation from the medial aspect of the acetabular component can occur in the presence of a polyethylene liner. The femoral head often remains in contact with the liner, hinging superolaterally. Potential detrimental effects resulting from hip joint separation include premature polyethylene wear, component loosening (secondary to impulse loading conditions) and hip instability. Wear may be enhanced due to creation of multidirectional wear vectors or excessive loads due to eccentric femoral head pivoting. The absence of separation observed in AOA and MOM THA designs may be related to increased wettability of these materials and tighter radial tolerances resulting in a cohesive lubrication film. This data may be of value in hip simulation studies to better duplicate wear patterns observed in retrieval analyses and assist in the understanding of the lubrication regime and wear rates in AOA and MOM designs, allowing for the synthesis of prosthetic components that minimize wear and optimize kinematics.


H. Oonishi H. Iwaki S. Masuda

Introduction: In 1970’s, Oonishi et al found out that the polyethylene cross-linked by gamma-ray irradiation (dose=100Mrad) had high wear performance, and then clinically used it as the material for acetabular sockets. He has reported excellent outcomes. In this study, we measured the wear three-dimensionally, and the oxidation by microscopic Fourier transform infrared spectrophotometry in retrieved high-dose cross-linked polyethylene [100Mrad PE] sockets implanted over 25 years.

Materials and methods: We revised two 100Mrad PE sockets (SOM type manufactured by Mizuho medical (JAPAN)), due to aseptic loosening, which had been implanted for 27 years approximately. The liner and volumetric wear were measured as previously reported [1]. Measuring points for oxidation index were (1) near surface point in unworn area, (2) near surface point in worn area, and (3) inner area which left any surface by > =2.5mm.

Results and discussion: The liner wears were 0.06mm and 0.29mm respectively. The volumetric wears were 25.8mm3 and 91.8mm3. The liner-wear rate of them were 0.002mm/year and 0.010 mm/year. The oxide index of each socket was 0.75, 0.62, 0.25 and 1.73, 0.67, 0.28, in order of the unworn area, the worn area and the inner area. Many researchers have reported that the annual liner-wear rate of UHMWPE sockets is from 0.1 to 0.2mm/year. We showed extremely less wear rate of the 100 Mrad PE sockets in comparison with UHMWPE sockets. Oxidation index in the worn area was approximately the same as that of UHMWPE sockets, which were determined in our previous study [2]. These results showed that 100Mrad PE sockets had maintained the high performance to the wear for long-term clinical use.


M. Nawata S. Kobayashi N. Saito H. Horiuchi H. Ohta K. Takaoka

By 1998, 10 patients had undergone 12 revision total knee arthroplasties at our institute. One patient died three weeks after surgery due to cerebral infarction, leaving 11 knees of nine patients for evaluation. Average follow-up was 4.8 years (1 to 9 years). All components were subjected to revision surgery in five knees, the tibial tray and insert in four knees, and only the insert in two knees. Patients were evaluated with clinical examinations, radiographs, and the Knee Society Clinical Rating System.

After revision surgery, the Knee Scores and ROMs were restored to almost the same level as just after the first TKA. Re-revision was performed on two patients, one 103 months and the other 82 months after revision TKA. In those two patients, huge bone loss of the proximal tibial canal was filled with cement without bone graft. The other patients, however whose tibial trays were fixed with cement on adequate grafted bone obtained good results.

The femoral components that were not treated with revision surgery despite small flaws or scratches due to wear and tear of the tibial insert did not cause marked wear of the new tibial insert.

Conclusion: Bone loss of the proximal tibial canal should be filled with bone graft, not with cement only. Femoral components with small flaws or scratches, and without other ploblems, need not to be treated with revision surgery.


M. Sparmann

After having completed more than 150 primary knee arthroplasties with a new navigation system both analyzing the position of the implants as well as the soft tissue balancing in each range of motion, we performed the first revision surgeries in February 2001 using this device. At present we have revised 15 arthroplasties with the support of navigation. The reasons for revision were early loosening in 11 cases and instability in 4 cases. Intra-operatively, we were able to analyze the malpositioning of the implants and the disturbed soft tissue balance.

In most cases (n = 12), a femoral internal malposition was found. There was, therefore, extreme polyethylene wear on the medial plateau of the tibia and instability of the soft tissues on the lateral side. We were also able to find an incorrect joint-line and a malrotation of the tibial component. In all these cases specific intra-operative kinematics showed us the primary reason for early loosening. The navigation system screen provides not only information about the incorrect angle of the implant position but also indirectly via the kinematics, information about the relationship of the malpositionings between the implants. In many cases (n = 10) there were combined errors in positioning of the implants.

The first 15 cases show that malpositioning of knee implants can be analyzed with the new generation of navigation systems. These devices help the surgeon, in the operation room, to make his decision how to proceed.

The malpositioned implants showed extreme polyethylene wear demonstrating that the positioning of the implants does influence the outcome very much.

A useful navigation system in revision surgery is the one which is not related to a specific design of an implant but is usable in all cases so that every implant can be measured.


Y.Y. Kim

One hundred twenty eight revision hip arthroplasties performed before Dec. 1995 using the Wagner self locking prosthesis were followed for five to ten years. Obviously, the shape of this revision prosthesis complements optimal primary stability; however, one must pay attention not to undersize the stem. Hence, the most significant feature contributing to this self-locking type is the accomplishment of appropriate canal filling when revision with optimum anchorage length of prosthetic component. According to the clinical and radiological data obtained from our midterm results, we confirm the excellent validity of this system for treating the advanced cases of bone resorption for revision. Obviously the classification based on the femoral bone deficiency by the AAOS and DGOT are well documented. Even though we agree with the recent concept of Bourne-Rorabeck that is worthwhile tending to revert to a simple, but practical classification based on the cancellous bone’s quality and the intactness of the cortical tube, we believe that four of Bourne-Rorabeck had better be five in order to be clearer. Furthermore, additional seven various cases series of recent for subsidence of the femoral components were included in this study.

We beieve that the only contraindication is conversion from arthrodesis when the patient has long standing history of heavy plate and screws because of undue discrepancy of the stress shielding. Lastly, it is very unusual, however, we describe the operative technique which Wagner stem is inevitably removed.


A. Aamodt P. Benum

An argument against the use of canal-filling, customised femoral stems has been that such implants have a large cross-sectional area and therefore are stiffer than standard, uncemented implants, thus inducing more stress shielding and bone loss in the proximal femur. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the association between the volume of the femoral stem and the change in periprosthetic bone mineral density (BMD) measured with DEXA.

Material and methods. Forty-eight patients with a mean age of 46 years had a THR using a customised femoral stem (Unique, SCP, Norway). BMD was measured in the 7 Gruen zones postoperatively and after then 3, 6, 12 and 24 months. Based on the 3-D computer model of the implant the volume of the intrafemoral part of the stem was computed. The association between the relative change in BMD at the 2 years follow-up and the volume of the stem was assessed using correlation analyses.

Results. No statistically significant correlation between the volume of the intrafemoral part of the stem and change in BMD could be found for the most proximal zones (1, 6 and 7). Neither was there an association between the postoperative BMD value and the degree of stress shielding. However, a weak correlation between the volume of the stem and change in BMD was found in Gruen zones 2, 4, 5 and for the overall BMD in all zones.

Discussion. No consistent or strong association between the volume of the femoral stem and the periprosthetic stress shielding at 2 years postoperatively was found in this study. In particular, the bone remodeling in the most proximal part of the femur was not correlated to the size of the stem. Contrary to other studies, our findings imply that stem size or stiffness is not a major determinant for proximal femoral stress shielding following THR.


R.G.H.H. Nelissen E.H. Garling M. de Haan E.R. Valstar

The common factor in all (mechanical) prosthetic failure mechanisms is the induction of osteolysis around the endoprosthesis with subsequent prosthetic migration and finally loosening of the prosthesis. Both initial prosthesis-bone fixation and long-term prosthesis survival depend on the quality of the peri-prosthetic bone mass. The effects of treatment of RA patients with prednison are inhibition of osteoblastic activity and inhibition of calcium resorption from the intestines. The bone mass loss during the first six months of prednison treatment is substantial and will seldom be regained. Bisphosphonates are known to decrease osteoclastic activity and may therefore stop osteolysis at the bone-prosthesis interface.

The aim of the study was to evaluate a possible association of bisphosphonates with reduced migration of total knee prostheses (Interax, Howmedica Osteonics, Rutherfort, USA) in a high-risk group. Roentgen Stereophotogrammetric Analysis (RSA-CMS, Medis, The Netherlands) was used to measure the micromotion.

Retrospectively a group of nine RA patients treated with prednison (non-bisphosphonates group) and a group of fourteen RA patients (bisphosphonates group) treated with prednison in combination with bisphosphonates (Etidronate) were included from a prospective randomized study of 82 patients (Nelissen et al., 1998).

At the two-year follow-up evaluation, functional scores and knee scores did not differ significantly among the two groups. At the two-year follow-up evaluation, the non-bisphosphonates group subsided −0.47 ± 0.8 mm, and the bisphosphonates components subsided 0.07 ± 2.9 mm. In the analysis of variance with repeated measurements, with correction for follow-up time, sedimentation rate, and prosthesis fixation type, the bisphosphonates group migrated 1.20 mm less in the total migration (95% c.i.: 1.07–1.30 mm) compared to the non-bisphosphonates group.

In this study, bisphosphonates medication in addition to corticosteroid medication was associated with reduced migration of knee prostheses compared to corticosteroid medication alone.


Jae Yong Ahn

Osteotomy of the greater trochanter continues to be an important surgical technique, especially in revision and difficult primary hip replacement, which implied the tightness of abductors.

We advocate the frog-leg lateral radiograph to determine the reducibility of the dislocation at the level of true acetabulum in order to identify the sufficient length of abductors while sitting. This flexibility of soft tissue structure composed of abductor is compromised once hip is reduced, because of difficulty in bringing the trochanter down to its bed.

In practice, transtrochanteric approach and shortening of proximal femur were applied and greater trochanter was transferred distally for restoring of abductors power(modified osteotomy), while reducing the possibility of trochanteric dislodgement. In fact, the wire force is reduced by 25 % while the bone union compressive force is unchanged in the modified osteotomy compared with conventional osteotomy. We evaluated 17patients(23 hips) in DDH and 15 patients in tuberculous hip. Conventional osteotomy was performed in tuberculous hip and modified osteotomy in DDH.

Nonunion of osteotomized trochanter was found in the case of 5 tuberculous hips especially irreducible in the frog-leg lateral radiograph preoperatively.


J. Bono

Radiographs historically have not been standardized according to magnification. Depending upon the size of a patient, a film will either magnify a bone and joint (of large patients with more soft tissue) or minify (in the case of thin patients). An orthopedic surgeon must guess at the degree of over or under magnification to select an implant that is neither too large nor too small. The surgeon may be aided by the incorporation of a marker of known size. By calculating the difference between the size of the marker displayed on the film and the actual size of the marker, the orthopedic surgeon can identify the degree of magnification/minimization and compensate accordingly when selecting a prosthetic template.

This activity takes time and also is subject to mathematical error. Digital pre-op planning allows for an image to be displayed electronically, and with the use of a known sized marker, automatically calculate the magnification and recalibrate the image so that it is sized at 100% from the perspective of the user.

Digital pre-op planning incorporates a library of electronic templates of prostheses, which can be standardized to exactly match the size of diagnostic image being displayed. Traditionally, an orthopedic surgeon places an acetate template enlarged to be 110% to 120% over an X-ray film magnified to be110% to 130%. When there is a significant variation in magnification between the template and the procedure, this can contribute to surgical error. This type of error will be virtually eliminated with digital templating that has the capability to identically scale electronic templates to the X-ray image being displayed. Digital pre-op planning enables surgeons to select from a library of templates and electronically overlay them on an image as well as perform the necessary measurements critical to the templating procedure which not only speeds up this process but, as will be shown, has the potential of delivering unprecedented accuracy.


Myung-Chul Yoo

Positioning and secure fixation of the acetabular component without bone cement in dysplastic and deficient acetabulum is technically challenging because of the distorted anatomy of the acetabulum such as shallow and very thin medial and anterior wall, deficient super-olateral dome. Several treatment options have been reported to solve these problems when total hip arthroplasty is needed.

The author developed a new technique of circumferential acetabular medial wall displacement osteotomy to get secure fixation of the cementless hemispherical acetabular component at the site of the original acetabulum. This technique preserves the thin medial wall, deepens, and enlarges the acetabulum without additional structural bone graft. The procedure can also provide appropriate positioning and sufficient coverage of the acetabular cup.

From October 1989 to October 1995, we analyzed 84 hips in 80 patients who had a cementless total hip replacement with circumferential acetabular medial wall osteotomy at the Kyung Hee University Hospital. There were 28 male and 52 female patients with an average age of 49 years (range 25–71). Initial diagnoses were congenital dislocation, severe dysplasia, infection sequelae, and secondary osteoarthritis. The follow-up period ranged from 5 years to 11 years, the average being 7.2 years. All acetabular components used in this procedure were cementless porous coated hemispherical Harris-Galante (HG) I or II cup. The acetabular cup had secure fixation at the site of the original acetabulum without bone cement in all cases. Cup coverage ratio has become 97.7% in average. There was no radiolucent line around the cup or loosening. None of the acetabular cups with circumferential acetabular medial wall osteotomy had signs of medial migration. Bone union at the site of osteotomy was achieved in all cases. Bony ingrowth into the porous surface and remodeling around osteotomized acetabular medial wall was excellent. Technical pitfalls and advantages in biomechanical viewpoint of the procedure will be discussed.


R.K. Sinha C.B. Ma J.E. Esway L.S. Crossett

Introduction: A 2-stage approach is often employed to treat infected TJA. Success rates have been reported between 85–100%. Other authors favor multiple routine debridements (I& D) to lower the infection rate. This study compares the relative effectiveness of 2-, 3- and 4 stage treatment approaches.

Methods: Between 1988 and 1998, all infected TJA at our institution were treated with a 2-, 3- or 4 stage approach. In the 2-stage approach, prosthesis removal was followed by 6 weeks of IV antibiotics and reimplantation. In the 3-stage approach, an additional I& D was added 5–7 days after prosthesis removal. In the 4-stage protocol, a third I& D was performed after completion of antibiotics. Negative cultures led to reimplantation. Positive cultures led to an additional 6-week course of antibiotics, and then repeat 3rd and 4th stages. Patients retained their components if free of infection, on chronic antibiotic suppression or after additional I& D. Patients were free of infection if no more treatment was needed.

Results: 83 patients with infected TJA were treated. Average follow-up was 25 months. Of the 2 stage patients, 9/10 (90%) retained their components, and 7/10 (70%) was free of infection. Of the 3 stage patients, 32/37 (86%) retained their components, and 28/37 (76%) was free of infection. Of the 4 stage patients, 34/36 (94%) retained their prosthesis, and 30/36 (83%) was free of infection. Seventeen additional patients in the 4-stage group had positive cultures at the third stage. After additional treatment 13/17 (76%) retained their components and 12/17 (71%) was free of infection. No correlation was found between infection severity (gram positive vs. negative organisms; single vs multiple organisms) or initial diagnosis.

Discussion. Our ten-year experience with infected THA suggests that multiple I& D are required for successful treatment. Repeat I& D assures a sterile wound, as tissue culture is more sensitive than aspiration. Importantly, persistent infection after three I& D and appropriate antibiotics led to poorer results, suggesting that other host factors may preclude these patients from reimplantation. Given the exorbitant costs of treating failed reimplantations, an additional routine I& D may in fact be cost-effective across an entire population of infected TJA patients. Further analysis will focus upon cemented versus cementless implants, cost-benefit ratios of multiple debridements, nutritional parameters, functional assessments of patients at latest follow-up, cost analysis, and the value of preoperative.

Conclusion: We recommend a 4-stage approach to the treatment of infected THA.


E.H. Garling R.G.H.H. Nelissen E.R. Valstar

The aim of this study was on the one hand to compare the fixation of a posterior stabilised prosthesis (PS) and a PCL retaining mobile bearing design (Interax, Howmedica Osteonics, Rutherfort, USA) and on the other hand to measure the mobility of the mobile bearing. All measurements were carried out by means of Roentgen Stereophotogrammetric Analysis (RSA-CMS, Medis, Netherlands).

A prospective,randomised,double-blind study (N=28) was conducted to assess the micromotion of the components. At the one-year follow-up evaluation, the micromotion of the PS-components and the mobile bearing components were not significantly different. The PS-tibial components subsided −0.063 ± 0.177 mm and the mobile bearing knee tibial components subsided 0.067 ± 0.084 mm. The PS tibial component showed a higher variability in the migration results indicating a number of PS with rather large micromotion.

For three patients, the in vivo motion of the mobile bearing with respect to the metal backing was assessed at 30, 60 and 90 degrees of passive flexion. Two of mobile bearings moved posteriorly (2.4 and 2.9 mm) at respectively 60 and 90 degrees of flexion and showed a medial-lateral translation of 0.03 and 3.5 mm. One mobile bearing moved only 0.4 mm posteriorly at 90 degrees of flexion but showed a lateral-medial translation of 3.1 mm.

The broad range of kinematic patterns of mobile bearings during flexion that is observed in fluoroscopic studies is also observed in this study. A possible positive effect of mobile bearing movement may be found in the smaller variability of the micromotion of the mobile-bearing knees compared to the PS knees. The assumption was that shear forces in tibial bones implanted with a mobile bearing prosthesis would be better dissipated from the prosthesis-bone interface resulting in less micromotion. The kinematics of an additional number of mobile bearing knees -already included in the micro-motion study- will have to be assessed in order to determine the relation between mobility and micromotion.


R.G.H.H. Nelissen E.H. Garling E.R. Valstar

The advantages of high viscosity Simplex AF cement (PMMA) compared to low viscosity Simplex P are the low porosity, the high fatigue strength, the lower polymerization time, and the lower maximum polymerization temperature. A prospective, randomized, double-blind clinical study was conducted to assess the in vivo effects of viscosity of bone cement on the micromotion of a polished tapered stem and UHMWP-cup (Exeter, Stryker-Howmedica). Roentgen Stereophotogrammetric Analysis (RSA-CMS, Medis, The Netherlands) was used to measure micromotion.

Twenty patients were included in a Simplex AF group (70 ± 4.3 years), and twenty patients were included in a Simplex P group (71 ± 7.3 years). No significant differences in body mass index and clinical hip scores were observed between the two studied groups.

There was no significant difference of the subsidence of both high and low viscosity cemented Exeter stems. The subsidence was according to the literature and showed that the viscosity of the bone cement did not influence the cement-implant bond of this polished tapered stem design.

The total migration of the cups and the migration along the medial-lateral axis were significantly larger for the Simplex AF cemented cups compared to the Simplex P cemented cups (p=0.037). This can be explained by the higher cement mantle thickness in acetabular Gruen zone 2 (p=0.003) and 3 (p=0.004) of the Simplex AF cemented cups.

We conclude from this study that the viscosity of the bone cement has no effect on the subsidence of polished tapered stems and that a high cement mantle thickness around an UHMWP-cup has a negative effect on fixation.


D.D. D’Lima J.C. Hermida A. Bergula P.C. Chen C.W. Colwell

Polyethylene wear is a significant factor limiting survivorship of total knee arthroplasty (TKR). Crosslinking of polyethylene has been shown to significantly reduce wear in hip arthroplasty but has not been reported for TKR. This study measured wear in polyethylene cross-linked to two levels in a knee wear simulator.

Six polyethylene knee inserts were tested in a knee wear simulator. Inserts were manufactured from polyethylene crosslinked to two different levels: 2.5 Mrad (Low-X) and 10.5 Mrad (High-X). Each implant was enclosed in a closed lubricant (50% alpha fraction calf serum) recirculation chamber, maintained at 37°C and changed every 500,000 cycles. Physiologic levels of load and motion were applied at 1 Hz for a total of 6,000,000 cycles. Wear was measured by the gravimetric method before wear testing and at every 500,000 cycles. Semi-quantitative wear assessment was performed by imaging the insert surfaces at 10x magnification.

The Low-X inserts demonstrated significantly higher wear rates (mean 4.66 mg/million cycles) than the High-X inserts (mean 1.55 mg/million cycles, p < 0.001). Wear scars on the Low-X inserts were irregular and visibly deeper than those on the High-X inserts. The machining marks on the surface of the insert were also better preserved in the High-X insert wear scars. These results suggest that crosslinked PE can significantly reduce wear in TKR under physiologic conditions. This can result in reduced lysis and increased survivorship. Localized damage can cause catastrophic failure in polyethylene knee inserts. Therefore, further studies are necessary to evaluate wear under these conditions.


R.K. Sinha J. Fenwick J.D. Bobyn H.E. Rubash

Introduction: Proximal porous coating for cementless fixation of femoral stems enjoys increasing popularity. We report on the intermediate to long-term results with a circumferentially proximally coated stem with a non-porous cylindrical diaphyseal portion. The smooth stem provides temporary rotational stability so that proximal bony ingrowth can occur.

Materials and methods: Between 1991 and 1994, 124 Multilock stems were implanted in 101 patients. Patients were followed prospectively and re-evaluated at a minimum five years postop (range 60 to 117 months) by an author other than the surgeon. Four patients (5 hips) were lost to follow-up. Five patients (6 hips) had died. Twenty-six patients (30 hips) had phone interviews more than five years after surgery, but no radiographs as they refused to return for followup. None of these patients had required additional surgery and all were extremely satisfied with their outcomes. Sixty-six patients (83 hips) had clinical and radiographic followup at minimum five-years post-op. This report focuses upon this last group.

Results. The average age at surgery was 53.8 years (range, 27–75). The average follow-up was 78 months (range, 60–117). The average Harris Hip Score was 93 (range, 52–100). One stem had been revised for loosening (1%), and none were radiographically loose. Eight patients (9.6%) had minimal thigh pain related to excessive activity. These patients required mild analgesics only. Eighty-two stems (99%) achieved bony ingrowth. Twenty-nine stems (35%) had minimal osteolysis limited to Zones 1 and 7. There were no cases of diaphyseal lysis. Radiolucent lines adjacent to the porous coating were evident in 3 stems (3.6%), and along smooth portions in 20 stems (24%). No radiolucent lines were progressive or divergent. Some degree of stress shielding in the proximal metaphysis was evident in 52 hips (63%), but only 2 had cortical resorption.

Discussion and conclusion. Given the young age and high activity level of this cohort of patients, the Multilock stem has fared extremely well. Loosening and revision rates were very low, and distal osteolysis had not occurred. Bony fixation occurred reliably. Proximal stress shielding remains concerning and further follow-up will determine whether this becomes clinically significant. Lastly, patient function and satisfaction were high. In conclusion, the Multilock proximally porous-coated stem can be expected to perform well in the intermediate to long-term in young, active patients.


T. Sugimori

An anatomical cementless stem sometimes does not fit the femur of Japanese osteoarthritis (OA) patients due to deformity of the proximal femoral canal.

In order to develop a new stem, we performed morphological analysis of 36 normal femora and 113 OA femora by using a computer aided design system and a three-dimensional canal fill ratio of anatomical stem was calculated.

Thirty-six normal femora and 113 OA femora were reconstructed from 3D-CT data by using a computer aided design system. We analyzed each femur, and it became clear that there are 3 types of proximal femur in Japanese OA patients. In typeI, the configuration is the same as normal (42%). In typeII, the medial cortex is more steep (29%). In typeIII, the posterior cortex inclines anterior (26%). We chose 5 femora of the same size from each of the three types, and applied the anatomical stem of the most suitable size to each femur in the computer, we then calculated a three-dimensional canal fill ratio of the anatomical stem in the proximal portion of femoral canal.

The mean canal fill ratio was 76.4% in typeI, 60.0% in typeII, and 57.2% in typeIII. The canal fill ratio in typeI was significantly higher than the other types.

It is thought that to fill the proximal femoral canal with cementless stem is important to stabilize the stem and can lead to a good result. The anatomical stem fitted for the typeI, but did not fit for typeII and III, so we must consider developing a more suitable stem for typeII and typeIII.


M. Mulier

We want to prove that you cannot make a good fitting stem of a THP before surgery because the resulting shape of the femoral cavity is set after all the tools have been introduced in the femur. We are fully aware that fit and fill alone is not enough to obtain good fixation therefor all the investigated implants were plasma spray coated with HA.

We have investigated two groups of patients:

Pre – operative group: custommade implant based on CT scans and manufactured before surgery. The proximal part was size for size and coated with HA; the distal part is cylindrical (44 cases, followup from 2.6 years to 6.2 years).

Per – operative group: custommade implants based on a mould of the femoral cavity in the proximal femur and manufactured during surgery. The prosthesis was size for size and the HA coating was applied on the proximal 1/3 of the implant. (13 cases with a minimum follow-up of two years).

The manufacturing procedures and coating specifications for both groups were exactly the same. We’ve compared the Harris hip score for both groups and we’ve performed a radiolographical analysis.

Of the preoperative group 6 protheses had to be revised. This results in a revision rate of 13 % which is not acceptable. In the peroperative group however, no revisions have been performed. Radiografically the peroperative group showed much better results than the preoperative group.

The obtained results suggest that it is not only important to have a good bone growth initiator such as HA but the implant needs to be in close contact with the bone.


M.A. Rosa G. Maccauro G. Falcone V De Santis R. Ardito A. Sgambato

In primary malignant bone tumours, the “en – block” excision with the sacrifice of soft tissues causes a functional deficit of the interested limb. There are many possibilities for reconstruction after a wide resection of the proximal humerus. The Authors report their experience using megaprostheses, focusing to soft tissue reconstruction, in order to obtain a good and fast functional recovery of the involved limb. 13 megaprostheses of the proximal humerus were employed. All patients were affected of primary malignant bone tumors with different histology. The tumor was staged according to Enneking’s system. 8 cases were classified as IIB and the remaining as IIA. All the tumors were treated with an intrarticular resection. Soft tissues reconstruction was performed, in 8 cases, using a mesh (Trevira tube), dressed all along the prosthesis, with a high resistance to traction. Radio and/or chemotherapy were employed referring to the histology.

At a medium follow – up of two years, for the surviving patients, we have obtained excellent functional results in 1 case, good in seven cases, fair in three cases and poor in two cases. The size of the resection is a main factor in order to obtain a good functional recovery of the joint motion. A wide excision (below deltoid insertion) with the sacrifice of large muscular masses and of the osteoarticular structures can represent a functional amputation causing the loss of muscles that are important to have an acceptable joint movement.

In our experience we retain that the use of modular prostheses in reconstructive orthopaedic surgery is advantageous because of its versatility and of its quick implantation, despite of other reconstructive systems. Moreover the use of a device, as that described, for an easy anchorage of the myotendinous structures, allows a quick functional recovery offering the patients considerable advantages for their social life.


E. Pola V. De Santis G. Maccauro C. Piconi G. Gasparini E. De Santis

Zirconia has considered a good material for manufacturing of ball heads in total hip replacement due to high mechanical properties of this ceramic material. However in the literature the problem of heads biocompatibility is still debated. The Authors reported their experience in ten years of research on the biological properties of this material. In vitro tests were performed onto materials in form of powders, analyzing the inhibitory effects on human lymphocyte mitogenesis, and in form of plates measuring adhesion and spreading of 3T3 fibroblasts. A mutagenic test was also performed. In vivo tests were performed by injection of powders in mice and evaluating the survival of animals according to ASTM F – 750. We also inserted ceramic in form of cylinders into proximal tibial metaphysis of NZW rabbits and analysed local and systemic reaction due to material diffusion. We also developed a system of production of Zirconia particles by inserting ceramics under patellar tendon of NZW rabbits.

In vitro tests showed that Zirconia powders and plates induced a similar effect of Alumina ones; no mutagenic effect were observed using our samples, demonstrating that Zirconia has no carginogenic effects. In any case the diffusion of particles didn’t show modifications into internal organs (lung, kidney, liver, spleen) of mice and rabbits. In time (one year after operation) the connective tissue present at bone ceramic interface is transformed into lamellar bone.

Our experience demonstrates that Zirconia may be considered a good material for prosthetic implants.


G. Maccauro L. Proietti V. De Santis E. Pola G. Gasparini

The Authors analysed two cases of catastrophic failures of Total Hip Prostheses due to the disruption of the PE inlay and the Ti-alloy metal back of the acetabular components. In the cases reported the PE inlay (4 mm in thickness) was coupled with a 32 mm in diameter Alumina ball heads. At time of revision the alumina ball heads showed many black marks due to the contacts with the Ti-alloy metal back. The sockets showed severe damages, concentrated in the superolateral zone. The PE inlays were disrupted. Almost a third of the metal back is missing. A large metallosis was also visible in the membrane at the interface between implant and bone. Histologic sections showed a large amount of metallic debris in a pseudovillous membrane. At higher magnification oligonuclear cells in a rich in vessels stroma were in contact with metal particles. PE debris with the characteristic birifrangent aspect to the polarised light microscope was contained into polynuclear giant cells. SEM showed that the size of 25% of particles was less than 1 μm, while the size of 53% of wear debris is in the range from 1 to 5 mm. EDAX confirmed that these particles consisted of Ti alloy. The Authors analysed the possible roles of different factors in the etiology of this cup failures and concluded that in both the cases analysed the initiator of the failure was the size selection of the prosthesis, and in particular the PE thickness, followed by the positioning of the acetabular component. The deformation of the PE inlay leads to rupture of the inlay itself, followed by the direct contact between the Alumina ball head and the titanium alloy cup, causing the disruption of the Ti-alloy metal back, with massive release of wear debris in the surrounding tissues.


Raj K. Sinha

Introduction: Tapered proximally porous-coated stems have many advantages, including no diaphyseal reaming, proximal fixation, and less thigh pain. Conventional rehabilitation suggests that touch-down weight-bearing (TDWB) is required for bone ingrowth and soft-tissue healing to occur. Immediate weight-bearing as tolerated (WBAT) could provide rapid mobilization and quicker recovery and faster return to functionality. This study examines early results with WBAT after implantation of a tapered stem.

Materials and methods: During 1999 and 2000, all THAs were performed with a fiber-metal taper (FMT) component and WBAT was allowed immediately. No cemented or hybrid THAs were performed during this time-period. Radiographs were obtained in the recovery room, and then at 6, 12 and 52 weeks postoperatively. Patients with a minimum 12-week follow-up were included to answer five study questions: Does immediate WBAT affect ingrowth of the stem? Does immediate WBAT lead to more subsidence and/or instability? Does immediate WBAT affect the acetabular component? Does immediate WBAT affect Harris Hip Score? Is there an age limitation? Forty-one cases performed had a minimum 12-week follow-up. Four intraoperative fractures occurred (4.8%), and these patients were excluded as they were made TDWB for 6 weeks. Thus, 37 cases remained and comprised the study group.

Results: Of the 37 patients, 21 were perfomed for OA, 14 for AVN and two for post-acetabular fracture DJD. The average age was 57 (range, 16–78). The average follow-up was 6 months (range, 3–20 months). Radiographically, all 37 stems were ingrown by the 12-week radiograph. Seven patients (17%) had subsidence of the stem, with an average of 0.9 mm (range, 0–7 mm). There were no dislocations. Thirty-six acetabular components (97%) achieved bony ingrowth by the 12-week radiograph. No cups had measurable migration and 9 had nonprogressive radiolucent lines present in one zone. The average HHS was 88 (range, 64–100). Among patients older than age 70, 5/5 stems were ingrown with one stem showing subsidence prior to ingrowth. Two patients (5.4%) had minimal thigh pain.

Discussion and conclusions: This study demonstrates that immediate WBAT does not preclude bony fixation of the stem or acetabulum after Cementless THA. Clearly, longer follow-up will determine whether issues regarding fixation arise at later dates. However, it would be expected that since bony ingrowth occurs, reliably, fixation should remain stable for long periods of time. One immediate advantage of WBAT is that rehabilitation can be facilitated.


D.W. McGurty P. Dilawari C.A. Wigderowitz R.J. Abboud D.I. Rowley

Radiographs are often used to determine the varus/ valgus alignment of the prosthesis in relation to the long axis of femur. This is usually considered to be one of the important parameters in predicting early mechanical failure of the total hip replacement.

The measurements made by the University of Dundee X-Ray Analysis Software and skilled manual operators of the varus and valgus angulations of hip prosthesis in relation to the femoral shaft were compared for inter and intra-observer reliability.

The manual measurements were carried out on the same randomly selected digitised images of 78 postoperative X-rays by two independent observers and by the same analysis software twice.

The results of the study showed a very high agreement between the readings of the two methods (the largest difference was 0.6 degrees) and two observers (the largest difference being 0.08 degrees) indicating excellent intra and inter observer reliability. The lowest correlation was 0.82 and this was between software reading 1 of observer 1 and software reading 1 of observer 2. The highest correlation of 0.99 was between software reading 1 and software reading 2 for the same observer. The software analysed the x-rays with precision and accuracy and was much faster than manual measurement. A further benefit of the computerised method is an unskilled operator can be trained in 15 minutes to use the software


PYRAMID STEM Pages 416 - 416
Full Access
M. Spinelli G. Bernicchi

The Pyramid stem is a tecnical evolution of the previous Zweimuller, in order to have the best press fit. It has no more longitudinal grooves and neck, but has a distal arcuate fissura to improve the elasticity and to avoid distal stress by a uniform contact with the bone. We show the breaking test and resistence test. It has a rectangular section, a uniform thickness along all its lenght to have a good diaphyseal anchorage on four zones of the internal cortex to avoid torsional stress and to maintain endomi-dollar vascularization. This stem has the maximum contact surface not only with the dyaphysis, but also with the metaphysis and the trochanter. It has been studied with the femur morfology, to fill the bigger ones with a cylindric canal and the smallest ones with a conic canal. Transverse section has increased by the pyramids that increase contact surface bone-prosthesis, primary stability and press-fit. It is straight both in the frontal and in the sagittal plane to realise a good primary stabilization according with the concept of the three support point. We present our surgical experience to obtain a correct position of the stem, and the best use of the instrumentation. From June 1997 to May 2001 we have used this stem in 257 hips; we have obtained excellent and good results in 87% of patients. We show some cases and the only one stem removed. This stem allows a rapid postoperative rehabilitation following our protocol as explained.


R. Komistek D. Kilgus E. Northcut B. Haas S. Walker

Introduction: Previously, in vivo kinematic studies have determined that axial rotation patterns are quite variable between implant type and specific subjects. Previously, kinematic studies have determined that subjects having a mobile bearing TKA experience axial rotation, but it was unknown as to whether the bearing was rotating. Therefore, the objective of this present study was to analyze the in vivo kinematics for subjects having a mobile bearing prosthesis to determine if the polyethylene rotates relative to the femoral and/or the tibial components.

Methods: Femorotibial contact positions for ten subjects having a mobile bearing TKA, implanted by a single surgeon, were analyzed using video fluoroscopy. Each subject, while under fluoroscopic surveillance, performed a weight-bearing deep knee bend to maximum flexion. Video images were downloaded to a workstation computer and analyzed at varying degrees of knee flexion. Each polyethylene component had four metallic beads, inserted at known positions. Using a 3D model-fitting process, the femoral, tibial and polyethylene insert components were overlaid onto the fluoroscopic images. Initially, the polyethylene insert was made transparent, but the computer would overlay the four metal beads. Then, the polyethylene insert was made viewable and analyzed relative to the metal femoral and tibial components.

Results: All of the subjects experienced polyethylene bearing rotation relative to the metal tibial component and minimal rotation relative to the metal femoral component. On average, relative to the metal tibial component, the subjects experienced 4.7° (2.1 to 7.9°) of polyethylene bearing rotation. The subjects experienced a similar amount of metal femoral component rotation, relative to the metal tibial component. On average, the subjects experienced 4.0° (−0.7 to 10.0°) of rotation of the metal femoral component relative to the metal tibial component. Therefore, on average, subjects experienced only 0.7° of rotation for the metal femoral component relative to the polyethylene bearing. Also, on average, from full extension to 90° of knee flexion the subjects experienced −2.9 mm of posterior femoral rollback of their lateral condyle and –0.4 mm of their medial condyle.

Discussion: This is the firs study to determine the in vivo rotation of the polyethylene bearing for subjects having a mobile bearing TKA. The results from this study determined that the polyethylene bearing is rotating relative to the metal tibial component, but not relative to the metal femoral component. Therefore, as the metal femoral component axially rotates the polyethylene bearing is rotating a similar amount in the same direction. Since bearing rotation does occur under in vivo conditions, subjects implanted with a mobile bearing prosthesis may be subjected to lesser amounts of contact stresses, which may be beneficial to them.


J. Rawlinson D. Bartel

Load-controlled knee simulators, representing the passive constraints and joint loads observed in the natural knee, have been developed to assess device-dependent kinematics and wear damage of total knee replacements (TKR) in a controlled mechanical environment. Using a finite element model (FEM) to represent the simulator, our objective in this study was to quantify the variations in kinematics, contact stresses, and contact areas that occur with variations in the ‘soft-tissue’ spring stiffness and coefficient of friction for a conforming knee design.

A finite element model was created of the Insall-Burstein Posterior-Stabilized II knee system. The model conditions corresponded with the International Standards Organisation (ISO) test protocol #14243-1 and consisted of the prescribed flexion angle, the axial compressive load, the anterior-posterior (AP) force, the internal-external (IE) moment, and linear springs mounted to provide AP and IE restraints. This setup has been validated as a reasonable equivalent system for this design in the Instron-Stanmore knee simulator. The linear spring constant was set at 7.24 N/mm and the coefficient of friction was 0.01; both values were then varied by an order of magnitude. The implant kinematics and the maximum contact stress and areas of contact over the loading cycle were determined.

Varying the spring constant by a factor of two changed the AP motions and IE rotations of the tibial insert by about 20%. The maximum contact stresses, occurring during peak loads and moments, varied by 40%, while the area of contact over the full cycle changed by 30%. Changing the coefficient of friction had little effect upon the dependent variables. Wear is a function of both stresses and kinematics. This study indicates that stresses in this design are more sensitive than kinematics to changes in ‘soft-tissue’ stiffness. Therefore, both must be considered to determine wear potential.


UNTITLED Pages 416 - 416
Full Access
M. Sparmann

After having completed more than 150 primary knee arthroplasties with a new navigation system both analyzing the position of the implants as well as the soft tissue balancing in each range of motion, we performed the first revision surgeries in February 2001 using this device. At present we have revised 15 arthroplasties with the support of navigation. The reasons for revision were early loosening in 11 cases and instability in 4 cases. Intraoperatively, we were able to analyze the malpositioning of the implants and the disturbed soft tissue balance.

In most cases (n = 12), a femoral internal malposition was found. There was, therefore, extreme polyethylene wear on the medial plateau of the tibia and instability of the soft tissues on the lateral side. We were also able to find an incorrect joint-line and a malrotation of the tibial component. In all these cases specific intra-operative kinematics showed us the primary reason for early loosening. The navigation system screen provides not only information about the incorrect angle of the implant position but also indirectly via the kinematics, information about the relationship of the malpositionings between the implants. In many cases (n = 10) there were combined errors in positioning of the implants.

The first 15 cases show that malpositioning of knee implants can be analyzed with the new generation of navigation systems. These devices help the surgeon, in the operation room to make his decision how to proceed.

The malpositioned implants showed extreme polyethylene wear demonstrating that the positioning of the implants do influence the outcome very much.

A useful navigation system in revision surgery is the one which is not related to a specific design of an implant but is usable in all cases so that every implant can be measured.


S.David Stulberg

Introduction: The consequences of incorrect implant orientation and improper limb alignment in TKR surgery are: 1) accelerated implant wear; 2) early prosthesis loosening; 3) sub optimal clinical function. Although mechanical alignment guides have improved the precision of TKR surgery, it has been estimated that alignment errors of more than 3 degrees occur in at least 10% of TKR even when performed by experienced surgeons using mechanical alignment systems of modern design. The purpose of this study was to determine the accuracy of TKR surgery performed with conventional instruments using a computer assisted navigation system (OrthoPilot) as a measurement tool.

Methods: 35 patients underwent primary TKR performed with a conventional intramedullary, mechanical instrumentation system. Minimal follow-up was 1 year. The OrthoPilot was used to measure: 1) pre-operative limb alignment; 2) pre-operative medial-lateral stability; 3) pre-operative flexion; 4) post-operative alignment; 5) post-operative medial-lateral stability; 6) post-operative flexion. Patients consented to the use of the Ortho-Pilot as part of an Investigation Review Board approved study. Limb and implant alignment were measured on pre- and post-operative x-rays and compared to the alignment results measured by OrthoPilot. Knee society scores were obtained on all patients.

Results: No complications were associated with the use of the OrthoPilot. Post-operative pain and function were not affected by the use of the OrthoPilot. Pre-operative angular deformities measured by OrthoPilot ranged from 12 degrees varus to 20 degrees valgus and 12 degrees flexion to 7 degrees hyperextension. Post-operative angular deformities ranged from 2.5 degrees varus to 2 degrees valgus and 5 degrees flexion to 2 degrees hyperextension. Pre-operative medial-lateral laxity ranged from 0 to 10 degrees. Post-operative medial-lateral laxity ranged from 3–5 degrees. Pre-operative flexion ranged from 95 to 125 degrees. Post-operative flexion ranged from 115 to 136 degrees. Movement of the pins that hold the diode containing rigid bodies occurred in 5 cases. Inconsistencies of more than 3 degrees in limb registration by the OrthoPilot occurred in 7 cases. Pre- and post-operative x-ray measurements varied from OrthoPilot measurements by more than 3 degrees in 25 cases. Surgery time with OrthoPilot.

Conclusions: OrthoPilot is safe. No complications occurred attributable to the system. It took approximately 10 cases to establish a consistent registration technique using the OrthoPilot. Pin movement can occur and significantly affects the accuracy of the measurements. The OrthoPilot was useful as a measurement tool for determining the pre- and post-operative alignment, stability and range of motion of a TKR. The use of conventional intramedullary mechanical TKR instruments can result in accurate and reproducible frontal and sagittal limb alignment. X-rays are not accurate for determining pre- and post-operative limb and implant alignment.


V.J. Rasquinha V. Mohan B. Bevilacqua J.A. Rodriguez C.S. Ranawat

Introduction: Polyethylene wear debris is the main contributing factor that leads to aseptic loosening and osteolysis. The main objective of this study was to evaluate the role of hydroxyapatite (HA) in third-body polyethylene wear in total hip arthroplasty.

Materials: 199 primary cementless THA’s (174 patients) performed by a single surgeon were enrolled in a prospective randomized study comprising Hydroxyapatite and non-hydroxyapatite coated femoral implants. The femoral component had metaphyseal-diaphyseal fit design with proximal plasma sprayed titanium circumferential porous coating. The hydroxyapatite coating was 50 – 75 micrometers over the porous surface with the components of identical design. The acetabular component was plasma sprayed titanium porous coated shell without hydroxyapatite


UNTITLED Pages 417 - 417
Full Access
V.J. Rasquinha A. Ranawat B. Bevilacqua J.A. Rodriguez C.S. Ranawat

Introduction: This purpose of this prospective review is to evaluate the 12-year results of a previously unreported collarless, cemented, normalized, straight-backed Omnifit femoral stem with a surface roughness of 30–40 microinches.

Methods: Between January 1986 and June 1991, a single surgeon prospectively implanted 305 consecutive cemented THA’s (275 patients) utilizing second-generation cement technique and a posterolateral exposure. The acetabular component was cemented all-polyethylene (4150 resin), with calcium stearate and gamma sterilized in air. Two independent observers employing a patient administered questionnaire, HSS scores and established radiographic criteria performed clinical and radiographic evaluation. The cumulative survivorship analysis was analyzed in terms of best case and worst case.

Results: The demographics included a mean age of 70 years with 170 females and 105 males and a mean body weight of 154 lbs. The preoperative diagnosis was osteoarthrosis in 260 hips, rheumatoid arthritis in 20, fracture in 13, AVN in 8, Paget’s in 2 and hip dysplasia in 2. The mean HSS score was 37.5 out of 40 at last follow-up. The mean clinical follow-up was 12 years and mean radiographic follow-up was 10 years. The overall projected clinical survival was 95.1% at 15 years (CI +3.4%). The cement mantle was grades A or B in 90% and grade C1 in 10%. Femoral stem alignment was neutral in 53%, valgus in 31% and varus in 16%. Revision THA was performed in 9 hips. Both components were revised in 3 cases (2 infection, 1 recurrent dislocation). Socket revision was performed in 4 cases (1.31%) and femoral component revision in 2 cases (0.65%) due to aseptic loosening.

Discussion: This report demonstrates the excellent results of the collarless, cemented, normalized femoral stem with a surface roughness of 30–40 microinches. Although controversy exists on surface roughness and porosity reduction, meticulous technique in the attainment of a centralized femoral stem with a good cement mantle, provides a reproducible, high quality of function and durability of THA in patients 60 – 80 years of age at 12-year follow-up.


V.J. Rasquinha B. Bevilacqua J.A. Rodriguez C.S. Ranawat

Introduction: Although the problems of patello-femoral kinematics in contemporary total knee arthroplasty are multifactorial, meticulous surgical technique is pivotal in providing optimal and durable function. The goal of this study was to evaluate the incidence of lateral release comparing fixed and mobile bearing posterior stabilized modular press-fit condylar TKA’s with patellar resurfacing.

Materials and methods: Cohort 1 comprised 100 consecutive cemented Press-Fit Condylar Sigma, (Johnson & Johnson, Raynham, Massachusetts) modular total knee prostheses with a posterior cruciate substituting design and dome shaped single peg patellar component implanted prospectively by a single surgeon. Cohort 2 comprised 100 consecutive cemented Press-Fit Rotating Platform Sigma (Johnson & Johnson, Raynham, Massachusetts) modular total knee prostheses with the same posterior cruciate substituting design and patellar component.

The surgical technique comprised cutting the tibial surface perpendicular to the long axis, ligament balancing in extension followed by femoral component rotation referenced off the proximal tibial cut to produce a rectangular flexion gap. The patella was cut to the level of the lateral facet and tibial component rotation was referenced off the center of the ankle. Lateral release was performed if congruent patello-femoral contact was not attained in knee flexion. Clinical and radiographic review was performed as per Knee Society criteria. Additional radiographic evaluation included patellar displacement, tilt, residual bone thickness and coverage ratio. A patient-administered questionnaire was used to evaluate anterior knee pain and patello-femoral function 1 year after surgery.

Results: The incidence of lateral release in the fixed-bearing cohort was 10% 1 compared to 0% in the mobile bearing cohort (p< 0.05). There were no significant differences in terms of clinical or radiographic parameters at short term.

Discussion: This study demonstrates the benefit of self-correction of tibiofemoral rotational mismatch with mobile bearing TKA’s and improvement in patello-femoral tracking. Longer follow-up is necessary to confirm the effect on patello-femoral wear, fixation and durability.


S. David Stulberg

Currently available uncemented acetabular components appear to provide very reliable fixation for at least 10 years. However, these cups have been associated with a significant incidence of polyethylene wear. Osteolysis associated with this wear is emerging as the most significant problem in total hip replacement surgery. The purpose of this presentation is to describe the rationale for reducing polyethylene wear through the use of an uncemented acetabular component made of a polyethylene/ Tantalum (Trabecular Metal) composite and to describe the initial clinical experience with this cup.

Clinical and radiographic data were prospectively collected on the first 125 consecutively performed total hip replacements in which a tantalum (Trabecular Metal), monoblock acetabular component was used. Minimum follow-up was 24 to 46 months. Sixty three percent of the patients were female. Mean age was 61. The diagnoses were: OA-74%; AVN-12%; RA-10%; other-4%. 50% of the hips had cemented femoral components. 20% of the patients were Charnley Class 1, 30% Charnley Class 2, and 50% Charnley Class 3. At most recent follow-up, all patients were pain free (Ave. pain score pre-op.- 6.7, post-op.-1.4). No patient’s function was limited by hip function (Ave. Harris hip score pre-op.-38, post-op.-92). All hips had radiographic findings consistent with bone-ingrowth. Gaps in zone 2 were seen in 10% of hips, but filled in by one year. The rate of polyethylene wear as measured by the Martel technique was less than 0.07mm/year in the first two years.

There were three complications in the group: 2 dislocations which re. The early experience with the monoblock, tantalum cup indicates that initial fixation is secure, even without screws, and that initial polyethylene wear is very low.


V.J. Rasquinha C.L. CervierI B. Bevilacqua J.A. Rodriguez C.S. Ranawat

Introduction: This prospective review provides an update on a cohort of 150 consecutive primary TKA’s with intermediate follow-up (mean 10 years) and provides insight into the benefits of the device and casts light on the effects of polyethylene wear in posterior stabilized modular designs.

Materials: Between February 1988 and February 1990, 150 consecutive cemented Press-Fit Condylar (PFC, Johnson & Johnson, Raynham, Massachusetts) modular total knee prostheses (118 patients) with a posterior cruciate substituting design were implanted prospectively by a single surgeon. Two independent observers employing a patient administered questionnaire and clinical and functional Knee Society scores assessed the clinical outcome. Radiographic review was performed per the Knee Society criteria. The cumulative survivorship analysis was performed in terms of best case and worst case.

Results: 20 patients (30 TKR) died and 14 patients (15 TKR −10%) were lost to follow-up. The mean duration of follow-up in this cohort of survivors was 10 years (range 8.5 – 12 years). The mean clinical and functional scores were 88 and 73 points respectively. Of the 105 TKR followed up, good to excellent results have been attained in 89.5%. 45 patients reported participation in recreational sports. The overall projected clinical and radiographic survival was 93.6% at 12 years (CI +5.9%). Revision TKA was performed in 5 knees – 2 infection, 1 instability and 2 polyethylene wear, synovitis and osteolysis. There were no cases of aseptic loosening in the absence of polyethylene wear.

Discussion: Although the 12-year survivorship results of the cemented, posterior cruciate substituting press-fit condylar modular total knee prosthesis have been successful in terms of quality of fixation, the phenomenon of ‘back-side’ polyethylene wear at the modular tibial base-plate and resultant osteolysis offset the benefits of the modularity with longer follow-up. Attention needs to be focused on the improvement of the locking mechanism or alternatives with improved newer wear-resistant polyethylene, one-piece tibial components or newer implant designs with mobile bearings such as rotating platforms with posterior substituting design.


S. Li

It is estimated that there will be over 12,000 total shoulder replacements implanted this year. In the best series, the survivorships of these devices are 90% at 7 years. However, there are radiographic indications that the long term success will be limited to wear and damage to the polyethylene glenoid components. Like tibial insert in total knee replacements, the glenoid is subjected to both rolling sliding motions of a metal counterface. Additionally, the compressive loads on the glenoid have been estimated to be as high as 2800N under ‘normal’ conditions. In contrast to tibial inserts, glenoid components are all typically less than 6 mm thick. In metal backed glenoid devices, the polyethylene thickness is often < 3 mm. The effect of these parameters and kinematics on polyethylene damage has not previously described. Although total shoulder replacements have been in use for over 25 years, there have been no reports describing the nature and extent of glenoid polyethylene wear and damage.

We report the determination of polyethylene damage type and severity of 38 retrieved glenoid components of at least 4 different designs. Wear and damage were considered significant when either 80% of the glenoid surface was damaged or if over 25% of the component was worn away. Abrasion, burnishing and pitting were the main modes of damage. There were 2 fractured components. There was significant UHMWPE wear and damage in 17 (45%) components. In nine of these, the component was completely worn through.. These findings are consistent with high stress, high wear conditions and thin polyethylene components.

These results indicate polyethylene wear and damage is expected to be a key factor in limiting the survivor-ship total shoulder replacements and that polyethylene damage and wear in total shoulder replacements may be higher than that found for either total hip or knee replacements.


H. Haider P.S. Walker

Besides the numerous variations of TKR designs addressing fixation, wear, or specific indications, there are variations from competing design philosophies such as conformity and shape of the articulating surfaces and mobile versus fixed bearing designs. With the same resected ACL and retained PCL ligament combinations and similar surgical procedure, the subset of different implants for these very indications should be expected to produce only minor variations in kinematics. This study set out on a comprehensive series of detailed and intricately controlled in-vitro tests to examine this hypothesis. Six different posterior cruciate retaining medium size knees from different manufacturers were used. Four were fixed bearing condylar types of low to high constraint; and two mobile bearing ones which allowed rotational and translational freedom, one fully and one partially conforming. The implants were aligned according to the manufacturer’s recommendations and subjected to the same ISO force-control simulation. The kinematics captured from the averaged simulated cycles of walking showed AP displacement contained within an envelope of 4 mm for most of the stance phase. This increased with most to a maximum range of 5mm just before toe-off at the end of the stance phase. In rotation, the designs showed ranges during stance from about 2–13 degrees. The kinematics from the different implant designs were thus significantly different; a controversial answer regarding the hypothesis posed. This means the “performance” must be different between these implants if installed “ideally” on the same patient with the PCL retained. Studies are worthwhile to determine if these differences in performance are reflected in clinical functional conditions.


V.S. Neginhal V.J. Rasquinha D. Holden J.A. Rodriguez C.S. Ranawat

Introduction: Mid-term follow-up has demonstrated good implant longevity for titanium fiber mesh and sintered bead designs, but few reports exist demonstrating the results of titanium plasma spray coated acetabular components in primary THR.

Methods: Between 1992 and 1995, a single surgeon performed 305 non-cemented primary THA’s in 260 patients. The selection criteria for non-cemented fixation were age younger than 65 and/or good bone quality. The hemispherical titanium plasma sprayed acetabular components were implanted with under reaming of 2 mm. Solid shells were used if a snug fit was attained with the trial. Screws were used to supplement fixation based on the surgeon’s judgment. The polyethylene liners were machined molded from ram extruded Hi-fax 1900H polyethylene resin gamma-sterilized in air or argon (inert) gas with elevated walls and locked into the shell via a Ring-Loc mechanism. These were mated with a 28mm cobalt-chrome femoral head and modular femoral component of metaphyseal-diaphyseal fit design with proximal titanium plasma spray porous coating. 15 patients have died, and 35 patients were lost to follow-up, leaving 225 hips in 210 patients that constitute the study cohort. The mean age was 55 years (range 24 – 60 years), and average.

Results: From this cohorts of patients, seven hips have been revised, two for infection, one for instability and four for osteolysis. The remaining patients had an average HSS score of 38 out of 40 at recent follow-up. Radiographically, the average cup inclination was 38.8 degrees. Eight hips had one zone interface lucencies, while three had two zone lucencies. There were no cases of continuous interface radiolucency or failure to achieve bone ingrowth. Nine hips demonstrated osteolysis, mostly in zones 2. The acetabular components in the cases with osteolysis were shells with unfilled screw holes in 3 and shells fixed with screws in 6. No osteolysis was detected in cases with solid hemispherical acetabular shells.

Discussion: Hemispherical titanium plasma sprayed ace-tabular components have achieved excellent durability at medium term follow-up, with a low incidence of fixation failure or osteolysis, and a low re-operation rate, even in a young, active group of patients. However, shells with screw holes appear to predispose to osteolytic lesions.


V. Mathews V.J. Rasquinha D.M. Matusz J.A. Rodriguez C.S. Ranawat

Introduction: The objectives of this study were to evaluate acetabular bone deficiency in revision THA with a simple classification on the anteroposterior pelvis radiograph and correlate the results of cementless hemispherical porous coated cup and cancellous bone graft reconstruction.

Methods: 70 acetabular revisions reconstructed employing large ‘jumbo’ porous coated cups with cancellous allo-grafting were evaluated at a mean follow-up of 5 years (range 2 – 10 years). During this time period 7 additional acetabular reconstructions required impaction grafting, cage reinforcement and cemented cups. Pre- and postoperative measurements of acetabular bone loss and the position of the revision component were performed with respect to a previously described triangle defining the placement and size of an idealcup. Impaction bone allo-grafting techniques were employed to fill defects. A minimum of 40% implant contact to host bone, especially in the weight-bearing dome region was attained in all cases and a minimum of 2 screws supplemented fixation to the ilium. Clinical evaluation comprised the HSS score and a patient assessment questionnaire (PAQ). Radiographically, cups were examined for filling of defects, ingrowth, graft consolidation, and stability.

Results: The mean HSS score improved from 18 to 33 out of a maximum of 40. The mean superior bone defect was 18 mm (range 10 – 25mm) and the mean medial bone defect was 7 mm (range 0 – 22mm). All the cement-less acetabular components were bone ingrown with the exception of one stable fibrous union. Allograft incorporation occurred at a mean of 7 months after surgery. Neither the status of Kohler’s line nor the Paprosky class correlated with eventual radiographic or clinical results.

Discussion: We present a simple method of evaluation of acetabular bone deficiency on the A-P pelvis radiograph employing a triangle that locates the ideal center of rotation of the hip. Superior bone loss upto 25 mm and medial migration as much as 22 mm has been successfully reconstructed employing impacted, cancellous allograft, large porous coated hemispherical Cementless acetabular components and screw fixation with excellent outcomes at intermediate-follow-up. Larger defects necessitate complex reinforced cage reconstruction.


B. Kirking J. Green C. Parduhn

Numerous studies have reported on the effects of modular insert design on stress at the tibial/femoral articular surface. However, while the insert / tibial component surface (“backside”) wear and motion have been investigated, backside stress is not well delineated. Because stress may be related to observed backside damage, this study addressed the backside stress response to insert thickness, material, and articular geometry.

Twelve Natural Knee II tibial inserts (Sulzer Orthopedics Inc.) with three thicknesses (6, 12.5, and 18.5 mm), two materials (Durasul and 4150 UHMWPE), and two types of condylar geometry (congruent and ultra-congruent) were tested. Fuji film was placed between the baseplate and insert. A femoral component was loaded onto the insert in axial compression at four times Body Weight. The film was scanned into Adobe Photoshop to measure mean and peak luminosity, which was converted into stress. Analysis of Variance was performed with main effects and all two-way interactions to determine significance.

The mean stress ranged from 0.61 to 3.92 MPa and the peak stress ranged from 2.17 to 10.4 MPa. Insert thickness significantly influenced both mean (p=0.001) and peak (p=0.001) backside stress. Stress for the 6 mm inserts (7.17 MPa mean, 9.91 MPa peak) were approximately 2.1 times the 12.5 mm inserts (3.47 MPa mean, 4.66 MPa peak), and were approximately 2.6 times the 18.5 mm inserts (2.74 MPa mean, 3.71 MPa peak). There was not a significant effect on mean or peak stress from material or condylar geometry. None of the interactions were significant.

This study provides two important contributions. First, it establishes the backside stress magnitude during simple loading. Second, the relationship between backside stress and the insert thickness is experimentally quantified. Understanding this stress magnitude and response may be important to controlling observed in-vivo backside damage.


K. Kawanabe J. Tamura N. Nakamura

We have been using a Charnley type hip prosthesis with an alumina ceramic head. Three sizes of alumina head, 28, 26 and 22mm, were employed and the Ortron 90 Charnley total hip prosthesis was used at the same period. The objective of this study was to compare the survival rate and the wear rate of those four groups. There were 90, 62, 322 and 88 hips in 28, 26, 22mm alumina head and 0rtron 90 head group. Average age at operation was 49.5, 57.8, 58.0 and 60.6, respectively. A 28 mm prosthesis was indicated for relatively young patients. The mean duration of follow-up was 156, 97, 49 and 110 months, respectively. Twenty patients were chosen at random for each of four groups and the linear wear as seen on X-ray film was measured every two years with a computer and scanner.

Results: The average linear wear rate (mm/yr) was 0.179 for the 28mm, 0.112 for the 26mm, 0.115 for the 22mm alumina head and 0.075 for the Ortron 90 head. The difference between the 28mm group and the other three groups was analyzed statistically. The Kaplan-Meier survivorship analysis, with revision for aseptic loosening as the endpoint, showed the survival rate of the 28mm group appeared to be inferior to that of the other three groups.

Discussion: Our study showed that the wear rate of the 28mm alumina group was highest because low grade alumina was used. In addition, the polyethylene socket used for the 28mm group was thinner than that for the other groups. No clinical superiority of ceramics to metal in terms of polyethylene wear can be shown in this study. A randomized prospective study should be carried out to determine whether an alumina ceramic head is clinically superior to a metallic head in terms of polyethylene wear.


T Kawano H Miura T Mawatari T Morooka H Higaki S Matsuda Y Iwamoto

Introduction: Analyses of the 3-D kinematics of TKA in vivo using the x-ray image matching techniques have been widely reported. However, the accuracy of those techniques has seemed not to be discussed enough. To demonstrate more accurate technique for those analyses, we developed the new calibration flame to detect the geometry of the x-ray source and more accurate image matching methods.

Materials and methods: A calibration flame was composed of four ball bearing markers. First, the optimal distributions of those ball markers were determined by computer simulations, and then, using the high-resolutional computed radiography (CR) of a metallic ball taken with the obtained optimal calibration flame, the resolving power of three degrees of freedom (DOF) translations were calculated. Next, the computer-synthesized projected images of the femoral component of TKA were calculated using the estimated x-ray source geometry and experimentally measured geometric data of the prosthesis when the full six DOF poses of the prosthesis were calculated. Matching the computer-synthesized images with the extracted and binalized 2-D CR images of the prosthesis was done automatically using computer in order to minimize the exclusive OR (XOR).

Results: The geometry of the x-ray source was estimated with accuracy of below 0.5 mm in computer simulations. The CR images of the prosthesis were matched with the computer-synthesized images until the XOR reached under one pixel and then, the accuracy of below 1.0 mm translations and 1.0 degrees rotation were recognized for the resolving power of six DOF poses of the prosthesis.

Discussion: The more accurate measurement of full six DOF poses is indispensable to estimate not only the 3-D kinematics but also the contact stresses or predicted polyethylene wear on TKA in vivo. The new calibration flame and the image matching technique we developed appear to be effective for analyses of TKA in vivo.


N. Tomita Sakuramoto A. Mori N. Onmori E. Aoyama

Introduction: Our previous study1) suggested that addition of vitamin E(dl-α-Tocopheror) at the grain boundarie of UHMWPE dramatically prevented delamination destruction. This study examined the microscopic and macroscopic mechanical performances of the vitamin E added UHMWPE by using micro indenter testing and high-speed tensile testing.

Methods: UHMWPE powder (GUR1050, Ticona) was directly molded at 10MPa with and without Vitamin E (DL-α-Tocopherol, Wako Pure Chemical Industries. Ltd.) addition. The Vitamin E was compounded to UHMWPE powder in air using a blend mixer. Gamma-ray irradiation (a dose of 25kGy) was performed on each group at room temperature in air, and then, the specimens were aged at 80°C for 23 days. Hardness at grain boundary was measured using dynamic micro indentation testing machine (Shimadzu Dynamic Ultra Micro Hardness Tester, DUH-200) where triangular-pyramid indenter with 115 degrees point angle was used. High-speed tensile testing was performed to dumbbell-shaped test specimens (JIS K7113 No.2, thickness=3mm) with crosshead speed of 1000 mm/min (corresponding strain rates : 0.4/s).

Results and discussion: Results of micro indenter test showed that the dynamic hardness at grain boundary was higher than that in grain and was increased by gamma irradiation. This hardening at grain boundary was reduced by adding vitamin E. Results of high-speed tensile test showed no significant change in Young’s modulus and strength by the vitamin-E addition. However, the elongation at break was increased to more than 10 times as much as that of virgin (aged) UHMWPE.

These results suggest that mechanism for the prevention of delamination by vitamin-E-addition is caused by increased elongation at break by increasing toughness at grain boundary. The addition of vitamin E is a simple and extremely effective method to prevent destruction of UHMWPE joint component.


S. L1 C.S. Ranawat B.D. Furman

Bankston et. al. reported that the clinical wear rates of molded acetabular cups was 50% less than a group of machined UHMWPE cups. However, due to covariables between groups including different femoral stems, cement technique, polyethylene resins and surgeons, unequivocal attribution of the low wear rates to direct molding could not be made.

In order to more directly assess the benefits of directly molded acetabular cups vs. machined cups, we report the comparison of hip simulation wear rates of machined and directly molded cups. These simulator results will then compared to two recent clinical reports on molded and machined cups of the same hip stem and cup design. The molded cups were made from 1900 resin and gamma sterilized in an inert atmosphere. The machined cups were made from HSS reference UHMWPE (4150) and gamma sterilized in air. The molded 1900 cups had a 55% lower wear rate after 5 million cycles on the hip simulator (14 v. 31mg/million cycles). Ranawat reported the average linear head penetration rate for 235 direct-lymolded, all polyethylene, cemented cups at a mean follow-up time of 6 years was .075mm/year. This is 56% lower than the rate of .17 mm/year he reported previously for the machined, uncemented metal-backed cups of the same design. These results provide further evidence that directly molding acetabular cups can provide wear rates over 50% less than machined cups both in both clinical and hip simulator evaluations. It is interesting to note based on other reports, that there is no osteolysis at 10 years of follow-up when the wear rates are < 1mm. The clinical and simulation wear rates reported here for the directly molded cups are within this performance range.


A.W. Yasko

Purpose: Prosthetic arthroplasty is the most common method of reconstruction of segmental bone defects following resection of bone sarcomas about the knee. The purpose of this study was to determine the survivorship of the reconstructions in short- and long-term follow-up.

Methods: A retrospective study was performed on all patients diagnosed with a bone sarcoma between 1984 and 1995 who were treated with a limb-sparing osteoarticular resection and rotating hinge prosthetic knee arthroplasty. Prosthetic survival was calculated with endpoints of analysis based on any event, any prosthesis-related event and aseptic loosening of the prosthesis, which led to prosthetic revision, removal or limb amputation.

Results: A total of 154 reconstructions were performed involving the distal femur (n=111) and proximal tibia (n=43). The median resection length was 155 mm (105–250mm) for the distal femur and 117 mm (85–150 mm) for the proximal tibia. All implants were fixed with polymethylmethacrylate cement. Early complications (within one year postoperatively) developed in fewer than 2 % of patients. Aseptic loosening accounted for the majority of events resulting in prosthetic failures (distal femur = 17 [median failure 34 mos]; proximal tibia = 10 [median failure 100 mos]). Polyethylene bushing wear was observed in seven patients (median time to replacement = 156 months).

Conclusion: The early outcome of prosthetic arthroplasty was extremely favorable supporting this method of reconstruction following excision of high-grade bone sarcomas about the knee. Long-term survival of these prostheses is suboptimal and can be anticipated to be poor for the proximal tibia. Aseptic loosening continues to be the primary cause of prosthetic failure about the knee.


MA Conditt PC Noble JA Stein S Kreuzer

Polyethylene wear debris in TKA arises from several sources, including the tibiofemoral articulation and the interface between the backside surface of the tibial insert and the metal tibial tray. In this study we identify a new source of abrasive damage to the polyethylene bearing surface: impingement of resected bony surfaces, osteophytes and overhanging acrylic cement on the tibial bearing surface during joint motion.

One hundred forty-eight tibial components of 24 different designs in a retrieval collection were examined. A digital image of the articular surface of each insert was recorded. The presence, location and projected area of abrasive wear to the non-articulating edges of the insert were assessed using image analysis software.

Significant abrasive wear was observed in 24% of the retrievals with cemented femoral components and 9% from non-cemented components. Of the retrievals exhibiting this abrasive wear mode, 46% experienced multiple site damage. The average damage area for each individual abrasive scar was 78±11mm^2. Within the group of worn inserts, the abrasive scars were seen with a frequency of 69% on the extreme medial edge, 19% on the extreme lateral edge, 38% on the posterior-medial edge and 23% on the posterior-lateral edge. In posterior stabilized components with an open femoral box design, scarring of the superior surface of the tibial post was also observed. This proposed mode of damage was confirmed with several retrieved femoral components containing either fixed cement protruding from the posterior condyles, from the medial and lateral edges or osteophytes embedded in the posterior capsule. The corresponding inserts exhibited significant abrasive scarring at those locations.

We have observed a previously unrecognized source of polyethylene damage resulting in gouging, abrasion and severe localized damage in cemented and uncemented total knee replacement. Clearly, acrylic cement, in bulk or particulate form, often contributes to severe damage of the tibial surface and improvements to instruments and techniques for cementing are needed to prevent this wear mechanism.


K. Kawate T. Ohmura N. Hiyoshi T. Teranishi K. Yokoi K. Tamai T. Takakura

Introduction: We compared the discrepancies between postoperative femoral component and the preoperatively predicted postoperative femoral component anteversions from CT data in cases of cementless THA, in which custom-made femoral components prepared from CT data were inserted directly without reaming or broaching.

Materials and methods: The subjects were 44 females (51hips) and 11 males (11 hips) with an average age at surgery of 54 years (range, 21–74). The average duration of follow-up was 44 months (range, 24–75). The femoral component was designed from 2 circles showing the corner of the medial and lateral rims of the component along the medial and lateral inner cortex on each CT slice. The anterior and posterior rims of the component were designed as lines connecting the 2 circles. From a CT slice of the planned osteotomy site and a slice passing through the knee, the preoperative femoral neck anteversion was measured. The postoperative femoral component anteversion was measured from the CT slice passing through the center of the ball and the slice passing through the knee.

Results: The mean discrepancy between the postoperative femoral component anteversion and the preoperatively predicted postoperative anteversion was 1.9° (range, −29.5–38). The average preoperative Harris hip score was 44 points (range, 17–80). At the most recent follow-up, the score was 88 points (range, 51–98). Sixty-one hips were evaluated as bone-ingrown fixations and one hip was evaluated as a stable fibrous fixation. There were no loosed femoral components.

Discussion and conclusion: There were 22 hips whose discrepancy between the postoperative femoral component anteversion and the preoperatively predicted postoperative anteversion was over 10°. However, the rotational angle on insertion did not influence the stability of the custom-made femoral component in this short-term follow-up survey. This probably indicates the effectiveness of the non-reaming or non-broaching technique.


M. Barink S. van de Groes N. Verdonschot M. de Waal Malefijt

Malfunctioning of Total Knee Replacements is often related to patella-femoral problems. As the patella groove guides the patella during flexion, the difference between anatomic- and prosthetic groove geometry may be of major influence concerning patella-femoral problems. This study focusses on the orientation or direction of the femoral patella groove, relative to the mechanical axis of the femur. Literature shows a controversy in measured groove orientation: Eckhoff et al. (1996) have measured a lateral groove, and Feinstein et al. (1996) have measured a medial groove, relative to the mechanical axis. Current femoral knee components have a lateral, or neutral directed patella groove. As most TKA surgical techniques subscribe an exorotation of the femoral component during implantation, the prosthetic in vivo situation will show a lateral groove. The objectives were to clarify the described controversy and to determine whether there is a difference in anatomic- and prosthetic groove orientation, which might cause patella-femoral problems.

The patella groove orientation of 100 human femora was measured using a 3-D measurement system. A spherical measurement probe was moved through the groove, starting at the notch and finishing at the cartilage edge, to simulate patella motion. The patella groove angle was defined as the angle between the mechanical axis and the measured groove points, in the frontal plane. A medial patella groove angle of 1.8±2.6° was measured. An implanted situation of a femoral component with neutral groove showed a lateral groove angle of 1.3°. An implanted situation of a femoral component with assymmetrical groove showed a lateral groove angle of 2.6°. The authors measured a medial oriented patella groove. This anatomical groove orientation is in contradiction with current femoral knee component design and surgical practice, because that results in a lateral oriented groove. This difference in anatomic- and prosthetic groove orientation may be a cause of patella-femoral problems.


Y Nakashima Y Noguchi S Jingushi T Shuto T Yamamoto E Suenaga Y Kannekawa Y Iwamoto

Purpose: Osseointegration is crucial for favorable outcomes after total hip arthroplasty (THA) using cement-less femoral components. Osseointegration is recognized on radiographs as the endosteal spot weld, which is the bony bridge between the implant and surrounding bone (Engh et al, CORR, 1989). The purpose of this study is to evaluate the clinical and radiographic results for patients who had hydroxyapatite (HA)-coated rough surfaced implants compared with those who had identical implants without HA-coating at three-year minimum follow-up.

Methods: Ninety-one patients, one hundred and two hips who had primary THA with titanium arc sprayed rough surfaced femoral implants were retrospectively studied. Sixty-four hips had received HA-coated implants (HA) and 38 hips had an identical component but without HA (Non-HA). Radiographical parameters analyzed included 1) endosteal spot welds, 2) radiolucent lines, 3) calcar responses, 4) pedestal formation, 5) implant loosening, 6) endosteal osteolysis.

Results: At a minimum follow up of 3 years after operation (mean, 5.5 years), the mean Harris hip score was 89.4 points in the HA group and 89.0 points in the Non-HA group. The radiographic analysis did show the significantly earlier appearance of the endosteal spot welds in HA group. The spot welds at 1 and 2 year after operation were present in 48% and 70% of HA group, while 13% and 42% of Non-HA group. There was no significance at 3 years (71% vs 66%). More than 80% of the spot welds were seen at Gruen zone 6 in the both groups. No differences were noted regarding the radiolucent lines, calcar response, pedestal formation between the groups. There were no implant loosening and osteolysis in both groups.

Conclusions: These results suggest that the use of HA-coating does provide improved fixation in the early periods and the possibility of improved durability.


H. Aoki N. Tomita Y. Morita K. Ikeuchi Y. Harada S. Wakitani Y. Tamada T. Suguro

Introduction: Fibroin sponge is purified silk protein from which high-strength gel sponge can be produced. The purified fibroin sponge causes no immune response. This study evaluates unique performances of the fibroin sponge for articular-cartilage regeneration, and mechanical properties of regenerated cartilage were also measured.

Methods: Refined silk yarn was dissolved in 9M lithium bromide aqueous solutions, and was frozen in −20& #8451 freezer for 12 hours. Hydrogel sponge was formed under the room temperature. Articular cartilage slices were taken from the proximal humerus, distal femur and proximal tibia of 4-week-old Japanese white rabbits. The cartilage slices cut into small pieces and were digested with 0.25% trypsin in DMEM containing antibiotics for 30 min at 37& #8451. After rinsing with Tyrode’s balanced solution and centrifuging at 180 G for 5 min, the chondrocytes were isolated with 0.25% collagenase for 8 h at 37& #8451. These cells were harvested and inoculated into the fibroin sponge. The constructs of the chondrocytes and the fibroin sponge were cultured in DMEM containing 10& #65285 FCS and 50mL L-ascorbate for 4weeks. Indentation test and dynamic visco-elastic measurement were carried out for these constructs.

Results and discussion: Cell density of the inoculated chondrocytes was increased to about five times as much as initial volume. This regenerated tissue was intensely stained with safranin-O fast green and showed a meta-chromatic reaction. This also stained positively with immunostain for type & #8545 collagen, but negatively with immunostain for type & #8544 collagen. Mechanical tests showed that time constants of compressive creep and E’ values were increased with cultivation days, and the peak value and frequency of tan& #948 shifted to a lower amount. The change in dynamic visco-elastic properties of the regenerated cartilage is caused by synthesis of extracellular matrix.


S.A. Banks W.A. Hodge

How total knee replacements (TKR) articulate is directly related to their functional and wear performance. Recently, significant interest has concerned the center of axial rotation, or pivot point. Since the tibia exhibits internal rotation with knee flexion, the pivot point describes condylar translations: a medial pivot implies posterior lateral condylar translations with flexion, a lateral pivot implies anterior medial condylar translations with flexion.The purpose of this study was to describe the location of the pivot point, as related to TKR design, in a large number of knees studied under dynamic weight-bearing conditions.

Two hundred and four well functioning TKR’s were studied using fluoroscopy as subjects performed a stair ascent. There were 131 cruciate retaining fixed bearing knees (11 designs), 33 mobile bearing knees (5 designs), and 40 posterior stabilized knees (4 designs). CAD model based shape matching was used to determine 3D knee kinematics and the pivot point location from 21,837 images. The pivot location was described as a percentage of tibial width, −50% (lateral) to +50% (medial).

Posterior stabilized knees exhibited medial pivots (mean +14%, +7% to +30%) while cruciate retaining (mean −9%, −35% to +21%) and mobile bearing knees (mean −20%, −48% to +5%) exhibited lateral pivots on average (p< 0.001).

How a TKR design provides A/P stability dictates the location of its center of axial rotation and the A/P motions of the condyles. As the relationship between constraint and in vivo motions becomes clearer, TKR designs can be enhanced to achieve more favorable functional and wear performance.


MA Conditt S Ismaily V Paravic PC Noble

Wear of the underside of modular tibial inserts (“backside wear”) has been reported by several authors. However, the actual volume of material lost through wear of the backside surface has not been quantified. This study reports the results of computerized measurements of tibial inserts of one design known to have a high incidence of backside wear in situ.

A series of retrieved TKA components of one design (AMK, Depuy) with evidence of severe backside wear and extrusions of the polyethylene insert were examined. The three-dimensional surface profile of the backside of each insert was digitized and reconstructed with CAD software (UniGraphics). The volume of material removed was calculated from the volume between the worn backside surface and an “initial” surface defined by unworn areas.

Computer reconstructions showed that in all retrievals, the unworn surface of the remaining pegs, the rim of material extruded over the medial edge and unworn surfaces on the anterior-lateral edge all lie in a single plane. This demonstrates that the “pegs” present on the backside of these inserts correspond to residual, unworn protrusions remaining on each retrieved component and do not represent cold flow extrusions through the base plate holes. The average volume of material lost due to backside wear was 608mm^3 ± 339mm^3 (range:80–1599 mm^3). This corresponds to an average loss of 569mg and an average linear wear rate of 103mg/year, based on the time in situ for each implant.

The volume of material removed due to backside wear is significant and is of a magnitude large enough to generate osteolysis. Our results indicate that the appearance of pegs on the underside of components with screw holes on the baseplate are not due to creep, but instead are due to severe wear of the insert. The mechanisms of material removed due to pitting and burnishing actually produce debris of a size more damaging in terms of osteolysis than wear at the articulating surface making it clear that significant improvements in implant design are needed to prevent backside wear and osteolysis.


S.A. Banks M.K. Harman W.A. Hodge

Condylar liftoff can undoubtedly occur with total knee replacements (TKR); it occurs in the surgeon’s hands and has been shown to occur in vivo. However, the reported incidence of condylar liftoff and the implications for articular surface damage require further scrutiny. A three-part argument is made that the incidence of condylar liftoff has been overstated, and there is little direct evidence that condylar liftoff is a significant factor in the wear performance of coronally flat-on-flat TKR’s. First, an analysis of fluoroscopic measurement errors based on the uncertainty in measuring varus/valgus angles (the parameter used to determine liftoff) reveals that the standard error for liftoff measurements is 1.2mm, nearly identical to the mean liftoff value in recent published reports. Second, because most TKR’s have some anterior/posterior curvature of the tibial insert, any axial rotation of the knee induces a varus/valgus angulation that can be interpreted as liftoff, even though the condyles remain in contact. Third, condylar liftouff has been used to justify the need for coronally round-on-round geometries, yet an analysis of 100 unselected retrieved tibial inserts from three coronally flat designs reveals no difference in wear type, magnitude, severity, depth, or symmetry between the medial and lateral aspects of the tibial inserts. Although condylar liftoff certainly can occur in vivo, an argument can be made that the incidence of liftoff in experimental studies has been overstated, and that there is little evidence from retrievals that contemporary coronally flat-on-flat TKR’s are uniquely susceptible to articular damage from condylar liftoff.


A. Short

The limiting factor in the growth of RSA as a wide spread clinical tool is the man-hours needed to run a study. Calibration takes more than half of the processing time. The aim of this study is to develop automatic calibration method applicable to the grid and line patterns common in all RSA systems. This method uses a Harris Corner detector to find candidate positions on an image one 16th the original area (16 times quicker). Canny edge detection in regions of interest around the candidate positions on the full size image produce circular edges for marker-balls. A conic section is fitted to this edge using the Bookstein method to produce an accurate estimation of position to a local accuracy of 0.01 mm. Scanner distortion was modeled using a stabilised B-spline mesh to produce global accuracy of 0.03mm. A model based pattern recognition method can be used to label the marker-balls correctly. For sets of 4 marker balls a Homography was calculated and used to predict the positions of the other points in the grid. If supporting marker-balls are found in the predicted positions, they are counted. The four-point set, which returns the greatest number of support marker-balls, is the best estimate of a grid. Reference markers in the grid are used to localise it.

The method had a ninety- percent success rate on a set of 20 clinical X-rays. In two X-rays not enough marker-balls were visible due to a poor exposure. It finds marker-balls in a 15-MB image in 50 seconds on a 180 MHz silicon graphics O2. Labelling speed depends on the number of marker-balls and is 45 seconds per group of 50. This method is widely implementable, as it requires just the 3D positions of the markers in each plate of the calibration object for input.


A. Short S. O’Brien A. Price D.W. Murray P. McLardy-Smith

Polyethylene wear remains an important cause of failure in knee replacements. Retrieval studies, simulators and simple X-ray methods produce wear data that may be inaccurate or unrealistic. We have developed an accurate RSA system for measuring wear in-vivo. Using this system we have found wear rate in a fixed bearing TKR to be about 0.1mm/yr[1]. In this abstract we extend the study to fully congruent mobile bearings.

Four Oxford uni-compartmental knee replacements, with excellent clinical results were studied ten years after implantation. RSA X-rays were taken in double leg stance with the knee in full extension and 15 and 30 degrees flexion. Following RSA calibration, silhouettes of the components on the stereo X-rays were extracted using a Canny edge detector and were matched to silhouettes projected using CAD models to determine the 3D component position. The average minimum thickness of the bearing was determined and was compared with the measured minimum thickness of 14 unused bearings to calculate linear penetration.

The average linear penetration after average 10 years implantation (range 8.5 to 10.25 years) was 0.16 mm (SD 0.13 mm). The average penetration rate was 0.017 mm/year (SD 0.011 mm/year). The maximum linear penetration rate was 0.027 mm/year.

The penetration rate is similar to that obtained in a retrieval study [2]. Compression of the bearing is minimal due to 6sqcm of contact area. This study therefore demonstrates that polyethylene wear on the upper and lower surfaces is minimal in fully congruous mobile bearing knee replacements.


S. Banks A. Stacoff G. Luder I. Kramers de Quervain C. Reinschmidt T. Staehelin T. Drobny U. Munzinger

The low contact stress and self-aligning properties of mobile bearing total knee replacements (TKR) make them an increasingly popular implant choice worldwide. Two variations on the mobile bearing knee concept have been commonly adopted: systems that retain the posterior cruciate ligament (PCL) and provide free rotation and translation (RT) of the mobile bearing, and systems that sacrifice the PCL and provide for rotation only (RO) motion of the mobile bearing. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the in vivo kinematics of these two types of mobile bearing TKR during gait, stair, and two deep knee flexion activities.

Twelve patients (6 RT, 6 RO) with unilateral mobile bearing knee arthroplasty and excellent functional outcomes at least one year after TKR were studied. Fluoroscopic images of the knee were acquired as patients walked on a treadmill, ascended a step, performed a deep knee bend, and knelt to maximum flexion. Knee kinematics were derived from CAD model based shape matching techniques.

The RT knees exhibited greater posterior translation of the femur on the tibia during early stance in gait (RT: 5mm vs. RO: 2mm) and during knee extension during stair ascent (RT: 5mm vs. RO: 1.5mm). There were no differences between the two groups in the flexion angles achieved during deep knee bend or kneeling.

Although there were no significant clinical or functional differences in these patients, the RO knees exhibited smaller tibio-femoral translations and less intersubject variability in knee kinematics during dynamic weight-bearing activities.


I Tatsumi S. Nakajima A. Kobayashi T. Azuma Y. Yamano H. Oonishi

Introduction: The excellent character of cross-linked polyethylene on wear has been reported from basic researches. However, few clinical results were seen about irradiated polyethylene sockets. This presentation reports a long-term clinical result of irradiated polyethylene sockets.

Material and method: Two 100M-rad gamma irradiated polyethylene sockets were retrieved, each 25 and 27 years after implantation. Socket joint surface were scanned by 3-D scanner and analyzed. On the other hand, ten patients had total hip replacements with 6.5M-rad irradiated polyethylene sockets. Anterior-posterior and lateral radiograph were taken and the movement of the head to the socket was analyzed by 3-D wear measurement software GAWDI. The results were compared to conventional polyethylene sockets of matched patients.

Results: Wear of the 100M-rad sockets were 0.23mm/ 25yrs and 0.46mm/27yrs respectively. The direction of wear was observed over the whole surface. Wear of the conventional polyethylene socket retrieved 15yrs after implantation were 2.54mm/15yes and 1.76mm/12yrs. The wear were toward weight bearing directions.

The average movement of heads in 6.5M-rad irradiated polyethylene sockets was 0.22mm one year post operation and its direction was toward backside of patients’ body. The average movement of conventional polyethylene sockets was 0.24mm one year post operation and its direction was just the same as irradiated polyethylene sockets.

Discussion: The difference of long term results between 100M-rad irradiated polyethylene and conventional one was obvious. A definite wear path way was observed on conventional polyethylene sockets. However, it was ambiguous on 100M-rad irradiated polyethylene because it was small or it did not exist. No remarkable difference was observed in short term after operation between 6.5M-rad irradiated and conventional sockets. The present analysis suggests that a high dose irradiated polyethylene socket may benefit a good long-term clinical result.


M. Kurosaka R. Komistek E. Northcut D. Dennis D. Anderson

Introduction: Previous in vivo kinematic studies have assessed total knee arthroplasty (TKA) motion under weight-bearing conditions. This in vivo study analyzed and compared posterior cruciate retaining (PCR) and posterior stabilized (PS) kinematics under passive and weight-bearing conditions in subjects implanted with both a PCR and PS TKA.

Methods: Eighteen subjects were implanted with a PCR and a PS TKA, by a single surgeon using a similar surgical technique. Both implant designs had similar condylar geometry. Femorotibial contact positions for all 18 subjects (PCR and PS), implanted by a single surgeon, were analyzed using video fluoroscopy. Each subject,while under fluoroscopic surveillance, performed a weight-bearing deep knee bend and a passive, nonweight-bearing flexion. Video images were downloaded to a workstation computer and analyzed at varying degrees of knee flexion. Femorotibial contact paths for the medial and lateral condyles, axial rotation and femoral condylar lift-off were then determined using a computer automated model-fitting technique. Femorotibial contact anterior to the tibial midline in the sagittal plane was denoted as positive and contact posterior was denoted as negative.

Results: Under passive and weight-bearing conditions, the PCR TKA experienced more paradoxical anterior translation than the PS TKA. Under passive, non weight-bearing conditions, the PS TKA, on average, experienced 3.5 mm of posterior femoral rollback, compared to only 0.6 mm for the PCR TKA. Under weight-bearing conditions, the PS TKA experienced only 0.6 mm of posterior femoral rollback, compared to 0.9 mm for the PCR TKA. The maximum anterior slide was 10.0 mm for the PCR TKA and only 2.7 mm for the PS TKA. There was greater variability in both the PCR and PS anteroposterior data. Subjects having a PCR TKA experienced more normal axial rotation patterns. Sixteen of 18 PCR TKA experienced a normal axial rotation pattern under weight-bearing conditions, while only 9/18 PS TKA experienced a normal pattern. Nonweight-bearing, passive axial rotation patterns were more abnormal for both groups than the weight-bearing patterns. The greatest difference between passive and weight-bearing conditions occurred in the condylar lift-off data. Under passive conditions, both TKA groups experienced significantly greater magnitude and incidence of condylar lift-off. The maximum amount of condylar lift-off under passive conditions was 5.0 mm for the PCR TKA and 6.4 mm for the PS TKA.

Discussion: This is the first in vivo kinematic study to assess a comparison between PCR and PS TKA implanted by the same surgeon in the same patient. Subjects in this study experienced more abnormal kinematic patterns, especially condylar lift-off, when tested under passive, nonweight-bearing conditions. Subjects having a PS TKA experienced less variability in their kinematic data, but PCR TKA, on average, experienced more normal axial rotation and less condylar lift-off.


A.J. Daniel P.B. Pynsent D.J.W. McMinn

The growing interest in the use of metal on metal bearings in the treatment of end stage hip arthritis in the young has raised the need to monitor metal ion levels in these patients. Blood levels are good indices of the safety of these devices. Total wear/corrosion over a given time period is best estimated from 12 or 24-hour urine collections. Whole blood samples of 52 patients with metal on metal hip arthroplasties were analysed for levels of chromium, cobalt and molybdenum using high-resolution induction coupled plasma mass-spectrometry. Fifteen of these were in an older age group (mean age 75.3years) and had metal on metal hip replacements performed 19–28 years before the assessment. The rest (37) were younger (mean age 52.9 years) and had hip resurfacings performed in the last 4 years. The results show higher levels of ions than those found in the normal population.

This agrees with other studies. However we found no significant difference between the levels in the older patients with THR and the younger patients with hip resurfacing. In another study, urine collections from 78 patients who had hip resurfacings in the past and are now at different postoperative durations (2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 18, 24 and 36-month periods) were analysed for metal ions using the same technique. The mean levels show an increase compared to the preoperative values but this increase is not statistically significant.

The urinary excretion of cobalt in these groups have also been compared with the expected cobalt release due to corrosion in this alloy. They were found to rise above the corrosion levels only in the 8–12 month period, possibly due to “run-in” of the bearing. It can be concluded that the ion levels can be attributed mainly to corrosion and there is minimal contribution from wear.


Y Catonné O Delattre H Pascal-Mousselard JL Rouvillain

An extra articular correction may be necessary in osteoarthritis with an important post traumatic or congenital deformity. In the last 5 years we performed 11 TKR associated with a tibial (9 cases) or a femoral Osteotomy (2 cases), in one time surgery. The average intra osseous deformity was 14°. The technical problems are different in varus and valgus knees.

1- Which type of osteotomy ? In varus knees with a tibial deformity (6 cases) we use a hight tibial valgus osteotomy with opening wedge. Pre operative planning with long standing X rays allows precise determination of the amount of correction needed. A rigide wire, driven up to the fibular head, is placed. A provisional wedge of the desired size (degree of correction) is maintened temporarily by a staple, which will be removed later. Once the correction has been performed and maintened, the standard instrumentation to implant the prosthesis is used. In valgus knees with a tibial deformity (2 cases) a hight tibial closing wedge osteotomy, and in valgus knees with a femoral deformity (2 cases), a low femoral closing wedge osteotomy, are used. In all cases a medial approach without any release and without fibular osteotomy is performed.

2- Which kind of prosthesis?

Two degrees of constraint are possible in fonction of particular needs.

Most of the time, a non-constrained PS articular implants will be used and when more constraint will be needed (in lateral instability), CCK-type articular surfaces will be choised.

In all cases, a stem will have to be, associated with the osteotomy (tibial or femoral). Different diameters will allow a good press-fit and if necessary, an offset stem will be used.

3- Associated osteosynthesis or not? Stability provided by the press-fit stem may allow not to use an osteosynthesis in most than 50% of cases. If a doubt remains about stability, a small plate can bee added on the medial tibial side of the tibia.

4- Which immediate post-op follow-up?

Full weight bearing will be immediate. A splint will be used only for walking during six weeks. A standard rehabilitation protocole will be followed. In our 11 patients with a short follow up (1 to 5 years) complications consisted in one hematom and one phlebitis. Post-operative alpha angle was 96° and beta angle 91°. TKR with an associated osteotomy seems to be a possible alternative when osteoarthritis is associated with an important extra articular deformity.


M. A. Tuke

Metal on Metal bearings have functioned satisfactorily for up to 30 years without a full understanding of what shape the components were at the start, or as they were worn over time.

Modern metrology methods can use elegant computer driven coordinate measuring machines in both manufacturing and retrieval analysis as most manufacturers and laboratories do. This method however is fl awed in its ability to look at the much higher levels of resolution required for analysing these bearings. A method has been developed which will analyse to the sub micron deviances from roundness that the subleties of manufacturing can achieve, and allows an analysis of wear of explanted implants.

Both new and explanted Ring, McKee, Stanmore, Metasul and Resurfacing implants have demonstrated initial form variances that range from 1 to over 100 microns out of round. Roundness trace analysis has allowed linear wear on explanted implants to be measured from 0.5 to 150 microns. This represents combined head and cup linear annual wear rates from 2 to 65 microns per year.

Metal heads and cups are not manufactured as round as has been believed. The average wear rates over time for different Metal on Metal systems is not the same.


E. Northcut P. Schifrine D. Dennis R. Komistek C. Hammill

Introduction: Previously, in vivo kinematic studies have determined that posterior stabilized (PS) TKA experienced posterior femoral rollback during deep flexion, while posterior cruciate retaining (PCR) experience a paradoxical anterior slide during both gait and deep flexion. The objective of this present study was to analyze the in vivo kinematics for subjects implanted with a PS mobile bearing TKA to determine if there are any distinct advantages.

Methods: Femorotibial contact positions for ten subjects having a mobile bearing PS TKA, implanted by a single surgeon, were analyzed using video fluoroscopy. Each subject,while under fluoroscopic surveillance, performed a weight-bearing deep knee bend to maximum flexion and normal gait. Video images were downloaded to a workstation computer and analyzed at varying degrees of knee flexion. Femorotibial contact paths for the medial and lateral condyles, axial rotation and condylar lift-off were then determined using a computer automated model-fitting technique. Femorotibial contact anterior to the tibial midline in the sagittal plane was denoted as positive and contact posterior was denoted as negative.

Results: During a deep knee bend, subjects having the Sigma PS rotating platform experienced minimal motion of their medial condyle and posterior femoral rollback of their lateral condyle. On average, the subjects experienced −2.3 mm of posterior femoral rollback (PFR) of their lateral condyle. Nine of ten subjects experienced PFR of their lateral condyle. During gait, on average, subjects experienced minimal motion of their medial (0.8 mm) and lateral condyles (−0.4 mm) from heel-strike to toe-off. During a deep knee bend all ten subjects experienced normal axial rotation (average = 4.0°). During gait, 6/10 subjects experienced normal axial rotation, while four subjects experienced less than 0.8 degrees of reverse rotation. Only 1/10 of the subjects experienced greater than 1.0 mm of condylar lift-off during gait or a deep knee bend.

Discussion: Subject in this study experienced normal kinematic patterns during gait and a deep knee bend. Only one subject experienced greater than 1.0 mm of condylar lift-off, during a deep knee bend and gait. At the present time, it is uncertain if the excellent kinematic patterns for the subjects in this study were related to the chosen surgeon, surgical technique or implant design. If implant design was an influencing factor, subjects requiring a TKA may receive benefit from having a PS mobile bearing type TKA.


D.J.W. McMinn

Development of the metal/ metal hip resurfacing began in 1989 with the first patient implantation in February 1991. In the first three years three methods of implant fixation were employed in a pilot study of 119 resurfacings and the optimum fixation was identified as Hydroxyapatite Coated (HA) uncemented cups and cemented femoral components.

From March 1994 until February 2001 the author has performed 1503 hybrid fixed resurfacing implants, 294 of the McMinn type (HA on Smooth Metal Cup) and 1209 Birmingham Hip resurfacings (BHR; HA on Porous Metal Cup). Mean age was 52.9 years, diagnosis – Osteoarthritis 78%; Dysplasia 7%; Inflammatory 2%; Avascular necrosis 5%; other 8%. In the 294 McMinn Resurfacings 8 have failed and 7 have been revised. Reasons for failure; 5 cup loosenings, two infections and one femoral head collapse in a patient with pre-existing avascular necrosis. High wear of the metal/ metal bearings, with altered metallurgy, is now presenting as a cause for concern with these McMinn resurfacings performed in 1996 where the metal was Solution Heat Treated (SHT) and Hot Isostatically Pressed (HIP). Patients from 1996 are exhibiting asymptomatic radiographic osteolysis and at revision metallosis is seen with high wear measured on the retrieved components. Laboratory studies have shown that SHT and HIP alters the carbide microstructure and increases wear on abrasive wear testing.

In the 1209 BHR’s 7 failures have occurred requiring revision. Reasons for revision – 4 femoral neck fractures, 2 infections and 1 collapsed femoral head from avascular necrosis. Implant fixation is reliable as judged by very low migration on an R.S.A. study. Bearing wear is very low as judged from wear analysis of explants as would be expected from the historically proven “As Cast” metal microstructure. Function is good as judged by the Harris Hip Score (mean 96.3 at 3years). Cumulative survival on all Hybrid fixed implants is 97% at 7–8 years.

Hip resurfacing, using metal on metal bearings with historically proven metallurgy using hybrid fixation, offers a viable treatment alternative for the young and more active patient with hip arthritis.


Full Access
François Pilon

After a very short résume of his presentation in sept 2000 for the ISTA Conference in Berlin, the author looks briefly at the results of T.R.A.C knees after, what is now, four years of clinical follow-up.

Given the bad results this far regarding the femoropatellar joint and the uncemented version. M.D. François Pilon moves on to present an original concept, the latest evolution in knee systems: the rotary plateformed and posterior stabilised prosthesis, which offers a large congruence of polyethylene.

Originality of the newwave prothesis:

-Developement of a non-posteriorstabilised, fixed-plateau, prosthèses (GALICA, 8 yrs on !)

-Use of GoldFinger System (4 yrs on)

-First implantations in Sept. 00 (only simple clinical impressions today)

Clinical, X-ray follow-up system: All NewWave users can consult the computer Letterbox : newwave@groupe-lepine.com to have current results (up to the minute)

A NewWave reimplantation replacement prosthesis is at the moment on the drawing-board.

In four years time, Dr Pilon hopes to be presenting the real five year follow-up H.S.S. results of NewWave to the I.S.T.A..


V.A. Brander S.D. Stulberg Angie Adams

Significance: Since DRG-based Medicare payments to hospitals, length of stay (LOS) after Total Knee Arthroplasty (TKA) has declined dramatically. This reduction was accomplished in part by transferring patients to DRG-exempt rehabilitation units. Despite the regular use and expense of inpatient rehabilitation after TKA, there have been no prospective studies defining its efficacy. Purpose: Determine the impact of inpatient rehabilitation on TKA outcome.

Methods: Prospective, observational, single surgeon, single facility design.Inclusion criteria:primary,cemented TKA for OA between 1998–1999. All postoperative and rehabilitative care dictated by clinical protocol. Subjects were evaluated pre-op, at 1,3 and 6 months post-op. Patient (demographics, comorbidities), psychological (depression, anxiety), surgical (implant type, fixation, alignment), resource utilization (LOS, outpatient/home PT visits, rehabilitation LOS), complications, functional (knee flexion, gait, assistive device, Knee Society Score (KSS)) and pain (visual analogue scale, medication use) data obtained. Principle outcomes were pain, knee flexion, function, KSS, number of PT visits.

Results: 125 knees, 56 bilateral. No patient lost to follow-up. Mean age 66 years (36–85). At six months follow-up, postoperative KSS score was 164.4(94–200), flexion 114.3(80–130), VAS 18(SD 21). Patients discharged to rehabilitation had significantly lower preoperative KSS scores (89, SD30) than those discharged to home (104.6, SD24.4)p=035. There were no other differences between groups. Patients discharged directly to home had a greater knee flexion (p=005), walk farther (p=024), climb stairs easier (p=036), and utilized less home physical therapy (p=030) than patients discharged to rehabilitation.

Conclusion: This study was unable to demonstrate a benefit of inpatient rehabilitation after TKA. However, patients transferred to inpatient rehabilitation were less functional before surgery than those discharged home. Further studies are needed to determine if these patients benefit from inpatient rehabilitation versus home care.


V.A. Brander C. Villoch H.W. Robinson S.D. Stulberg A. Adams

Introduction: Hospital accrediting organizations have recently emphasized the evaluation of and response to postoperative pain as the “fifth vital sign”. However, there are no prospective studies describing normal pain patterns after TKA to guide appropriate clinical responses. Similarly, there are no studies describing those at risk for unusual pain.

Purpose: To outline the pattern of normal recovery and identify factors predictive of significant pain after TKA.

Method: Prospective, observational, single surgeon design. Inclusion criteria: primary, cemented TKA for osteoarthritis. Clinical & radiographic measures obtained pre-op and at 1,3,6 and 12 months post-operatively. Predictive factors and post-operative outcomes included body mass index visual analogue scale (VAS), demographics, physical therapy, and component design, alignment and fixation. Psychometric testing included the Beck Depression Inventory and McGill Pain Questionnaire.

Results: 96 patients, 125 knees (mean age = 66, 55.2% women). Mean VAS at pre-op, 1,3, 6 and 12 month visits were 51.1(SD 23.8), 37.4(21.8), 27.0(22.2), 20.8(20.3), and 18.0(21.0), respectively. significant pain (VAS> 40) was reported by 61.51% of patients pre-op, 41.7% at 1 month, 24.0% 3 months, 16.7% 6 months, and 8.3% 12 months. There were no differences in pain based on the type of anesthesia, weight, age or gender. Preoperative elevated depression, anxiety and pain-related suffering descriptors predicted greater pain during the first 6 months after surgery, but did not ultimately affect recovery. Patients who had greater pain (VAS> 40) used more home and outpatient physical therapy (p=0.25).

Conclusion: Contrary to common beliefs, many patients (22%) still experience significant pain up to six months after TKA, despite absence of clinical or radiographic abnormalities. significant pain (VAS > 40mm) after six months may be indicative of an abnormal pain experience. Preoperative pain, depression and suffering are associated with increased early pain andutilization of therapy.


S.D. Stulberg R.L. Wixson A.D. Adams R.W. Hendrix J.B. Bernfield

Introduction: Osteolysis of the pelvis secondary to polyethylene wear of uncemented acetabular implants has emerged as the most serious and challenging consequence of THR. A very large number of patients have and will continue to receive implants at the risk of being associated with osteolysis. The early detection of osteolysis allows the initiation of treatment programs that preserve bone stock. Because osteolysis occurs and progresses in the absence of clinical symptoms, appropriate follow-up surveillance must be instituted. Our initial study of the usefulness of CT scans in detecting clinically silent and radiographically unobservable osteolysis indicated that x-rays greatly understated the incidence and location of osteolysis. The purpose of this study was to determine the incidence of CT scan identifiable osteolysis in young, active patients with a single cup design and a minimum follow-up of 7 years.

Methods: Between 1990–1995, 117 hips (105 patients) underwent an uncemented total hip replacement with a patient-matched femoral component and a titanium plasma sprayed, multi-holed acetabular shell with a compression molded, polyethylene, irradiated in air. 57 patients underwent a CT scan using a metal subtraction software technique. All patients were classified based on their CT scans: Group I: no osteolysis; Group II: cavitary osteolysis; Group III: segmental osteolysis. All patients had standard AP, Frog – lateral and shoot-through lateral radiographs, performed at the time the CT scan was obtained.

Results: 37.2% of hips were in Group I, 53.5% in Group II and 9.3% in Group III. No patients in Group I had x-ray evidence of osteolysis (i.e. there were no false negative CT scans). 12% of patients in Group II had x-ray evidence of osteolysis. 22% of patients in Group III had x-ray evidence of osteolysis. There was no correlation between the incidence of osteolysis seen on CT scans with: 1) activity level; 2) age; 3) sex; 4) weight, and 5) size of acetabular component. There was no correlation between polyethylene wear measured using the Martel method and pelvic osteolysis. There was a correlation between the length of implantation and pelvic osteolysis. The average follow-up for patients in Group III was 105.5 months (range 85 – 115) vs. 89.4 months (57 – 117) for Group II and 81.5 months (51 – 112) for Group I. Of the patients with follow-up greater than eight years, 25% had Group III osteolysis. No patients have required revision or polyethylene liner exchange thus far.

Discussion: This study indicates that: 1) x-rays are an unreliable method for determining the presence. Location or extent of osteolysis, 2) the incidence of osteolysis based upon CT scans (Group II – III) is 63%; 3) Osteolysis, even if extensive (Group 3) is NOT associated with symptoms; 4) the pattern of osteolysis seen on CT scan strongly suggests that the presence of screws plays an important factor in the process; 5) CT scans are helpful in the planning process for acetabular revision. They allow the precise determination of the location and extent of osteolysis; 6) CT scans are also potentially useful for determining the impact of medical (e.g. alidronate) or surgical (e.g. bone grafting) treatment of osteolysis; 7) CT scans may be very helpful in assessing whether new polyethylenes are associated with reduced osteolysis.

The authors strongly recommend that: 1) a surveillance program be established for careful, regular follow-up of patients with THR in place more than 7 years; 2) CT scans be considered as part of that surveillance program, and 3) cups with screws NOT be used routinely in primary THR surgery.


M. Malo K.G. Vince J. Thoongsuwan P.J. Thadani

Introduction: The modular IBPSII prosthesis was introduced in 1989 with modifications to the patello-femoral articulation and the posterior stabilized mechanism.

Methods: 100 consecutive IBPSII knee arthroplasties were followed prospectively. Age, gender, deformity and diagnoses were comparable to previous groups.

Results: Fifty-one knees were evaluated at 10 or more years with the Knee Society scores and radiographs. 14 were evaluated by phone. An additional 6 knees required revision and 29 were in patients who died. None were lost. Revisions were performed for instability (2 knees), sepsis (2), loosening from osteolysis (1), and stiffness (1). In the 10-year group, 12 patients required reoperations: Patellar revision for loosening (1), patel-lectomy for fracture (1), polyethylene exchange for dislocation of the spine and cam mechanism (3) and for dissociation (1), and arthroscopic resection of scar from the quadriceps tendon (patellar clunk) in 6 knees.

Conclusion: The smoother patello-femoral groove was associated with fewer patellar fractures, but resulted in scar on the quadriceps catching on the femoral component. The tibial spine was moved posteriorly from previous models to increase rollback. This resulted in dislocation of the spine and cam mechanism. One case failed due to loosening and extensive osteolysis presumably associated with modularity. The last two complications were not observed with earlier versions of this prosthesis. All complications occurred within the first five years.


S.R. Cannon

It is well recognized that following excision of bone tumours around the knee, which often requires excision of the joint, cemented fixed hinged endoprosthetic replacements can give excellent results in terms of function (87%). However, for patients under 20 years of age the overall survivorship of distal femoral replacements in this age group is less than 45% at 10 years. To try and address this we have used HA ingrowth collars since 1989 and introduced the Smiles rotating hinge in 1991. In the younger patients we have also used uncemented prostheses using HA.

The HA collars at 70mm thickness are now standard protocol on all extremeity endoprosthetic replacements. We will present the results of retrieval specimens. We have also undertaken a study to determine the effect that HA collars and roating hinges have on enhancement of implant fixation. A survivorship and radiographic analysis has been carried out with three groups of patients: 1. Fixed hinge no collar. 2. Rotating hinge no collar. 3. Rotating hinge with HA collar

The selection criteria were all distal femoral replacements of patients who were over 16 years of age and had a cemented intramedullary stem. The study groups were consistent for age and amount of bone resected and all patients have been followed up.


S.R. Cannon

Then SMILES (Stanmore Modular International Limb Salvage System) was first introduced in 1991 for use as a customized prosthesis in the treatment of malignant and aggressive bone tumours. However, the use of this pros-thesis has been extended to minimal customization, to be used in a situation of salvage surgery for the arthrosplasty, which has already undergone previous revision surgery. Between 1991 and 1997 32 SMILES prostheses were used in thismanner in 30 patients. 28 patients were available for review, all had a minimum of 3 years follow-up. The mean number of previous revision procedures was 2 and 6, average 2.6. There were 11 male and 19 female patients. The mean age at the time of the salvage procedure was 67 years (46 to 86). The mean age of the primary procedure was 57.8 (Range 43–71). The Knee Society score increased from 26 to 68 and the function score increase from 26 and 68 and the function score increased from 27 to 75. Average flexion improved post-operatively from 78 to 88 degrees. 84% of patients stated that they were pleased with the results in terms of pain and mobility.

We conclude that this prosthesis is a satisfactory alternative to complex reconstructions or amputation in the presence of infection, severe bone or soft tissue loss and has rendered acceptable results.


M. Malo P.J. Thadani K.G. Vince

Hypothesis: 1. Increased wear results from modularity. 2. Modification of the patello-femoral articulation will decrease patellar fractures.

Materials & Methods: A prospective comparison of 100 consecutive Non-modular Insall Burstein Posterior Stabilized (IBPS) knee prostheses (1986–1989) with 100 consecutive modular IBPS II knee replacements (1989–1990). No patient was lost.

Results: IBI: Nine re-operations of which 6 were complete revisions: two for sepsis, one for tibial loosening, one for patellar wear and two for undiagnosed pain. Of seven patellar fractures, five required surgery. IBII: Nineteen re-operations of which six were complete revisions: two for sepsis, one for tibial loosening from catastrophic osteolysis, two for instability and one for stiffness. There were no revisions for patellar complications. Of 12 non-revision re-operations, two were for patellar fractures, three for dislocation of the posterior stabilized mechanism and one for failure of the modular locking mechanism. Six knees suffered patellar “clunks” treated arthroscopically.

Discussion: The femoral component patellar groove was smoothed and the posterior stabilized mechanism was relocated on the IB II. This increased motion and decreased patellar fractures but caused scar on the quadriceps tendon to “clunk” and lead to dislocations of the “spine and cam”. All failures occurred in the first five years.

Clinical Relevance: Specific patellar problems were improved with design modifications. New problems have been addressed and long-term survival has not been compromised by modularity


M.K. Harman S.A. Banks W.A. Hodge

Both backside and articular surface wear have been linked to osteolysis after total knee arthroplasty (TKA). Prostheses with cementless fixation, screw holes in high load regions, and thin polyethylene are susceptible to backside wear. Factors associated with articular wear are similarly well defined. Micromotion at the modular polyethylene interface has been reported for many prostheses, but the relevance of such data compared to articular motions and wear are difficult to appreciate. This study compares in vivo motions and wear occurring at the backside and articular surfaces after TKA.

Contemporary PCL-retaining prostheses from one manufacturer were implanted by one surgeon using cement fixation. The polyethylene inserts were > 6mm thick with a full peripheral rim capture and anterior wire locking mechanism. Femoral condylar motions were measured in 20 knees using fluoroscopic analysis during stair and gait activities. All patients had good to excellent clinical outcomes at one year follow-up. Articular and backside surface damage was evaluated on 32 polyethylene inserts retrieved after 27 months (1 to 71) months in-situ for infection (9), autopsy (6), patellar resurfacing (4), patellar loosening (4), tibial loosening (3), osteolysis (2), and other (4).

Femoral condylar translation over the polyethylene articular surface ranged from 5-10 mm, which is substantially larger than the reported 50-500 micron range of backside interface micromotion measured in vitro. Damage covered < 33% of the backside surface and appeared as a cast impression of the opposed metal tibial component without scratches associated with micromotion. In contrast, damage consisting predominantly of scratching, burnishing and tractive striations covered 46% of the articular surface.

Different locking mechanisms for modular polyethylene inserts result in different degrees of backside wear. No significant backside wear was observed these retrieved inserts with a wire-supplemented peripheral capture. Given the abrasive wear mechanisms and particulate debris shed during femoral condylar sliding, efforts to control motions at the articular surface appear warranted.


H. Haider P. Walker

Knee simulators are now widely used for the determination of performance and wear durability of TKR’s. The International Standards Organisation (ISO) force-control option synchronises AP force and IE torque with flexion angle and axial force for the walking gait cycle. The force control concept subjects the same input waveforms to different TKRs, allowing them to move (and wear) as their designs dictate. It however relies on a mechanical spring based assembly to simulate the restraint effects of ligaments in AP and rotation. The contribution of this restraint mechanism depends on the stiffnesses of the four springs, and on how they are set at the neutral position. The springs can be loose with a gap, such that compression only starts (or ends) when the motion exceeds the gap. Alternatively the springs can be pre-compressed such that they never go loose.

A detailed mathematical model was developed which included the stiffnesses of the four springs, their settings (level of pre-compression or gap), and geometry of the mechanism to calculate a matrix of AP restraint force curves with AP displacement, and how these curves change with int-ext rotation superimposed. The same was done for rotational restraint with simultaneous linear displacement. Through an interactive computational interface, the families of curves for any combination of variables were repeatedly plotted and compared to published data on the contribution of particular ligaments to the laxity of the knee (eg. Fukubayashi et al. 1982) to find the optimum spring stiffnesses and gap configuration. This was done for simulation arrangements retaining ACL, PCL or both retained or resected. The results showed the behaviour of the system to be as sensitive to the gap and level of pre-compression, as to the stiffnesses of the springs. For the resected ACL retained PCL situation, the optimum we recommend is soft (7.24 N/mm) springs on the ACL side, harder (33.8 N/mm) springs on the PCL side, with a 2.5 mm gap on each side. For both ACL and PCL resected, the soft (7.24 N/mm) springs for both sides are optimum, again with a 2.5 mm gap on each.

These settings are obviously different from each other, and are different from the tests with this simulator published by different laboratories. The same settings are a pre-cursor for valid comparison of wear and kinematics.


M.K. Harman W.A. Hodge S.A. Banks

The perception that all cemented stems have reasonable assurance of success if implanted with contemporary cement technique has recently been questioned. Surface finish, stem shape, patient weight and high neck offset have been identified as factors contributing to early loosening. Small design changes to existing cemented stems have led to substantial differences in clinical performance. This study investigates the multi-factorial nature of stem loosening after a 24% early failure rate occurred within the initial three years.

Total hip arthroplasty was performed by the same surgeon on 67 patients with an average age and weight of 65 years (21-85) and 82 kg (49-127), respectively. Initial diagnosis was osteoarthritis (84%), osteonecrosis (7%), congenital dysplasia (4%), and other (5%). Modern femoral stems (Perfecta IMC) with increased lateral neck offset were implanted using contemporary cementing techniques. The stems are grit-blasted proximally, with intramedullary collar steps on the anterior/posterior surface. These design features are meant to enhance axial load transfer and stem-cement bonding. All acetabular cups were uncemented and used polyethylene (48 patients) or cobalt-chrome (20 patients) liners. Patients were evaluated with clinical and radiographic follow-up.

Revision for stem loosening was necessary in 16(24%) patients 9 to 38 months after index surgery, including 9 hips revised within the first 18 months. Radiolucencies at the cement/bone interface, stem subsidence and distal femoral osteolysis were consistently observed. Patients with loosening were significantly heavier than those with well-fixed stems (93 kg versus 78 kg, respectively). Revised hips included 7 cobalt-chrome and 9 polyethylene articulations.

It appears that several mechanical factors contributed to these early failures. Lateral offset stems with cement fixation appear to be at risk for loosening in young, heavy patients. Design features and a thin cement mantle may have resulted in increased cement stresses and cracks during the axial and torsional loading that occur with daily activities.


M.K. Harman J. DesJardins S.A. Banks L. Benson M. LaBerge W.A. Hodge

Validation of input parameters and the resulting polyethylene damage is essential for knee joint wear simulators to be useful in prospective evaluations. The purpose of this study was to compare damage patterns on polyethylene inserts wear tested on a knee simulator with inserts retrieved after well-functioning total knee arthroplasty (TKA).

Five polyethylene tibial inserts from a PCL-retaining knee prosthesis (Natural Knee) were wear tested on an Instron/Stanmore simulator in 50% bovine serum. The input consisted of ISO 14243 force-controlled testing standard to simulate human gait for 5 million cycles. Nine polyethylene tibial inserts (Natural Knee) were retrieved from patients after 52+45 months (13-124) of successful function. The inserts were retrieved post-mortem (n=7) and for pain (n=2). Articular damage was assessed and the circumference of each damage region digitized. The damage size, location and linear surface deformation were measured and the deformation rate (mm/106 cycles or mm/year) was calculated.

The linear deformation rate for all inserts decreased considerably with time. Lateral damage was located significantly more posterior than the medial damage on both the simulated and retrieved inserts, corresponding to femoral external rotation. Retrieved inserts had larger lateral damage, whereas simulator inserts had larger medial damage. The AP extent of damage on the retrieved inserts was significantly greater than the extent on the simulator inserts. Three retrieved inserts had substantial delamination, whereas none of the simulator inserts had delamination.

There was good agreement in the deformation rates for the simulator and retrieved inserts. However, retrieved inserts with delamination show an increased deformation rate and this type of damage did not occur on simulator inserts. The greater AP extent of damage and larger lateral damage on the retrieved inserts suggest that in vitro wear simulation should perhaps include a more complete range of patient activity dynamics to better predict in vivo damage.


Bridgette D. Furman Sherry Lai Stephen Li

Directly molding IB, MG and AGC UHMWPE tibial inserts has provided excellent clinical performance. This performance may be related to the oxidation resistance and higher fracture toughness provided by the direct molding process. Directly molded UHMWPE components have been reported not to oxidize after either nine years post irradiation aging on the shelf or after 11 years of implantation. Retrievals show that molded IB inserts to have lower oxidation, better polyethylene quality and less surface damage than machined IB II inserts. However, the IB, MG and AGC products were directly molded from 1900 UHMWPE resin which is no longer available. The question remains if directly molding resins other than 1900 in a contemporary modular design will provide the same benefits. We report here on the first knee simulation wear of a contemporary total knee system comprised of a directly molded 1020 esin tibial insert. This result will be compared to the knee simulation result of an IBII machined from 4150 extruded ro 4 Optetrak tibial inserts made by directly molding 1020 resin were tested on a 4 station Instron/Stanmore simulator at 1.4 Hz with a 2279 N maximum load and right knee kinematics. The lubricant was bovine calf serum with EDTA and sodium azide. Axial loads were applied from 0 to 40& #778; flexion and internal/external rotation was −3/+6 degrees. Location, type and area of surface damage, were evaluated every 1 million cycles (Mc).

The wear rate of the directly molded inserts was 6X less than reported for machined IB II inserts (2 vs 12 mg/million cycles respectively). There were no signs of delamination or pitting with either design. The more conforming Optetrak provided 52% reduction in wear area over the IB II (21 vs 32 % respectively). This demonstrates that resins other than 1900 may be directly molded in a contemporary and provide the same historical advantages.


J. C. Hermida A. P. Bergula P. C. Chen C. W. Colwell D. D. D’Lima

Polyethylene (PE) wear affects survivorship in the long term while dislocation remains a significant factor in the short term. Increasing head size can reduce impingement and dislocation. However, this increases wear rates and reduces the net thickness of the liner. Several reports have demonstrated significant reduction in wear in cross-linked PE. This study reports wear rates in crosslinked PE liners with increased head size. Four groups of PE liners were tested against cobalt-chrome heads in a hip wear simulator: highly crosslinked liners with head size 28mm (28XPE) and 32mm (32XPE), and minimally crosslinked liners with head size 28mm (28PE) and 32mm (32PE). Additional liners were used as load-soak controls to monitor weight gain due to fluid absorption. Gravimetric analysis was performed every 500,000 cycles for a total of 5,000,000 cycles. 28PE and 32PE liners had mean wear rates of 12.5(±1.0) and 17.45 (±2.6) mg/million cycles. Both highly crosslinked PE liners (28XPE and 32XPE) had significant less wear rates that regular polyethylene 1.49 (±0.72) and 2.55 (±0.19) mg/million cycles respectively. Increasing head size resulted in increased wear, which is consistent with previous reports. Highly crosslinked PE significantly reduced wear rates in both head sizes. Although there was a small increase in wear in the 32XPE group compared to the 28XPE group, wear was significantly less than both 32PE and 28PE groups. These encouraging results suggest that a dual benefit (reduced wear and reduced dislocation rate) might be achieved using 32XPE liners. Further studies that evaluate fatigue damage, crack propagation and impingement are necessary.


H. McKellop P. Campbell C. Ohikhuare F. W. Shen

Crosslinking of UHMWPE markedly improves its wear resistance. However, Green et al. (JBMR 53, 490, 2000) have reported that the wear debris from crosslinked PE were smaller than from non-crosslinked PE, and that particles with a mean diameter of 0.24 μm diameter caused more osteolytic activity of mouse macrophages in vitro than 0.45 μm or 1.7 μm particles. In order to predict how a new PE will behave clinically, however, it is desirable to compare its particle morphology to that of the gamma-air sterilized PE that was used in the vast majority of acetabular cups over the past three decades. We compared PE wear debris that were generated in a hip simulator and recovered by digestion and filtration of the serum lubricants, from cups crosslinked at 2.7 Mrads in air (historical controls), and cups machined from extruded bars that had been pre-gamma crosslinked at 4.5 Mrads and remelted (to extinguish free radicals and stabilize against oxidation) prior to cup machining. The debris were 85% and 92% rounded particles, respectively, and the balance were fibrils. The diameters of most of the rounded particles were from 0.07 to 0.3 μm, with very similar distributions in this range for the two materials. The total number of round particles from the 4.5 Mrad remelted PE was 32% and 76% below that of the 2.7 Mrad gamma-air non-aged and aged cups, respectively, the number of fibrils was 66% and 88% lower, respectively, and the total volume of wear debris per million cycles was 71% and 90% lower with the 4.5 Mrad-remelted PE cups, respectively. Since there was little if any systematic change in particle morphology, the substantially reduced wear and high oxidation resistance of the cups fabricated from gamma crosslinked-remelted PE could markedly reduce the incidence of clinical osteolysis.


U. Knothe

Used in conjunction with the words “endoprosthesis” and “bone-implant interface”, fluid flow is usually referred to as a potential mechanism for loosening and implant failure. Paradoxically, recent studies have shown the importance of fluid flow in augmenting molecular transport through the osteocytic syncytium. This transport is essential for maintenance of cellular nutrition as well as communication between osteocytes, osteoblasts and osteoclasts, which are interconnected biochemically by interstitial fluid in bone. In the absence of loading, larger sized molecules are not transported efficiently through bone tissue in vivo [1]. The efficacy of load-induced fluid flow, resulting from normal physiological loading of bone, has been proven for the transport of small (300-400 Da, on the order of smaller amino acids) and larger (1800 Da, on the order of small proteins) molecular weight tracers through bone [2]. Nonetheless, using a similar model to study perfusion and fluid flow in the vicinity of endoprosthetic

Recent studies have shown that the distinct porosities within bone tissue act as molecular sieves in situ [4] and that molecules on the order of cytokines and serum derived proteins can not be transported through the lacunocanalicular system without interstitial fluid flow resulting from physiological mechanical loads. These data as a whole suggest that fluid flow regimes in a physiological range are essential for osteocyte viability and function. In order to insure implant stability, health of the tissue at the interface must be insured. Hence, fluid flow in a physiological range could be considered essential for implant stability. These issues will be discussed in light of recent developments in endoprosthetic technology and the design of future generations of implants.


C. Browne J. C. Hermida A. P. Bergula C. W. Colwell D. D. D’Lima

Quadriceps moment arm is one of the factors determining quadriceps force. Total knee arthroplasty designs with larger quadriceps moment arms should generate less quadriceps and patellofemoral forces. A study was conducted to measure knee kinematics, quadriceps and patellofemoral forces in two knee designs with differing centers of rotation. In addition, the effect of a central dome-shaped versus a medialized patella component was determined. Six human cadaver knees were tested before implantation and after sequential implantation with two posterior cruciate retaining designs: Scorpio and Control. The quadriceps moment arm of the Scorpio design was 1 cm longer than that of the Control design. Knee kinematics was measured with an eletromagnetic tracking device while the knee was put through dynamic simulated stair climbing under peak flexion moments of 40 N-m. Quadriceps tension and patellofemoral compressive and shear forces were measured for both conditions and for the central and medialized patella components. The normal unimplanted condition showed increasing rollback with flexion while both implanted conditions displayed relatively less rollback. Overall, quadriceps tension was highest in the unimplanted condition and lowest in the Scorpio condition. The Scorpio design showed a 10-20% reduction in quadriceps tension at angles greater than 40° when compared to the Control design. Patellofemoral forces were also significantly reduced in the Scorpio design when compared to Control. There were no differences noted between the central and medialized patella component. The Scorpio design, with its more posterior center of rotation, reduced quadriceps tension and patellofemoral forces. Reduced quadriceps forces may facilitate postoperative rehabilitation and activities such as stair climbing. Reduction in patellofemoral forces could reduce patellar complications such as anterior knee pain, component wear and loosening. These results are currently undergoing validation with a prospective clinical study.


S. Schmitt M.K. Harman S.A. Banks H. Schroede-Boersch W.A. Hodge H.P. Scharf

Early revision after total knee arthroplasty (TKA) is fortunately uncommon. However, instability and lack of fixation are common early failure mechanisms. Cement techniques utilizing lavage and multiple drill hole interdigitation of the resected tibial surface can reduce micromotion and produce reliable tibial component fixation. This study looks at clinical failure mechanisms, cement technique and polyethylene damage in patients needing early revision of cemented TKA.

PCL-retaining TKA with cement fixation was performed on > 1000 patients at a single institution. Cement techniques varied with surgeon, with some using lavage and drill hole preparation of the resected surface and others electing to cement the surface “as cut”. Seventeen patients were revised within three years of follow-up. Revision reasons included loosening (41%), instability (18%), infection (24%), pain (12%), and malposition (6%). Prospective outcome scores, radiographic data, revision reasons, and polyethylene wear were compared.

Pre-revision pain and function scores gradually decreased back to pre-operative levels. Leg alignment averaged 7° varus (nine patients) and 12° valgus (eight patients) pre-operatively and 5° valgus at pre-revision. Tibial radiolucent lines were present medially only in nine knees and medially and laterally in four knees. The majority of patients revised for loosening had a tibial component cemented onto the “as cut” bone without additional preparation. Damage covered 32%-85% of the polyethylene articular surface. Scratching and pitting were significantly correlated (p< 0.05) with shorter in-situ time and revision for instability and loosening. Alignment and outcome scores were not correlated with damage.

In this series of cemented TKA, loosening and instability accounted for 59% of the early failure, similar to the incidence previously reported for cementless TKA. Cement technique and component positioning, not polyethylene wear, were the primary contributing factors. Attention to ligament balancing and achieving better tibial component fixation is needed to further limit the incidence of early failure after cemented TKA.


G. Hunter A. Salehi K. Widding

Oxidized Zirconium (OxZr), metallic zirconium alloy oxidized to form a ceramic surface, was developed as an alternative bearing material to cobalt-chrome (CoCr) alloy for improvements in roughening resistance, frictional behavior, and biocompatibility without a risk of brittle fracture. Knee simulator testing without intentional addition of abrasives demonstrated that the ultra-high molecular weight polyethylene (UHMWPE) wear rate was 85% less with OxZr than with CoCr femorals. The relative performance of articulating materials can change when tested under abrasive conditions, so test protocols were investigated with abrasives added directly to the simulator test lubricant.

Testing was conducted on a six-station, four-axis, physiological knee simulator. OxZr and CoCr medium-sized, cruciate-retaining, femoral components were tested against UHMWPE tibial inserts sterilized by ethylene oxide. Alumina powder was mixed into 50% bovine serum lubricant at a concentration of 0.2 mg/cm3. Tests were conducted with different powder sizes in the range of 0.3 to 150 μm. Measurements included tibial insert weight and femoral surface roughness.

The lubricant in CoCr tests became opaque with gray debris while the femoral condyles became scratched. In contrast, the lubricant in OxZr tests remained normal (as in tests without abrasives), and femoral condyle scratching was much less severe. Despite these obvious effects, the UHMWPE wear produced by each material did not increase appreciably over that of tests without abrasives, with OxZr maintaining a wear rate about 85% less than for CoCr. It was noted that the scratches were aligned, or became realigned, with the translation motion and had little evidence of the swirls or cross-hatching often observed on retrieved components. Previous testing indicates that UHMWPE wear increases significantly only if scratches are oblique to the sliding direction. Thus, a test technique that produces scratches with more clinically relevant orientations is needed for a performance comparison between femoral materials under abrasive conditions.


N. Tomita H. Aoki Y. Harada S. Wakitani T Sguro

Introduction: Several types of “ Total Joint Regeneration System” were proposed where wide defect of cartilage expected to be regenerated under proper mechanical environment. Several types of therapeutic equipments for the Total Joint Regeneration System were designed and animal trial for the system was performed. Fundamental experiment evaluating cartilage generation under continuous sliding motion is also reported.

Material and methods: Three Japanese white rabbits (male, 12~15 weeks-old) weighing 3.0& #13199; and one beagle dog (male) weighing 15& #13199; were used for the trial operation for the Total Joint Regeneration System. A large full-thickness defect of the articular cartilage was made on both knees. And Internal-support type device was fixed to the knee of one side. The device is consisting of 2 parts (the screw and the T-bar). The screw was fixed in tibia from the fore part of ACL attachment to anterior part of the tibia. The rod of the T-bar was inserted into the inner hole of the screw. The upper part of the T-bar hold the femoral intercondyle and keep the regenerated portion in non-weight-bearing condition. Regeneration at the osteochondral defect was evaluated at 4 weeks postoperatively. [Cartilage generation by continuous sliding motion] A coccygeal vertebra of F344 rats (7weeks-old) was osteot-omized, and the distal part of the vertebrae was moved continuously in sliding motion using mobile external fixation.

Results and discussion: Walking conditions were comparatively good in all animals. Macroscopic observation shows better appearance of defected area in the supported side, however the apparent histological difference between control side and internal-support side could not be recognized in the rabbits cases because of inappropriate fitting of the devices. Hyaline cartilage tissue with better metachromatic matrix with safranin-O staining was observed on the supported side of dog knee. Result of fundamental experiment also showed the importance of setting mechanical environment where hyaline cartilage with layer structure similar to normal articular cartilage was produced by controlled sliding motion. We are now improving the design of the Total Joint Regeneration System refering to those results.


P. Campbell J. Mirra I. Catelas

In December 2000, the Inter-Op acetabular component (Sulzer Orthopedics Inc., TX) was recalled. Contamination by an oil-based residue that was inadvertently left in the porous coating following a change in manufacturing processes was suspected to have resulted in lack of fixation. The aim of this study was to characterize the histopathology of the these failures for consistency with this hypothesis.

Materials and methods: Four hundred and fifty cups were submitted for gross and histopathological examination. H& E stained paraffin sections of tissue taken from the socket, membranes and/or capsules from the first 100 cases were reviewed histologically using a new rating scheme which accounts for the presence and extent of inflammatory cells, wear particles, and uncharacteristic tissue features. Immunohistochemical staining was performed on paraffin sections for IL1b, IL6 and TNFa (N=10) and for lymphocytes (CD3, CD4, CD20; N=8), and lipid stains were applied to selected frozen sections.

Results: Cases were revised after ave. 6 months for pain and lack of fixation. Grossly the components had minimal attached tissue, if any. Histologically, the most common finding was extensive chronic inflammation (mostly lymphocytic), although many also had abundant acute inflammation (neutrophils and early granulation tissue). Lymphocytes were mostly common T and helper T cells. Eosinophils (cells associated with intense allergic reactions) were rare. Other uncharacteristic findings included histiocyte-rich granulomas, peculiar metal-like dust associated with silicate-like structures, vacuolated cells and unusual tissue spaces (20 – 50 mm in diameter) some of which were positive with lipid stains. Tissues stained strongly positive for IL-1b and IL-6 but only weakly for TNFa. A similar inflammatory response was noted to have spread into the capsular tissues.

Conclusion: Given the absence of conclusive bacterial cultures in the majority of cases, the histopathology seems consistent with an oil-based contaminant mixed with debris generated from the machines used at the manufacturing plant.


In Japan, osteoarthritis of the knee joint has been developing as the number of the elderly has been increasing recently. And the total knee replacement is expected to be indicated frequently. However, the total knee prosthesis does not always fit in with the shape of the Japanese osteoarthritic knee, due in part to the imported prostheses from U.S. or Europe. Therefore, the geometry of the Japanese osteoarthritic knee should be more characterized to achieve well coverage of prostheses onto the femur and tibia.

562 osteoarthritic knees rated as stage 1 or more according to Kellgren’s osteoarthritic knee classification were selected randomly and analyzed radiologically. The width of femur (FW) and the width of tibia (TW) were measured in the region 8mm from the articular surface. The distance from the anterior surface of the femur to the farthest backward of the femoral condyle was measured as FL. The anterior-posterior length of the tibia (TL) was measured by the 7 degree posterior slope of the tibial lateral image.

The AP/ML ratios of the femur and tibia were obtained by dividing FL by FW, and TL by TW. The mean value of AP/ML ratio of femur was 0.74å}0.07, and the mean value of AP/ML ratio of tibia was 0.68å}0.04. A statistically negative high correlation was found between FW and AP/ML ratio of femur, and between TW and AP/ML ratio of tibia. The larger FW and TW became, the smaller became the AP/ML ratios of femur and tibia.

Most of tatal knee prosthesises commercially available in Japan don’t follow the negative correlation between AP/ML ratio and the width of femur and tibia. We conclude that AP/ML ratio of femur and tibia should vary with the width of femur and tibia.


A. Aamodt P. Benum K. Haugan

A customised, uncemented femoral stem was introduced clinically in 1995 after several years of development and pre-clinical testing. All the patients operated in our hospital have entered a prospective clinical study. The aim of this study is to present the short-term clinical data. Furthermore, the measurement of implant migration and the periprosthetic bone remodelling at two years is also reported.

Materials and methods: The femoral stem is designed from preoperative CT-scans, machined in Ti-alloy and circumferentially coated with a 50μm hydroxyapatite (HA) layer in the proximal 50-70%. Fifty-one patients (median age 52 years) have been followed clinically for a minimum of 3 years using the Merle-d’Aubignè score. Migration of the femoral stem has been measured with radiostereometry (RSA), the precision of the measurements is better than 0.080 mm for translations and 0.30° for rotations. Periprosthetic bone remodelling is expressed as the change in bone mineral density (BMD) in seven zones (Gruen) relative to the postoperative values. RSA- and DEXA measurements have been performed postoperatively and then after 3, 6, 12 and 24 months.

Results: One stem had to be revised after 3 months due to a periprosthetic fracture. The clinical scores were as follows (preop/3 years): Pain 2.6/5.5, ROM 3.7/5.7, function 2.7/5.9, total score 9.1/17.1. Six patients complained of thigh pain during the first two years, however, this complication resolved spontaneously in five patients within the three years follow-up. The mean subsidence after two years was 0.055 mm (SE ±0.045 mm) and the mean axial rotation was 0.29° (SE ± 0.12°). The mean bone loss in zone 7 was 34%; in the other zones the bone loss was less than 14%. The mean overall bone loss was 8%.

Discussion: The short-term clinical experiences with this patient-specific, cementless femoral stem are encouraging. The stem seems to be very stable during the first two postoperative years indicating that biological fixation of the femoral stems has been achieved. The change in the BMD was less than 14% in all Gruen zones, except for the proximal medial area where the bone loss was 34%.


T. Jinno S. Stevenson V. M. Goldberg

Titanium-alloy is a metal with excellent biocompatibility, but its osteoconduction is not as efficient as hydroxyapatite materials. Calcium-ion (Ca-ion) implantation is a surface modification technique that can improve osteoconduction of titanium without an additional layer of coating. We studied the effects of Ca-ion-implantation on osseointegration of a titanium-alloy stem in a bilateral canine THA model. The stem surface was grit-blasted and Ca-ion-implanted by the ion mixing technique. Fifteen mongrel dogs had bilateral single-stage THAs, with a Ca-ion-implanted stem used in one side and a non-Ca-ion-implanted stem in the contralateral side. They were sacrificed at 1, 6, and 12 months postoperatively, and microradiographs were taken. Undecalcified cross-sections were evaluated histologically. For quantitative evaluation, the length of new bone apposition to the implant surface was obtained using computer image analysis. Most implants were well integrated, and there was no apparent qualitative difference between the two types of stems radiographically and histologically. However, Ca-ion-implanted stems had significantly greater new bone apposition than non-Ca-ion-implanted stems at 1 month, although the overall effect of Ca-ion-implantation was not significant.

The results showed enhanced osteoconduction with Ca-ion-implantation only in the early postoperative period. This could be related to the previous data of immersion tests that the dissolution rate of Ca-ion from Ca-ion-implanted titanium decreases with time. Clinically, early osteoconduction is desirable and could accelerate rehabilitation and outcome. Although further improvement of the Ca-ion-implantation technique for a sustained osteoconductive effect is necessary, Ca-ion-implantation will be beneficial for early fixation of titanium-alloy implants.


M. Willems P. Gibbons I. Revie N. Verdonschot

The increasing success rates of total hip replacements (THR) have led to a younger patient population with an increased probability for revision. The survival of revised components is improved by a good bone quality. This has led to an increased interest in bone preserving THR designs. A novel type of THR was developed of which the femoral component is cemented in the neck. The load carrying area of this prosthesis is reduced in comparison with conventional cemented implants. Whether an adequate stability can be achieved was biomechanically evaluated during simulated normal walking and chair rising. In addition, the failure behaviour was investigated.

Bone mineral density (BMD) was measured in 5 fresh frozen proximal human cadaver femora. The femoral heads were resected and a 20 mm diameter canal was created in the femoral necks. Bone cement was pressurised in this canal and the polished, taper-shaped prosthesis was subsequently introduced centrally. A servohydraulic testing machine was used to apply dynamic loads up to 1.8 kN to the prosthetic head. Radiostereophotogrammetric analysis was used to measure rotations and translations between prosthesis and bone. In addition, the constructions were loaded until failure in a displacement-controlled test.

During the dynamic experiments, the femoral necks did not fail, and no macroscopical damage was detected. The initial stability of the implant did not seem to be sensitive to bone quality. Maximal values were found for normal walking with a mean rotation of about 0.2 degrees and a mean translation of about 120 microns. These motions stabilised during testing. The failure loads in this study varied between 4.1 and 5.5 kN, higher failure loads were associated with higher BMD values. Most specimens showed subtrochanteric spiral fractures.

In conclusion, the stability of the prosthetic device may be adequate under dynamic, physiological loading conditions. The static failure loads were relatively low and require further optimisation of the prosthetic implant.


M. Kunz F. Langlotz J. M. Strauss W. Rüther L.-P. Nolte

Background: Successful total knee arthroplasty requires component alignment according to the mechanical axes and restoration of ideal knee kinematics. This requires adequate ligament balancing, stable tibia-femoral and patello-femoral joints, and a non-restricted range of motion.

We developed a computer assisted total knee arthroplasty system to help the surgeon achieving more intra-operative accuracy.

Material and methods: An OPTOTRAK camera is used to track relative motions between femur, tibia, and instruments. In contrast to other systems we avoid fixation of reference bases onto acetabulum and foot. The surgeon generates a representation of the patient’s anatomy using the technique of “surgeon defined anatomy”. Based on recorded landmarks the system calculates the femoral and tibial mechanical axes, the position of the knee joint line, the level of the defects on femoral and tibial side, the anatomically best fitting femoral component size, the femoral ventral level, and the natural tibial rotation. These values enable an initial planning situation, which features alignment of the tibial and femoral distal resection planes according to the mechanical axes as well as the definition of the anterior and posterior femoral resection planes with respect to the ventral cortex and the prosthesis design. To consider soft-tissue behaviour the surgeon loads both collateral ligaments in extension and flexion, a

Results: During a clinical study we performed thirteen total knee arthroplasties. Postoperatively passive extension was 0.8-4.2° (mean 1.9°) in the coronal plane and 0.2-3.9° (mean 1.8°) in the sagittal plane. Varus-valgus instability was 7.2°. The results of the subsequent patients of this ongoing study will be available during the conference.


T. Mishiro T. Henmi Y. Kanematsu K. Fujii T. Sakai Y. Kishi

Introduction: The purpose of this study was to evaluate clinical results of total knee arthroplasty with three different implants for patients with osteoarthritis (OA) and rheumatoid arthritis (RA) in our institution.

Materials and methods: From January 1993 to October 1998, 41 total knee arthroplasties were done at our institution. Clinical assessment was performed preoperatively and at most recent follow-up using the Japan Orthopaedic Association scoring system (JOA score). The Knee Society Radiological Evaluation System was used to evaluate a series of 41 total knee arthroplasties. The population consisted of 41 patients, 37 women and four men, with an average age of 71.8 (55-85) who had total knee arthroplasty, and the average BMI was 24.5 (18.1-36.0). Preoperative diagnoses were osteoarthritis in 25 patients and rheumatoid arthritis in 16 patients. Used implants were Miller-Garante 2 (Zimmer) in 15 knees, KU3 (Kyocera) in seven knees and Nexgen (Zimmer) in 19 knees.

Results: The average preoperative JOA score were 48.0 points and postoperative score were 74 points. Preoperative and postoperative maximum extension was −16.4 ± 10.9° and –2.86 ± 4.9°. Preoperative and postoperative maximum flexion was 105 ± 21.6° and 106 ± 15.0°. On the AP radiographs, the average angulation of the femoral component was 96.9 ± 2.2° and tibial component position was 88.0 ± 2.5°. The lateral radiographs revealed an average femoral component flexion of 3.03 ± 3.9° The average tibial component flexion was 3.53 ± 3.02°. And there was no significant difference in radiographic evaluation among those implants.

Conclusion: In the middle term results, there was a significant correlation between preoperative and postoperative flexion and a significant improvement of maximum extension of the knee after total knee arthroplasty.


L. Fosse H. Rønningen P. Benum

Introduction: Several factors of which many still are unknown may influence the mechanical strength of the impacted morsellised bone applied in revision hip surgery. To avoid initial subsidence of the prosthesis can be crucial for the survival of the revised joint. Impacted grinded bone forms a porous structure where the void space mainly is filled by liquid consisting of water and fat.

Purpose of Study: To determine the influence of moisture on the stiffness strength of impacted morsellised bone.

Material and methods: Juxtaarticular bovine bone is morsellised and experimentally impacted by standardised methods. The stiffness of the bone was recorded during bone sample construction and loading the impacted bone sample, in a brief undrained and a longer drained phase. Water and fat content were measured in loose and compressed bone material and could be altered by reproducible methods. A trial on drainage during impaction was executed. All studies were compared with a base line study. This trial was carried out as similar as possible to the routine, clinical situation.

Results: Dried bone had very high axial stiffness properties. Lowering fat content resulted in bone samples, which had significantly higher stiffness during the undrained loading period but did not diverge during drained loading. Drainage during impaction had no effect on axial strength of the bone.

Conclusion: Low water content in morsellised bone has considerable positive effect on the axial strength of impacted bone. Fat lowering may have a positive effect during initial load phase but this advantage diminishes over time. In this experimental study draining through impaction did not improve axial strength. This is probably due to the transitory effect impaction has on porous pressure.


L. Nolte

A novel CT-free image-guided navigation system for acetabular cup placement has been designed, implemented and evaluated in laboratory and clinical environments. The most common postoperative complications for total hip arthroplasty (THA), subluxation and dislocation, is directly related to acetabular component orientation. Recent developments in the area of CT-based cup navigation have proven to be a valuable aid. However, a CT scan often unwarranted and has a significant impact on the total cost of treatment.

The method proposed in this paper utilizes reference coordinates from the anterior pelvic plane (APP) to compute the angular orientation of the cup. The APP is aligned to a vertical plane of a standing patient defined by the two anterior superior iliac spines and the pubic tubercles. A hybrid strategy for the acquisition of these landmarks has been introduced involving percutaneous pointer-based digitization with the possibility of non-invasive bi-planar landmark reconstruction using multiple registered fluoroscopy images. An intuitive graphical user interface, combined with a sterile virtual keyboard control, effectively support the navigation of acetabular preparation and cup placement.

A detailed validation of the system was performed in a laboratory setting. Seven full body human specimens were used to confirm the APP reference concept using custom made software to simulate worst case scenarios.

System usability was evaluated throughout an early clinical trial involving 25 patients. A postoperative study of all patients found that the accuracy was better than 4° inclination and 5° anteversion under standard clinical conditions. This implies that there is no significant difference in performance from the established CT-based navigation methods.


Y. Ohtsuki S. Takai N. Yoshino M. Kobayashi Y. Watanabe

Introduction: Soft tissue balancing remains the most subjective and most artistic of current techniques in total knee arthroplasty. The flexion gap is traditionally measured at approximately 45 degree of hip flexion and 90 degree of knee flexion on the operation table. Despite of aiming equal joint gaps or tensions in flexion and extension, influence of the thigh weight on the flexion gap has not been documented. Therefore, the purpose of this study was to examine the flexion gaps in the 90-90 degree flexed position and the traditional 45-90 degree flexed position of hip-knee joints.

Materials and methods: Thirty patients with osteoarthritic knee underwent total knee arthroplasty. After the PCL sacrifice, soft tissue releases, and bone cuts, the specially designed tenser which has two load cells was employed. 160N was applied to open the joint gaps in the traditional 45-90 degree flexed position and the 90-90 degree flexed position of hip-knee joints.

Results: The flexion gap in the 90-90 degree flexed position of hip-knee joints was 2.1±1.2mm wider than that in the traditional 45-90 degree flexed position of hip-knee joints. The flexion gap had significant difference between the two different hip flexion angles (p< 0.001).

Discussions: In the traditional 45-90 degree flexed position of hip-knee joints on the operation table, the flexion gap is approximately 45 degree to the gravitation and influenced by the thigh weight. To avoid the influence of the thigh weight and obtain equal joint gaps or tensions in flexion and extension, the flexion gap should be checked in the 90-90 degree flexed position of hip-knee joints.


WL Bargar DEE Hayes JK Taylor R Anderson

Introduction: Patient specific cementless femoral components for THR were developed as a means of addressing the anatomic variations of the proximal femur and hip joint in an effort to achieve long term implant survival and optimum patient function. Design rules were developed with goals of achieving rigid initial stability, maximal endosteal contact for bone integration, and the precise restoration of hip kinematics.

Methods: Beginning in 1989, this series of cementless titanium implants included proximal circumferential HA coating over a macrotextured surface for biologic fixation. All patients who were candidates for cementless arthroplasty (age < 65, active, or overweight) received a custom femoral component. Forty-nine consecutive primary THR in 39 patients were performed during the study period. No patients died and one patient was lost prior to 10 years; all had well fixed stems at latest follow up. The remaining 38 patients (48 hips), 16 females and 22 males, with average age 54 (28-70) and weight 181 (98-270) at surgery, were evaluated at minimum 10 years (range 10-11).

Results: Average modified Harris Hip Scores were 49 (27-87) pre- and 89 (24-100) postoperatively, with pain scores of 17 (0-40) and 42 (10-44) respectively. All femoral components remain well-fixed (Engh Class 1) at final follow-up. No areas of osteolysis were seen distal to the proximal HA-bone interface. Small, focal areas of probable osteolysis were seen at the implant shoulder (4 cases), at the calcar corner (2 cases), and at both sites (1 case). Complications included four proximal margin femoral fissures recognised at surgery, two patients with dislocation, and one non-fatal PE. Reoperations included six head and liner exchanges; two for recurrent dislocation, and four for excessive wear with associated osteolysis (3 pelvic, 1 femoral); and one for fixation and grafting of a trochanteric nonunion.

Discussion: The use of cementless femoral implants based on individual patient characteristics and a set of strict design rules has resulted in excellent clinical and radiographic results at 10-year follow-up. Recent data with some OTS systems have shown comparable excellent results and have diminished the need for the routine use of custom implants in uncomplicated primary situations. However, this series validates the design concepts of this system, supports its use in more complex situations, and suggests applicability on a routine basis where other available implants may be less than optimal.


WL Bargar DEE Hayes JK Taylor R. Anderson

Introduction: Conventional approaches to cementless revision THR include cemented and cementless stems, which are graft dependent for initial stability (Type 3 reconstructions), distally fixed extensively porous coated implants and modular implants. CT and radiographic visualization, preoperative planning, and patient specific implant fabrication enable the surgeon to achieve the following objectives simultaneously and without compromise: bypass or fill specific bony defects, implement precisely the surgeon’s individual implant design goals, optimise proximal, distal, or regional fit objectives, achieve supplemental fixation via collars, fluted stems, and targeted ingrowth zones/ treatments, and establish head center, neck length, lateral offset, anteversion angle, and leg length.

Methods: This series of cementless titanium implants achieved initial press-fit fixation on host bone with bony attachment via proximally HA coated macrotextured surface. The extramedullary portion of the implant is designed to restore leg length and normal joint mechanics. The initial 44 consecutive revision hips using this rationale were reviewed for inclusion. At surgery, all femoral reconstructions were completed without resorting to Type 3 structural grafts. Six patients died prior to 10 years f/u, and three (4 hips) were lost. Two stems were removed prior to minimum follow up: one at five weeks post-op for deep sepsis, and one for aseptic loosening presumed secondary to metabolic derangements from poorly controlled end-stage renal disease. The remaining 31 patients (34 hips), 18 females and 13 males with a mean age of 61 (range 31-75) and average weight of 168 (85-240) pounds, were evaluated at minimum 10 years (range 10 to 11 years).

Results: All 34 components remain well-fixed (Engh Class 1) at last follow up (97% implant survival). Stress shielding was uncommon outside the calcar region. Average modified Harris Hip Scores were 49 (10-88) pre-operative and 81 (48-100) at final follow-up, with pain scores of 18 (0-44) and 41 (30-44) respectively. Complications included fracture (intraop: 4 fissures, 2 stable type II, 1 unstable type III, and 1 late periprosthetic fractures distally), and three dislocations.

Discussion: The concept of a metaphysical loading, proximally ingrown, collared patient specific revision implant gave results comparable to Engh’s series of extensively coated revision stems, while avoiding the high failure rate associated with structural allograft, the worrisome proximal bone loss associated with fully porous coated stems, the high cost of modular implants.


WL Bargar JK Taylor TJ Blumenfeld

Introduction: Using Automated Implant Design and Analysis (AIDATM ) a library of femoral CT scans was analyzed. Design goals of fit and offset allowed generation of nine sizes each of right and left implants for off-the-shelf use. The five to nine year follow-up of 96 (12 bilateral) consecutive primary total hip arthroplasties using this titanium alloy hydroxylapatite (HA) one-third coated femoral stem is reported. The purpose of this study is to determine if the incorporated engineering design goals produced results equal to or superior to other published mid-term follow-up studies.

Methods: Seventy-five femoral CT scans from patients undergoing cementless primary total hip arthroplasty were used as the anatomic database. The stem was conceived as a metaphyseal filling implant with flat posterior and lateral sides. Prior micro-motion cadaver research of other stems by the authors has shown that stems with the best fit on the Medial and Anterior quadrants as well as the Medial-Anterior corner (“MAMA” fit) are the most stable. Therefore the medial and anterior surfaces were contoured and were given priority fit. Distally the stem was cylindrical, and allowed for diaphyseal contact over a distance of two outer canal diameters. Five modular femoral heads were assumed with the design goal to be within 5 mm of the existing head center in 95% of cases.

Results: The median Harris score is 91% (max 100) with 77% good or excellent. The mean pain score is 39.5 (max. 44) with 80% having none or slight pain. Ten hips (11%) have slight to mild thigh pain. One stem was revised for late loosening due to osteolysis. All others remain well-fixed (Engh grade I). Six hips were re-operated: two head & liner changes for recurrent dislocations and four for wear and acetabular osteolysis. Radiographic analysis showed all stems became well bonded over the HA coating with no RLZ’s and accretion of bone in the lower half of Zones 1 & 7 at the end of the HA coating. There was no subsidence. Stress shielding was limited to the upper half of Zones 1 & 7. Osteolysis was common above the HA coating around the shoulders of the implant, but extended distally in only one stem (revised).

Discussion & Conclusion: These results at Five-year minimum follow-up compare favorably with other published series of cementless stems at the same follow-up. The 100% incidence of ingrowth combined with the absence of stress-shielding below the upper half of Zones 1 & 7, serves to validate the design concepts and methodology used to create this implant.


TJ Blumenfeld WL Bargar

Introduction: From June 1991 to June 1995, 256 consecutive total hip arthroplasties using the Duraloc 100 TM acetabular shell, manufactured by Depuy, were performed by two surgeons. The acetabular component featured a non-locking apex hole eliminator. In January 1995 the first patient with extrusion of the apex hole eliminator was seen. Since that time 21 patients, or 8% (21/256) have been seen with partial or complete extrusion. This study reports the outcomes and discusses a possible rationale for this finding.

Methods: The study group comprises 12 men, nine women, mean age was 59 years (32-86), mean weight 180 lbs. 18 (86%) femurs were cementless, three (14%) were cemented. Mean acetabular component size was 58 mm (52-64), with 18 acetabular liners manufactured with HylamerTM, and three liners EnduronTM. Sixteen (76%) liners were 10 degree hooded, and five (24%) were non-hooded. Eighteen (86%) femoral heads were ceramic, and three (14%) were chrome-cobalt. 15 (71%) femoral heads were 28 mm diameter, and six (29%) were 32 mm.

Results: Radiographs were obtained at routine follow-up in 20 (95%) patients. One (5%) patient had groin pain as the indication for radiographs. Four (19%) patients had complete extrusion in to the pelvis of the apex hole eliminator, and 17 (81%) had partial backout with the apex hole eliminator still within the confines of the acetabular component. On the antero-posterior radiograph visible pelvic osteolysis was seen in the four patients with complete extrusion of the apex hole eliminator, all in zone B. Zone one femoral osteolysis was seen in one patient with incomplete extrusion of the apex hole eliminator. Sixteen patients had incomplete extrusion of the apex hole eliminator associated with no visible radiographic pelvic or femoral osteolyisis. Two (10%) patients have undergone revision with curettage and allografting of the pelvic lesion and head and liner exchange. At the time of revision surgery liner motion was grossly obvious.

Discussion: The apex hole eliminator is neither watertight nor locking. Our hypothesis is that activity-related hydraulic pressure generated from excessive liner motion causes a high-pressure fluid leak into the pelvis. This fluid contains sub-micron particles generated by backside wear. The combination of particulates and fluid under pressure produces retro-acetabular osteolysis. The cyclic pressure then allows the non-locking plug to advance into the osteolytic pelvic defect.


TJ Blumenfeld WL Bargar

Introduction: From September 1999 to September 2000, 75 consecutive primary cementless total hip arthroplasties (THA) were performed by two surgeons. All acetabular components implanted were the Interop ™ shell manufactured by Sulzer Intermedics. In September 2000, due to unexplained early aseptic loosening of several acetabular shells, use of this component was abandoned by the authors. In December 2000 Sulzer recalled certain lot numbers of the component. This study examines the to date performance of this group of patients.

Methods: Of the 75 patients, 42 patients were identified as being in the recall group and 33 were not. Patients were seen at routine post-operative follow-up and as indicated secondary to pain. All patients were examined clinically and radiographically. Hallmarks of early failure were moderate to severe weight bearing start-up pain and a circumferential lucent zone (without a sclerotic line) seen best on the Lowenstein lateral view.

Results: The timing of the failure was early (less than 6 months from implantation). In the recalled group eight patients have undergone revision and five are pending revision, resulting in a 33% (13/40) failure rate. Of those patients undergoing revision surgery, seven were found to have loose prostheses. One patient was revised due to unexplained pain and was found to have a well-fixed component. His pain has subsided. In the non-recalled group one patient had pain beginning at six months post-operatively, and radiographic signs of loosening. At revision the prosthesis was found to be loose.

Discussion: The purported cause of this early aseptic loosening is attributed to a mineral oil residue left after manufacturing of the component, causing inflammation and inhibiting bone ingrowth. The failure and subsequent revision rate is expected to rise. Our experience to date indicates that patients in the recalled group and symptomatic patients in the non-recalled group need to be closely followed. This high incidence of early failure of a cementless acetabular component has never before been reported.


B. Doyle F. Sharpe J. Menon

Treatment of severe radiocarpal arthritis remains controversial. Since 1992, the newly designed universal total wrist arthroplasty has been used as an alternative to radiocarpal fusion.

A total of 49 patients underwent total wrist arthroplasty between 1992 and 1998. A total of 43 patients with 47 wrists were available for follow-up. Thirty-two patients had rheumatoid arthritis, nine patients had osteoarthritis and two patients had Kienboch’s disease. The average age of the patient was 55 years and the average length of follow-up was 42 months.

Results at follow-up showed 89% of the wrist were without pain. Neutral alignment was present in 96% of the wrists. A functional arc of motion was present in 87% of the wrists. Ninety-four percent of the patients were satisfied. Radiographs showed excellent alignment of the implant, without evidence of distal migration of the carpal component. Complications occurrred in 12 of 47 wrists (25.5%). Six of the wrists had a dislocation. Three wrists developed metallosis, requiring revision of the prosthesis. One patient required removal of the prosthesis and wrist fusion. The revision rate in this series was 11%. The fusion rate was 2%. Eleven of 12 patients had resolution of their complication with appropriate intervention, and did not require a salvage procedure.

This study revealed that total wrist arthroplasty can result in a painless and functional wrist in the majority of patients. We feel that total wrist arthroplasty remains a viable alternative in patients with severe radiocarpal arthritis.


G. Randelli G. Brianza F. Randelli P. Randelli O. Visentin

Total Hip Replacement (THR) in proximal, posterior iliac dislocation of the hip often represents a problematic issue. Reviewing their selected cases (70 patients between 3700 THR from 1986 to 2001), authors focalized some key points for this demanding surgery. The most important steps are acetabular positioning, implant decisioning and surgical approach (exposure and release).

Acetabular cup positioning. The natural site (Paleoacetabulum), the ideal place to restore biomechanical and dynamic properties of the joint, many times gives few chances to achieve primary stability. So one site, at least the nearest possible to the natural site must be reached. A CT or MRI study is necessary to assess preoperative planning for cup positioning. We used two different cups, the Zweymuller and the Wagner cup, with good primary stability. A Conus stem (Wagner) or an Alloclassic stem (in less displastic femoral shape) was used.

We always performed this surgery as a one step procedure. No preventing traction or release surgery was performed. An anatomic and wide (medial and lateral) exposure of the joint must be performed. We used the Smith-Petersen approach modified by Wagner. A meticulous periarticular release of soft tissue was performed. In same cases a shortening femoral osteotomy was performed to allow refractory reduction. Possible complications are discussed. Good clinical outcomes at more than ten years are shown.


G. Randlli

Authors describe their first experience with a computerized navigation system for cup insertion in THR (Medivision). Computer navigation systems started first at the Müller Institute (Bern) in 1991 when prof. Nolte inserted his first pedicle screw in a spine specimen.

In January 1997 a CT-based cup module for hip pros-thesis was developed in laboratory by prof. Nolte. At the end of 1998 a first clinical trial on a CT-based cup navigation started in Maastrict by Prof. Geesink. A new CT-free cup navigation module appeared on the scene at the end of 2000. The first clinical successful CT-free cup navigation was performed in Ludwigshafen by Dr. Grützner in January 2001.

More then 3000 hip implants have been done with good results in Europe. A postoperative CT accuracy study of cup orientation shows mean error of about 5° (to be published by Bernsmann et al. in summer 2001). Medivision uses in orthopedic surgery are multiple. Spine surgery, Pelvic Osteotomy, C-arm Navigator, C-arm Nailing, CT-based Cup, CT-free Cup, ACL-reconstruction, Total Knee Replacement. We used Medivision first in THA to asses cup orientation and lower limb length. First results confirm system reliability. The feeling with this computer-guided surgery is good and grew up every new case. Learning curve is not so long and deep if few principles are used.


M. Ishibashi S. Yanagimoto T. Honma D. Kaneko T Sakamaki

In revision hip Arthroplasty, there often exists the intact femoral cortex under the level of loosened stem. In such cases we used a mid-length full-porous Cementless stem, because femoral bone remodeling and reinforcement could be obtained. We evaluated the readiographical change in femur after the inplantation of full-porous Cementless stem.

Materials and methods: Thirteen revision hip Arthroplasties with the use of mid-length full-porous Cementless stem (Ostenics Specilty Stem) were evaluated. Before revision operation, aseptic loosening and sinking of femoral stem were seen in all hips. In three hips, varus shift of femoral component was seen, and in one hip, anterior shift was seen. Bone graft was done only around the proximal femoral defect. No bone graft was done at the level of middle and distal bone defect of the femur. The average age at revision operation was 59 (43-75) years old. Average follow up was 32 (15-59) months. All hip were evaluated clinically and radiographically, especially about the femoral cortical bone remodellig after operation.

Results: Ten patients were pain free, and three had thigh pain. Subsidence of the stem occurred in one patient who complained of thigh pain. In this patient, cortical enlargement and thinning of femur was extreme before operation. Other 12 cases have no subsidence of the stem. Ten patients had a satisfactory result in clinically and radiographically. In six patients, who had bone defect of middle and distal femur before operation, the new bone formation between stem and the cortex of the femur was seen at the latest follow up. Femoral bone remodeling was optained in the middle and distal femur without bone graft.

Conclusion: Revision hip Arthroplasty with the use of full porous Cementless stem is a useful option because femoral bone remodeling and reinforcement can be obtained.


J. Cobb

Introduction: Active Robots have been shown to be effective at performing arthroplasty, but some hesitation has been felt by the surgical world. The lack of human interface in the procedure has been one of the stumbling blocks towards wider acceptance. The Acrobot has been developed, at Imperial College London, in collaboration with University College London to allow the surgeon to perform the surgery himself, but with active constraint, preventing him from taking too much bone, or straying into soft tissue.

Materials and methods: A preoperative planning system is used, based on ct data acquired without fiducial markers. Semi-automated segmentation is performed. The surgeon then performs the virtual surgery on the bones on screen, allowing precise sizing, and orientation. The safe field of activity is then defined, within which the surgeon is free. The patient is positioned on the operating table and immobilised. Anatomic registration is then performed, and when sufficient accuracy obtained, the milling procedure is begun. A high speed electric milling tool is used, and with it the bone planes are prepared sequentially. The prosthesis is then inserted in standard fashion.

Results: Laboratory testing on dry bone and cadaveric models have confirmed that the registration process is now accurate. At the moment we are using a classical ICP algorithm to register the data points. For this test the Root Mean Square is 0.626 mm in a cadaveric model. This pinless anatomic registration can be achieved rapidly, if the initial siting points are accurately identified.

Conclusion: The active constraint concept seems to be a safe and user friendly way of achieving robotic level accuracy with a human touch. Anatomic registration using the robot is accurate, and early clincal trials of total knee arthroplasty are encouraging.


A. Croce D. Brioschi E. Borgo R. Milani S. Nella

In this work we mean explain our clinical experience about the use of a T.R.K. mobile meniscal bearing implanted during the 2000 and 2001 in our institute. The prostheses design allows the motion of the polietilenic component 5mm in the anteroposterior directions and 12.5 degrees in the internal and external rotation.

In association with the shaping of the femural contact surfaces this design allows a huge upgrade of contact surfaces compared with other protheses already in use. We have evaluated 17 patients on short term follow up, patients operated in our division, four males and 13 females. The average ages are 68 ± 8.

The indication was in all cases gonartrosis. The evaluation protocol includes:

§ Pre and post operative x rays (after 60 days);

§ Clinical evaluation of the range of motion;

§ D.E.X.A. mineralometry;

§ Stabilometric evaluation pre operative and after 6 months.

The first results have pointed out the disappearing of pain in all the patients, an optimal recovering of the articular function with no loss of extension, a good prothesic osteointegration (even in an initial phase in our cases) and the stabilometric evaluation confirms a soon proprioceptivity recovering and the motion of the operated limb.

After all this encouraging results we have decided to continue implanting this kind of protheses as we think that not only it warrants a better range of motion, but the utmost null polietilenic debris may allows a longer life to the implant as a consequence of the reduced stress rate.


A. Croce D. Brioschi E. Borgo R. Milani S. Colombo

Since 1989 more than 5000 Zweymuller stems have been implanted in the Orthopaedic Institute G. Pini, Milan, Italy. This uncemented stem which has been produced since 1979 nowadays is though to be one of the best prothesical solutions and this can be affirmed both on the easy operative techniques and on the bases of our clinical studies of follow up. This is also the most used uncemented coxofemural system in Europe. The advantages in the Zweymuller design are due to the rotatory stability and the slight volume of the implant, which in the international literature are referred as the key points of this success. The bone anchorage and the distribution of the weights is achieved both proximally and distally thanks to the conical stem, which in the proximal region is anchored on one side by the great wing of the trocanteris on the other side by the wedge effect.

In the distant cortical instead the borders of the stem get wedged in the bone. This very wide anchorage allows a great stability reflected also by the lack of weigh pain at diafisys level.

The same stem is used both for first implant as well as revisions (after evaluation of the bone stock, achieved in our studies by dexa) but also for intertrocanteric osteotomies.

The chance of a rapid mobilization of the patient makes this stem convenient also in geriatric orthopaedic cases. The material is a alloy of Ti, Al and Nb: this material has been studied directly for medical appliances and not only it doesn’t contain toxic or allergenic components but provide an high resistence to breaks. Osteointegration is favoured by the rough surfaces.

In our last clinical study on the follow up of patients treated with this kind of implant in the last 18 months we have seen a difference in those cases in which a pneumatic driver for nailing had been used in the operative room. Not only the operative time for the positioning has been reduced of one third but the implant resulted to be more precise.

The use of this driver allows a better fitting of the stem to the femural shaft as the cut is more precise. In fact the surgeon has a controlled magnitude and direction of the driving force and this force is anyway limited.

There is a remarkable reduction of cases of intra operative fractures. So we have collected datas on 70 randomized patients in whom this device had been used compared to the same number of patients operated without this apparel: the operative time is reduced of 15 minutes in average and as a consequence the risk of fat emboly has diminished; revisions for malpositioning and intraoperative fractures are almost worthless. Moreover the blood loss has reduced of 100 cc. This are only partial datas but seem to suggest that this device can provide a great help to the orthopaedic surgeon in the operative room as well as reducing complicances in patients: we plan that this driver together with the Zweymuller stem will represent in the future one of the most safe solution in the total hip replacement when the surgeon puts the indication for an uncemented implant.


A. Croce D. Brioschi E. Borgo R. Milani S. Nella

The pre operative evaluation of the degree of osteolisys in cotyle revision in a prothesis is very important in order to plan the best surgical treatment.

In these cases above the traditional radiological and scintigrafic exams we have achieved a evaluation techniques bases on D.E.X.A. This technique allows obtaining data on the periprotheses bone stock. These are the criterion of choice of the revision protheses, keepin’ in consideration data acquired by D.E.X.A.:

GIR 1 (loosening and acetabular widing with persistence of walls). If the cotyle is uncemented and the biological age of the patient allows, we use to treat with a first implant press fit uncemented cotyle.

GIR 2 (loosening and acetabular deformation with losing a wall): uncemented with or without screws or conical screw first implant cotyle.

GIR 3 (loosening and acetabular deformation with losing of one ore more columns and the bottom): oval cotyles with or without bone grafts.

GIR 4 (massive periacetabular loss): oval review components with peripheral supports and obturatory ring, associated or not with bone grafts. As extrema ratio we use a McMinn cotyle.

Conclusions: As a conclusion we can maintain that these indication may supply satisfactory datas thanks to the deep pre operative evaluation by DEXA. We have to keep in consideration that this pathology must be considered urgent: as soon as the operation is achieved the better bone stock will be available to the surgeon. The use of many kind of uncemented cotyle allows us, today more than ever, to restore the correct center of rotation without the risk of further mobilizations.


N.R. Bergman D.A. Young

A prospective consecutive series of uncemented, hydroxyapatite coated primary hip replacements utilizing two different types of alumina ceramic inserts and alumina ceramic heads is reported. Clinical and radiological results together with complications and reoperations are detailed.

193 hips followed up to 39 months using the Secur fit cup with ABC liner (Stryker). 40 hips using the Trident AD shell with the Trident titanium wrapped liner are reported up to 18 months.

Clinical scores (Harris and Postel Merle D’Aubigne) are similar to metal polyethylene at early review. SF 12 physical scores improved post operation. 100% bony ingrowth was seen radiologically (Engh and ARA scores).

Liner rim surface chips on insertion were seen in 1.4% of the ABC liners and none occurred after the 20th hip. No chips were seen in the Trident liners. One ABC liner sustained extensive surface rim chips in a heavy fall at 24 months. This is the first report of such a liner fracture. One Secur fit ABC cup was revised for recurrent subluxation.

The importance of early revision of ceramic fractures and the re use of shells is discussed. The addition of a titanium sandwich wrap to the ceramic liner is likely to eliminate the early chips.


H. Iwata H. Ito Y. Hasegawa N. Ishiguro T. Matsuda S. Kitamura K. Iyoda Y. Yabe K. Yamauchi H. Kaneko S. Maruno

Hydroxyapatite (HA) is a bioactive material with a high affinity for bone. Ti-6Al-4V is lightweight and less biotoxic. Using these materials, a cementless hip prosthesis has been clinically used, consisting mainly of a Ti femoral stem coated with plasma-sprayed biocompatible HA. However, this type of stem entails several disadvantages: HA is likely to decompose at the coating; long term HA coating layer bonding to Ti is unstable and optimal HA thickness is unfeasible. In many actual cases, debonding of HA coating layer from the Ti surface was found upon removal of stems.

To resolve these concerns, we started developing a new hip prosthesis using composite materials comprised of Ti-6Al-4V and HA containing bioinactive and highly stable glass in 1985. The cementless hip prosthesis, named HAPG-Profile, unites the bioactive stem surface with the surrounding bone via adhesive glass. In basic experiments, the glass-coated HAPG-Profile has been demonstrated to possess much higher bonding stability than the plasma-sprayed HA, with bone affinity and safety not compromised. On the basis of these results, we manufactured the HAPG-Profile jointly with DePuy International, UK, and initiated a clinical trial in January 1997 in the teaching Hospital, Nagoya University School of Medicine, and Tokyo Kosei Nenkin Hospital. A total of 63 patients were followed up for more than two year and evaluated according to the Japanese Orthopedic Association Score and Harris Hip Score (HHS) clinically, functionally and radiographically. The results of the two-year follow-up study indicated success of early fixation associated with favorable outcomes.


A. Croce D. Brioschi E. Borgo R. Milani S. Nella

The great diffusion of total hip replacement in young patients has generated as a consequence an increasing in the number of prothesic failing associated with more or less extended bone loss. We mean analyze the various surgical solution to this problem. In the planning of the best surgical treatment the evaluation of the degree of osteolysis is the more correct technique; in fact we have supported the classical radiological exams with the miralometry as DEXA (supplying quantitative data on the periprotesic bone stock). Data obtained in this way allow choosing more carefully the best protheses in the preoperative planning: mid or long stem, with or without bone graft, with or without materials which may promote a bone rehabilitation. Anyway the surgeon should have all the possible protheses solutions as it happens to change the operative plan during the operation. These are the criterion of choice of the revision protheses, keepin’ in consideration data acquired by D.E.X.A.:

GIR 1 (loosening and or widing of the femural shaft with reducing of the cortical without interruption of walls): If the mobilized protheses is uncemented and DEXA supplies datas about a good bone stock we try to use a first implant uncemented protheses

GIR 2 (widing of the femural shaft with reducing of the cortical with interruption of one wall): In these cases we use two kind of protheses anatomical or not with an oversized stem which increases the stability of the implant.

GIR 3 (widing of the femural shaft with reducing of the cortical with interruption of two or more walls): In this cases we prefer using a long stem straight protheses, unless there is an increase of the osteolitic lesion; this protheses allows a stable anchorage thanks the optimized lenghts thus opposing to the rotational strenghts and allowing the transmission of translational strenghts both in the proximal and in the distal direction. The new calcar shape assure better adapting to the bone stock. With the increase of the osteolitic region, according to Wagner’s criteria, we have to change plan in orther to find a better anchorage. In fact SL Wagner protheses regains the coesion with the rehabsorbed bone cavity thus creating a relative stability in the immediate post operatory. Lately a high osteodeformation fills in the bone lacks. For this reason the muscolar insertion shouldn’t be receded around the thick cortical. This uncemented revision stem get anchored through a distal anchorage guaranteed by the conical shape, the stem is straight. The pre operative planning is compulsory in order to evaluate the measure of the osteotomic cut.

GIR 4 (massive proximal circumferential bone loss). In the past, in case of complete femoural osteolisys the gold standard was the implant of great resection tumoral-cemented Muller’s stem as well as Kotz’s uncemented stems.

Kotz’s design, on the bases of follow up studies, seem to support Wagner’s theories about the distant anchorage: There is an attempt of periprothesic corticalization even though the huge bone loss. In the last years we have performed a revision modular distally anatomic stem characterized by a metafi sarial leaning on the proximal component.

The weight bearing is progressive on the base of the radiological evolution and DEXA as well. The complete bearing will be allowed only after a sufficient bone restoration.

In our experience uncemented protheses in the stem revision can allow in mid and long term good results expecially keeping in consideration that these patients had already coxofemural problems. The range of motion is difficulty improvable so the results must be weighted on the bases of the previous clinical situation. If patients are monitored in order to operate as soon as possible in case of mobilization, the use of uncemented protheses can be a valid way for the functional recovering of these patients.


Full Access
John Shepperd William Shepperd

This paper describes a development project for a minimally invasive percutaneous hip arthroplasty. The prosthesis provides a percutaneous replacement of the hip, employing the transtrochanteric approach and imaging control. (Currently Xray, but eventually real time MRI.) It is envisaged that conventional anaesthesia and operating theatre facilities will eventually be redundant. An optimal access entry is obtained using a percutaneous guide wire up the femoral neck, over which a drill is passed to accommodate a working post with a blunt end to avoid penetration of the medial acetabulum. On the post, a lateral cortical protection hoop is accurately fitted and screwed with four splayed screws. A 19 mm access tunnel is milled to receive a 1mm wall thickness H.A. coated tube.to the proper depth for neck resection. The neck is resected using an expanding cutter, and the head removed piecemeal. Using a milling end cutter on a flexible drive, located on the working tube, a spherical concave bed of decorticated bone is produced in the acetabulum.

The acetabular implant bed is formed as a “flower bud”, from titanium alloy with hydroxyapatite coating on its outer surface. This device is introduced retrograde via the tube, and opened in its definitive location under direct vision. The acetabular articular surface is metal, with profiling of the rim margins to accommodate required movements, as in the normal anatomy. The device is installed in an acrylic cement bed whose function is to retain apposition and contact of the flower “Petals” against bone, and to support the acetabular bearing surface. The femoral component comprises a 16.5 mm head and 11mm neck, and 17 mm shaft machined to fit the working tube. The device has been tested to an ultimate lateral bending strength of 1 ton, and 400,000 cyclical loading to 10 hundredweight. Optimal length of femoral component is selected to reproduce precise anatomy, and final adjustments are achieved using intratubal thrust shims. The cortical protecting hoop is replaced with a matching profile H.A. coated thrust plate reinserting the same four splayed screws. The wound is closed and the patient mobilised immediately. The approach avoids interference with muscles, and will permit accurate restoration of the anatomy.

Raised expectations and increased population of retirement age impose impossible pressures. Logistics and resources cannot to keep abreast of demand for hip arthroplasty with existing technologies. Radical solutions are required to match demand .


H. Omori Y. Okumura M. Ando H. Oki N. Hashimoto H. Baba

We followed 66 total hip arthroplasties using a cement-less Omniflex femoral component with different surface morphology in 51 patients for a mean of 98 months (72 to 138). There were 57 women and nine men, and the mean age of the patient at the time of operation was 55.4 years (39 to 70). Preoperative diagnosis was osteoarthritis secondary to congenital hip dislocation and dysplasia in 64 hips, rheumatoid arthritis in two hips. This series was divided into three groups according to the extent of surface treatment in the proximal part of the femoral component. A circumferential Hydroxyapatite or titanium plasma-spray coated Omniflex stem was used in 33 hips (Group A). A patchy titanium-beads coated stem and a smooth surfaced stem of the same design were used in 25 hips (Group B) and eight hips (Group C), respectively.

Clinically, the mean Harris Hip Score was 54 points preoperatively, which improved to 89 points at the latest follow-up. Incidence of thigh pain was the lowest in Group A ( 6%) in comparison with in Group B (28%) and Group C (25%). Radiographically, the aseptic loosening rate of the femoral component was none in Group A, 16% in Group B and 75% in Group C. Incidence of femoral osteolysis was almost the same rate among the three groups; 38% in Group A, 40% in Group B, and 50% in Group C. However only in Group A, no Osteolysis was found distal to the lesser trochanter level. The femoral revision was performed in two hips of Group C. This study elucidated that the extent of surface treatment would be one of the important factors to influence the stem stability and the occurence of femoral osteolysis.


Martin Boerner Ulrich Wiesel1

Introduction: In 1991 Berufsgenossenschaftliche Unfall-klinik Frankfurt am Main, Germany and Integrated Surgical Systems (ISS) in Sacramento, the developers of ROBODOC& #61650; established first contacts. Since that time, while studies in the United States were still going on the transition of ROBODOC& #61650; to Germany was initialized. In 1992 the first successful robotic THR was performed at Sutter General Hospital in Sacramento, California. While there was still no FDA approval for the system in the United States, the first successful robot-assisted total hip replacement using a 3 pin-based system was performed at BGU Frankfurt in August 1994. Preoperatively three titanium pins had to be implanted in the greater trochanter and the medial and lateral femoral condyle. Afterwards a CT- scan is taken, the CT data is loaded into the preoperative planning station ORTHODOC& #61650; and the implant can be planned using three-dimensional CT data. The planning data is saved on a transfer tape and loaded into the ROBODOC& #61650; ROBODOC& #61650; creates a cavity for the implant according to the preoperative planning. The use of ROBODOC& #61650; for total hip surgery has become a standard procedure at BGU. OR-time went down to an average of 90 minutes per case and it was also possible to change the system from 3 to 2 pins, which not only helped to save a considerable amount of time during surgery but also reduced the postoperative knee pain in our patients. In 1998 the Pinless System was introduced. Instead of using pins a 3-D-surface model of the proximal and distal femur is created that is matched intraoperatively with the actual bone.

Clinical relevance: The advantages of the ROBODOC& #61650; system are well known nowadays. The robot guarantees precise transformation of the preoperative plan during surgery. Femur fractures, a common complication in cementless total hip replacement, can be avoided. ROBODOC& #61650; proved to be a reliable and safe technology that can be handled by a trained surgeon without permanent on-site support.

Materials and methods: By March 2001 more than 3800 robot-assisted primary and revision THRs have been performed at BGU Frankfurt. The results we have found in those 3800 patients were supported by a dog study at the Small Animal Clinic in Auburn, Alabama that was performed in 1995 comparing a ROBOT GROUP to a HANDBROACHED group of male greyhounds. There were no fractures found in the ROBODOC& #61650; GROUP, no nerve palsies were found, the gait analysis was superior and there was closer alignment of the prosthesis to strong cortical bone.

The ROBODOC& #61650;-System contains a REVISION SOFTWARE which enables to plan and execute total hip revision surgery with ROBODOC& #61650. The greatest problem in Revision THR is the complete removal of bone cement without damaging healthy bone structures. In many cases the transfemoral approach is the only way to completely remove all existing bone cement. Postoperatively weight bearing is not allowed for 6 – 8 weeks.

Using the ROBODOC& #61650;-Revision-System two titanium pins need to be implanted preoperatively as there is no femoral neck left that could be used for surface matching. The next step is to take a CT scan of the femur and the data transfer to ORTHODOC& #61650;. The program uses a special technique to enhance the CT images so that all existing bone cement in the cavity and around the old prosthesis is clearly visible and can be distinguished from bone structures. Besides, metal artifacts caused by the existing prosthesis are minimized. four points of interest are marked: Top of implant, top of bone, base of implant and base of cement. A cutting path can be planned to remove all the existing bone cement. The next step is the planning of the new prosthesis. The prosthesis can be adjusted in any direction until a satisfactory position is reached. Intraoperatively, after the pin finding procedure, the robot mills out the existing bone cement and creates a new cavity for the planned implant. The surgeon now implants the new prosthesis.

Results: Exclusion criteria for the use of the pinless system are severely disfigured post-traumatic cases, revision cases and cases with a non-titanium implant in the opposite leg because there are too many metal artifacts in the CT scan. We have seen no problems using the pinless system on patients with a cementless titanium implant in the opposite leg. There were cases in which the planned implant and the postoperative result showed some difference – mainly as a lateral or medial shift of the implant. We could identify an undetected bone motion and or poor verification as the cause of that shift. As a result several modifications were made to the system and a new system to measure bone is under development. The verification software has been changed so that a bad verification cannot be accepted anymore by the surgeon by mistake.

In revision cases the average age of patients with a cemented implant at time of revision was 65.5 years, with a cementless implant 53.9 years. The average time between primary THR and revision THR was 9.5 years for the cemented group and 7.5 years for the cementless group.

Intra- / postoperative complications were dislocation in 1 case, thrombosis / embolism in 1 case, fracture of the greater trochanter in one case and infection in two cases.

Conclusions: The major advantages of the pinless procedure are that only ONE operation is needed. It provides greater scheduling flexibility for the patient and the surgeon. Postoperative knee pain is eliminated in most cases. The costs per surgery are reduced. The surgical time and radiation exposure is the same as in the pin-based system. The system accuracy and reliability are equal to the pin-based system if the system is used properly. As we are using a spiral CT for the pinless cases, the radiation exposure is not higher than for the pin cases. The advantages of using ROBODOC& #61650; for revision THR are obvious. Optimized preoperative planning of the procedure is possible, the anteversion can be corrected, the fibrous membrane and sclerosis in the cavity are being removed by the cutter. The duration of the operation is greatly reduced compared to the traditional method of removing the bone cement manually. There is no risk of intraoperative fractures. A loose uncemented prosthesis can be replaced as well as a loose cemented implant. Postoperative weight bearing can be allowed immediately. The system has proved to be a great progress compared to the traditional method of Revision THR although a few hardware and software changes are still necessary. In December 2000 a new round of clinical trials was started in the U.S. for FDA approval of the pinless procedure. The first successful THR using the ROBODOC pinless-system in the U.S. was performed at Sutter General Hospital by Dr. Bargar in December 2000. This gives hope that the FDA approval will be on its way within the next year.


M.J. Allen J.E. Schoonmaker D.C. Ayers

Introduction: Tumor necrosis factor-alpha (TNF-a) has been shown to be a potent stimulator of bone resorption in vitro and in vivo, and has been identified as an important factor in aseptic loosening of total joint replacements. In order to investigate the effects of TNF-a at the bone-cement interface, we developed a rabbit model in which a slow-release pellet containing a known amount of TNF-a was inserted adjacent to a polymethylmethacryate (PMMA) implant in the distal femur.

Methods: 25 male New Zealand white rabbits were used in this IACUC-approved study. After routine exposure of the distal femur, a 3 mm drill bit was used to drill through the intercondylar region into the medullary canal of the distal femur. A resorbable pellet containing 0, 420, 4200, 42 000 or 420 000 pg of TNF-a (n=5 animals per dose level) was inserted into the drill hole, immediately followed by a cylindrical PMMA implant (20 mm long). Animals were euthanized 42 days after surgery. The right femora were excised, radiographed, and processed for histology. Ground sections were prepared at the level of the proximal implant. Semi-automated image analysis was used to quantify cortical bone area, porosity and fractional surfaces (quiescent, osteoid and eroded). Data from control and treatment animals were compared with a one-way analysis of variance (ANOVA) using p< 0.05.

Results: All of the animals recovered well after surgery. Radiographically, all of the implants appeared to be stable, with no evidence of linear or cystic osteolysis. Local delivery of TNF-a for 6 weeks had no effect on cortical bone area or porosity. However, TNF-a stimulated bone resorption and decreased new bone formation at the endosteal surface (p< 0.05); these effects were not dose-dependent but were seen in all of the TNF-a groups.

Discussion: Our data provide direct evidence that local release of TNF-a is capable of inducing endosteal bone resorption in vivo. Additional studies are now needed to determine the effects of other proinflammatory cytokines in this animal model. However, based on these results, it appears that targeted blockade of TNF-a release or activity may provide a rational therapeutic approach to osteolysis and aseptic loosening.


H. Omori Y. Okumura A. Bo M. Ando K. Negoro H. Baba

Fit with the proximal femoral cortices is critical to the success of cementless femoral stems in total hip arthroplasty. Conventional femoral stems are often designed from the average geometry of the normal femora. Hip disease in Japan, however are predominantly associated with Osteoarthritis secondary to congenital hip dislocation or sublux-ation of the hip. We developed a new model of proximal fitting cementless total hip stem, the so-called FMS (for Fukui Medical School) stem, based on the endosteal geometry of Japanese proximal femoral canal with developmental dysplasia of the hip. The proximal third surface of this stem model was circumferentially hydroxyapatite-coated.

One hundred-two hips in 85 patients underwent cement-less total hip arthroplasty with the new stems were studied with a minimum follow-up period of two years. There were 78 women and 8 men, and the mean age of the patient at the time of operation was 56.4 years. Preoperative diagnosis was developmental dysplasia of the hip in 94 hips, osteonecrosis in 6 hips and rheumatoid arthritis in 2 hips. The mean follow-up period was 43 months (24 to 74). Clinically, the mean Harris Hip Score was 48 points preoperatively, which improved to 92 points at the latest follow-up. Thigh pain was present in two hips (2%) at the latest follow-up although in six hips (6%) in the study group at one-year follow-up. Radiographically, according to Engh’s criteria, spot welds associated with osseointegration were observed around the inferior border of the proximal coating in all hips. We have observed no loosening or failure of the stems at the latest follow-up. Our results indicate that the new model of proximal fitting cementless fem


A.M. Bailey R.G. Prybyla C.L. Parduhn J.L. Krevolin

There are concerns that highly crosslinked polyethylenes are not appropriate for knee implants. One concern is insufficient attachment strength of the insert to the tibial baseplate. In this study, the Natural Knee II Durasul (Sulzer Orthopedics Inc.) snap feature was optimized and then tested to evaluate if the locking mechanism withstood in vivo forces.

Initial testing showed that the anterior snap did not always fully engage if the conventional polyethylene design was employed. Therefore, a slight modification was made to the anterior face of the anterior snap feature. Subsequently, full engagement was consistently achieved.

The optimal snaplock geometry was evaluated using size 3, 22mm thick Durasul inserts in a peel-out test. Thick inserts were employed for a worst-case scenario (greatest lever arm). The modification employed resulted in a doubling of the attachment strength.

Once the optimal snap was defined, peel-out and constraint testing were conducted to determine in vivo performance characteristics the insert/baseplate attachment strength. The attachment strength of the Natural-Knee II Durasul tibial insert exceeds the maximum shear forces at the knee reported by Greenwald et al., even without an applied compressive load that would be present physiologically and would increase the attachment strength. This locking mechanism is stronger than clinically successful implants

To further verify the design, a 20° shear fatigue test was conducted on 22mm Ultracongruent inserts, again, a worst-case scenario. This study evaluated the migration of the polyethylene by monitoring anterior displacement of the femur and posterior lift-off under extreme physiological loads. All knee assemblies survived 107 fatigue cycles with no adverse effects. All inserts remained firmly attached to their respective baseplates. No polyethylene cracking was detected at the tabs of the insert or in the body of the inserts. This study shows that a successful locking mechanism can be made with the Durasul material.


J.L. Krevolin M.C. Shen O.K. Muratoglu W.H. Harris

Although complications associated with patello-femoral (PF) joint account for up to 50% of total knee replacement (TKR) revision procedures (Lee), the PF joint has been overlooked in wear simulations. The goal of this study was to develop an in vitro model to simulate patella wear in TKR’s. This report describes the concepts of an in vitro model for normal gait and the preliminary results of experimental validation.

The primary consideration in the development of the current model was modeling of the in vivo kinetics and kinematics. Since the in vivo kinetics are not well documented, the current model adapted a PF joint force pattern of gait measured one year postoperatively in a telemetric distal femoral replacement (Taylor et al). The maximum force was increased from 571N to 1780N (2.5xBody Weight) to compensate for muscle deficiency and to better reflect a maximum load representative of the in vivo situation. In vivo kinematics were adopted from measurements of Lafortune. Only the PF flexion was included in the model as a simplification of the complex patella motions. The phase relationship between the kinematic and kinetic waveforms was adjusted to replicate the in vivo situation. A 6-station knee simulator carried out the experimental validation with a test frequency of 1.5Hz. The test was intended to run for 5 million cycles, with CMM wear measurements (Muratoglu et al.) taken every million cycles. The preliminary measurements showed wear patterns in the tested patellae similar to retrieved patellae. Currently there are no standards for wear testing the PF joint. The current in vitro wear model presents a useful tool to critically assess the PF joint during gait. Future work should incorporate testing for adverse loading conditions, such as PF mal-alignment, rising from a chair or deep knee flexion.


P.R. Aldinger H. Kleine S.J. Breusch

The increasing number of primary hip arthroplasties leads to a corresponding increase in revision hip arthroplasty. In Germany approximately 15.000 cemented total hip arthroplasties are revised annually. In these cases cement removal remains a critical point in this procedure. Ultrasonic instruments have shown to facilitate the removal of bone cement considerably. But during the use of these divices large ammounts of fumes are emitted. For occupational safety reasons, we analized the fumes emitted from the ultrasonic instrument while removing PMMA bone under standardized in vitro conditions using GC-FID-analysis and GC-masspectrometry. The analysis revealed PMMA concentrations of 5 ml/m3 (ppm9 corresponding to 10% of the MAK-value (maximum working concentration). For occupational safety matters the PMMA fumes emitted are considered safe.


BN Stulberg

Introduction: This report details the author’s experience with custom femoral implants for femoral replacement in total hip arthroplasty from 1988. The concepts, technology and results help define the role custom implants may play for present day arthroplasty.

Methods: Custom femoral components were used in 48 patients, (22 female, 26 male). There were 52 primary THAs and 6 revision THAs. Initial diagnoses included osteoarthritis, developmental dysplasia, and osteonecrosis. The average patient age at surgery was 48.3 years. Clinical and radiographic results were by standard methodologies.

Results: Mean follow-up was 119 months. These 3 stem variations were used – TiAlVa alloy stem with anterior, posterior and medial porous mesh pads (Ti-Mesh, Tech-medica), the same design with circumferential HA coating (TI-HA, Techmedica), and a TiAlVa alloy stem with circumferential plasma sprayed Ti with HA (PSHA, Biomet). A variety of acetabular components were used. Harris Hip Scores averaged 65 points pre-operatively and 83 at most recent follow-up. Forty stems (69%) showed hypertrophic cortical remodeling in more than two zones all with bone ingrowth. Eight stems (14%) showed osteolysis around the stem – all of the Ti-Mesh design. Eight cups showed loosening, 2 showed osteolysis, and 23 (39.7%) showed radiographic evidence for wear. Eight hips were revised: three for osteolysis; 4 stems for loosening; and one stem revision for recurrent dislocation (5 hip stems revised). All revised stems were of the Ti-Mesh design. There have been no failures of the HA coated implants at this time.

Discussion: The results of this study suggest that fit and fill alone are not sufficient to provide durable fixation for uncemented THA. The use of circumferential coating substantially improved the performance of these devices. The technology associated with these devices is now available for use in complex revision arthroplasty, where customized approaches will find a permanent role.


R. Lerdahl R. Bristol

Recent advancements toward increasing the longevity of total hip replacements (THR) have made it possible to consider younger patients as candidates for this procedure. These include the development of highly crosslinked ultra high molecular weight polyethylenes (UHMWPE) and the re-introduction (most recently in the US) of metal-on-metal (MOM) articulating couples.

Early MOM designs (e.g. McKee-Farrar, Müller) were made of cast cobalt chrome (CoCr) with no polyethylene liner (a.k.a. “direct”), and to this date continue to show some degree of clinical success (20 to 30 years in-vivo). Since that time, improvements in materials and manufacturing techniques as well as clinical information from retrievals have led to the development of a new design, incorporating an UHMWPE liner between the CoCr inlay and the titanium alloy (Ti6Al4V) ace-tabular shell (a.k.a. “sandwich”). A previous study has reported that couples employing the polyethylene liner show lower wear than their solid metal counterpart [1]. It is hypothesized that the compliant properties of the polyethylene liner may reduce the overall stress which may result in the lower wear reported previously. In order to test this hypothesis, two-dimensional axisymmetric finite element analyses (FEA) were performed on simplified models representing the two MOM design types; both with and without the UHMWPE liner (i. The results indicate that the presence of an UHMWPE liner resulted in nearly a 58% decrease in the peak contact stress and an estimated 60% increase in contact area for this loading regime. Additionally, the underlying compressive stresses are more uniformly spread through the thickness of the implant for the sandwich design, resulting in a better overall stress distribution. Since lower contact stresses typically result in lower wear, it is postulated that the lower wear reported elsewhere for the sandwich MOM design is attributable to the compliant properties provided by the UHMWPE liner.


R. Lerdahl S. Spiegelberg

Recently, highly crosslinked polyethylenes have emerged as an alternative bearing surface with tremendous potential for clinical success. However, the term highly cross-linked polyethylene refers to a great many materials, each manufactured under drastically different processing parameters, such as type of irradiation, dose, and warm versus cold state. It has been widely shown in laboratory hip simulator testing, that the wear resistance of UHMWPE improves significantly with increasing cross-link density, but the measurement of this parameter is somewhat controversial. While both swell testing of the polyethylene (direct) and trans-vinylene content (indirect) both yield information regarding the actual degree to which the material is crosslinked, no study to date has examined the exact relationship between these two tests. In evaluating the clinical performance of highly crosslinked polyethylenes, it is crucial that they be characterized according to the specific parameters by which they were manufactured. onship. Micro-Fourier Transform Infrared Spectroscopy (FTIR) and swelling measurements were performed on samples irradiated by either electron beam or gamma sources at varying doses, in both the cold and warm state. The trans-vinylene content was obtained from the ratio of the peaks at 965 cm-1 and 2022 cm-1, while the crosslink density was computed from Flory network theory.

The information for crosslink density was plotted versus trans-vinylene content to obtain the precise relationship between these two highly sensitive tests. This information can be used to aid in the clinical evaluation of commercially available highly crosslinked polyethylenes, and to improve our understanding of the very complex relationship between wear and the physical and chemical properties of UHMWPE.


P.R. Aldinger W. Görtz S.J. Breusch H. Nägerl M.N. Thomsen

We performed an experimental study to determine the effectiveness of computer assisted robotic bone preparation with regard to primary rotational stability in comparison to hand broaching. Forty-five synthetic femora were prepared by one of two robotic systems (Robodoc n = 12 and CASPAR n = 12) or by one experienced surgeon (n = 21). Seven different types of cementless femoral components were implanted using a standard protocol and measured in a specially designed testing machine with displacement in six degrees of freedom. For each implant at lease 3 measurements were taken for the handbroached and the robotic milled group, respectively. In addition the contact areas between the stems and the bone were visualised.

S-ROM, Antega and ABG stems were lightly more stable in hand broached femora. Osteolock (prepared by both robotic systems) and Vision 2000 stems were more stable in the robot group without changing the movement pattern. G2 and Versys ET performed higher stability with a change to more proximal fixation in the robotic group. Finally four of seven stems had an increase in rotational stability with the robotically milled cavities. The findings highlight the current difficulties in creating a perfect match of robotically milled cavity and stem geometry to achieve enhanced stability. The contact areas differed in some prosthesis in the way of preparation. In some stem geometries area of fixation and the movement pattern of the stem differ with the mode of preparation.


N.S. Schachar W. Temple

To elaborate upon the complex variety of successful reconstructive techniques for limb salvage surgery for the management of aggressive juxta-articular and peri-acetabular bone tumors.

Limb sparing surgery, while complex, continues to gain wider acceptance among an increasing number of highly specialised musculoskeletal oncology surgeons.

The collective experience of the Musculoskeletal Sarcoma Group at The University of Calgary has utilised a variety of limb and joint salvage techniques in its armamentarium for reconstruction of such cases.

Whether malignant or benign, aggressive lesions occur at or near the joint resulting in marked subchondral bone destruction or pathologic fractures. comprehensive stepwise plan can result in a stable, pain free and functional joint with limb sparing.

The author has utilised local tumor removal and cementation with polymethylmethacrylate with and without secondary internal fixation. ome cases have been amenable to massive osteoarticular allografts, and more recently, tumor endoprostheses.

The North American experience with massive oncology prostheses is growing, resulting in increased opportunities for limb and joint salvage surgery with decreased morbidity and complications. his presentation will review the experience of the principal author’s work in limb and joint-sparing bone tumor surgery over the past 18 years.


U.P. Wyss C. Rieker

A first introduction of a successful metal-on-metal (m-o-m) articulation was made by G.K. McKee in 1956 using a cast CoCrMo alloy for the head and cup. Long-term clinical investigations of m-o-m and polyethylene-on-metal articulation showed similar 20 years follow-up survival rates. This and very good wear results obtained with some of the first generation m-o-m articulation led to a re-introduction of the m-o-m articulation in 1988. A healthy hip joint has a very low friction coefficient and almost no wear due to the optimal lubrication, which, under normal conditions, completely separates the two articulation surfaces. On the other hand all artificial hip prostheses are unable to produce or maintain a permanent lubrication film. Therefore, the surfaces of the prostheses are always subject to wear. Compared to polyethylene liners, wearing at an average linear rate of 0,1 to 0,2mm per year, m-o-m articulations showed generally very little wear. In vitro simulations of the second generation m-o-m articulation on a Stanmore hip simulator showed a steady wear rate of 5.6±7.3μm per million cycles, with a higher wear rate during the running-in phase of about one million cycles. The analysis of over 200 second-generation m-o-m retrieved hip implants showed an average linear wear rate of approximately 5μm per year after the running-in period, with a follow up time of up to ten years. There’s a great concern about the incidence of cancer after a total m-o-m hip replacement. It is very difficult to find a causal relationship between THR and cancer occurrence, as in some studies many cancers were detected within two years after THR, which indicate rather an associative relationship. However, the summarized results do not indicate an increased cancer risk after m-o-m total hip replacements. Over 130,000 m-o-m articulations have been implanted since 1988 and the clinical results have been excellent matching or surpassing current gold standards for hip replacement.


S. Matsuda H. Miura R. Nagamine K. Urabe T. Mawatari Y. Iwamoto

Introduction: Correct rotational alignment of the femoral component is an important factor for successful total knee arthroplasty. This study evaluated relationship between the transepicondylar axis and the posterior condylar axis in normal, varus, and valgus knees.

Methods: Thirty normal knees (mean age: 66.2 years), 30 osteoarthritic knees with varus deformity (67.9 years), and 25 osteoarthritic knees with valgus deformity (70.7 years) were evaluated using magnetic resonance imaging. Femo-rotibial angle on standing anteroposterior radiograph was 185° in the varus knees and 166.1° in the valgus knees. In the transverse view, the angle between the transepicondylar axis and the posterior condylar axis, and the angle between the line perpendicular to the anteroposterior (AP) axis and the posterior condylar axis were measured in each group.

Results: Transepicondylar line showed 6.4° of external rotation in the normal knees and 6.1 of external rotation in the varus knees relative to the posterior condylar axis. However, transepicondylar axis of the valgus knee showed 11.6° of external rotation. This angle was significantly larger than that of normal knee and varus knee (p < 0.05). The line perpendicular to the AP axis was externally rotated from the posterior condylar axis in 6.3° in the normal knees, 6.6° in the varus knees, and 8.8° in the valgus knees. The external rotational angle in the valgus knees was significantly larger than that of the normal and varus knees (p < 0.05).

Discussion and conclusion: These results suggest that there is no hypoplasia of the posterior part of the medial condyle in varus knees, however, posterior part of the lateral condyle in valgus knee is severely distorted. Based on the results of this study, 3 to 5 degrees of external rotation relative to the posterior condyles is not large enough to achieve correct rotational alignment for valgus knees.


K. Ando M. Nakagawa K. Shigemori

Purpose of the study: We have tried to produce a new acetabular ring in order to obtain an early stability of cemented cup for acetabular protrusion in R.A. In this presentation, we intend to introduce this new support ring and report these results.

Materials and methods: The new support ring with double-hook we produced was made of pure titanium, and has eight screw holes in medial side and two screw holes in superolateral side. Size variation of this ring comprises 40mm, 42mm, 46mm, 48mm and 50mm in inner diameter. Width of the hook is 10.05mm and its thickness is 1.19mm. Hook length is 33.5mm. After the remaining bone defect is packed with morselizd and mushed allograft bone, proper support ring with double hook is selected. Straight portions of double hook are bent in order to fit to acetabular shape after bone grafts. If good fitting is achieved, this support ring was fixed to the acetabulum with three to five screws. Total hip arthroplasty with this support ring was performed in ten patients with eleven hips. Three cases were in male and seven in female. The age at surgery ranged from 46 to 73 years old with an average of 59.8 years.

Results: Setting angle of support ring ranged from 40 to 50 degrees with an average of 43.7 degrees. Follow-up period was from one year to three years with an average of two years one month. No loosening was encountered and no migration of support ring and cup was visualized on radiological findings. JOA(Japanese Orthopaedic Association) hip score which was adopted for clinical evaluation was 31.3+/−10.2 before surgery and 70.1+/−8.5 after surgery.

Discussion: Various types of reinforcement ring have been used with or without bone grafts for acetabular protrusion. I had prefered Ganz ring among them. Bending a hook of Ganz ring, however, is not easy as its hook portion is slightly thick. Accordingly, setting angle of the ring is often apt to be acute as it must be fitted to acetablualr shape. In superior cortical defect of the acetabulum, hook length is often insufficient because a hip center of the ring is in high position. Therefore, it is sometimes impossible to hook acetabular notch. We produced a new support ring with double-hook in order to solve these problems. As the hook was thinner in the new ring than in Ganz ring, it was easier to bend the hook. As the hook of of the new ring was longer than that of Ganz ring, it was possible to hook acetabular notch in spite of high hip center. Setting angle of the new rings was less than 50 degrees. Radiological findings and clinical results were good though follow-up period was short.


P. Thümler M. Starker S. Hanusek A. Weipert

Advantages of custom made prosthesis are the 3D-Planing and correction of the head position using the best possible form fit. Considering these properties we examined several off the shelf systems if they can fulfil the requirements to form fit and head position. By using our fit program we simulated the implantation of five different off the shelf systems in more than 200 individual reconstructed femora. The data of these bones were used for constructing a custom made implant, so the best form fit and head position could be compared with the result of the fit. All of the patients were younger than 65 years. The data of the off the shelf prostheses systems came from 3D measurement. All systems were described as anatomical.

The fit program is an optimization program which can implant a 3D prosthesis model in a reconstructed 3D femur by variation of all six special parameters simultaneously.

Compared to the demands of our custom implants, the results of the virtual implantation of the off the shelf systems, are more or less unsatisfactory. Depending on the acceptable tolerance of the limits in offset, leg lengthening and anteversion up to 50% of the patients could not be treated with a single off the shelf system, when the best form fit was reached sufficiently. Using the results of this examination we enlarged our custom-made prosthesis system with six different sizes of an anatomical like off the shelf prostheses. By perfoming the same fit simulation with our new implants we found that more than 70% of our patients could be treated with this implant sufficiently, when using the same limits.

A good correspondence was found between the computer fit, which was calculated in advance, and the postoperative situation. The combined system of custom and off the shelf prostheses in addition with our 3D planning system based on CT examination, leads to new way of choosing the best implant for a single patient. If the virtual implantation of an off the shelf system does not give a satisfying result, the custom-made CTX prosthesis will be chosen for this patient.


N. Corsten P. Thümler T. Ernstberger

The mobile bearing knee system has been designed to combine high stability and kinetic function with or without the posterior cruciate ligament. In this kontext the MBK-system is mainly qualified for patients with sufficient kollateral ligaments. Regarding to the origin anatomy a special attachment of the articulating surface allows an anterior-posterior movement of 4,5 mm and a rotation of 53 degrees. The sagital scape of the femoral component guarantees concruency to the articulating surface throughout a range of motion from 5 degress extension to 105 degress flexion. According to this fact high stresses to polyethylene with the consequence of an increase of attrition could be reduced.

From May 1997 to June 2001 236 mobile bearing knees were implanted in 220 patients. In June 2000 100 patients with 1 to 2 year follow up were investigated clinically and radiologically. The Knee Society Score was used for the clinical assessment. By using a special study questionaire pre-, intra- and postoperative data were collected.

Overall results in the first cases with 1 to 2 year follow up were good to excellent. Over 90% of the whole study group represented a plain increase of score values pre- to postoperatively. Regarding to the first 100 implantations postoperative complications were seen in 3 cases (1 deep vein thrombosis, 1 fixed flexion deformity, 1 sub-luxation of the patella). Intraoperative complications were noticed by one patient because of an uncomplicated tibial fissure. One re-admission was necessary in 1 case because of a traumatic patella fracture. A reduction of pain was noticed in 89,2% after 1 year, in 100% after 2 years. In case of the radiological follow up no signs of loosening or implant failure were seen.

Till June 2001 we had 2 more complications. One TKR has been revisised because of infection. One tibial component was changed because of instability and malrotation.

The first results in 100 cemented mobile bearing knees were very encouraging. All patients with 1 to 2 year follw up represented good clinical and radiological results. Mechanical implant failures were not seen in any cases.


E Finck P Thümler T Ernstberger P Corsten

In Revision-THR the great variability of acetabular defects requires a revision-cup-system, which enables the surgeon to treat even extensive unexspected bone losses with a load stable reconstruction during the surgery.

For these cases a modular revision support cup (MRS-Titan) has been developed. It allows the reconstruction of the geometric rotation centre and prevents the applied autologous or homologous bone graft in the healing phase from overlaoding. Beyond that an individual adjustment of the differently large flexible straps guarantees the solid anchoring of the revision support cup to the vital bone. The individual anatomy can be preserved in every case of acetabular destruction due to the high range of modularity the system provides. Because of the intraoperatively synthesis of all parts of the MRS-cup the approach and the traumatization of the soft tissue can be minimized.

Since 1995 we implanted 95 MRS-Titan-cups out of 250 which were implanted world wide. In all cases a stable anchoring of the implant has been reached. We will report about our own follow-up and complications. In 4 MRS revisions a revitalized acetabular bone graft has been found able to host a noncemented hemispherical cup in three cases.

Conclusion: The MRS-System is able to bridge mechanically stable damaged or missing parts of the acetabulum and allows immediate partial loading. A solid bone remodeling can be achieved. The costs could be minimized by reduction of store-keeping and simple but well considered instruments.


P. Thümler R. Forst E. Finck

A stem revision system was developed by a group of orthopedic surgeons and bioengineers. Implant specific instruments have been created to make the operation as easy as possible. The stem of the MRP prosthesis is conical and forged of a Titanium Aluminium Niobium alloy. It consists of 2 modular elements, a diaphysical and a trochantical part that can be supplemented by a head. Stem lengths from 140 mm and 200 mm are aviable with different length of diaphysical and prolongation elements so that each stem length could be realized in small steps. Also the anchoring of th diaphysical prosthesis elements in the bone makes a free construction of the total prosthesis to the femur with choice of the length and a variable adjustment of the rotation position of the neck of the femur prosthesis. Eight longitudinal ridges on the stem elements guarantee a rotation stability and the curved stems allow a reconstruction of the physiological antecurvation of th thigh also in case of fractures and segmental resections.

Since 1993 the members of the clinical working team implanted 1500 MRP prosthesis. We think that the best way for an optimal anchoring is the preservation of a great deal of the solid bone structures also in the section of the primary anchoring with partial bone resorption. The proximal anchoring of the femoral isthmus up to the middle third of the femur guarantees the most reliable long-term results. Indications for revision operations are given by resorptive bone defects up to a considerable bone loss on the proximal femur, for intraoperative stem fractures, for primary subtrochantar long distance fractures with simultaneous coxarthritis and for defect zones after bone tumor treatments. The very variable new design facilitates the revision operation and shortens the operation time.

The MRP prosthesis is able to bridge mechanically stable, damaged or missing parts of the proximal femur with revision operations and it makes an immediate partial loading possible for the patient. Defected zones of the bone fill with bone structures as a basis for the local anchored musculature. The modularity of the prosthesis lightens the revision operation.


Clarke Oonishi

Ceramic on ceramic hip-joint replacements (THR) are known for their excellent wear resistance. Such rigid-rigid bearings generally exhibit a biphasic wear-performance, i.e. a rapid run-in phase decreasing into a steady-state phase. However, due to the ultra-low wear of ceramics, few studies have adequately characterized these wear phases. Since this behavior was not well defined for modern alumina-on-alumina hips, we studied this phenomenon using hip simulator techniques. We also compared all-ceramic THR to UHMWPE wear-rates for exact comparison. Run-in wear was measured at 200,000 cycle intervals to 1 million cycles (1 Mc) followed by 500,000 cycle intervals to 14 Mc.

Alumina heads started off with high wear but then demonstrated a curvilinear run-in phase that smoothly transited into steady-state wear. The alumina liners had linear run-in to 0.6 Mc and then abruptly transited into steady-state by 0.8 Mc. During run-in, the liner wear was 40% greater than for the mating heads. Steady-state liner wear varied from 0.002 to 0.007 mm3/Mc. It was also clear that at least 10 million cycles were required to define the steady-state wear for alumina implants due to their ultra-low wear magnitudes. Combined head and cup run-in wear averaged 0.33 mm3/Mc and was completed within 0.8 Mc while steady-state wear was < 0.01 mm3/Mc up to 20 Mc. This was a remarkable 30-fold reduction from run-in.

The run-in phase would probably be completed by the first year of follow-up. Compared to UHMWPE cups, the alumina implants demonstrated a 9,000-fold wear-reduction over 20 million cycles in the simulator. This may correspond to 20 years in the typical patient. In addition, the alumina/UHMWPE combination has been favored historically because using CoCr/ UHMWPE bearings resulted in a doubling of the wear-rates in comparative clinical studies. Clearly the all-ceramic THR offers a much superior alternative with its massive reduction in wear-debris volume.


B. Stulberg M. Christie R. Poggie J. Roberson

Introduction: The purpose of this study was to review the preliminary clinical outcomes of a clinical study of a new implant for intervening in Stage I & II femoral head osteonecrosis.

Materials & Methods: The porous tantalum (Hedrocel® Trabecular Metal, Zimmer Inc./Implex Corp.) is 80% porous with a modulus of elasticity similar to bone. The implant is 10 mm in diameter, offered in 70 – 130 mm lengths in 5 mm increments, and possesses threads for engagement of the lateral cortex. The investigation is an FDA regulated, prospective IDE study of the implant in comparison to core decompression for patients with Stage I or II osteonecrosis (Steinberg-UPenn). Patients exhibiting unilateral disease are randomized to an implant or core decompression (50–50 chance). All patients exhibiting bilateral disease receive the implant. Clinical outcome measures include HHS and SF-12 scored pre-op, at 6, 12, and 24 months, and radiographic data is collected at these same times, and at 6 and 12 weeks.

Results: Prior to the clinical study, a custom case was performed in 1998, and a second in 1999. Since the study began in June 2000, 12 surgeries have been performed with the implant. All 14 patients are reportedly doing well. Radiographic review shows no evidence of abnormal bone density and no evidence of radiolucencies. All lesions appear similar to the pre-op condition. In one case, at 3-months, there is radiographic evidence that the implant has stabilized a slightly collapsed subchon-dral plate, and that new bone has formed in proximity to the tip of the implant. This patient exhibited mild pain at 8 weeks, which has since subsided.

Discussion: The preliminary clinical experience with this implant is encouraging and suggests that mechanically supporting the subchondral plate with this implant is a viable method of intervening in the early stages of osteonecrosis.


T. W. Bauer S. Takikawa D. Togawa

The results of wear testing using hip simulators have suggested that highly cross-linked polyethylene (PE) is more resistant to abrasive wear than “conventional” polyethylene that has been sterilized by 2.5 – 4 Mrad of radiation. Optimum methods for testing other mechanical properties of PE are controversial, but some studies have suggested that highly cross-linked polyethylenes have reduced impact strength when compared to either “conventional” PE or PE that has never been cross-linked. T he principle mechanism of loosening of most total hip prostheses is bone loss induced by debris particles that have been generated by abrasive wear, hence the rationale for using highly cross-linked PE for total hip arthroplasty. The principle mechanism of failure of bipolar hips, however, is less clear. If abrasive wear is important in bipolars, then the use of highly cross-linked PE is reasonable, but if impingement is an important complication of bipolar arthroplasty, then the use of highly cross-linked polyethylene might We revewied the implant registry of the Cleveland Clinic and identified 62 retrieved bipolar implants. The peripheral rim of each was evaluated, and a previously published scoring system used to grade the extent of rim damage due to impingement. A subset of implants were disassembled, and the shadowgraph method was used to measure the extent and rate of polyethylene abrasive wear. Adequate clinical information and radiographs were available in relatively few cases, but when available, the results of implant evaluation were correlated with clinical and radiographic findings.

The results suggest that both abrasive wear and rim damage due to impingement are common findings in retrieved bipolar devices. Further studies with better clinical and radiographic correlation are needed to clarify the most significant factors with respect to osteolysis and implant failure, but our results suggest caution in implementing highly cross-linked polyethylene for bipolar devices.


Clarke Ian

Alumina has been the dominant ceramic used in orthopaedics since 1970. It is near diamond hardness is superior to all other biomaterials and its wettability has been a great benefit for tribological reasons. Over the past 30 years, this ceramic has gradually been optimized with superior processing, higher purity, greater density, and somewhat higher strength. Also serial numbers have been added to uniquely identify implant components and proof-testing now ensures that every implant is pre-clinically tested, compared to prior methods of sampling only 2–3% for destructive tests. The clinical downside remaining has been the small but troublesome fracture incidence of alumina implants. Historically, this has averaged 0.015% (15 per 100,000 cases) overall but varied from 0.08% up to 13% in those clinical series experiencing fractures (Heros, Sem. Arthrop-98). As well as creating patient hardships, fracture of any implant in the USA frequently leads to major lawsuits. Thus ceramic implants must be treated w While there has as yet been no FDA-approval given to market ceramic cups in the USA, there are a number of ceramic candidates being developed for both THR and TKR. These include zir-conia-alumina composites as well as new zironia/zirconia or zirconia/alumina combinations for THR. In addition, there are new combinations of toughened aluminas and also other choices such as silicone nitrides proposed for use with either metal CoCr heads or CoCr cups. Finally an alternate approach has been to provide a metal zirconium knee joint with a ceramic zirconia coating for improved bearing performance. Thus, the state of the art of alumina implants will be reviewed and put into perspective with the “new and improved” ceramics currently on the horizon. This survey will put into perspective the physical and mechanical attributes as well as the clinical performance of ceramic implants.


Christopher M. Jobe

The nature of human anatomy necessitates a continuum of implant sizes to recreate near-normal joint mechanics and also afford adequate fixation. Nowhere is this clearer than in the very constrained space required for design of shoulder implants. The effects of muscles acting about the humeral head clearly determine the shoulder’s mechanics. Also standard cement fixation may be undesirable due to difficulties in revision surgery be it required. To emphasize this, two recent developments will be discussed in the evolution of a shoulder design: a) adaptation of the prosthesis to the bony shaft for cement fixation and b) position adaptation of the humeral-head to recreate normal gleno-humeral kinematics.

Humeral stems are generally inserted undersized to the shaft and made ‘analog’ by the use of cement. We have studied this fixation biomechanically to find how little cement was required. Our fixation appeared satisfactory with about the proximal 4-cm of cemented stem. We also looked at shortening the stem but found indeed that stem-length was beneficial. Finally we have sought adaptability in design rather than in cement. We have achieved this by a tri-flanged design for the distal stem. This allows stem compression for intimate contact. In addition, its out of round shape, afforded more rotational stability in cement sheath.

For kinematics, Wallace et al discovered that the head could be displaced a variable distance from the center of the shaft and unique to each patient. Later studies showed that a mismatch could lead to improper mechanics with glenoid impingement. The solution proved to be a variable displacement humeral-head, which would allow the surgeon to select the direction and magnitude of displacement during surgery. Thus, this evolution of prosthetic shoulder design allows a smaller number of prostheses to be adapted satisfactorily to the continuum of humeral anatomy and also provide superior joint kinematics.


M. Bhamra S. Qaimkhani

The TPP is a bone conserving Total Hip Replacement (THR). Originally designed in 1977, two modifications have been made since then and in its current form has been available since 1981.

We have used the TPP with a metal-on-metal articulation for active “younger” patients. The acetabular component has been the Armor cup.

48 TPPs have been performed in 41 patients since 1995. The age of the patients was 48 (21–54) years at the time of the operation. There were 17 females and 24 male patients. All patients are kept on an annual review. At the last review, one patient (2 THR) had died at eight weeks from a pulmonary embolism; one patient was lost to follow-up; one patient had required a revision for aseptic loosening.

We believe that this THR may offer a viable alternative for the younger patient, though it is a technically demanding procedure.


PA Williams IC Clarke

Major long-term complication of total hips is osteolysis in the more active patients. Osteolysis is a result of the biological response to the wear debris particles. This has resulted in the search for improved bearings such as metal and ceramic on polyethylene, all ceramic, and all metal total hips. Wear ranking of metal-polyethylene, ceramic-polyethylene, metal-metal, and ceramic-ceramic total hips has become clear at ratios of 1,000:500:10:1. However, wear debris from polyethylene, ceramic, and metal wear tests average about 0.6, 0.3, and 0.02 microns, respectively. From this information we can now deduce the number of particles librated is millions for ceramics, billions for polyethylene, and trillions for metal.

In recent years, studies have revealed new information on the biological response to various types of wear debris. Factors such as number of particles, particle morphology (size and shape), and surface to volume ratio are becoming keys to a partial comprehension of this biological response and osteolysis. Recent studies have demonstrated that smaller particles (< 0.1 microns) may be more toxic to cells than larger particles (> 0.1 microns). Studies have shown that crosslinking of polyethylene reduces the size of the wear debris particles and that for gamma irradiated polyethylene this reduction in size is proportional to the radiation dose. It has also been shown that crosslinking results in a significant reduction in fibril particles. Therefore, large reductions in wear rate do not necessarily mean that the total joint will be more successful. Thus, two factors, which interact, are the volume rate of wear and the morphology of the wear debris particles. Some investigators have developed a biological ind


G. Reinisch KP. Judmann C. Lhotka K. Zweymüller

Although good clinical results for modern metal-on-metal total hip endoprostheses are reported, in some cases early loosening is encountered. Such loosening may lead to revision surgeries, which raise some concern on the functionality of that pairing. The study contains 17 early-revised uncemented metal-on-metal (Co28Cr6Mo, ASTM F799) total hip arthroplasties from one manufacturer (Plus Endoprothetik, Switzerland) with a mean of 29 months in-situ (12–58) from 16 patients (seven male, nine female); mean age at revision surgery was 57 years (41–72). The reason for revisions was aseptic loosening of implants with increasing pain (13 stems and seven metal cups were revised). The tribologic assessment of all 17 metal pairings is conducted by 3 dimensional measurements of the metal ball heads and inlays according to ISO and through scanning electron microscopy (SEM) inspection of the articulating surfaces. Additional metal ion content (Cr, Co, Mo, Ti,Al, Nb, Ni) of selected tissue samples and synovial fluid is quantified by inductively coupled plasma – atomic emission spectrometry (ICP-AES).

The mean wear rate of both, the femoral ball head and the acetabular inlay, is 7.3um/a (2.8 – 29.4) based on the time in-situ with a mean clearance of 42.8um (32 – 56um). Adhesive and abrasive wear traces as well as third body wear particles (aluminum oxide Al2O3) are identified on all bearing surfaces only to an extent, which is typical for metal pairings. Corrosive attack is visible on one pairing as a smoky area.

Tribologic results do not indicate a significant contribution of wear due to the Al2O3-particles. The amount of wear does not seem increased and is comparable to previously published data for metal-on-metal pairings and simulator studies. Analytic results indicate a relatively high Al content from all retrieved tissue areas. The investigations on the surfaces of all 17 metal-on-metal articulations indicate no material failure that might have led to the necessity of early revision.


M. Bhamra S. Qaimkhani

The Armor cup is a Titanium shell designed to press-fit into the acetabulum. It has 2 additional screw holes for screw fixation. The liner is polyetylene with a metal-on-metal articulation bearing surface.

We have performed 194 Total Hip Replacements (THR) in 167 patients using the Armor cup from 1994 to 2001. 83 THRs were performed using an uncemented stem (46 Thrust Plate Prostheses, 28 Wagner Cones and 15 Zwyemullers) and 111 THRs were carried using the cemented, polished, cannulated CF30 stem. The patient age was 54 (22–77) years at the time of the operation.

All patients are under annual review. At the last review, 3 patients had died (6 THRs); 4 patients required revision – 2 for the CF30 stem where Boneloc cement had been used, 1 for a periprosthetic fracture and 1 for a dislocated Armor cup. 1 patient was lost to follow-up.

We have therefore found the Armor cup with a metal-on-metal articulation to be a satisfactory componenet in the short to medium term. 26 patients are now over 60 months following implantation.


V.J. Rasquinha V. Mohan B. Bevilacqua J.A. Rodriguez C.S. Ranawat

Introduction: Polyethylene wear debris is the main contributing factor that leads to aseptic loosening and osteolysis. The main objective of this study was to evaluate the role of hydroxyapatite (HA) in third-body polyethylene wear in total hip arthroplasty.

Materials: 199 primary cementless THA’s (174 patients) performed by a single surgeon were enrolled in a prospective randomized study comprising hydroxyapatite and non-hydroxyapatite coated femoral implants. The femoral component had metaphyseal-diaphyseal fit design with proximal plasma sprayed titanium circumferential porous coating. The hydroxyapatite coating was 50 – 75 micrometers over the porous surface with the components of identical design. The acetabular component was plasma sprayed titanium porous coated shell without hydroxyapatite. T he polyethylene liners were machined molded from ram extruded Hi-fax 1900H polyethylene resin gamma-sterilized in argon (inert) gas. Clinical and Radiographic evaluation was performed employing HSS scores and Engh criteria.

Results: At a mean follow-up of 5 years, the radiographs of 83 HA and 73 Non-HA hips were evaluated by two independent observers utilizing computer-assisted wear analysis on digitized standardized radiographs described by Martell et al (1997). The radiographs were also evaluated for osteolysis or aseptic loosening.

The mean linear wear rate in HA group was 0.19mm/yr and in the non-HA group was 0.21mm/yr, which was not significant (p> 0.05). There was no case of osteolysis or aseptic loosening of any component. Both groups had comparable outcomes in terms of HSS scores, walking ability and sports participation.

Discussion: This study has attempted to demonstrate through an appropriately controlled in vivo study that hydroxyapatite does not play a significant role in third-body polyethylene wear in THA at a mean follow-up of five years. The concern of three-body wear with hydroxyapatite coating is no greater than porous coated cementless implants.


P. Campbell I.C. Catelas J. Mirra H.C. Amstutz

A recent study of tissues from 14 modern metal-on-metal (MM) total hips reported an intense diffuse and perivascular (p.v.) lymphocytic infiltrate, suggestive of hypersensitivity (Willert et al. Osteologie 2000; 9:2–16). This study evaluated the histopathology of tissues from modern MMs using cases obtained at revision or autopsy.

Materials and methods: 35 MM THRs or surface replacements (SRs) that failed due to dislocation, aseptic loosening, and pain or obtained at autopsy (n = 4) were used. H& E stained sections were rated semiquantitatively. Selected cases were studied by immunohistochemistry for macrophage (CD68) and lymphocyte markers (CD3, 4, 20). Wear was measured with a coordinate measuring machine.

Results: Generally, the THRs without metallosis showed minimal visible wear particles, consistent with their low measured wear (av. total wear depth was 8.25 ± 6.7 um at av. 30 mos). Although SRs had an av. linear wear depth of 46 ± 48 microns at av. 23 mos, the metal rating was also low (av. 0.8), except in 1 case with HA 3rd body induced high wear and subsequent osteolysis. Lymphocytic aggregates were not a common feature but B type cells were extensive in 1 case (THR revised for pain after 36 months) moderate in 1 autopsy SR (with CoCr metallosis due to run-in wear of an out of round component) and minimal in 4 of the SRs.

Discussion and conclusions: Extensive diffuse or p.v. lymphocytes were not a consistent finding in these 35 cases. These features were not seen in well-functioning autopsy retrieved cases with low wear rates, nor in the SR with osteolysis and the highest amount of component wear. Until the long-term local and systemic effects of metal wear products, including hypersensitivity are better understood, continued histopathological assessment of periprosthetic tissues from MM total hips is recommended.


T. Shishido

The world’s clinical experience of highly cross-linked UHMWPE cups (HCLPE) lies in the cemented THR experience beginning in Japan (H, Oonishi), then South Africa (CJ. Grobbelaar) followed by England (M. Wroblewski). The South-African THR concept was to cross-link RCH1000 to a depth of only 300um with 10 Mrad radiation dose in a pressurized acetylene atmosphere. Subsequent sterilization was 3 Mrad in air. The modified Charnley stem had a 30 mm stainless-steel head. Between 1977 and 1983, over 1,000 cases had been implanted by surgeons Grobbelaar and Weber (Grobbelaar, SABJS-99). Analysis has been performed on 100 survivors with follow-up 14 – 21 years. In the Pretoria series, there were only two of 64 cases with revision for granulomas and in the Johannesburg series two of 39 survivors with wear-related problems. Wear was only measurable in nine of 39 cases analyzed radiographically and total linear wear varied from 0.7 to 1.5 mm.

We have had the first-time opportunity to perform the retrieval analysis on Dr Weber’s cases. We now have & #65298; cases of revised cups and one sample off the shelf. These were examined by SEM to examine the microwear phenomena of the HCLPE surfaces. On the peripheral of the load-bearing area, the machine tracks were folded and their edges became fibrillated, some nodules, ripples, fibrils and folds (with attached fibrils) were observed. Fibrils were small in size and quite rare. Multi-oriented scratches and delaminations were sometimes observed.

This study is the first time review for the retrieval analysis on Dr. Weber’s HCLPE cases. The SEM study showed that the load-bearing area had very little wear evident after 20 years. This confirms the clinical and radiographic observation of Dr. Weber. While the retrieval data to date includes only 2 HCLPE cups, these results are encouraging.


S. Leyen J. Schwiesau R. Schmidt

The first Ceramic knee implant in a human patient was used by Dr. G. Langer of the Orthopedic Clinic at the University of Jena, Germany in 1972 [1]. In 1980, Drs. Oonishi and Hasegave began using a Alumina femoral component on a polyethylene tibial component [2]. These early attempts all involve the search for solutions to the wear and degradation problems. The application of ceramics was limited by the demand of thin components. In the present feasibility study the in vitro wear behavior of a knee concept with a novel Alumina Matrix Composite (AMC) Ceramic was examined [3,4].

The wear behavior of the Ceramic components for the knee system were tested in accordance to ISO/WD 14243-3 for 5*106 cycles. Six samples were tested. The lubricant was calf serum diluted with deionized water. All tests have been performed with components made of the novel AMC Ceramic.

The wear test performed showed an average gravimetric wear rate below 1 mg/1*106 cycles on each of the six components. A change of geometry was not measurable after 5 million cycles. No significant change of the surface structure was detectable with a conventional surface tracer. SEM and AFM pictures show traces of ultra mild abrasive wear at the surface. The performed investigation on the novel knee concept shows the following potential benefits for a Ceramic knee bearing:

approx. 500 times lower volumetric wear

low risk of tribologically induced failure

no PE particle induced osteolysis

The novel AMC Ceramic offers a solution to minimize the allergic and wear related problems of knee implants. New concepts on the basis of hard on hard combination are to be realized. The use of knee endo-prosthesis with Ceramic on Ceramic combination is an option for îzeroî wear bearings in the knee. These first results motivate to start further R& D on Ceramic on Ceramic bearings for total knee implants.


T. Shishido

Alumina all-ceramic implants were first used in 1970 by Pierre Boutin in France and around 1972/3 in the rest of Europe. Thus the European ceramic experience is approximately 30 years. In the early 1980’s, the so-called Mittelmeier THR was introduced into the USA but the clinical results were generally far from satisfactory. However, the survivors now provide a useful benchmark of about 15–18 years in the USA. Perhaps as a result, the FDA has still not permitted use of all-ceramic THR in the USA. However, there are a number of new materials recently approved for use, including the highly crosslinked polyethylenes (HCLPE) and CoCr on CoCr. In anticipation of all-alumina THR being approved in the near future, we have examined the types of wear seen long term. Implants were retrieved after 15–25 years of successful use and compare to 10 to 20 million cycle simulator studies. This report examines the ball and cup wear seen on 2 Mittelmeier retrievals in the USA with that seen on a conventional all-ceramic THR retIn retrieved implants gray coloring matter was deposited on load-bearing area. Gray stripe areas were observed on the periphery of the head The SEM analysis showed that the main bearing area had high wear. The peripheral gray stripe area had severe wear. EDAX showed that gray color was caused by transferred CoCr particles. In the simulator study the wear progress was most sever in main load-bearing area.

All-ceramic implants had minimal wear even after 24 years. The surface of retrieved implants had different types of wear. The contact zones showed normal wear and showed relatively mild. In the periphery of the contact zones, the stripe scars corresponded with the cup rim tracking and more sever wear. Such stripe wear was not observed in the simulator experiments. The gray wear areas were caused by the metal contamination from micromotion of stem against bone. Thus, ceramic bearings proved to be excellent after 15–25years by simulator studies and clinical studies.


V. K. Sarin S. D. Stulberg K. Yasuda

A retrospective study was performed to evaluate the safety and effectiveness of an alumina-based total knee arthroplasty system (Low Friction Anatomical, LFA, Kyocera, Kyoto, Japan). The system, which uses modern materials and contemporary component design, has been in clinical use in Japan since 1992. The system uses an alumina femoral component that articulates against standard polyethylene tibial and patellar components.

The retrospective study evaluated the clinical performance of amodern-style ceramic femoral component and included 60 knees (49 patients) with an average follow-up of 3.8 years. Clinical outcomes were assessed by the Japanese Orthopaedic Association (JOA) Knee Rating Scale, which is comparable to the Knee Society Rating Scale used in the United States. Radiographic outcomes were assessed by the operating surgeon and another independent reviewer. The radiographs were reviewed for the presence or absence of lytic lines, implant and anatomical alignment, and other pertinent radiographic findings. Complications during the follow-up period were noted.

Total knee replacement with the LFA system improved JOA scores in 98% of the cases. Mechanical and prosthetic alignment were satisfactory for all knees. The following results were noted:

No fractures or failures associated with the alumina ceramic femoral component

No problems with subsidence or abnormal bone remodeling

Absence of lytic lines in 96% of cases

Absence of complication in 94% of cases

Overall success rate of 96% at an average follow-up of 3.8 years.

An alumina-based total knee replacement system was found to be a safe and effective means of treating the arthritic knee joint. The use of ceramics in total knee arthroplasty applications provides an opportunity for a low friction bearing interface and a completely metal-free total joint system.


Taiyo Asano

Wear of ultra-high molecular weight polyethylene (UHMWPE) is a major factor that affects longevity of the total joint replacement. In total hips, cross-linking of polyethylene acetabular cup has been shown highly effective in reducing wear both clinically and experimentally. In TKR, Schmidig 2000 showed 90% reduction of wear rate in 10 Mrad irradiated tibial inserts compared to 3 Mrad irradiated tibial inserts. Thus crosslinking should provide substantial improvement also in the wear resistance of UHMWPE tibial inserts. Our objective was to compare 3 Mrad UHMWPE with 10 Mrad HCLPE in same design but comparing standard kinematics to more severe mal-rotation kinematics. The latter offsets the tibial tray with 15 degrees internal rotation such the central tibial eminencies became involved in the wear process. Our hypothesis was that HCLPE would be more resistant than the standard UHMPE even in the mal-rotation model. The control material was Duracon 3 Mrad UHMWPE. HCLPE was radiation crosslinked to 10 Mrad mater


M. A. Froehling A. Pichler R. Koch

Navigation enables to precisely reproduce pre-operative planning. Most systems however do not tell us the target values of the planning parameters. As we operate more and more young patients with full or only slightly reduced mobility, kinematic properties of artificial hip joints become more important. The range of motion of artificial hip joints is limited, finaly resulting in impingement and thereby in wear and loosening.

This limited range of motion has to be devided under the different planes of movement and at the same time dislocation stability has to be considered. We have to search for the ideal compromise.

For this purpose a three-dimensional computer model has been developed. Input are the implant geometries and the implantation angles. As result the range of motion of the different planes of movement is calculated. Thus the surgeon knows the consequences of his implant choice and his pre-operative planning.

As a result of this investigation flexion proved to be the critical plane of movement, above all in full profile cups and if anteversion of the cup and the stem are not considered. Another critical plane of movement is external rotation.

Concerning implant design extralong heads as well as antidislocation rims proved to be problematic. The same problem we face in antidislocation cups with a closing angle of more than 180° of course.

Only by considering the kinematic results of an individual THR planning full benefit can be taken out of navigation.


U. Wiesel M. Boerner

Objectives: A surgical robot (ROBODOC®) is used for total knee replacement. The same system has been in clinical use for total hip replacement at BGU Frankfurt since 1994 and since March 2000 TKR is another clinical application. The presentation intends to give an overview of the system and of the first experiences in clinical use.

Background: The outcome of conventional total knee replacement has always been very dependent on the surgeon’s individual skills and routine. The most common mistakes have been malpositionings and malrotations of the prosthesis, which postoperatively caused varus and valgus malalignments of the lower limb resulting in an incorrect mechanical axis.

The system permits a three-dimensional pre-operative planning of the correct axis and rotation as well as the correct implant size. The introperative cutting is entirely executed by the surgical robot according to the preoperative planning.

Design / Methods: The ROBODOC® Surgical Assistant System consists of three major components: The pre-operative planning workstation called ORTHODOC®, the surgical robot and the robot control unit that receives the preoperative planning data and controls ROBODOC®. Presently, four titanium pins have to be implanted at the beginning of the procedure, one in the proximal femur, one in the distal femur, one in the proximal and one in the distal tibia. These pins are the landmarks for the following procedures.

A CT scan is made of the femoral head, the distal femur and the proximal tibia including all the pins and the ankle. A rod is laid on the patient’s leg to detect the motion during CT scan. The CT data is being transferred to the ORTHODOC® workstation on an optical disk. The ORTHODOC® displays three orthogonal cross-sections of the bone on a high-resolution screen. A manipulation on one of the cross-sections is shown in nearly real-time on the other two cross-sections.

The first step is to find all the four pins on the CT scan and to check their position. The next step is to create a femoral and tibial axis using four markers (i.e. proximal and distal femur and proximal an distal tibia). The bone is then aligned along the axis. Once those steps have been performed and implant can be selected from an implant library. The femoral component is the first part of the planning. Once the correct size, alignment and rotation have been found the tibial component is added and adjusted. The final step is to select the tibial liner.

Once the planning is finished a synthetic x-ray can be created which shows the postoperative result and helps to determine if the correct axis was planned. After finishing the planning a transfer tape that can be loaded into the ROBODOC® is created. The patient’s leg is positioned using a special leg holder and thigh support plate.

The patient’s knee should be flexed to an angle of approximately 70 to 80 degrees, a gap of 1 to 2 mm should be achieved. The patient is prepared and draped in the normal manner. Surgery proceeds normally and the regular approach for TKA is used. Once the exposure is finished and the four pins are clearly accessible, two Steinmann pins are inserted, one in the femur and one in the tibia. The Hoffmann II Orthopedic Fixation System is used to connect the two Steinmann pins and to distract the knee joint.

Now the robot is moved to the OR table. The femur and the tibia must be rigidly fixated to the robot base. Following this two bone motion monitors are attached to the bone, one to the femur and one to the tibia.

The registration program is started. Using ROBODOC®’s ball probe the four pins have to be located, including the use of pin extenders so that the robot can find the patient’s position on the OR table by comparing the data to the preoperative CT data of that particular patient. First the femoral pins are found, then the tibial pins. If the registration is correct the cutter can be installed, the irrigation system is connected and the robot starts cutting the surface for the planned implant.

First the femur is prepared, then the tibia. The final cut is the cruciform in the tibia for which a special cutter is required. Should bone motion occur during any part of the cutting procedure the robot will stop and the pins have to be re-registered. Once the cutting is finished, the robot is moved away from the OR-table, the pins and fixators are removed an the surgeon inserts the planned implant manually – normally using the cementless tecnique. The surgery is finished the traditional way.

Fifty patients who had received total knee replacement using the ROBODOC® System were followed up and examined using a pre-defined protocol: 23 patients were male, 27 were female. All cases showed severe signs of osteoarthrosis. In 35 cases we saw a varus deviation, in 13 cases a valgus deviation, in two cases there was no deviation from the axis. four patients were post-traumatic cases, in one case a complex osteotomy had been performed.

In 38 patients the cementless technique was used, in eight cases the tibial component was cemented and in four cases both components were cemented due to poor bone quality.

We had an obvious learning curve, OR time went down from 130 minutes for the first procedure to 90 minutes average OR time. Due to the three-dimensional pre-operative planning of the correct axis and rotation we saw a good alignment of the femoral and tibial component in all cases. Besides the optimal size of the components could be selected for the patients in this group.

Results/Conclusions: The system permits a three-dimensional pre-operative planning of the correct axis and rotation as well as the correct implant size. Due to the exact cut surfaces the cementless technique can be used in the makority of cases. The patients are permitted full weight bearing immediately postoperatively. None of the templates or tools that are needed for manual TKR are necessary when the ROBODOC® system is used which means an immense reduction of surgical tools for that procedure. The OR-time is not significantly longer compared to traditional TKR.

The surgeon has total control of the procedure at all times and the procedure can be finished manually if necessary. Correct aligment and rotation are the known preconditions for durability in TKR. The present disadvantages of the system are soft tissue management including ligament balancing, the rigid fixation and the use of pins (markers).

By June 2001 about 280 surgeries have been performed using the system. The development of a pinless system is already on its way and clinical testings are abour to start at BGU Frankfurt.


J L Rees A J Price D J Beard P McLardy-Smith C A F Dodd D W Murray

Introduction: A new procedure has been recently adopted to implant the Oxford medial unicompartmental arthroplasty (UCA). All cases are now implanted through a short incision without dislocation of the patella. The aims of this study were to assess the one-year results using this new technique and to determine if the outcome is dependent on surgical experience.

Method: The first 104 Oxford UCA’s (Phase 3) implanted by six surgeons under the care of two consultants were reviewed at one year. All operations were performed using the new technique. The average age at surgery was 68 years. All knees were scored pre-operatively and at review with the American Knee Society score. The cohort was divided into two groups; the first ten cases for each surgeon were included in a ‘learning’ group, whilst the remaining cases were included in an ‘experienced’ group.

Results: Overall the average ‘knee score’ improved from 37 points to 94 and the average ‘functional score’ from 50 points to 92. Average maximum flexion improved from 117° to 131°. The ‘knee score’ for the ‘learning’ group was 91 points. This was significantly less (p = 0.008) than the score of the ‘experienced’ group (96 points).

Conclusions: These results are significantly better than the best historical results of the Oxford (UCA), performed through an open approach with dislocation of the patella.

Despite impressive overall results at one year, lower knee scores were associated with a surgeons ‘learning curve’. After this ‘learning curve’, increased surgical experience led to further improvement with 90% achieving an excellent result, 8% a good, 2% a fair and 0% a poor result.


R K Goddard P J Fules C Yiannakopoulos M A S Mowbray

Aims: We present the short term results of a method of reconstruction of the anterior cruciate ligament (ACL) using the Soffix, polyester soft tissue fixation device.

Method: Over a 4-year period, 111 patients underwent reconstruction of the ACL using a 4-strand hamstring graft in combination with a Soffix fixation device. The hamstring tendons were harvested and woven around the Soffix. The tendons are then sutured to the Soffix using polyester baseball type sutures to create a 4-strand graft. Prior to implantation in the knee joint the central part of the Soffix is resected leaving a free tendon window, which eventually becomes intra-articular. Tibial tunnel placement was standardised using the Mayday rhino horn jig. An over the top femoral placement was used together with polysulphon bollard fixation. These patients underwent prospective evaluation in a dedicated research clinic, which included clinical assessment, KT-2000 arthrometric assessment, Lysholm, Tegner and IKDC scoring.

Results: A total of 93 from 111 patients (84%) were available for follow up. The mean follow up time was 22 months (range 12–48). There were 79 males and 14 females with a mean age at operation of 30 years (range 16–48). The pivot shift was abolished in 85% of patients and the mean side to side difference (SSD) was 2.2mm ±1.8. The mean post operative Lysholm score was 93.4 ±8.6, the mean drop in Tegner score was 1.3. 84 patients (90%) scored normal or nearly normal (A or B) using the IKDC system, with no patients scoring D.

Conclusions: We conclude that reconstruction of the ACL using a Soffix-4 strand hamstring graft with an over the top femoral route has good short term subjective and objective outcome measures with a low mean SSD. We recommend this technique in the vast majority of ACL deficient patients.


JE Graham PG Turner DS Johnson

Purpose To compare the patient’s experience of anterior cruciate ligament (ACL) reconstruction with previously validated outcome measures.

Methods Forty-five patients who had previously undergone ACL reconstruction performed by a single surgeon at least one year previously were assessed. A mean time of 33 months had elapsed between surgery and assessment. Each assessment included the Modified Lysholm Score, the Tegner Activity Score and the one-legged hop test (OHT). Patient’s subjective assessment included visual analogue scales (VAS) for pain, knee function, achievement of expectations and satisfaction. Correlation of all these items was performed using SPSS.

Results The mean Lysholm score was 90.3, with mean Tegner scores of 6.9 pre-injury, 5.2 currently and 6.3 desired. The mean OHT index was 0.92. The VAS scores (range 0 to 100) were 25 mm for pain, 79 mm for knee function and 77 mm for satisfaction. The VAS score (range −50 to 50) for expectations was 16 mm. Highly significant correlations were found between the Lysholm scores and all VAS scores; all VAS scores with each other; and the discrepancy between the current/desired Tegner scores and satisfaction. Significant correlations were found between age and achievement of expectations; the current Tegner score and achievement of expectations/satisfaction; and the discrepancy between the current/desired Tegner scores and achievement of expectations/time following surgery. There was a poor correlation between the OHT and the other variables in this post-operative population.

Conclusions Patient assessed measures of symptoms and satisfaction following ACL reconstruction correlate well with accepted outcome measures. A discrepancy between current and desired activity levels influence satisfaction following ACL reconstruction to a greater degree than actual activity levels. Patients should therefore be warned pre-operatively of a potential reduction in activity level post-operatively.


C.K. Yiannakopoulos E. Antonogiannakis K. Karliaftis G. Babalis

The middle third of quadriceps tendon is an autograft of sufficient size and strength and is stronger than the patellar tendon autograft with the same dimensions. We present the results from the use of a quadriceps autograft for the reconstruction of the chronically ACL deficient knee.

Between March 1999 and March 2000 we treated 36 patients with chronic ACL deficiency using a quadriceps tendon autograft, harvested from the middle third of the tendon with and without a patellar bone block.

The tendinous side of the graft was stabilized using the Mark II and Patella Soffix fixation systems (Surgicraft, UK). In the tibia the graft was passed through a tunnel and in the femur it was passed over the top. In those cases where the graft was harvested with a bone block, his was fixed to the tibia using interference screw fixation. The mean postoperative follow up was 21 months. The results have been evaluated using the IKDC, the Lysholm and the Tegner scales. According to the International Knee Documentation Committee rating system most of the patients had normal or nearly normal ratings. Knee laxity was evaluated using the arthrometers KT-2000 and Rolilmeter. There were no significant complications related to the harvesting site and there was no significant differences between the two groups regarding stability and function. MRI evaluation and second look arthroscopies in 7 patients revealed graft survival

The quadriceps tendon-patellar autograft is a reasonable alternative ACL reconstruction in primary and probably revision ACL reconstruction with minimal donor site morbidity and restoration of knee stability.


A Bonshahi S J Parsons A T Helm D S Johnson R B Smith

The study was established to assess the long-term results and differences between autogenous and synthetic anterior cruciate ligament (ACL) reconstruction.

We randomised 50 patients into 2 groups: 26 (52%) underwent reconstruction with middle third patellar tendon graft (PTG) harvested using the ‘ Graftologer ‘ (Neoligaments), and 24 (48%) underwent reconstruction with the Leeds-Keio ligament (LK).

Subjective knee function was assessed using the Lysholm score, Tegner activity score, IKDC grading, and clinical assessment of anterior knee pain. Laxity was tested clinically, including anterior draw at 20° (Lachman), pivot shift, and arthrometric measurements using the Stryker laxometer.

At five years we have noted a slight reduction in Lysholm scoring in the LK group, as well as reduced Tegner activity level. Pivot shift and laxity were significantly greater in the LK group.

Compared with earlier results, which showed little subjective difference between the groups, the autogenous PTG group show more sustainable long-term results than the synthetic (LK) group. There is no significant difference in anterior knee symptoms between the groups.


H. Davies A. J. Unwin N.P. Morgan

To review the results of anterior cruciate ligament (ACL) reconstruction in the skeletally immature patient.

Methods and Results 13 skeletally immature patients average age 13.6 (range 11–16) who underwent intraarticular ACL reconstruction using hamstring autograft were followed up retrospectively, at an average of 23 months postoperatively (range 12–60). Patients were scored with International Knee Documentation Committee (IKDC) subjective knee score, IKDC objective knee score and KT-1000 arthrometer scores. They were also examined for leg length inequalities and angular deformities.

At follow up the average subjective knee score was 86.6 (range 51.7–97). On objective testing 5 knees were rated normal, 6 knees nearly normal, 1 knee abnormal and 1 knee greatly abnormal. KT-1000 testing at 30N of force showed an average side-to-side difference of 2.77mm (range1-7mm) at maximum force side to side difference was 3.62mm (range 1–13mm). No leg length discrepancy or angulation was detected. All patients had returned to a higher level of function than pre-operatively.

Statement Of Conclusion Our results show that intraarticular reconstruction of the ACL in skeletally immature patients is a safe and effective procedure. It does not carry a significant risk of damage to the growth plate of the femur or tibia. Objective results achieved are not as good as with the adult population as it would appear that in some cases there is a lengthening of the graft postoperatively. Subjective results are very good. Overall results are far superior to the alternative of conservative management, which risks further damage to the intraarticular structures of the knee.


M Logan A Williams J Lavelle W Gedroyc MAR Freeman

Purpose: To assess if ACL reconstruction restores normal knee kinematics.

Methods: Tibiofemoral motion was assessed weight-bearing through the arc of flexion from 0 to 90° in ten patients who were at least 6 months following successful hamstring graft ACL reconstruction. Lachman’s test was also performed using dynamic MRI. Mid-medial and mid-lateral images were analysed in all positions to assess the tibiofemoral relationship.

Results: The laxity of the reconstructed knees was reduced to within normal limits. However the normal tibiofemoral relationship was not restored after ACL reconstruction with persistent anterior subluxation of the lateral tibial plateau throughout the arc of flexion 0–90°(p< 0.001).

Conclusion: Successful ACL reconstruction reduces joint laxity and improves stability but it does not restore normal knee kinematics.


C E Ackroyd J H Newman G Bedi

Purpose A new design of patello-femoral arthroplasty has been used to treat patients under 55 years suffering severe symptoms from chondral and early arthritic disease of the patello-femoral joint.

Materials and Methods and Results Fifty-two patello-femoral arthroplasties were performed in 45 patients under the age of fifty-five years when other treatments had failed. The average age was 48 years (range 36–54 years). Thirty-seven cases had undergone previous surgery for a variety of conditions, and the causes of the disorders were analysed. Results were assessed using pain scores and Bartlett’s and Oxford functional scores. 35 cases were reviewed at 8 months and 22 cases at two years. The median pain score improved from 10/40 points to 35 at two years. The Bartlett score increased from 10/30 points to 27 and the Oxford score from 19/48 points to 35 at two years. The range of movement increased from 114° to 121°. There have been no cases of deep infection, loosening, wear or instability. Disease progression, a potential risk has occurred in one case.

Conclusions This prosthesis offers a solution in younger patients with disabling symptoms of isolated early patello-femoral disease who have not responded to conservative surgical management.


H Pandit D. Beard C. Jenkins S. Isaac L. Lisowski Z. Abidien G. Keyes A. Lisowski AWFM Fievez H S Gill CAF Dodd DW Murray

Introduction: Oxford Unicompartmental knee arthroplasty (UKA) is now performed using a minimally invasive surgical (MIS) technique. Although early results are encouraging, the studies assessing outcome could be criticised for the restricted number of patients and centres involved. A multi-centre follow-up of patients is required to confirm the preliminary findings.

Aim: To examine early clinical outcome in patients with minimally invasive Oxford medial UKA using a multi-centre, multi-surgeon design.

Materials and Methods: This prospective study was carried out in three centres with involvement of six surgeons. All patients undergoing cemented Oxford UKA for medial OA using MIS were included. 231 consecutive UKAs with a minimum follow up of 2 years (mean: 2.84) were assessed using objective and functional Knee Society Score (KSS).

Results: There were 108 females and 102 males (21-bilateral) with average age of 66.8 years (42 – 86). No significant difference was noted between various age groups or between different surgeons. Three knees were revised: one for infection, one for unexplained pain and one for bearing dislocation. Cumulative survival rate at 2 years was 98.6% with 93% patients having good or excellent KSS rating.

Conclusions: This multi-centre study has confirmed preliminary findings that Oxford UKA using a minimally invasive approach is safe and effective.


DTT Lie AA Amis J Mountney

Aim: To determine optimal tibial tunnel orientation that projected onto isometric positions of the LFC.

Methods: Tibial tunnels were described by transverse rotations about tibial long axes, angles of elevation and tilt. In each of 8 cadaver knees, 18 tibial positions were drilled with 2mm wires to exit at the centre and posterior end of the tibial footprint. The linear projections of these wires onto the LFC were marked by 1.6mm wires and were described as x-y co-ordinates with reference to the geometric centre of the LFC.

Results: The isometric femoral tunnel positions were approximated (within a 2mm radius) by tibial tunnels rotated 39.3°, elevated 55.7°, exiting at the posterior end of the footprint with knees flexed 90°. Tunnels rotated between 20–45° and elevated 60° had highest probability of isometric projection and those that exited at the centre of the footprint could not be linearly projected anywhere near the isometric point. Applying 50N posterior force on the tibia brought the projections proximally by 4.1mm (p=0.001).

Conclusion: Transtibial tunnel directions are known to affect siting of femoral tunnels, and hence outcome of ACL surgery. This study demonstrated the orientation of tibial tunnels that could linearly project to isometric femoral tunnel positions.


S H Palmer

Purpose of study The purpose of this study was to present the anterior femoral cortical line (AFCL) as a new anatomical landmark to aid the assessment of intra-operative femoral component rotation. The AFCL was compared with an established axis (the anteroposterior (AP) axis or Whiteside’s line) in both a cadaveric and clinical study.

Methods Two points indicating the AP axis were identified and marked on 50 normal cadaveric femora. The AFCL was identified and marked with a rigid wire secured on the surface and the distal femur was photographed. A perpendicular to the AP axis was drawn on each image and the angle between this line and the AFCL was measured.

68 consecutive patients undergoing total knee arthroplasty for osteoarthritis of the knee were included in the clinical part of the study. After a routine exposure the AP axis was marked on each distal femur. The AFCL was identified and the anterior cortical cut was made parallel to this line. The angle between this cortical cut and the perpendicular to the AP axis was measured with a sterile goniometer.

Results In the cadaveric study the AFCL was a mean 7.0 degrees internally rotated to the AP axis (SD = 5.1 degrees). In the clinical study in 8 patients it was impossible to draw the AP axis because of dysplasia or destruction of the trochlea by osteoarthrosis. In the remainder the mean difference between the anterior femoral cortical line and the AP axis was 1.5 degrees internally rotated (SD = 1.9 degrees) .

Conclusion The anterior femoral cortical line has been shown in this study to be a useful clinical axis for assessing rotation of the femoral component and is without some of the disadvantages associated with other landmarks.


D Hollinghurst J Stoney T Ward H Pandit D Beard D Murray C Ackroyd

Aim: To study the sagittal plane kinematics of the Avon patello-femoral replacement (Stryker-Howmedica), PTA.

Introduction: Replacement of the patello-femoral joint for end stage osteoarthritis has previously been associated with inconsistent results. Retention of the cruciate ligaments is likely to be important in maintaining normal kinematics and hence improved functional outcome.

Methodology: Twelve patients who had undergone Avon PFR least two years previously were recruited following ethical approval. American Knee Society, Bristol and Oxford knee scores were obtained. Patients performed open chain flexion and extension against gravity, in addition to closed chain step up. Video fluoroscopy of these activities was used to obtain the Patellar Tendon Angle (PTA), which is the angle between the long axis of the tibia and the patella tendon, at specific angles of knee flexion. This is a previously validated method of assessing the kinematic profile of a knee joint. These measurements were used to determine the kinematic profile of each knee and they were then compared to a group of twelve normal knees.

Results: A one way ANOVA revealed no significant differences between the kinematic profile following Avon PFR and that of the normal knee. All patients had good or excellent knee scores.

Conclusion: The kinematic profile after Avon PFR is similar to that of the normal knee. In contrast all TKRs we have studied have abnormal kinematics, which are associated with abnormal patello-femoral joint loading. This suggests that isolated PFR should have a functional advantage over TKR.


S.K. Chauhan R.G. Scott W. Briedahl J.M. Sikorski R.A. Beaver

Aim To compare the new technique of computer assisted knee arthroplasty (CAK) against the current gold standard conventional jig based technique (JBK).

Methods Seventy-Five consecutive patients underwent knee replacement and were randomly allocated to either the CAK or JBK group. Pre and postoperative Knee society scores were collected. Post-operative CT scans were performed according to the Perth CT Knee Arthroplasty protocol and pre and post operative Maquet views of the limb performed. Intra operative soft tissue release together with post operative pain scores and blood loss where also assessed.

Results CT scans performed show a statistically significant improvement in component alignment when using computer assisted surgery for femoral varus/valgus (p=0.032), femoral rotation (p=0.001), tibial varus/valgus (p=0.047) tibial posterior slope (p=0.0001), tibial rotation (p=0.011) and femoraltibial mismatch (p=0.037). Standing Maquet limb alignment was also improved (p=0.004) as was blood loss (p=0.0001). CAK surgery took longer- a mean increase of 13minutes(p=0.0001).

Conclusions This is the first controlled study to assess all seven alignment characteristics of knee arthroplasty in these two groups of patients.

The improvement in alignment resulted in this trial being stopped prematurely as 6 out of 7 of the initial variables had reached significance. It shows a clear improvement in component alignment with computer navigation.


H Pandit D Hollinghurst T Ward R Gill D Beard D Murray NP Thomas

Aim: To compare the kinematic profile of two types of TKRs – a single-axis design Vs a polyradial design, with that of the normal knee.

Methodology: An in-vivo fluoroscopic analysis was carried out as part of a four-armed prospective randomised trial comparing the clinical outcome of two commonly used types of TKRs each with posterior cruciate retaining -CR and sacrificing –CS models. The kinematic profile was obtained by measuring patella tendon angle at specific angles of knee flexion using an established fluoroscopic method whilst the patients performed close and open chain exercises. The data was compared with the kinematic profile of the normal knee.

Results: Fifty-five patients who had undergone TKR at least one year prior, were invited to take part in this ethically approved study. They were matched for age and gender and had a similar clinical outcome.

The kinematic profile of single axis design TKR was closer to normal especially near extension. During mid-flexion, abnormal anterior femoral translation was noticed with the polyradial design. No significant difference was noted between CR and CS designs.

Conclusions: Kinematics after a TKR differed from that of a normal knee. Reproducible differences were found between the two designs, which may predict mode of failure and longevity.


S.K. Chauhan G.W. Clark R.G. Scott S. Lloyd J.M. Sikorski W. Breidahl

Introduction: We describe a CT method that allows the seven alignment characteristics of a knee arthroplasty to be defined in a single investigation.

Method: A multislice CT scanner, scans in 2.5mm slices from the acetabular roof to the dome of the talus with the legs in a standard position.

The mechanical and anatomical axes are identified, from 3 dimensional landmarks, in both AP and lateral planes. The coronal and sagittal alignment of the pros-theses is then measured against the axes.

The rotation of the femoral component is measured relative to the transepicondylar axis. Tibial rotation was measured with reference to the posterior tibial condyles and the tibial tuberosity. Coupled femorotibial rotational alignment was assessed by superimposition of the femoral and tibial axial images.

The results of 100 scans show a low inter and intra observer error rate whilst independent assessment shows a mean measurement error of 3mm in a three dimensional plane. The radiation dose is 2.7mSV.

Conclusions: The technique provides the only currently available measure of all the alignment characteristics required to assess the quality of a knee arthroplasty. It will become a gold standard in planning revision surgery and provide a valuable tool in assessing alignment of painful knee replacements.


E V Wood R C Hartley R Finley R W Parkinson

Purpose of study: The purpose of the study was to determine the influence of patient’s pre-operative mental state on post-operative physical outcomes in primary and revision total knee arthroplasty (TKA).

Methods: 100 Primary and 60 Revision TKA patients were prospectively assessed using SF-12 and WOMAC outcome measures. They were assessed pre-operatively and at six and twelve months post-operatively.

All surgery was performed by a single surgeon, using one prosthesis design in each group.

The data were assessed for any correlation between the pre-operative MCS and post-operative PCS, Pain, Stiffness and Function scores using Spearman’s Rank Correlation.

Results: There was a significant positive correlation between pre-operative MCS and post-operative PCS scores at six and twelve months (P=0.01 and P=0.031 respectively) in the primary TKA patients. There was no correlation in the revision patients.

There was a statistically significant negative correlation between pre-operative MCS and six month WOMAC Pain, Stiffness and Function scores (P=0.025, P=0.019 and P=0.011 respectively) in the primary patients. There was no significant correlation with twelve months WOMAC scores.

There was no significant correlation in terms of pre-operative MCS and six months WOMAC scores in the revision patients, but there was a statistically significant negative correlation between pre-operative MCS and the twelve months pain score (P=0.039).

Conclusion: The results support the concept that high generic mental health scores in patients prior to primary TKA are associated with good physical outcomes in terms of both generic health outcome measures and disease-specific outcome measures.


Mr Christopher Wilson Mr Gavin Tait

Aims: In this study we present the outcome for patients with the Rotaglide mobile meniscal knee prosthesis implanted for osteoarthritis. All patients reviewed had this prosthesis implanted as a primary total knee Arthroplasty in Crosshouse Hospital. The minimum follow up period was 2 years (range 2–8.2).

Method: Patients were assessed clinically by the junior author (CW) and results were standardised using the Hospital for Specialist Surgery (HSS) knee score. Complications were quantified from patient history and examination of the case notes.

Results: Two hundred and two knees were reviewed. The results were then consolidated into groups with a minimum follow up of 2,3,4 and 5 years. The average HSS score was consistent at 91 for all four groups. Complications were also consistent ranging between 10 and 11% in all groups. These are summarised in Tables 1–4 below. The commonest complication was superficial wound infection (4.95%). There were also three deep infections (1.49%) and two revisions due to meniscal failure (0.99%).

Conclusions: These results suggest the Rotaglide total knee Arthroplasty offers safe and effective treatment for osteoarthritis with constantly good clinical results at 2–5 years follow up. The complication rate was also consistent over this period with a low incidence of meniscal failure and deep infection. There have been no failures due to aseptic loosening in this group to date.


C R W Southgate J R Wootton

Aim: A study to determine the results of tibial tubercle osteotomy in a series of revision and difficult primary total knee replacements.

Method: A consecutive series of total knee replacements in which tibial tubercle osteotomy was performed were reviewed retrospectively. 18 revision knees and 5 primary knee replacements were identified. All of the operations performed were by the senior author.

The technique was the same in all cases, involving 9cm osteotomy with screw fixation. In cases with marked restricted flexion and patella baja, the tubercle was deliberately moved proximally to gain length in the extensor mechanism.

Results: All osteotomies had united by 8–12 weeks as assessed on a lateral radiograph.

Range of movement increased on average 45° in the revisions, and by 60° in the primaries.

An active extensor lag in 4 cases (all deliberate proximalisations) post operatively which all recovered.

5 patients underwent MUA for stiffness at 12 weeks.

Conclusion: Tibial tubercle osteotomy allows predictable extensile exposure in primary and revision total knee replacement. It also allows lengthening of a contracted extensor mechanism. Union rate was excellent and complications low. It allows preservation of the quadriceps mechanism and a normal post-operative rehabilitation.


N Aslam C Pasapula R Gunn

We reviewed the outcome of 116 primary cemented Omnifit 7000 series total knee arthroplasties implanted into 108 patients over a period of two years with a mean follow up of 68 months (range, 48–90). During the review period, 12 patients died and 8 patients were lost to follow up (24 knees). The mean Knee Society score postoperatively at review was 86 (range, 65 to 95). The mean functional score at review was 76 (range, 60 to 100). The mean range of motion at review was 100 degrees (range, 85 to 115). Radioluscent lines greater than or equal to 1mm in width were present in 9 (10%) of the femoral views, 12 (14%) of the tibial AP views, 4 (4%) of the tibial lateral views and there was no evidence of progression of the radioluscent lines.

There were three revisions; one because of an early deep joint infection, on due to instability in the AP plane and one due to aseptic loosening. The clinical and radiographic results with a minimum five year follow up show very satisfactory results. The Omnifit 7000 series provides results, which compare well with other cemented arthroplasties in the medium term.


Jamie Flanagan

Aim To describe the presentation, clinical signs and arthroscopic features of isolated laxity of the PLC

Methods The records of 50 patients who had a reconstruction for isolated laxity of the PLC were reviewed. Any patient with injuries to the anterior cruciate, posterior crucicate or lateral collateral ligaments were excluded.

Results History: • 21 patients could not remember an injury. • 12 patients had twisting/squatting injuries. • 17 patients had sporting injuries

Presenting Symptoms The commonest presenting symptoms were associated with overloading the anterior structures of the knee. These presenting symptoms tended to overshadow symptoms of instability which were quite subtle and usually only emerged on direct questioning or after painful lesions had been dealt with arthroscopically.

Clinical Signs All patients had increased posterior translation of the tibia compared to the other side when the knee was examined in 20° of flexion using a modified Lachman test.

Arthroscopic Features The lateral compartment opened easily in 38 (76%) and the posterior half of the lateral meniscus subluxed as far as the equator of the lateral femoral condyle in 32 (64%).

Discussion When the knee is held in 20° of flexion, posterior translation of the tibia is prevented by the structures in the posterolateral corner. A modification of the Lachman test is described which easily demonstrates laxity of the PLC to both clinician and patient.

Conclusion Laxity of the PLC is a common clinical finding, easily detected by a modification of the Lachman test. Patients may present without a history of injury, complaining of pain at the front of the knee and with subtle symptoms of instability. Laxity of the PLC should be considered in patients with recurrent or persistent symptoms following arthroscopy.


R K Goddard H Wynn Jones B I Singh P J Fules J C Shelton M A S Mowbray

Aims: The aims of this study were to evaluate the biomechanical properties and mode of failure of four methods of fixation of hamstring anterior cruciate ligament (ACL) grafts. The fixation methods investigated included titanium round headed cannulated interference (RCI) screws, bioabsorbable RCI screws, Endobuttons and Bollard fixation. A 2-strand equine extensor tendon graft model was used because a previous study has shown it to have equivalent biomechanical properties to that of 4-strand human semitendinosus and gracilis tendon grafts.

Method: Thirty-two stifle joints were obtained from skeletally mature pigs, the soft tissues were removed and the ACL and PCL were sacrificed. Tibial tunnel preparation was standardised using the Mayday rhino horn jig to accurately position a guide wire over which an 8mm tunnel was drilled. A 2-strand equine tendon graft was then introduced into the tibial tunnel and secured with either a titanium RCI screw, a bioabsorbable RCI screw, an Endobutton or an expansile Bollard. The proximal part of the graft was attached to the crosshead of a materials testing machine using the Soffix. Five of each method of fixation were tested mechanically to ultimate failure and under cyclical loading.

Results: The mean ultimate tensile loads (UTL) were: titanium RCI screw = 444 N, bioabsorbable RCI screw = 668 N, Endobutton = 999 N and Bollard = 1153 N. The mode of failure for all RCI screws involved progressive tendon slippage past the screw. Under cyclic loading conditions the titanium and bioabsorbable RCI screws rapidly failed after several hundred 5 to 150 N cycles due to tendon damage and slippage. Both the Bollards and Endobuttons survived 1500 cycles at 50–450N, with less tendon slippage.

Conclusion: Titanium and bioabsorbale RCI screws provide poor initial fixation of tendon grafts used for ACL reconstruction and fail rapidly under cyclic loading. Both Bollards and Endobuttons provide sufficiently high UTL’s and survive cyclic loading to allow early postoperative mobilisation and rehabilitation. Caution must be used in the early postoperative period when using interference screws to secure a hamstring tendon graft because early progressive tendon slippage may result in excessive graft elongation and early clinical failure.


CM Gupte AMJ Bull RD Thomas AA Amis

Aim: To test the hypothesis that the meniscofemoral ligaments (MFLs) make a significant contribution to resisting anteroposterior and rotatory laxity of the posterior cruciate ligament (PCL) deficient knee.

Methods: The anterior and posterior MFLs of eight cadaveric knees were identified using previously described dissection techniques [1], which were shown not to affect overall knee stability in control studies. These specimens were tested for anteroposterior and rotatory laxity in a materials testing machine. The posterior cruciate ligament was then divided, followed by division of the MFLs. Laxity results were obtained for intact, PCL-deficient and PCL/MFL-deficient knees. Results were analysed using repeated measures analysis of variance and paired t tests.

Results: Division of the MFLs in the PCL-deficient knee significantly increased posterior laxity between 15o and 90o of flexion (p< 0.01). Force/displacement measurements revealed that, at 90° flexion, the MFLs contributed to 28% of total resistance to posterior drawer in the intact knee and 70% in the PCL-deficient knee (p< 0.01). There was no effect on rotatory laxity (p> 0.2).

Discussion: Previous studies have demonstrated a high prevalence of the MFLs in knees1 and that these ligaments have a strength similar to the posterior fibre bundle of the PCL [2]. The current in vitro study suggests that they contribute to overall resistance to posterior drawer, especially in the PCL-deficient knee. If this is confirmed in vivo, patients with PCL injuries may have a reduced posterior drawer sign if their MFLs are intact, and this may result in a more stable knee. Thus the MFLs should be accurately identified and assessed during MRI scanning and arthroscopy [3].

Conclusion: This is the first study demonstrating a function for the MFLs as secondary restraints to posterior drawer in the PCL-deficient knee. The integrity of these structures should be assessed during both MRI scanning and arthroscopy of PCL-injured patients, as this may affect the diagnosis and management of such injuries.


A.K. Singh C.N.A. Esler W.M. Harper

Purpose: To determine the incidence of complications and re-operation up to one year following primary total knee replacement in a single health region.

Methods: The Trent Arthroplasty Audit group collects prospective data on all knee replacements performed within this health region (population 5.2 million). All patients are sent a validated self-administered questionnaire one year after surgery. The questionnaire addresses patient satisfaction and any complications and re-operations following surgery. We analysed the returned questionnaires of patients who had their arthroplasty in the years 1998 to 2000. Responses were received from 4317 patients (response rate 75%). Clinical records were also examined to obtain additional information.

Results: Patients reported complications in 516 knees (500 patients). Complication rate (12%). We have no knowledge of the complexity of the surgery but 60% of the complications occurred in patients operated on by a Consultant, 29% by a Specialist Registrar and 10% by an Associate Specialist/ Staff Grade. 2.2% (125 patients) of the patients died within one year of their arthroplasty. The incidence of complications, as stated by the patient was as follows:

Complication: Pain 7%,Stiffness 2%,Superficial infection 1%, Swelling 0.7%, Deep infection 0.7%, DVT 0.4%.

Re-operation / Revision Surgery: Revision: 1.2% (infection 0.5%: Instability 0.7%: Patellar resurfacing 0.4%), Manipulation (1.3%), Arthroscopy (0.7%), ORIF of Periprosthetic # (0.06%).

Conclusion: 12 % of the patients who had a primary knee replacement in Trent region between 1998 and 2000 considered that they had a complication. The deep infection rate was 0.5% and one-year post surgery the revision rate, for all causes was 1.2%. The Manipulation rate was 1.3%.


P J Schranz S Sathyamurthy

We wish to report our observations on a prospective series of 22 patients with high energy posterolateral corner injuries undergoing surgery at our Unit.

Since 1997, all patients presenting to our Unit with posterolateral corner injuries were analysed prospectively. Twenty two patients are presented with a mean follow-up of two years. Thirteen patients underwent acute exploratory surgery within two weeks of injury. The majority of patients had four or more injured structures identified at operation. The surgery involved reattachment of the injured structures together with selective staged intra-articular reconstruction in high demand individuals. Nine patients were referred to our unit a number of years after their original accident. The majority of these chronic cases underwent popliteofibular reconstruction using semitendinosus. All patients from both groups returned to activities of daily living after surgery. Ten patients returned to sport after reconstruction. Eight out of ten of these had undergone acute reconstruction.

Posterolateral corner injuries are high-energy multiple ligament injuries. Acute repair with staged selective intra-articular reconstruction in our series led to 61% of the acute patients returning to sport. Only 22% of the patients presenting late, returned to sport after reconstruction. This suggests that patients are more likely to return to sport if their knees are reconstructed early and we would encourage an assertive approach to these high-energy injuries.


R Y L Liow M McNicholas J F Keating R W Nutton

Introduction: Traumatic knee dislocations are rare but devastating injuries. We have evaluated the clinical results of ligament repair and reconstruction. Knee dislocation was defined as an acute event that produced multidirectional instability with at least 2 of the 4 major ligaments disrupted.

Materials: Twenty-one patients with 22 knee dislocations presented between 1994 and 2001. There was one vascular and one common peroneal nerve injury. Eight (38%) patients were treated in the acute period (< 14 days), 5 (24%) had reconstructions within 1 year of injury. The remainder were late reconstructions. The patients were evaluated at mean follow-up of 32 months (11 to 77). This included ROM measurement, clinical and instrumented ligament laxity testing. Posterior stress view with 10kg weight was used to evaluate the PCL reconstruction. Function was evaluated using the IKDC chart, the Lysholm Score, the Tegner Activity Level, the Knee Outcome Survey and WOMAC.

Results: The mean extension deficit was 6.8 degrees (0–25) and mean flexion deficit was 8.6 degrees (0–20). Of the ACL reconstructions, 4 knees had 0–3mm side-to-side difference, 15 knees had 3–5mm and 1 knee had 6–10mm. Of the PCL reconstructions, 2 were within 3–5mm of side-to-side difference, 9 knees were 6–10mm and 4 were more than 10mm. Posterolateral corner repair/reconstructions appeared durable. None of the knees were IKDC Grade A, 8 knees were Grade B, 9 were as Grade C and 5 were Grade D. The mean Lysholm Score was 81 (66–100) and the mean Tegner Activity Level was 4.9 (1–7). The mean Knee Outcome Survey score was 75 (41–99). Acutely treated knees had better scores than late reconstructions.

Conclusion: Our study has demonstrated good function in the operatively treated knee dislocations at 1–7 years. Nearly all had few problems with daily activities. The ability to return to high-demand sports and heavy manual labour was less predictable.


R J Minns S Young R Bibb P Moliter

The purpose of this study was to characterise accurately, the extent and geometry, and produce representative rigid resin models of full thickness articular cartilage lesions of various types, shapes and sizes on the articular surface of pig patellae.

Ten adult pig patellae and three adult Ox patellae were obtained and cleared of adhering tissue. Full thickness lesions were induced from oval shaped to “U” shaped scarifications by careful use of a hand held bur, and the geometry noted by taking appropriate dimensions with a Vernier cailper in the horizontal and vertical planes, and plan view photographs. MRI images using fat-suppressed weighted 1.5 mm thick slices scans in the horizontal plane, were produced in DICOM format for conversion to SLE files used in the reconstruction in the computer. The patellae were then held in a stone plaster mix to produce a male mould of the articular surface. The computer images were generated and the physical dimensions taken with the Vernier calliper were recorded from the reconstructed image in the computer using graphics software. The computer data was used to produce a rigid full scale model of the articular surface in resin using laser stereolithography which is using in the rapid prototyping industry. The resin models were matched with the male plaster moulds to confirm an accurate match of the 3-dimensional shape of the computer generated in all the types of lesions we produced. It is proposed to use the rigid models to produce sterile templates that could be used by surgeons to fashion an area around a lesion using a suitable reamer/bur using a predetermined criteria of cartilage thickness (say 2 mm), and the same geometrical data would be used to produce a suitable semi rigid scaffold shaped to the lesion. Our study has shown that very accurate 3 dimensional data can be quickly processed from MRI images to produce, using current rapid prototyping techniques, templates and implants to fit lesions accurately in the patella. There is no reason why this technology could not be applied to any joint surface that can be accessed by MRI.


ID McDermott F Sharifi AMJ Bull CM Gupte R deW Thomas AA Amis

Introduction: Accurate size-matching of meniscal allografts is essential to maintain tibiofemoral congruity, and therefore function, especially when the surgical technique of using a bony bridge is employed.

Methods of accurately assessing the required dimensions of an ideal meniscal allograft for each patient are limited. One popular method used is to choose the appropriate graft according to the bony tibial plateau dimensions of the patient, as determined from plain radiographs.

Aims: To correlate meniscal dimensions with the bony dimensions of donor tibial plateaus.

Methods: 22 left and right pairs of donor tibial plateaus with intact meniscal allografts were obtained, giving a total of 88 individual meniscal allografts. Using a digital micrometer, the following meniscal dimensions were measured: anteroposterior length, medial-lateral width, and the radial width at the mid-point of the meniscal body. Peripheral circumference was measured using flexible steel wire. Medial and lateral bony tibial plateau width and length, and total plateau width were also recorded.

Linear regression analysis was used to obtain a formula, relating each meniscal dimension to the various bony plateau measurements. The resulting equations were used to calculate an expected meniscal dimension from the measured plateau dimensions, and this was compared to the size of the actual dimension measured.

Results: The magnitude of the meniscal dimensions measured approximately fitted a normal distribution amongst all the specimens studied. The tibial plateau widths ranged from 69.2mm to 88.4mm (mean 78.5mm, s.d. 5.4mm), a 28% difference. The mean difference between meniscal measurements between the left and right knee of each pair was 7.3%. However, the greatest individual difference observed was 41.8%.

The mean percentage error between meniscal dimensions calculated from specific compartmental tibial plateau dimensions, and the actual measured meniscal dimensions was 5.3% (s.d. 4.1%). When using just total bony tibial plateau width to calculate meniscal dimensions, the percentage error was 6.2% (s.d. 4.9%). This difference was not statistically significant. The maximum error between calculated and actual meniscal dimensions was 32%.

Conclusions: This anatomical study shows that the use of plateau dimensions as a determinant for the sizing of meniscal allografts can be used to predict meniscal dimensions. However, mean errors are in the region of 5% – 6%, and can be as high as 32%. The potential mechanical effects of such graft to host size mismatching must be carefully borne in mind.


V Bobic

Purpose: The aim of this study is the mid-term analysis of osteochondral autograft transplantation for the repair of focal femoral defects.

Methods: We present clinical data based on arthroscopic and MRI appearances of 18 patients, from 2 to 6 years postoperatively, which illustrate growing concern about the progressive deterioration of articular cartilage surrounding the OAT graft. It seems that the osteochondral autograft transfer (OAT) can restore the height and the shape of articulating surface in osteochondral defects with composite autologous material that contains hyaline articular cartilage and a firm carrier. However, limited availability of autologous osteochondral grafts, dead spaces between circular grafts, the lack of integration of donor and recipient hyaline cartilage, and different thickness and mechanical properties of donor and recipient hyaline cartilage are frequent sources of clinical concern.

Results: Typically, the OAT graft itself maintains its mechanical and histological integrity over the years, but surrounding articular cartilage continues to deteriorate, leading to a wide area of further chondral damage. Although this is difficult to understand and explain, it seems that the damage to articular cartilage surrounding the defect, and probably most importantly the lack of chondral integration, are the main reason for further chondral damage.

Conclusion: Adherence to clear indications, correction of concomitant pathology, precise surgical technique and realistic goals are most important when considering OAT surgery in symptomatic patients with femoral osteochondral lesions. Treatment of focal femoral chondral lesions in active individuals remains a significant challenge with many controversies remaining.


AP Chandratreya R Vadivelu TJW Spalding

Purpose: To audit the quality of the still images and documentation of arthroscopic surgery of the knee and to provide guidelines to optimize photographic records.

Methods and Results: The study was conducted in 4 parts

Questionnaire of surgeons views on photographic records: This showed that less than 50% of surgeons felt they could interpret their own photographs and only 25% felt other surgeons records were useful. 80% felt that single image photographs gave clearer information than 4 small images per sheet.

Retrospective audit of 70 arthroscopic records. This showed that the diagnosis was demonstrated in only 60% of records when taken. Small images had been recorded in 75% of cases.

Production of guidelines for improving photographic records.

Re-audit of 50 subsequent records. This showed a significant improvement such that the diagnosis was clearly demonstrated in 84% of records.

Conclusion: Poor picture labelling, inadequate pictures and documentation were found in the majority of the cases. New formulated guidelines led to an improvement in the accuracy and usefulness of recorded images.

This may lead to a reduction in the need for repeat arthroscopy when patients are referred for second opinions to specialist knee surgeons, thereby reducing costs and morbidity.


ID McDermott D Lie F Sharifi AMJ Bull R deW Thomas AA Amis

Aims: To evaluate different surgical techniques of lateral meniscal allograft transplantation in cadaver knees, and to assess how these techniques affect tibial contact pressures.

Methods: The femoral and tibial shafts of five human cadaver knees were cemented into steel pots. Fresh-frozen irradiated human meniscal allografts were supplied by the East Anglia Tissue Services Department of the National Blood Service.

The knees were mounted into an Instron materials testing machine. Paddles of pressure-sensitive Fuji Prescale Film were inserted into the lateral compartment of the knee, underneath the lateral meniscus. Each knee was then loaded to 700N for 10 seconds. The Fuji Film paddles were digitally scanned and then analysed using Scion Image Analysis software to determine the intra-articular contact pressures.

Contact pressures were then determined after (i) total lateral meniscectomy, (ii) lateral meniscal allograft transplantation using a bone plug-keyhole technique to secure the horn attachments, and (iii) after insertion of the graft by suturing only.

Results: Total lateral meniscectomy led to a mean increase in maximum contact pressures of 103% (s.d. 63). Mean maximum contact pressures after lateral meniscal transplantation with a bone cylinder were 59% (s.d. 60) greater than the intact state, and after suturing only of the graft, were 85% (s.d. 74) greater than the intact knees.

Conclusions: Overall, lateral meniscal transplantation did partially restore contact pressures within the knees, and the use of a graft attached to a bone cylinder appeared to be more effective than just simple suturing of the graft. However, the results varied greatly between the different knees. In two knees, the results of meniscal transplantation were excellent. However, results were poor in knees with inaccurate graft-to-host size matching or where there was significant articular degeneration.


A. Blythe T.P.B Tasker P. Zioupos Gloucester

Purpose: To perform a biomechanical comparison between an older established and a recently introduced technique, used in suturing semitendinosus quadrupled grafts.

Methods: Flexor tendons were harvested from pigs giving a tendon of similar dimensions to semitendinosus. Specimens were prepared using an older established suturing method utilising a Bunnel ‘whip’ stitch (group A, 21 specimens), and a recently introduced(1) method where the tendon is sutured back on itself having an overlap of either 20mm or 30mm and forming a closed loop (group B, 40 specimens). In group A, a tibial fixation button was used and grafts were prepared as to have a common representative overall length. Consideration was given in mounting either end of these grafts in representative conditions. The lengths of Group B specimens were of comparable dimensions to group A, but were mounted by using custom-made grips incorporating roller bars. Tests were performed in a Dartec servohydraulic materials testing machine in fatigue and in single loading at various strain rates and by using physiological loading patterns and in physiological ambient conditions.

Results: Group A specimens failed in a small load range of 200–250N and at the whipstitch, which snapped at the knot tied around the tibial button. Group B specimens failed either in the overlap region (for the shorter overlaps) or in mid-tendon substance (for longer overlaps). In general group A showed low fatigue strength and high unpredictability in its fatigue lifetime. Group B showed nearly 3 times as high fatigue strength and consistent predictable results throughout the range of loads used (200–600N).

Conclusion: The new technique for suturing quadrupled semitendinosus grafts has been evaluated in tests under more physiological loading and ambient conditions. The technique significantly improves the fatigue life of the graft and should permit the goal of a more aggressive rehabilitation programme.


Mr WJ Hart Mr R Spencer-Jones

Aims: The purpose of this study was to review the success rates of a new management strategy when dealing with deep infection in knee arthroplasty.

Methods: Since 1998 a management plan consisting of an initial debridement, insertion of vancomycin loaded prostolac spacers and 2 weeks of intravenous antibiotics has been used. If inflammatory indices are improved at 12 weeks reimplantation occurs with antibiotic treatment until cultures are completed. The necessary data has been prospectively collected and reviewed to identify predictors of success.

Results: 34 patients have been identified with a minimum of 12 months follow up. 27 of these have at least 24 months follow up. With an endpoint of a functioning prosthesis clear of infection we have achieved an 82% success rate. If the inflammatory indices and frozen section were normal at the time of reimplantation this was 90% predictive of a successful outcome. Although 13 patients had a combination of abnormal blood tests, cultures and frozen sections at the time of reimplantation only 4 of these went on to develop recurrent infection. 2 patients with normal investigations at reimplantation went on to demonstrate residual infection.

Conclusion: Short courses of parenteral treatment can produce comparable results to previously published series when treating deep infection after knee replacement. Allowing weight bearing and range of motion exercise does not appear to hamper the eradication of infection. None of the investigations currently employed have been shown to be 100% reliable in this series of cases. Whilst attention to detail and careful planning are pre-requisites for this surgery one still has to prepared for failure.


D P Powles W J S Aston

Object: To determine whether moderate bone loss in revision total knee arthroplasty can be corrected using an uncemented prosthesis combined with cancellous bone grafting.

Methods and results: 23 revision total knee replacements for aseptic loosening or sepsis were undertaken by the senior author between May 1999 and August 2002. All cases involved bone loss of grades F2 and or T2 according to the Anderson Orthopaedic Research Institute Classification (Engh 1998). Bone loss was treated with a mixture of morselized autograft, morselized allograft and bone reamings loosely packed into any contained or uncontained defects following the technique of Whiteside (1992). Uncemented pros-theses with long contact bearing stems were then inserted.

All 23 cases were able to partially weight bear immediately postoperatively, indicating satisfactory early press fit. No cases of loosening or cases suspicious of loosening have been noted.

Of the 23 cases 19 have been followed for at least 1 year. 18/19 showed consolidation of bone defects and in 1 case there was significant bone resorption under the tibial base plate due to stress shielding.

Conclusion: This technique is successful in building up moderate bone loss in revision total knee arthroplasty, therefore avoiding the need for excessive bone resection, large metal augments, mass allografts or custom prostheses.


E A H Chowdhury M L Porter

We wanted to know if a mobile bearing Total Knee Arthroplasty was able to cope with rotation of the tibial tray about the femoral prosthesis, by studying the tibio-femoral and patello-femoral joints.

This was a kinematic study that used a mobile bearing TKA mounted on a jig that allowed rotation of the tibial tray. The TKA was moved through a 90° range of flexion and we used photography to record the effects at the tibio-femoral and patello-femoral joints. We found that with a fixed tibia, increasing the degree of external rotation increased the degree of medial femoral condyle lift off from the polyethylene insert which was complete at 25° of tibial tray external rotation. The lift off increased with the degree of flexion. The patello-femoral joint remained congruent. If the rotated tibial tray was mounted on a tibia that was allowed to freely rotate, it led to congruity at the tibio-femoral joint. Now we found that there was medial facet impingement and lateral facet lift off of the patella button in extension and flexion.

We concluded that this mobile bearing prosthesis did not cope well with rotation of the tibial tray. The relatively low congruency at the tibio-femoral articulation meant that there was a reduced “driving force” at the tibio-femoral joint resulting in less than adequate rotation of the mobile polyethylene insert. We feel that the tibial tray must be placed in neutral to the femoral prosthesis and failure to do so will result in abnormal polyethylene loading that would increase wear and may culminate in early prosthesis revision.


G Semple

The femoral antero-posterior axis (AP or Whiteside’s Line) is one of the frequently used landmarks during total knee arthroplasty for determining rotation of the femoral component. Femoral morphology is assumed to be relatively constant and bone cuts made to prepare the distal femur are referenced from this landmark. Few studies have confirmed the consistency or reproducibility of this axis in normal femora even though the effect of malrotation on patella tracking and valgusvarus knee stability has been well documented.

Fifty normal (non-degenerate) cadaveric femora (27 right, 23 left) were studied. The AP axis was identified and marked on each. An end-on photograph was taken to give a two dimensional image. The transepicondylar axis (TEA) was then drawn on each image. The angle between these two axes was recorded.

Measurement of the TEA referenced from the AP axis gave a mean angle of 90.82 degrees (range 80–102; standard deviation=4.72).

This study shows that the femoral AP axis is a reasonable method of determining femoral component rotation during total knee arthroplasty. However the variance in the results would suggest that other landmarks should also be used as a means of cross-checking femoral component rotation.


AS Bajwa A Lakhdawala P Finn CME Lennox

Aims: Whether the harvesting of Hamstring graft for ACL reconstruction results in compromised knee flexion strength and proprioception, and hence knee function?

Methods: A prospective study, approved by the local Ethics committee, was undertaken to assess the function and strength of the knee joint in patients who had ACL reconstruction performed using a four-strand Hamstring graft. The contra lateral knee acted as control. 28 knee joints were studied with mean follow up 70.1 weeks (range 52–156). All operated knees received an extensive set regime of pre and post-operative physiotherapy. Assessment tools were Biodex dynamometry and stabilometery for hamstring and quadriceps strength and proprioception, clinical examination, Laxometer arthrometry for measured anterior draw. The knee function was assessed using a questionnaire incorporating International knee documentation committee (IKDC) proforma, Lysholm 2 score and Tegner’s activity scale.

Results: Objective assessment using Biodex dynamometer pre-operatively showed that mean peak flexion torque was 67.86 N-m (SD± 24) in the involved knee and 76.1 N-m (SD± 22.2) in the healthy knee. Following reconstruction (mean 70.1 weeks post-op), mean peak flexion torque around the knee joint was 69.8 N-m (SD± 20.6) and 76.2 N-m (SD ±22.1) in the operated and non-operated knee (control) respectively. Flexion torque in the operated knee was as good as the control and not significantly different from the pre-operative levels.

Mean Flexion: Extension ratio around the knee joint was 53.9% in the operated and 53.2% in non-operated sides. Mean stability index, measured using open eye stabilometery, was 3.5 (SD±2.4) on the operated and 3.1 (SD±1.8) on the non-operated side, with no significant difference demonstrable.

The mean age of patients was 28.3 (range 18–44) years. Mean IKDC score following reconstruction was 74.8 (range 49–100), SD±18.5. There was significant improvement in pre and post reconstruction mean Lysholm 2 and Tegner’s activity scores (p< 0.01). Subjective function of the knee on a scale of 0–10 improved from pre-operative 3.1 to post-operative 7.7 (p< 0.01). Arthrometry at 25-degree flexion and 130 N force using Laxometer showed mean anterior laxity 5.3mm on the operated side and 3.1 on the healthy side (side to side difference 2.2mm).

Conclusion: The function of the knee improved significantly following ACL reconstruction both objectively and subjectively. The harvesting of Hamstring as a graft neither compromises the flexion torque nor the proprioception around the knee joint.


AS Bajwa M Allami P Finn PJ Gregg

Aims: To ascertain the efficacy of viscosupplementation with Supartz intra-articular knee injections when used in the absence of a specific protocol for its use.

Methods: Retrospective cohort study using data from a dedicated injection clinic, patient case notes and knee radiographs. Patients received the therapy in the absence of a protocol for its use. Patient’s age, gender, symptoms, walking ability, presence of deformity, medication history, previous injection or surgical intervention, physiotherapy, co-morbidity, date of presentation, delivery of course of supartz injections and indication were recorded. Knee radiographs were analysed using Kellgren and Lawrence grading system. Pain relief and avoidance of surgical intervention (when surgery was an option) were the outcome measures.

Results: 965 intra-articular injections in 193 courses of supartz therapy were given in 143 patients. 45.6% were male and 54.4% were female patients. At presentation, 33.2% patients were able to walk < 1/2 a mile, 35.2% patients 1/2-1 mile and 31.6% > 1 mile. Radiological assessment (using Kellgren and Lawrence grading) showed 2 cases with stage 1 disease, 83(43%) with stage 2, 102(52.3%) with stage 3, and 6 cases with stage 4 disease. The medial compartment was involved in 185 cases (95.9%), the lateral compartment in 44 (22.8 %) and patellofemoral joint (PFJ) was involved in 122 (63.2 %).

Pain relief was obtained in 84/193 cases (43.5%). In 122 cases where the aim was to avoid surgery, this was achieved in 52 cases (42.6%). Success rate decreased with increasing severity of disease (Fisher’s Exact test; p< 0.01). Only 25/122 cases with PFJ involvement had pain relief (21%), compared to 59/71 cases without PFJ involvement (83%), (Chi squared test; χ 2(1)=71.57, p< 0.01). Younger age (< 60 years) is a poor prognostic factor (Chi squared test; χ2(1)= 5.86, p=0.02).

Conclusions: Younger patients and those with PFJ involvement and advanced disease are unlikely to benefit from Supartz intra-articular injection. We consider it inappropriate to use this therapy in the absence of a protocol for its use.


Pradhan N Gambhir AK Kay P Porter ML

Fifty-seven revision total knee arthroplasties were performed in our hospital using the TC3 system between 1995 and 1997. Twelve patients died. Forty-five patients were followed up for an average of 5.6 years (range 4 – 7 years). No patients were lost to follow-up.

All patients were clinically and radiologically evaluated. A postal patient satisfaction questionnaire was completed. Two patients were revised; one for infection and one for instability. Survivorship using revision as the end point was 93.3% at 7 years.

Indications for revision were infection(4;9%), instability(38;84%), pain and stiffness(3;7%). 32(71%) patients were satisfied with their outcome, 7(16%) were non-committal and 6(13%) were disappointed at 5 years. We have analysed the 13 dissatisfied patients and highlight the lessons learnt.

Pain and stiffness are not good indications for revision.

Insert thickness of more than 17.5mm is suggestive of elevation of the joint-line. Instead the femoral component should be distalised.

Step wedges should be used in preference to angular wedges.

Always long stem the tibial implant if augments are used.

Stems should be canal filling with adequate grip on the diaphysis.

We suggest the above lessons we have learnt from our initial revision arthroplasty learning curve may correlate to the clinical outcome of this small group of dis-satisfied patients.


AJ Porteous M Hassaballa JH Newman

Aim: The aim of this study was to evaluate the functional results and ease of performing revision surgery after a primary unicompartmental arthroplasty versus primary total knee arthroplasty.

Method: 114 revision TKRs had data collected prospectively as part of our unit’s Knee Database. 45 were revisions of UKR’s and 79 revisions of TKR’s. This data included Bristol Knee Scores (BKS), reason for revision, use of implant augments and bone graft. Measurements were also made of the ability to restore joint-line after revision.

Results: In both groups there was a significant improvement in BKS post-operatively. In the UKR group the commonest reason for revision was progression of disease, while in the TKR group it was aseptic loosening. Bone graft was required in significantly fewer UKR cases (20% vs 40%, P< 0.05). Distal femoral augments were used in 45% of the TKR revisions but in none of the revisions from UKR. The joint line was elevated in a significantly higher proportion of revision from TKR cases versus revision from UKR cases (P< 0.001). Revisions from UKR had higher Total BKS and Functional BKS score than revisions from TKR.

Conclusions: Revision TKR after a primary UKR requires less bone graft, fewer augments, restores the joint line more frequently and gives improved functional results over revisions after primary TKR.


I Bisbinas H Nasr U DeSilva RJ Grimer DJA Learmonth

Aim The aim of this study was to identify the presentation, management and outcomes this rare disease using the large series of patients treated at our unit

Material and Methods We reviewed the medical records and x-rays of all the patients who were referred – treated for PVNS around the knee joint between 1990 and 2002

Results 42 patients totally were treated or had second opinion for PVNS disease. 37 have been analysed in detail.

Their mean age was 33 years old and 11 patients were below 17 years of age. There was a predilection for females with 22 (59.5%) out of 37 patients.

There was average 3.3 years period of time with swelling/knee symptoms before diagnosis .

The MRI scan was the cornerstone for the patient’s assessment. It has proved useful in recurrent disease and posterior ”Bakers cyst” disease.

2 of the patients had been managed with arthroscopic synovectomy alone, 10 patients have undergone simultaneous arthroscopic synovectomy combined with open excision of any “Bakers cyst” disease.

10 had “open synovectomy”. 3 patients have had radiotherapy .3 patients have had TKR Complications included 3 superficial wound infections, 1 DVT, 1 PE, 1 stress fracture after radical bone curettage, common temporary/refractory stiffness (needing physio/ MUAs). Recurrence was high and managed with repeat arthroscopic synovectomy.

Conclusion PVNS is a rare disorder with typical mono-articular involvement affecting most commonly the knee joint. MRI and biopsy is the gold standard for the establishment of diagnosis and often needs a combined approach with arthroscopic and open posterior cyst excision. Radiotherapy is helpful in aggressive cases. TKR is suggested when there is associated articular erosion. The patient should be warned about the long course of treatment and often multiple procedures because of high recurrence rates.


Full Access
TJW Spalding D Clark J Kulkarni W Taylor A Chandratreya

Purpose To determine which patients respond best to viscosupplementation injections for osteoarthritis of the knee.

Methods and Results We undertook a prospective study of all patients undergoing Hylan G-F 20 injections in the knee recording the indication, severity of symptoms, baseline demographic details and the WOMAC score. Outcome data was collected at 3, 6 and 12 months at an independent telephone interview to determine if patients were improved, the same or worse, and by postal WOMAC score.

100 patients were studied. 3 records were excluded, as there was no follow-up recorded. The demographics on 97 were: mean age 67 (range 37–91), male 56%, mean duration of symptoms 8.8yrs and primary OA in 65%.

Overall 43% were improved at 3 months, 31% at 6 months and 29% at 12 months. When the results were analysed according to indication, patients with ‘moderate non-mechanical osteoarthritic symptoms after failed medical management and not severe enough for arthroplasty’ did best (49% at 3 months and 38% at 6 months). Patients with ‘persisting arthritic symptoms after attempted arthroscopic debridement for mechanical type knee symptoms’ had less predictable results (42% improved at 3 months and 23% at 6 months). Patients with ‘severe or deteriorating symptoms while awaiting knee replacement’ or who were ‘too medically ill for TKR’ had a low rate of improvement (18% at 3 months).

Conclusion Viscosupplementation is unreliable in patients with end stage OA awaiting TKR. This study allows for better targeting of this useful expensive treatment modality.


J K Borrill A J Porteous J Seddon-Porteous H G Morris

Introduction Cold therapy is known to reduce pain and swelling after surgical procedures on the knee. We hypothesised that if cold therapy is started earlier, then there would be a reduction in pain and swelling in patients undergoing arthroscopic anterior cruciate ligament (ACL) reconstruction

Methods We prospectively randomised 40 patients undergoing arthroscopic ACL reconstruction with hamstring autograft, to receive either room temperature (19°C) or cold (4°C) arthroscopy irrigation fluid.Patients were then assessed over the following 7 days, with regard to pain (measured on a visual analogue scale), and swelling (measured with limb girth at 4 points around the knee).

Results Pain scores were consistently reduced in the cold fluid group compared to the room temperature group throughout the post operative period, and this difference was significant (p< =0.05) from 6 hours until 7 days post-operatively

At day 7 the swelling measured at 5cm below the joint and 5cm above the joint were significantly lower in the cold group compared with the room temperature group.

Drainage from the intra-articular drain was significantly lower in the cold group.

Conclusion The use of cold irrigation fluid is a simple and safe measure by which pain and swelling (at day 7), can be reduced in the early post-operative period for arthroscopic ACL reconstruction.


S Raja S Nuttall G Tselentakis AJ Banks

In the National Health Service although some units perform ACL reconstruction as a day case, others continue to admit patient’s overnight due to a possible medicolegal implication of complication including postoperative pain, nausea and vomiting and urinary retention. The aim of this study is to assess the safety, efficacy of post operative pain control, cost effectiveness of the day case procedure and the role of extended acute ‘hospitalcare in the community’ by a Rapid Response Team.

We carried out a retrospective review of data of fifty-seven patients who underwent day case ACL reconstruction with pre-emptive analgesia and postoperative pain control with analgesics and non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs. Rapid Response Team consisting of qualified nurses who provide intensive level of nursing cares in-patients home provided the postoperative community care. Aim of this team is to reduce the pressure of acute hospital beds.

Out of fifty-seven patients, adequate pain relief was achieved in 92.8%. One patient needed admission for pain relief, one patient needed admission for excessive bleeding and five patients had nausea and vomiting. Cost analysis showed that ACL reconstruction is cost effective. We conclude that ACL reconstruction is a safe procedure provided attention is given to patient selection, preadmission screening, patient education, preemptive analgesia with appropriate pain management and post operative community care.


Full Access
S M Gajjar A D Narvekar

Purpose : Mucoid degeneration of the Anterior cruciate ligament(ACL) is not a well-known entity. Only 1 case of mucoid degeneration of the ACL has been reported in the English literature. This article describes 5 cases of mucoid degeneration of the ACL with clinical features, MRI findings and a method of arthroscopic management of these cases.

Methods : Over a period of 18 months from 1999-2001, 5 patients were diagnosed to be suffering from mucoid degeneration of the ACL using MRI, histopathological and arthroscopic criteria. All patients presented with progressive knee pain and restriction of flexion without history of a significant trauma or instability preceding the symptoms. MRI showed an increased signal in the substance of the ACL both in the T1 and T2 weighted images with a mass like configuration that were reported as a partial or complete tear of the ACL by most radiologists. At arthroscopy the ACL was homogenous, bulbous, hypertrophied and taut occupying the entire intercon-dylar notch. The ligamentum mucosum was absent in all patients. A debulking of the ACL was performed by a judicious excision of the degenerate mucoid tissue taking care to leave behind as much of the intact ACL as possible. Releasing it and performing a notchplasty treated impingement of the ACL to the roof and lateral wall. The ACL was not fully excised in any of the patients.

Results : All patients were pain free and had recovered full flexion except one who had painful flexion beyond 120°. None of the patients had symptoms of instability.

Conclusion : Mucoid degeneration of the ACL is a clinical condition afflicting active middle aged people without a single significant traumatic episode with a specific MRI picture. They respond well to a judicious arthroscopic release of the ACL with notchplasty.


S.R. Bollen

Antero-inferior reattachment of a femoral peel off type injury of the Anterior Cruciate Ligament (ACL) occurs fairly commonly when an injury involves a valgus strain in addition to the more common external rotation strain of the knee.

This produces a recognisable and consistent pattern of clinical signs with an increased Lachman but with a solid end stop, an increased anterior drawer with no end stop and a pivot glide or 1+ pivot shift. This pattern of signs can be explained on a biomechanical basis.

From a functional point of view the reattachment often provides enough stability to allow a patient to return to a reasonable level of sporting activity.

Problems arise however when functional instability does occur and an inability to interpret the clinical signs, an MRI that is often interpreted as normal, and an arthroscopy when, to the inexperienced, the ACL may look relatively normal, leads to an error in decision making with regard to ACL reconstruction.

This variety of ACL injury has not been previously reported.


NP Thomas H Pandit R Kankate R Venkatesh F. Wandless

Introduction: The aim of this study was to compare two methods of femoral fixation for four strand Hamstring (4SH) primary ACL reconstruction: namely a recently introduced suspensory fixation using absorbable polylactic acid cross pins versus our traditional method of anchor fixation.

Method: Forty-five consecutive patients, who had undergone primary ACL reconstruction using 4SH graft and the suspensory femoral fixation were prospectively evaluated by an independent observer. IKDC scores were recorded and laxity was assessed using cruciometer. These results were compared with a similar well-matched cohort of patients whose femoral fixation was with an anchor. Tibial fixation in both the groups was similar.

Results: No significant difference was noted between the two groups on comparison of IKDC scores or cruciometer readings at a minimum one-year follow-up.

Conclusions: This suspensory method of femoral fixation for a four-strand hamstring graft provided a secure fixation with satisfactory early clinical results. As this method of fixation is a new technique, further follow-up is needed for long-term validation.


N.D.L. Burger F.A. Weber

Information acquired from retrieved polyethylene ace-tabular components is invaluable to the design engineer in achieving better in-vivo service. The failure criteria used, namely mode-1 to 4 wear, are vague and not user-friendly. Based on an in-depth evaluation of over 100 failed acetabular cups, this study investigated a more precise classification

Although all the cups were obtained from one centre, they were not clearly marked, making an accurate assessment of the in-vivo life impossible. This, however, was not the aim of the study. We used visual inspections, magnifying glasses, colour-dye penetrant and stereo-microscopes to examine the cups. The most common defects identified were mechanical damage, cracks in the material, plastic flow, scratches, fretting, flaking and wear particles embedded in base material. These cups provided valuable data for compilation of a proposed set of failure criteria to be used in future. Visible defects should be used as a classification tool in future cup-failure analysis. They are explicit and can be used with confidence.


E.E.G. Lautenbach

A scoring system that objectively weighs up the indications, contra-indications and order of priority for joint replacement is useful when assessing patients who demand surgery or when providing health fund providers with objective motivation for surgery.

The appropriate American score (Harris Hip Score or American Knee Society Rating) is applied. The scoring system goes on to assess the degree of pain and functional ability in greater depth. It takes into consideration the extent of other affected joints and the ability to perform normal activities of daily living such as driving, dressing, foot care, bathing and recreational pursuits.

The functional demands of the patient’s activities at home are then assessed, taking into account how much assistance is available, and what need there is to shop or make use of public transport, and how much walking or stair-climbing this entails. To this is added an assessment of the functional demands or stresses of the patient’s occupation. By adding the American scores and the additional scores for pain and functional ability, and subtracting from that total the score for functional demands at home and at work, one arrives at a score for the degree of compromise (American Score + pain + function – functional demand = compromise score). A lower score means greater compromise.

Finally, one determines the risk of morbidity and mortality. The greater the risk, the lower the compromise score should be. The contra-indication score is reached by multiplying the compromise score by the morbidity and mortality risks and dividing by 100. Depending on how one looks at it, the contra-indication score reflects either the urgency of surgery or the degree of resistance against it.


A. Schepers D. van der Jagt

Primary total hip replacements are routine procedures with good outcomes. To ensure uniformly good results it is important that a thorough preoperative assessment of the patient is made. The prosthesis best suited to the patient and the pathology must be carefully selected and the optimal surgical technique must take into account patient, pathology and prosthesis parameters.

We discuss patients’ problems such as morbid obesity, the different arthritides and neuromotor abnormalities. Acetabular problems, including dysplastic acetabula and acetabula protrusio, are dealt with in detail. We examine post-traumatic hip pathologies, including retained fracture implants, nonunions and ankyloses. On the femoral side, dysplastic femurs, post-traumatic malunions and post-osteotomies are dealt with.


H. de la Vega G. Verschae

Anterolateral acetabular bone deficiency is one of the problems associated with total hip arthroplasty in patients with developmental dysplasia of the hips. We studied the integration of the acetabular reconstruction (cemented socket) in a bulk femoral head autograft. Between 1995 and 2003, we compared 10 patients with a second group who were treated by means of uncemented acetabular components. All the patients had complained of moderate to severe pain.

The techniques for the two procedures, cemented and uncemented, were comparable. Out of the 10 cemented procedures, one failed. In the uncemented cup procedure, one also failed after surgery. The results were comparable with published figures and encourage us to continue using the cemented procedure.


D. van der Jagt A. Schepers

Resorption of the calcar below the collar of a titanium femoral prosthesis was observed. Biopsies of these lesions showed concentrations of polyethylene. We assessed the size of the resorption and correlated this with the size of the femoral prosthesis and the time since implantation. The age and the weight of the patient were also linked to the size of the prosthesis.

We conducted a finite element analysis (FEA) of the femoral component-femur complex in both the loaded and unloaded situation. The FEA study demonstrated changing pressure under the collar that can be translated into microbending motions, with the degree of the movement dependent on the size of the prosthesis, the material of the prosthesis and the weight of the patient.

We hypothesise that the existence of a ‘polyethylene pump’ due to the bending movements of the collared prosthesis concentrates polyethylene particles under the collar. We therefore postulated that the calcar resorption is due to the polyethylene granulomatous lesions, resulting from the micromotion of the collar of the prosthesis.


A. Magabotha S. Naido D. van der Jagt A. Schepers

Over five years, 85 low-cost primary total arthroplasties (Eortopal Bulteamex) were done at a referral hospital. These were followed up for a mean of 48 months (minimum of 18 months). There were 11 revisions (13%), with four (4.7%) necessary for aseptic loosening, two (2.3%) for recurrent dislocations, four (4.7%) for sepsis and one (1.3%) for a periprosthetic fracture.

When these results were compared with the Trent Regional Arthroplasty Register, the revision rate was noted to be four times higher than in the Trent study, with aseptic revisions being twice as high and infection rates three times higher. Dislocation rates were half those in the Trent study. We concluded that our lower dislocation rate probably reflected the quality of our surgery. Our higher sepsis rate was probably related to the hospital environment, and the high aseptic loosening rate due to the quality of the ‘low-cost’ prosthesis.

We conclude that to be cost-efficient, ‘low-cost’ prostheses must be of good quality and that the hospital environment must be optimal. This study highlights the need for an Arthroplasty Register in South Africa.


P. Firer

This instructional lecture reviews the drill hole positions, how to determine the entrance and exit points, and how to do the actual drilling.


C. Noble M. Ferguson S. Johnson

The goals of this study were to determine the outcome of surgical iliotibial band release in long-distance runners with iliotibial band friction syndrome (ITBFS).

A retrospective study of 66 patients (94 ITBFS) treated between 1995 and 1999 was performed. The diagnosis was made clinically by the presence of a positive Noble test. All other pathology was excluded. All patients had failed a trial of conservative therapy consisting of rest, physiotherapy, activity modification and corticosteroid injections.

Surgery was performed on an outpatient basis and patients were monitored postoperatively for at least two years. The outcome was assessed according to patient satisfaction, the time it took to return to running, level of activity and surgical complications.

Most patients were able to start running again within six weeks of surgery. Complications included three superficial infections and two cases of prolonged pain. The procedure was unsuccessful in three patients. Ninety-six percent of patients said that they would have this procedure again.

ITBFS is common in long-distance runners in this country. This is a safe, simple and effective surgical alternative for patients who do not respond to conservative treatment.


Full Access
M.J. van Wyk F.A. Weber

Because of the preconception that they are doomed to early failure, the use of rotating hinges in total knee arthroplasty (TKA) remains a controversial topic. We share our experience of more than 100 patients undergoing TKA using a rotating hinge.

As we had in mind the single purpose of allaying fears of early failure, this was a fairly simple study, using revision as a concrete endpoint. We discuss indications, contra-indications and some examples.

With our study showing a 93.6% survivorship rate at a mean of 4.8 years, we conclude that the rotating hinge has a definite place in TKA.


J. Kruger

The main objective of the study was to determine the best method of treatment for adolescents with anterior cruciate ligament (ACL) injuries. Results were collected retrospectively from clinical notes from January 1999 to December 2001, during which time 14 patients were treated. Patient satisfaction, clinical examination and Cybex evaluation were used as criteria. A review of the literature on the subject was also conducted.

The results at four to six-month follow-up showed that 85.6% of the patients returned to active sport participation at the same level, 100% had stable knees on clinical examination, and no patient had any leg-length discrepancy or rotational or angular malalignment.

The ruptured ACL in young adolescents should be reconstructed to prevent re-injury and to decrease the incidence of traumatic degeneration in the unstable knee joint.


N.D.L. Burger F.A. Weber

We conducted an engineering failure analysis of retrieved acetabular cups. From one centre, 37 properly-marked components were retrieved. The details of the patients were noted. Of the 37 components, 27 were brought to the laboratory for an engineering investigation of the cause of failure. A further 10 components were also taken to the biochemistry laboratory within an hour of retrieval, with tissue removed from the patients.

The purpose of the investigation was to determine whether any proteins were deposited inside the cups and to see whether there was wear debris on either the retrieved component or in the tissue surrounding the prosthesis. We used visual inspection, colour-dye penetrant, stereo-microscopes, scanning electron microscopes, and mass-spectometric analysis to examine the cups. Debris was captured using 0.4-um filters.

We found mechanical failure in vivo is mainly caused by plastic flow. Fretting is the second most likely cause of failure. Both of these are indicative of localised overheating between the acetabular component and the ceramic femoral head. The most likely cause of the overheating is lack of lubrication. With electrophoresis it became evident that at some time in their in-vivo service these cups had reached temperatures exceeding 60°C. These temperatures were confirmed on a five-poster hip simulator.

We suggest that an in-depth study be undertaken to establish the method of in-vivo lubrication and the lubricity of the available lubricant.


N.D.L. Burger F.A. Weber

The mechanical failure of ultra-high molecular weight polyethylene (UHMWPE) acetabular cups in vivo is due mainly to a combination of excessive plastic flow and fretting. Localised overheating of the bearing surface, due to insufficient lubrication, causes this. The purpose of this study was to determine the amount of creep in UHMWPE under various conditions.

Test pieces were cut from a piece of raw material and tested according to ASTM D2990. In the first test, to determine the anisotropic behaviour of the material, test pieces of raw material were cut at various orientations. The material was then tested in the virgin state and the virgin state at different temperatures. It was also gamma sterilised under different conditions, namely 24 kGy in air, 25 kGy in a nitrogen atmosphere and 25 kGy in air, and heat treated at 80°C to get an annealing effect. Further tests were conducted to determine the effect of cross-linking on creep behaviour. These tests were administered at room temperature, at 50°C and at 60°C.

The material showed extreme anisotropic behaviour. It was more sensitive to creep in the centre of the bar than on the outside (32%). Maximum creep, however, occurred at a 45°-angle. This is significant if we assume that maximum loading of an acetabular cup occurs at an angle of 70.7°. The difference in creep for the virgin material, measured at room temperature and at 60°C, was 87.3% or 0.716 mm. The variance in creep for the different methods of sterilisation was a maximum of 0.3 mm. Creep for the cross-linked material, however, was markedly less than for the virgin material. There was a decrease of 36% (0.58 mm) in creep at room temperature and almost 83% (0.84 mm) at 60°C.

The test results show that the cross-linked material is much more stable. This may explain the good in-vivo service of these products.


D. Shakespeare

The aim of total knee arthroplasty (TKA) is to align both the femoral and tibial components perpendicular to the mechanical axis of the leg. Most instrument systems cut the femur and tibia independently. Accurate alignment of the femoral component is hampered by our inability to define precisely the centre of the hip in three-dimensional space. Femoral resection is therefore based on a number of assumptions, which unfortunately do not hold true all of the time.

First, it assumes that an intramedullary rod follows a predictable path in the femur; secondly, that there is a fixed relationship between the rod and the mechanical axis of the leg, and thirdly that the shape of the distal femur is constant. Fourthly, even if the resection is correct, it assumes that the femoral component sits perfectly on cut surfaces. Further, there are inherent inaccuracies in the assessment of femoral component position, in that rotation of the limb with a 10° fixed-flexion deformity greatly affects apparent component position.

The exact entry point into the femur also influences alignment in that an intramedullary rod placed through an entry point 10 mm anterior to the intercondylar notch of the femur gives a mean valgus angle of 8°. When the tibia is cut perpendicular to its long axis in the coronal plane, assuming 3° of tibial varus, the femur needs to be cut with the corresponding degree of valgus, i.e., 5°. Even this argument is based on a small number of cadavers and does not take account of variations in the anatomy of the distal femur. In particular, a valgus bow can result in valgus malposition of the component. Extramedullary alignment carries the problem of using only a surface representation of the centre of the hip in a single plane, which becomes inaccurate as the femoral jig is rotated.

Malalignment of the tibial component increases the stress on the ultra-high molecular weight polyethylene insert, predisposing it to increased wear and subsidence. Studies comparing intramedullary and extramedullary guidance systems for cutting the proximal tibia have shown that 71% to 94% of prostheses inserted with an intramedullary guide, and 82% to 88% inserted with an extramedullary guide, are within 2° of being perpendicular to the long axis of the tibia.

To set a benchmark for comparison with computer assisted and robotic techniques currently being developed, we felt that it was important to assess the accuracy of placement of both the tibial base plate and femoral component in the coronal plane using current guidance systems.

We developed a series of radiographs allowing accurate independent assessment of femoral and tibial components. A long anteroposterior view of the distal femur with the patient prone was used to assess femoral placement. Coned views of the proximal and distal femur on the same plate were used to assess tibial placement. Correct rotational alignment of the radiograph was confirmed by the profile of the components.

Using this technique, we radiologically assessed the varus/valgus alignment of the tibial components of 350 TKAs. All the tibial components were implanted using an extramedullary guide with no posterior slope. We implanted 96.3% of components within 2° of the perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of the tibia. In order to validate our radiological assessment, a subgroup of 40 knees was re-assessed on CT scan. Analysis of this subgroup showed a close correlation between the results using the two different methods (mean difference 0.88°, SD 0.75).

We also assessed the position of the femoral component in 362 TKAs. A subgroup of 32 knees, 18 with perfect alignment and 14 with imperfect alignment, underwent CT scout scan of the femur from which the mechanical axis of the femur could be measured. Radiologically, 92% of all components were implanted within 3° of the target value and 83% were within 2° of target. There was close correlation between the CT and radiological measurements in the subgroup. Deviation from the mechanical axis was 1.16° (− 2.5° to +2°) in the perfectly aligned knees, validating both surgical technique and radiological assessment.

Although the findings for the femoral components compared favourably with other studies, there was still room for improvement. We set out to achieve this through direct measurement of the mechanical axis of the femur. In a series of 80 TKAs, patients were subjected to a preoperative CT scout scan of the femur. We took care to eliminate rotational error. The angle between the slope of the distal femur and the mechanical axis of the femur was calculated. During surgery the distal cutting block (Wright Medical Medial Pivot Arthroplasty System) was applied directly to the distal femur without use of an intramedullary alignment rod and the angle corrected so as to be perpendicular to the mechanical axis. A right-angled jig resting on the anterior femoral cortex was used to assess the flexion/extension of the cut. Patients were scanned again postoperatively.

In 76 knees (95%) the femoral component was within 2° of the mechanical axis. The remaining three were within 3°. We continue to evaluate the technique with the use of a new jig, which allows incremental 1°-correction of the distal femoral cut.

In conclusion, accurate cutting of the tibia during knee arthroplasty is possible with careful use of extra-medullary instrumentation. The use of a simple pre-operative CT scan eliminates the errors inherent in intramedullary femoral systems and takes into account the femoral anatomy of each individual patient.

Robotic-assisted surgery may offer the opportunity of accurate placement of components. It is, however, likely to be both time consuming and expensive. We should not yet abandon thoughts of improving the use of our current mechanical instruments. Robots have yet to prove their superiority.


J.E. Viljoen

Arthroscopic surgery performed on the medial or lateral compartments of the knee most commonly involves resection or repairs of tears of the posterior horns of the menisci. In osteoarthritic, anterior cruciate ligament-deficient, ligamentously tight, or very large adult knees, arthroscopic surgery through the conventional anterolateral and antero-medial ports can be difficult. It often gives rise to the risk of iatrogenic damage to the articular surfaces and structures of the knee. Establishing an accessory medial and/or lateral port for instrumentation has proved an easy and safe technique in conducting arthroscopic surgery to the posterior (medial and/or lateral) compartments of the knee.

This technique was used on 103 patients where access to the posterior compartments of the knee proved problematic. The technique is simple but highly effective and safe and is recommended for the inexperienced arthroscopist.


Full Access
F.A Weber J.N. Cakic N.D.L. Burger

In high-demand situations, modern thinking and experience in total hip arthroplasty (THA) favours the uncemented press-fit cup over its cemented counterpart. Before its regular use in 1996, a high-demand cemented stem was designed for use as a short revision stem with a press-fit cup, with or without impaction bone grafting, in active people, especially those over 55 years.

Conceptually, a collarless double-tapered highly polished design was preferred. The clip-on hollow centraliser was designed for 5-mm subsidence. The valgus stem, with cement superior to the shoulder, limited upward pistoning in the cement sleeve, creating less debris. The stiff upper and flexible distal part resulted in a decreased contribution from shear and an increased contribution from compression in load transfer from prosthesis to cement. Three sizes are available: G1, G2 and G3. A straight type is presently being developed for smaller patients with congenital dysplasia of the hip.

The stem, made by (Thornton Heavy Engineering Sheffield, United Kingdom), from Rex 734 stainless steel to ISO-2002 standards, tapers 10 mm to 12 mm (6°). All tolerances are adequate to handle Inox or Ceramic heads.

From April 1996 to December 2002, 278 stems were implanted in Dr Weber’s practice. The first 172 hip operations (168 patients) were studied. The mean age was 58.6 years. There were 137 primary hips and 25 revisions.

The mean follow-up period was 4.5 years (3 to 7). Three patients died with the prosthesis in situ. Two reoperations were done: one cup was revised for recurrent dislocation and one fracture below the step was successfully plated. Only three cases of subsidence were documented, all of them less than 3 mm. To date there have been no stem revisions.

The prosthesis, together with the stainless steel head and cross-linked cup, can be regarded as cost-effective and can be used routinely, as a high-demand prosthesis with press-fit cup, or as a short-revision prosthesis.


A.S. Bajwa

Young adults are supposed to be enthusiastic, ambitious, energetic and productive. However, the disabling pain and consequent risk of job loss arising from certain pathological conditions in the hip can almost ruin their lives.

This paper discusses the biomechanical properties of the ceramic-on-ceramic total hip arthroplasty (THA) and metal-on-metal resurfacing implants, highlighting the advantages and disadvantages, and compares the survival rates of THA and new generation hip resurfacing procedures.

Short to mid-term results of hip resurfacing seem promising, but more research is necessary to find a better solution to the problem of hip pain in young adults.


R. Nicholas

This study investigated the rapid progression of osteoarthritis of the hip in elderly females, taking into account their symptoms, the clinical signs and the radiological, MRI and histological findings.

Early radiographs are often non-contributory, which can lead to inappropriate further investigations and treatment, such as lumbar spine imaging and surgery. MRI and histological findings lead me to believe that patients’ dramatic deterioration may be due to segmental avascular necrosis of the femoral head, with osteo-cartilaginous detachment.

When a patient with hip symptoms and signs has normal radiographs, one should be aware of this condition.


A. Bhutt A. Schepers D. van der Jagt

We have introduced a radiological scoring system to assess our technical competence in hip replacement surgery. We have also used it to assess the progress of the registrars in our training programme.

This scoring method involves several parameters, including positioning of the components and the quality of interfaces. We compared our results before and after the introduction of this scoring system, and found that the quality of our surgery had improved. We conclude that an objective scoring system is valuable as a training aid, as well as in maintaining standards in our unit.


I.E. Goga J. Bhana T. Asmal

The purpose of our study was to assess the success rate of methods used for knee arthrodesis in failed total knee arthroplasty and to do a functional evaluation after arthrodesis of the knee. A physiotherapist and occupational therapist assessed 10 patients who had undergone knee arthrodesis, using either the Orthofix or Ilizarov methods.

Both methods were successful. There were no failures. The functional outcomes were satisfactory.


A.A. van Zyl J.F. van der Merwe F.P.J. Snyman

Previous incisions around the knee may complicate subsequent total knee arthroplasty (TKA) because they can lead to skin problems, with wound breakdown and a risk of sepsis.

Our database contains details of 925 TKAs, 851 primary and 74 revision procedures. Of the 851 primary TKA patients, 368 had previously undergone knee surgery, 72 of them more than once. Twenty of the 74 patients who underwent revision TKA had undergone one previous procedure (excluding the primary TKA), and 24 had undergone multiple procedures. We clinically reviewed 133 TKAs, classifying previous procedures into midline (24), medial (50), lateral (26) and transverse (13) procedures. In 53 cases there had been previous arthroscopic procedures. Excluding the arthroscopies, previous scars were followed in 20 cases, partially followed in 11 cases and ignored in 53 cases.

Following up patients for a minimum of six months, we saw only six cases with minor wound edge slough. These did not require further surgery. Three of the six patients were in the group of 442 with previous scars, and three in the group of 483 without previous scars. All patients had spinal anaesthesia, peri-operative oxygen, vacuum drainage and a delayed knee-bending program, which we believe contributed to the low incidence of wound problems.

We believe that previous scars should be followed if they are approximately in the line of a normal midline TKA incision, and that scars beyond the midline can be ignored without increasing the risk of skin necrosis.


I.E. Goga

This was a retrospective study of all AML uncemented femoral prostheses and Duraloc cups in a consecutive series of patients treated between 1990 and 1995. Patients were evaluated clinically using the Merle Score. Radiological parameters included osseo-integration, subsidence and wear. Failure was defined as removal of implants or revision.

The 8 to 10-year results show a 99% survival rate. One patient was revised for femoral stem loosening following trauma. One patient with rheumatoid disease required revision for acetabular cup loosening after a few days.

We conclude that the results of the uncemented AML femoral stem and Duraloc cup are excellent in the South African population.


W.E. Williams

In a study of 76 consecutive hip resurfacing arthroplasty procedures, the reasons for choosing this procedure rather than total hip arthroplasty (THA) were reviewed. Patient age, preoperative diagnosis, presence of bone deficiency and other technical factors were considered.

The mean age of patients, 79% of whom were men, was 44 years (20 to 76). The preoperative diagnosis in 59% of patients was osteoarthritis and in 37% avascular necrosis. The decision to resurface the hip rather than to perform THA was influenced primarily by the patient’s choice. In 43 cases (57%), the patient had prior knowledge of the procedure and specifically that it be considered. Other important considerations were the patient’s level of physical activity, the expectation of non-compliance with mobilisation and rehabilitation, the expectation of instability of the hip, the quality of bone and the surgeon’s experience with the surgical technique.

As experience of the procedure grew, the mean age of patients who underwent resurfacing arthroplasty increased. The early clinical results of resurfacing indicate that the range of motion is less than in hip replacement, that the resurfaced hip demands less care against dislocation or wear, and that the patient mobilises and rehabilitates more rapidly and reaches a higher level of physical ability than with THA. As mid-term and long-term results become available, the indications for and prevalence of hip resurfacing arthroplasty are likely to increase.


M. Bercovy

The ROCC® prosthesis is a stabilised posterior cruciate ligament-sacrificing rotating mobile bearing knee. It contains a press-moulded polyethylene insert (Arcom®). It has high coronal conformity during gait and lift-off, and sagittal conformity during the weight-bearing phase. It also has a central concave-convex saddle-horse stabilisation mechanism with a progressive stop. Preferential gliding kinematics optimise the wear factor. A deep anatomical trochlea permits good patellar tracking at every degree of flexion with both resurfaced and unresurfaced patellae. The tibiofemoral displacement of the prosthesis approximates normality.

In 175 primary TKAs with the ROCC® knee, at two-year follow-up the objective measurement of pain was 8.7 out of 10 (7 to 10) in 94% of patients. In 89% of patients, the range of flexion was 128° (95° to 145°). At 3 months, the Knee Society Score was 175 in 87% of patients (function score 80), at 6 months 185 in 89% of patients (function score 90) and at 12 months 200 in 94% of patients (function score 100).

In 98% the femoral component was not cemented and there were no femoral radiolucent lines. The tibial component was not cemented in 30% and two patients in this group needed revision for loosening of the tibial plateau. There were no complications such as persistent pain, flexion contracture, Sudeck’s syndrome, instability or dislocation. Mechanical tests did not show any wear or cold flow deformation of the polyethylene insert after 3 million cycles.


P.J. Erasmus

Various techniques for meniscal suturing have been described: inside-out, outside-in, and all-inside. In some, the knots are intra-articular, while in others they are outside the joints. Suture materials include barbed absorbable pins, meniscal staples, absorbable and non-absorbable monofilament sutures and non-absorbable multifilament sutures. The gold standard, however, is mattress sutures with non-absorbable multifilament sutures and extra-articular knots.

Because some of the newer fixation devices are quite expensive, give inferior fixation and cause complications through breakage and synovitis following absorption of the material, a simple and inexpensive outside-in technique was developed.

With this technique, it is possible to suture the meniscus from the anterior horn to the anterior third of the posterior horn. The only requirements are two no-20 hypodermic needles, 1/0 monofilament nylon and 2/0 multifilament non-absorbable suture. Mattress-type sutures can be placed either superiorly or inferiorly in the meniscus, with the knot extra-articular. For tears in the posterior two thirds of the meniscus, which is inaccessible with this technique, one of the commercially-available all-inside techniques is used.


A. Schepers D. van der Jagt D. Agbazuc

In June 1999 a randomised double-blind study on tibial base plate fixation was started to determine whether, when using the Profix® total knee replacement, the addition of screws improved the fixation of the tibial base plate. To date 138 total knee arthroplasties (THAs) have been performed, 119 of which were available for study. Selected randomly, 56 patients had supplementary screws inserted through the base plate and 63 did not.

After a minimum of 12 months follow-up, 27 patients had some radiolucent lines at the prosthesis-bone interface on the tibial component. These lines occurred in 14 cases with supplementary screws and 13 without screws. In one patient without supplementary screws, the tibial tray had subsided into the tibia. Statistically there was no apparent difference between the two groups.

The early results of our study raise questions about the value of supplementing base plate fixation in uncemented THAs, especially considering the additional cost of the screws and their potentially detrimental consequences.


R.J.L. Stein F.A. Weber

Using the EOL+ cup, 25 operations were performed between December 1999 and February 2003. Most of them were salvage procedures for recurrent dislocations following primary and revision hip surgery.

The 18 women and seven men (mean age 65 years) had experienced a total of about 50 dislocations and 20 previous revision procedures. One patient had seven recorded dislocations, three had each had three previous revisions, and three cases had each had two previous revisions.

The mean follow-up was 22 months. No redislocations have occurred. One patient was revised to another EOL+ cup.

This cup presents an alternative salvage solution in problem cases, including those due to poor musculature, which do not respond to conventional solutions.


P. Fresard

Uncemented double-mobility acetabular cups, first used in the late 1970s as a solution to recurrent hip dislocations, have proved efficient in reducing dislocation rates while preserving an important range of motion. The low wear-rate and low mechanical stress on the bone to cup interface enhances survival.

New instrumentation has permitted design changes that improve the dislocation coverage of the cup (upper part of the cup) and reduce the risk of impingement with the femoral stem (lower part of the cup).

Indications for the use of double-mobility cups have increased. They include primary total hip arthroplasty in relatively unstable hips, in which cases we use the Avantage® press-fit or 3P cup with an AURA II anatomical uncemented or cemented stem, dysplasia (in congenital high dislocations we use the press-fit or 3P or revision cup with an AURA revision stem, and in dysplasia we use small AURA II or Vectra or CMK dysplastic stems), muscular deficiency, in which Avantage® cups can be used with AURA II or revision stems, resection prosthesis or ARMEL calcar prosthesis, etc.)


G.S. Chana

The purpose of this study was to evaluate the early results of a new and minimally invasive posterior gluteus maximus splitting approach for total hip arthroplasty (THA) and metal-on-metal hip (MOM) resurfacing.

Thirty patients underwent THA (both cemented and uncemented) and 20 underwent MOM resurfacing. This single incision approach permitted THA through an incision ranging from 5.5 cm to 9 cm, and MOM resurfacing through an incision ranging from 7.5 cm to 10 cm. Intraoperative fluoroscopy was unnecessary. Body mass index was not a selection criterion. With the exception of the severely obese, this approach is suitable for all patients.

Fewer than 5% of patients needed blood transfusions. Patients were mobilised early and discharged from hospital. At a mean follow-up of six months, postoperative pain scores were low, cosmetic results excellent and patient satisfaction scores high. . Patients returned to normal activities early. There were no complications.


M.S. Barrow I.M. Rogan A. Schepers

Between February 2000 and August 2002, 60 Oxford unicompartment knee replacements were done on 51 patients, nine of whom had bilateral surgery. The mean age of patients, 82% of whom were women, was 66 years (45 to 83). Primary osteoarthritis was the pathology in 97% and post-traumatic arthritis in 3%.

The mean range of movement increased from 113° preoperatively to 120° at the most recent follow-up. Complications included one case of deep vein thrombosis, one patient with bilateral tibial component loosening and three patients with loose cement particles in the joint. Most patients have no pain, but some have mild or occasional pain. One patient with bilateral unicompartmental replacements now has lateral knee pain.

Unicompartment knee replacements are an alternative to total knee replacements, but there is a significant learning curve, particularly with regard to cementing techniques. Attention needs to be paid to removing all loose cement from the joint. Patient selection is critical. The complication rate remains low, however, and the results seem satisfactory.


Full Access
P.J. Erasmus

To investigate whether there are different patterns of patellar degeneration, 123 consecutive knee arthroplasties were investigated. Knees on which previous patellar surgery or osteotomies had been done were excluded. Areas of grade-III or more degeneration of the patella and femoral condyle were recorded.

The femur was divided into three condyles and nine areas. The patella was divided into three facets and nine areas. In 74 (60%) of the knees, patellar degeneration was less than grade III. In 49 (40%) knees, patellar degeneration was grade III or more. In these 49 knees, there were 122 lesions in the nine areas of the femur and 77 lesions in the nine areas of the patella. These lesions were analysed to determine the most common areas of degeneration in the femur and patella and to establish whether there was any pattern of degeneration between the patella and femoral lesions.

The highest incidence of degeneration was found in the medial femoral condyle, central and central-medial patella, probably the areas of highest load in the knee. The areas of least degeneration were in the lateral femur and the superior patella, which are probably the lowest weight-bearing areas. Any pattern of patellar degeneration can occur with any pattern of femoral degeneration.

Lateral and central-patellar facet degeneration are well-recognised clinical and radiological entities. In this series, medial patellar facet degeneration was commonly found. Medial patellar facet degeneration is less well recognised and in the literature is referred to only as secondary to lateral release. In this series, patients with lateral releases were excluded.

The medial facet is especially loaded in the flexed knee. A fixed flexion contracture, as is common in medial compartment osteoarthritis, explains the high incidence of medial facet degeneration. Standard patellar skyline views show only the unloaded medial facet. Medial patellar facet degeneration is probably more common than is recognised and may be a cause of unexplained anterior knee pain, especially in the flexed knee.


Full Access
P.J. Erasmus

To stabilise the dislocating patella, one can increase the medial vectors, decrease the lateral vectors, or combine these options.

Oblique strengthening of vastus medialis increases the medial vectors. This muscle is an active secondary constraint for stabilising the patella. Strengthening this muscle is the cornerstone of treatment of patellar instability, but it is often unsuccessful if the medial patello-femoral ligament is deficient. The medial patellofemoral ligament is the primary passive constraint to lateral dislocation of the patella. Reconstruction of this ligament, which tenses in extension, stabilises the patella in most cases, without the danger of secondary late-stage patellofemoral degeneration. However, in high-riding patellae, effective ligament reconstruction may cause an extensor lag. An elevation of more than 3 mm affects the contact pressures by disturbing the unique relationship between patella and trochlea. Because it can lead to late stage patellofemoral degeneration, trochleaplasty is rarely indicated.

Tibial tubercle transfer decreases the lateral vectors and is indicated in cases of severe patella alta, a markedly increased Q-angle and lateral patellar tilt. The tubercle can be transferred distally or medially or internally rotated. The procedure changes the patellofemoral relationship, increasing the load in the medial tibio-femoral compartment and giving rise to the possibility of late-stage degeneration in both the patellofemoral and the tibiofemoral joints. It should not be undertaken lightly and the amount of shift should be conservative. The lateral retinaculum, which becomes lax in extension in right in flexion, provides about 10% of patellar stability to lateral dislocation. Because most patellae dislocate in early flexion, lateral retinacular release is seldom indicated except in the rare cases where the patella dislocates in late flexion.

In severe cases of patellar instability, it might be necessary to combine reconstruction of the medial patello-femoral ligament with tibial tubercle transfer and even with lateral retinacular release.


Full Access
G.G.A. Cappaert

Because of bony lesions, revision surgery in the acetabulum is not always easy. We have a revision cross that we use to strengthen the bone cement and give extra stability in the presence of defects.

So far, two surgeons have performed operations on 60 patients. Follow-up times range from six months to five years. One patient has been lost because of sepsis.

We conclude that this is an effective way to augment revisions.


A. Schepers D. van der Jagt J. Kumasamba

Anterior knee pain after total knee arthroplasty (TKA) occurs in 5% to 30% of patients whether or not the patella has been resurfaced. We retrospectively reviewed our patients, none of whom underwent patellar resurfacing. Only 2% had anterior knee pain, none requiring revision surgery. Our follow-up was between two and five years.

We paid particular attention to removing osteophytes and conducting a thorough peripatellar synovectomy and a circumpatellar cautery denervation.

Our results compare favourably to those in the literature, whether or not the patellae were resurfaced. We conclude that patellar resurfacing in TKA is unnecessary when careful attention is paid to the peripatellar tissues.


R.M. Streicher S. Banks T. Schmalzried D. Reilly

Sagittal knee implant design, together with soft tissue and alignment, determines the kinematics of an artificial knee joint. A single-radius design was thought to improve the kinematics and biomechanics of a knee joint prosthesis and therefore also improve rehabilitation. Two total knee joint prosthesis designs, differing only in their sagittal geometry, were compared in vivo.

To determine the three-dimensional kinematics and difference between a multi-radius and single-radius implants, six patients, all one-year postoperative, were subjected to video-fluoroscopy while walking on a treadmill, stepping up and down a 20-cm step and doing deep lunges.

In a clinical evaluation, differences in range of motion, functional knee score, 40-cm chair raise and anterior pain at 6 weeks and 3, 6 and 12 months were compared in 86 patients with multi-radius and 108 patients with single-radius implants. The age of the patients in the two groups was similar and ranged from 68 to 70 years.

Fluoroscopically-determined flexion was 105° in the multi-radius group and 123° in the single-radius group (p < 0.01). External rotation and lateral condyle movement was statistically similar. The single-radius group did not exhibit paradoxical motion of the medial condyle and had less overall movement. The objective knee scores did not differ significantly (p > 0.05). Patients in the single-radius group gained flexion significantly faster (p < 0.001). After one year, there was no difference between the groups. Three months postoperatively, 72% of the single-radius group could rise from a chair without using their arms, compared to 40% of the multi-radius group (p < 0.001). Although this improved in both groups, it remained superior in the single-radius group. Anterior knee pain was present in 59% of the multi-radius group and in only 18% of the single-radius group at three months (p < 0.001). At one-year follow-up, 4% of the single-radius and 29% of the multi-radius groups respectively complained of anterior knee pain (p < 0.001).

A single-radius sagittal design knee prosthesis leads to faster rehabilitation better and kinematics than a multi-radius design. The reduced movement of the condyles on the polyethylene insert should result in less long-term wear.


D. van der Jagt A. Schepers

Complex acetabular defects after failed total hip arthroplasty (THA) remain a major challenge in revision surgery. We managed 29 patients, of whom 27 had type-III and two type-IV defects (AAOS classification). The mean age of the 16 men and 13 women was 68 years (22 to 96).

Use of a modular uncemented acetabular revision system allowed us accurately to position the construct, and then optimise the orientation of the polyethylene liner in respect of stability in the reduced hip. The modularity of the system allowed good access to do an impaction bone graft to restore the defects in the bone stock. Our follow-up ranged from 2 to 25 months. The orientation of the acetabular construct was measured radiologically and was at 50°. Our complications included four dislocations, two transient nerve palsies, one deep infection, four deep vein thromboses and one death from pulmonary embolism. We conclude that the use of a modular acetabular reconstruction system is promising in these extremely difficult cases.


R.M. Streicher B. Nivbrant G. Insley E. Jones

The reported revision rate of total hip arthroplasties (THAs) due to wear and osteolysis is around 10% at 10 years. However, the actual rate is probably higher: the incidence of osteolysis is reported to be 10% to 45%. Apart from design improvements, improved or new materials and/or and combinations are important in reducing particle-induced osteolysis, especially in young and active patients.

Wear reduction of up to 40% after inert gas sterilisation of polyethylene (PE) has been demonstrated, both in vitro and in vivo. An effective means of providing further increases in wear resistance is to cross-link PE extensively. Early clinical results of non-melt-annealed PE at three years showed wear reduction of up to 85% compared to inert gas radiation-sterilised PE.

In hip joint simulator investigations, bearings with a ceramic ball-head articulating against a composite cup demonstrated wear rates similar to those of ceramic-ceramic bearings. The wear particles are benign. Clinical data collected over two years suggest no disadvantages compared to the standard articulation controls.

The wear resistance of alumina-alumina articulation has been enhanced. In-vitro investigation demonstrated that even with a cup inclination of 60° the wear rate is not increased. The effect of micro-separation of the artificial joint is also minimised. Several prospective multi-centre alumina-alumina studies have shown no additional complications with this articulation. However, alumina is a brittle material with an inherent risk of fracture. The addition of 25% zirconia to alumina (ZTA) in the manufacturing process improves its fracture resistance, increasing its strength by more than 50%, while maintaining its other properties. The wear properties of ZTA are even better than that of alumina, especially in micro-separation articulation mode.

Highly cross-linked and optimised PE and composite technology are promising concepts in address wear particle-induced osteolysis.


D. van der Jagt J.P. Marin R.H. van der Plank A. Schepers

Severe central facture dislocations of the hip in the elderly can be catastrophic. Conservative treatment yields poor results with stiff painful hips. Reasonable hip function may be achieved with multiple surgical procedures and extended periods of immobilisation, but morbidity and mortality remain high.

We managed three elderly patients who had central fracture dislocations with early total hip arthroplasty (THA), using anteprotrusio supports. Bone grafting was used to re-establish acetabular bone stock.

Intraoperatively and postoperatively, these patients had no more complications than did patients undergoing THA for hip fractures. However, the surgical times were longer than for routine THA and blood replacement was slightly higher. Patients were mobilised early and aggressively. All became independent walkers and regained good range of movement. Radiologically the acetabular/pelvic fractures united and good bone-implant interfaces were established. There was no excessive heterotrophic bone formation.

We regard THA in the management of acetabular fractures in the elderly as a reasonable approach, enabling patients to mobilise early and keeping morbidity to an acceptable level.


Full Access
G.G.A. Cappaert

In cases of tumours, severe bone loss, etc., special pros-theses are sometimes required. It is also important to have a prosthesis that permits a switch from a primary knee system to a revision knee to a hinged knee.

This paper discusses and demonstrates some locally-manufactured prostheses.


Full Access
G.G.A Cappaert

In the question of shoulder arthroplasty, the indications for hemi-arthroplasty or total arthroplasty have been well described. There are advantages and disadvantages to each.

This paper reviews 30 cases of use of the Elite® shoulder prosthesis over three years. Results have been good. The procedure calls for few instruments but is effective.


C.J. Adam M.J. Pearcy G.N. Askin

Introduction: Contemporary surgical interventions for adolescent idiopathic scoliosis (AIS) include both anterior and posterior rod systems, in which a single or double rod construct provides curve correction and stability. This paper presents a methodology for development of patient-specific finite element methods to predict the biomechanical outcomes of scoliosis surgery pre-operatively, with the aim of optimising the performance of instrumentation constructs for anterior single rod AIS surgery.

Methods: Geometry for each patient-specific finite element model is obtained from pre-operative thoracolumbar CT scans taken in the supine position using a low dose multi-slice imaging protocol. The finite element model incorporates vertebrae, intervertebral discs, and posterior processes with associated ligaments and zygapophysial joints. A custom pre-processor generates the entire model according to user-specified meshing parameters, providing rapid model generation once the geometric parameters have been extracted from each CT dataset. Material properties are currently based on published values. Simulated movements about axes corresponding to flexion/extension, left/right lateral bending, and trunk rotation are solved using the ABAQUS/Standard software, allowing assessment of predicted loads and stresses before and after addition of instrumentation.

Results: The total time per patient required for model generation is currently about six hours, with manual measurement of spine geometry from the CT stack accounting for most of this time. Actual solution time for each finite element model is expected to be around four hours, making patient-specific pre-operative planning for endoscopic scoliosis surgery a feasible option at least in terms of processing time per patient.

Discussion: A finite element methodology has been developed for patient-specific simulation of endoscopic scoliosis surgery. Issues to be addressed in future include prescription of patient-specific material properties, analysis of errors associated with geometry measurement from CT scans, and validation of the methodology by comparison of predicted and actual outcomes for scoliosis patients. Patient-specific simulation of scoliosis surgery has the potential to optimize surgical outcomes and reduce biomechanical complications associated with the use of endoscopic scoliosis instrumentation systems.


R. Laherty G.A. Day R. Kahler T. Coyne F. Tomlinson

Introduction: Patients with malignant spinal disease who have neurologic symptoms are often considered poor surgical candidates. The aim of this paper is to review the effect on neurologic symptoms of surgical management of malignant spinal disease.

Methods: A retrospective review of patients treated from January 1993 to June 2003 was undertaken. Pain status was assessed using patient statements and recorded analgesic requirements. Neurologic symptoms were assessed using Frankel’s grading.

Results: There were 95 patients (32 females aged 26–83; 63 males aged 15–89). No patients were asymptomatic. 61 of 109 presentations were with multiple symptoms. The most common symptom was pain (99) – either localised (8), non-specific back (56) and/or radicular (57). The next most frequent symptom was weakness (54). The time course of onset varied from acute ward deterioration, with urgent surgery, to slow progression over weeks, prior to elective surgery. 8 cases had sphincteric dysfunction.

There were 98 tumours treated. In females, the most common tumours were breast (8) and renal (4) and in males, prostate (13), multiple myeloma (12) and lung (10). The thoracic spine was involved in 62, the lumbar in 18, cervical in 16 and sacral in 2. The vertebral body was involved in 76.

There were 109 operations. An instrumented fusion was performed in 82. Surgical approach was anterior in 17 (9 cervical, 8 thoracic) and posterior in 80 (5 cervical, 56 thoracic and 17 lumbar). Six patients had combined approaches (2 cervical, 3 thoracic and 1 lumbar). Two patients were treated for metachronous tumours. One patient had non-contiguous metastases treated separately. One patient was treated for local recurrence. One patient had revision for implant failure (anterior thoracic). One patient was explored after deterioration due to loss of autoregulation. Thoraco-abdominal approaches (12) were associated with ileus (2) and pneumonia (3). Of four cases with deep wound infections, three had received prior local irradiation. Two patients died of pulmonary embolus. 83 patients survived beyond three months.

All patients demonstrated improvement in pain status. Thirteen of 29 non-ambulatory cases were able to mobilise postoperatively. There were 32 whose Frankel grades improved. Seventeen of these returned to normal (15 from Grade 4 and 2 from Grade 3). One patient with complete motor and sensory loss improved to useful but subnormal status, three others improved to residual motor function. 11 other patients improved one grade. Of those whose scores did not change (76), 53 remained normal, eight maintained useful but subnormal status, five were stabilised with residual motor function, three kept some sensory perception and two had complete motor and sensory loss. One patient deteriorated from residual motor function to complete motor loss. The outcome for sphincter dysfunction (8) was not clear from the notes. In no case was a specific change in function documented.

Discussion: Surgical treatment of malignant spinal tumours is worthwhile. Posterior approaches are versatile and should be considered. Surgery is effective in the management of pain and preserves or may significantly improve neurologic function.


G.A. Day I.B. McPhee J. Batch

Introduction: Retrospective reports of adverse events following growth hormone administration to short-statured children indicate that the incidence of scoliosis is elevated, largely due to the higher incidence of scoliosis in Turner/other syndromes within the group. The aims of this study are to analyse risk factors for scoliosis in these children.

Methods: Data on 184 of 267 (65%) current and recent Australian children from the Australian OZGROW program was collected in 2001/2002 (from three Australian States). This included medical records (including past history of known scoliosis), growth charts, timing of growth hormone and oestrogen administration and the presence and severity of scoliosis from clinical examination. Growth hormone dosage was controlled by Australian Health Department guidelines. Standard oestrogen dosage was similar for all pubertal girls. The cohort was noted to comprise many varying syndromes, some of whom were pituitary hormone deficient. Potential risk factors for the development of scoliosis were statistically analysed.

Results: Of 45 subjects with Turner Syndrome, 13 (30%) have idiopathic scoliosis and 2 have a hemi-vertebra. Of the other 139 subjects, 15 have scoliosis but 11 have syndromes which would normally be associated with scoliosis. Therefore, the incidence of idiopathic scoliosis in the remaining 128 subjects is 3.1% (4/128), which is within the normal population range. All 4 have mild scoliosis < 20 degrees. For the 139 subjects with idiopathic short stature or a specific syndrome, the age of commencement and total amount of growth hormone and/or oestrogen did not affect the degree of scoliosis.

Discussion: Having Turner Syndrome was the only variable identified as a risk factor for having scoliosis (p< .001). The incidence of scoliosis in growth hormone treated Turner Syndrome subjects is much larger than previously reported (11–12%)1,2. To the authors’ knowledge, this is the first report derived from non-retrospective data on the incidence of scoliosis in a growth hormone–treated Turner Syndrome population. This stimulated the next study looking at the incidence of scoliosis in growth hormone-treated and non-growth hormone-treated subjects with Turner Syndrome.


G.A. Day I.B. McPhee J. Batch

Introduction: Following an Australian study on the incidence of scoliosis in a population of short-statured children treated with human growth hormone (conducted during 2001–2002), it was determined that the only risk factor for the presence of idiopathic scoliosis was having Turner/another syndrome. The 30% incidence in Turner syndrome was noted to be much higher than previously reported (11–12%). The aim of this study is to determine the incidence of scoliosis in a group of growth hormone-treated and non-treated Turner Syndrome subjects who attended the International Turner Syndrome Society meeting in Sydney, Australia in July 2003 and to correlate the results with the Australian 2001–2002 results.

Methods: 88 subjects were clinically examined for the presence and severity of idiopathic scoliosis. Their ages ranged from 11 to 60 years. All subjects provided information regarding previous growth hormone and/or oestrogen administration. Anthropometric data including sitting and standing height and arm span was also collated on this cohort.

Results: 13 of 46 (28.3%) subjects who had no growth hormone treatment were found to have scoliosis. Five of 42 (12%) subjects who were growth hormone treated were found to have scoliosis. 12 curves were thoracic, five were thoracolumbar and one was lumbar. The 13 subjects with scoliosis and no growth hormone treatment had curves between10 and 20° Cobb angle. Three growth hormone-treated subjects had curves of 10°, one had a curve of 30° and the last subject had already undergone scoliosis surgery. Combining the results of this study with the three Australian States study from 2001–2002, 18 of 87 (21%) growth hormone-treated Turner syndrome subjects have idiopathic scoliosis. 13 of 46 (28%) non-growth hormone-treated Turner syndrome subjects also have idiopathic scoliosis. Of the total 133 subjects in this cohort, 31 (23%) have idiopathic scoliosis.

Discussion: The incidence of idiopathic scoliosis in Turner syndrome appears to have been understated in previous studies. Data from this study would indicate that treating children who have Turner syndrome with adjuvant human growth hormone does not appear to result in a greater incidence or severity of idiopathic scoliosis. In this relatively small study, two of five children who had previous growth hormone treatment developed larger curves, one requiring corrective scoliosis surgery.


A. Fagan N. Fazzalari

Introduction: The development of scoliosis in pinealectomised chickens was first observed by Machida1 and since reported by others. That melatonin deficiency following pinealectomy may be a factor in causing scoliosis has been postulated. The relationship between pinealectomy, scoliosis and serum melatonin levels has been subject to experimental investigations. This study reports the incidence and type of scoliosis in pinealectomised, sham operated and unoperated chickens, and related serum melatonin levels.

Methods: Serum melatonin levels were obtained at sacrifice up to six weeks postoperatively. Radiological and histological examination of the spine was performed.

Results: The vertebral motion segment comprises a synovial joint lacking any discs. 19% of the un-operated group had a sharp angular deformity in contrast to the smooth curve seen in adolescent idiopathic scoliosis (AIS). There was a 38% incidence of scoliosis after sham operation (mostly of the angular variety) and a 75% incidence in the pinealectomy group (of which half were smooth curves similar to those in human AIS. Melatonin was not abolished by pinealectomy or sham operation but was at significantly lower levels than in the unoperated group. There was no difference in Melatonin levels between birds with the two types of curves.

Discussion: The avian spine has fundamental structural differences with the human. There is a natural incidence of short angular scoliosis that increases with posterior fossa surgery in the chicken. We confirm that scoliosis similar to AIS forms after pinealectomy but it is not directly related to diminished melatonin levels.


N.R. Boeree

Introduction: The Wallis implant was developed as a minimally invasive and anatomically conserving method of addressing the various biomechanical derangements associated with lumbar degenerative changes without recourse to rigid fixation.1 The Wallis implant evolved from successful clinical experience in over 300 patients with a first generation implant, supported by detailed biomechanical and finite element studies. These demonstrated that the implant improves the stability of the degenerate motion segment, reduces loads transmitted through the intervertebral disc and facet joints and improves the dimensions of the spinal canal, lateral recesses and root foramina. The purpose of the present ongoing study is to demonstrate the tolerance of this implant and its efficacy against low back pain and functional disability in patients with degenerative disc disease.

Methods: A prospective multi-centre international observational study was commenced 2 years ago. The inclusion criteria were degenerative disc disease without disc herniation, recurrence of herniated disc, voluminous herniated disc (corresponding to a complete loss of the nucleus) and herniated disc accompanying the transitional anomaly, sacralisation of L5. Assessment includes SF-36, JOA, VAS and Oswestry Disability Index, and all patients undergo pre-operative radiographs and MRI scans with interval radiographs and scans post-operatively. The study will be continued for a minimum of five years.

Results: Thus far 210 patients have been recruited and 1-year review is available for 51. Preliminary 1-year results confirm the clinical efficacy of this procedure in the management of low back pain and as an adjunct in the treatment of radicular and stenotic symptoms. Furthermore, in some instances MRI evaluation has shown re-hydration of the disc nucleus.

Discussion: The procedure involves no additional exposure or muscle dissection compared with simple flavectomy decompression. The supraspinous ligament and facet joints are preserved and no bony fixation is required. As such the procedure can potentially be reversed and all options for future procedures, if required, are preserved. There is no adverse effect on adjacent segments.


J.R. Harvey M. Izatt C.J. Adam G.N. Askin

Introduction: Endoscopic techniques are an established method for anterior correction and instrumentation of thoracic scoliosis. Deterioration in respiratory function for up to two years following a thoracotomy 1 has been cited as a disadvantage of anterior approaches and has led certain authors to recommend posterior approaches. 2 This prospective study establishes the pattern of change in respiratory function in patients during the first 12 months following endoscopic scoliosis surgery.

Methods: 67 patients have undergone endoscopic scoliosis correction performed by the senior author (GNA). The patients were intubated with a double lumen tube. The lung was deflated on the ipsilateral side to the spinal correction and instrumentation throughout the procedure. A chest drain was inserted per operatively and removed on day two post-operation. All the patients underwent respiratory function tests (RFTs) as part of the preoperative workup. These included absolute and predicted FVC, as well as absolute and predicted FEV1.Thirty patients underwent postoperative RFTs for the purpose of this study. 10 patients had RFTs at 12 months following surgery. A further 20 patients had repeat RFTs scheduled at 3 months, 6 months and 12 months post operatively.

Results: The RFTs of all 10 patients within the initial group had returned to their preoperative level at twelve months The RFTs of the further 20 patients showed a reduction in all parameters at the 3 month period post-operation but these had shown improvement at the 6 month period. The results are indicated for pre-op, 3months, 6 months and 12 months respectively. FVC 2.82, 2.51, 2.84 and 3.10 FVC% predicted 82.2%, 70.6%, 79.0% and 89.4%. FEV1 2.48, 2.23, 2.49 and 2.67 FEV% predicted 75.3%, 67.3%, 75.1% and 79.6

Discussion: The provisional results have shown that there is a reduction in the respiratory function in the immediate post-operative period following endoscopic scoliosis correction, but this does not lead to serious respiratory compromise. The respiratory function returns to the preoperative level at 12 months, showing there is no long-term deterioration of respiratory function following endoscopic correction and instrumentation.


P.A. Robertson L.D. Plank

Introduction: This paper reports an audit of outcomes improvement in lumbar fusion patients in a private practice setting using routine application of a robust functional outcomes instrument – the Modified Roland Questionnaire (MRQ). The MRQ is a validated responsive disease specific functional questionnaire. It ranges from 23 points (maximum disability) to zero (no disability). Potential changes in score are 46 points (−23 to 23). A 4 point improvement is clinically significant.

Methods: 216 patients undergoing lumbar fusion procedures, over a 5 year period completed an MRQ prior to surgery and at the routine one-year follow-up. Changes to the score were documented and analysed in relation to diagnosis, ACC coverage, and revision procedures.

Results: Data completion was 88%. Median disability improvement was 10 points on the MRQ questionnaire. Benefit occurred in 80.0% of patients. Improvements were more marked in degenerative spondylolisthesis and isthmic spondylolisthesis than fusions for discogenic back pain although this was not statistically significant. There was a trend to lesser functional improvements in those on ACC and those who had undergone previous surgery.

Discussion: This study reports an attempt to audit outcomes in a spinal sub specialist private practice using an instrument that can be applied preoperatively and at one year follow up without undue additional work load for the patients or staff. The data completion was acceptable. Functional improvements were significant in all diagnostic groups. Outcomes in revision and ACC patients were not significantly inferior, as they have been described in similar overseas studies.


M. Lee M. Scott-Young

Introduction: The treatment with epidural steroids and local anaesthetic for radicular pain arising from nerve root compression is a commonly utilised and recognised treatment. The aim of this study is to determine the efficacy of CT-guided injection of epidural steroids without anaesthetic for radicular pain but without clinical neurology in the presence of a degenerative of lytic spondylolisthesis and concomitant foraminal narrowing.

Method: The study subjects, 21 in total, were selected over a 1-year period by the surgeon. All patients had either degenerative or lytic spondylolisthesis as determined by CT, MRI and plain film and were suffering from radicular pain – sharp, shooting and burning in the L5 or S1 dermatome. For inclusion, there had to be no associated evidence of nerve root compression. All patients completed, prior to epidural therapy, a pain diagram, visual analogue scale (VAS) of pain severity on a scale of 1 to 10 and Oswestry Disability Index (ODI). The MRI and clinical pain picture were correlated. The level of the spondylolithesis was determined.

Highly selective CT-guided epidural steroid injection was then carried out at the level of spondylolithesis by an experienced interventional radiologist. The pain diagram, VAS of pain severity and ODI were all completed again by the subjects themselves or by telephone at 1 and 3 months after injection in the presence of an independent assessor (nurse) and then reviewed and discussed with the treating doctor. All subjects were also asked to complete a functional questionnaire.

Results: One month after injection 86% of those treated had greater than 50% radicular pain relief and from this group 72% had radicular pain reduction of greater than 80%. All had improvement in function. All of the above, confirmed that their quality of life had certainly improved. Three months after injection 76% of those treated still had a reduction in their radicular pain of greater than 50% (92% of these still had pain reduction of over 80%). Again all reported continued functional improvement.

Discussion: Despite the small sample size, this study highlights the short-term Benefit of CT-guided steroid epidural injections with symptomatic lumbosacral spondylolisthesis and spondylolysis with radicular pain. Pain can be relieved without anaesthesia. The mechanisms of pain relief are speculative.


P.M. Finch L.M. Price P.D. Drummond

Introduction: Although several studies have reported on outcomes following heating of annular tears with a thermo-resistive catheter (SpineCATH), little data is available on the efficacy of thermal treatment with a flexible radiofrequency electrode (discTRODE). The aim of this prospective case-control study was to determine the efficacy of radiofrequency heating of painful annular tears in the lumbar spine.

Methods: After at least six months of conservative treatment, 46 patients were studied for the presence of single level painful annular tears with MRI and provocative discography. Thirty-one patients underwent heating of their annular tears with a flexible radiofrequency electrode placed across the posterior annulus. The remaining fifteen patients continued with conservative management and acted as a control group. At present, 22 patients have been studied at 18 months follow-up and the remainder including the control group for a minimum of one year. The Visual Analogue Scale (VAS), the Oswestry Disability Index (ODI) and the Medication Quantification Score (MQS) were obtained before and at three monthly intervals after treatment.

Results: VAS decreased significantly after the radio-frequency treatment, and this decrease persisted at 18 months follow-up. The VAS did not change over 18 months in untreated controls. The decrease in VAS was significantly greater in the treated patients than the controls. The ODI also decreased in treated patients but did not change in controls. The MQS did not change in either group over the 18-month follow-up period.

Discussion: Radiofrequency heating of annular tears can lead to an improvement in the pain and disability of internal disc disruption. The improvement gained by this treatment method is significantly better than conservative management.


P.R.P.J. Thorpe J.R. Harvey R.P. Williams

Introduction: The foot is an unusual site for presentation of Ewings tumour. Haemangioma of the vertebra is a common finding in adults, but is rarely reported in children.1 Although rarely symptomatic, the lesion may cause diagnostic confusion particularly in the presence of comorbidity. A previous case report details an adult patient with a ‘pseudohaemangioma’ that was subsequently found to be an Ewings tumour.2

Methods: A review of the literature and a case report is presented of a boy with a Ewing’s sarcoma of the foot presenting with an asymptomatic lytic lesion in the spine.

Results: The 12-year-old male initially presented with pain and swelling in the right foot. Subsequent investigation and biopsy confirmed a diagnosis of Ewing’s sarcoma in the second metatarsal. The child received 5 cycles of combined chemotherapy, and the primary tumour was excised from the metatarsal with fibular graft reconstruction.

Part of the clinical work up had included an isotope bone scan, which revealed a focal area of increased uptake in the L1 vertebra. On MRI, the vertebral lesion had a ‘halo’ of high intensity signal with infraction of the upper vertebral endplate. There were no clinical symptoms arising from the vertebral lesion. The differential diagnosis of the L1 lesion suggested was either a meta-static Ewing’s tumour or an aggressive haemangioma. Given the possibility of a multifocal or metastatic lesion, a vertebrectomy and reconstruction with femoral allograft was performed. A second stage posterior stabilisation from T12 to L2 was performed. Histological examination of the resected vertebra revealed a benign capillary haemangioma. On recent review one year after treatment, the patient remains in remission from his tumour and has successful graft incorporation with minimal symptoms from his spine.

Discussion: Haemangioma is a benign tumour commonly found in the vertebral body. Asymptomatic spinal haemangiomas do not require surgical excision. Clinico-pathological distinction between vertebral haemangioma and metastatic disease can be difficult, particularly in children where the haemangiomata may be in a ‘blastic’ phase. The combination of an extremely unusual age of presentation and the presence of a separate malignant primary bone tumour in this patient introduced a significant clinical dilemma in treatment.


P. Wilde R. Carey P. Dorhmann M. Johnson

Introduction: This study is a retrospective review of patients who underwent corticosteroid spinal injections and/or surgery for lumbar juxtafacet cysts to determine the effectiveness of corticosteroid injection and/or surgery for the treatment of lumbar juxtafacet cysts.

Methods: The charts of 40 patients who underwent corticosteroid injection and/or surgery for the treatment of symptomatic juxtafacet cysts were reviewed and an outcome questionnaire was sent to each patient. All patients responded to the questionnaire (100%).

Results: Forty-four juxtafacet cysts were treated in 40 patients. 28 cysts were initially treated with corticosteroid injection. 18 facet joints adjacent to the cysts were injected (4 were injected on two or more occasions), 13 underwent epidural injection and 5 underwent nerve sheath exit foraminal blocks. 18 obtained no Benefit from the use of corticosteroid injections and proceeded to surgical treatment. Of the 10 patients that did not undergo surgery, at follow-up 2 reported no clinical change and were considering surgical treatment. This represents a 71% failure rate for non-operative treatment with corticosteroid injections.

34 cysts were resected from 31 patients. Two (6%) were ligamental and 32 were facetal. 31 cysts were resected by laminectomy alone and 3 patients underwent laminectomy and bone only fusion. One cyst (3%) recurred and was managed by repeat laminectomy. One patient required instrumented lumbosacral fusion for increasing anterolisthesis. Incidental dural tear was the most common surgical complication occurring in two cases (6%). One patient demonstrated significant weakness of ankle and foot dorsiflexion which recovered incompletely. Average follow-up for the surgical group was 18 months (5–72 months). 27 scored an excellent or good outcome (79%), 3 scored a fair outcome, 3 were considered poor and one patient was worse. 30 (88%) patients were satisfied having complete improvement or improved with residual back or leg symptoms. Three responded as no change and one was worse.

Discussion: Juxtafacet cysts are an uncommon cause of radiculopathy. Corticosteroid injection into the adjacent facet joints, epidural space or exit foraminae of the spine produces disappointing results. Surgical resection is the treatment of choice with low rates of complications, recurrences and residual complaints.


J.R. Harvey N.R. Boeree

Introduction: Peridural fibrosis is a reaction that occurs outside the dura and occurs in the healing process following lumber surgery1.The fibrosis is recognised as one of the possible causes of the failed back syndrome following lumbar spinal surgery. ADCON-L Anti-Adhesion Barrier Gel has been shown to be of Benefit in patients undergoing discectomy in reducing symptomatic fibrosis. The aim of this prospective study is to elicit the advantages and potential risks of using ADCON-L in more extensive decompression procedures and in instrumented spinal fusions.

Method: ADCON-L anti-adhesion barrier gel, has been used in 288 patients undergoing the following surgeries: posterior lumbar interbody fusion (PLIF) (49), decompression and instrumented fusion posterior interbody supplementary fixation (PISF) (96), decompression and Graf ligament stabilisation (31), decompression of stenosis (54), discectomy (41), and revision discectomy or decompression (17). Any adverse clinical events, including pseudarthrosis, new, recurrent or deteriorating leg pain, paraesthesia or neurological deficit, were documented. Patients with neurological symptoms suggestive of fibrosis including deteriorating leg pain were evaluated with an MRI scan with gadolinium enhancement. Fusion rates were evaluated where appropriate.

Results: Two patients developed significant early (< 4 weeks) recurrent sciatica. MRI demonstrated a recurrent disc prolapse at the same level in one patient, who required re-operation, but no fibrosis was noted at the surgery. Late developing leg pain occurred in 16 patients. All these patients were evaluated with MRI with gadolinium enhancement. Independent radiological assessment indicated the principal cause of the leg pain to be peridural fibrosis in 9 patients (3.1%). Other causes included recurrent disc prolapse or lateral recess stenosis. Early post-operative wound seepage or superficial wound infections occurred in 5 (1.7%). There were no late infections. Two patients developed a postoperative pseudomeningocoele. One required re-exploration and repair, the other settled with conservative treatment. At review 1 to 4 years (mean 2.7 years) after undergoing PISF and PLIF fusion had achieved in 93.1% of cases.

Discussion: Previous prospective randomised multi-centre studies have shown the effectiveness of ADCON-L gel in reducing peridural fibrosis in patients following discectomy. Our study shows that there is low incidence of peridural fibrosis and associated leg pain when ADCON-L is used in all forms of degenerative lumbar spine surgery. There is a low complication rate and good fusion rate.


P.L.P.J. Thorpe G. Goss R.P. Williams

Introduction: There is increasing evidence that surgical treatment in tumour surgery can influence survival times. Renal cell carcinoma can lead to single or few sites of metastasis that are amenable to extirpative surgery with reconstruction in the spine1. Such treatment can also be beneficial to improve quality of surviving years.

Methods: Retrospective cohort study of 10 consecutive patients treated for spinal metastatic renal cell carcinoma. Case note review and patient or general practitioner contact was used to ascertain number of metastases, treatment given, survival time from diagnosis and survival time from surgery. All primary tumours were treated with nephrectomy.

Results: Of the 10 patients, 6 had extirpative treatment, while 4 had palliative surgery including decompression of the neural elements. Patients treated with extirpative surgery to spinal metastases from a renal cell carcinoma primary had a significantly longer survival time from surgery to those treated with palliative decompressions alone. There were no significant differences in age or time from diagnosis to surgical treatment between groups. There were no cases of operative mortality, but significant intraoperative bleeding was encountered in extirpative treatment of the affected vertebra, despite preoperative embolisation.

Discussion: The role of surgical treatment in metastasis to the spine is of current interest. Our results have shown significant survival times are possible with extirpative treatment of renal metastases. Whilst this may not apply directly to metastases from other primary tumours, careful selection of cases and co-operation between spinal surgeons and oncologists is important to ensure maximal quality and length of survival for these patients. These cases are surgically challenging, and care is required to minimise and anticipate blood loss.


J.R. Harvey P. Licina

Introduction: Sports injuries to the cervical spine account for about one in ten of all cervical spine injuries. They occur at all levels of participation. Fortunately, the number of patients suffering spinal cord injury is relatively small. Neurological injuries may range from transient quadriparesis through to complete quadriplegia. The decision to allow sportsmen to return to sport following a cervical spine injury is complex. It is based on such factors as history, clinical examination, the nature of the injury, as well as age and other psychosocial factors. The evidence that exists to aid this decision process is at times conflicting. The aim of this presentation is to review some of the contentious issues that exist in the decision making by reference to case presentations of high level sportsmen who were treated following a variety of cervical spine injuries.

Methods: Four high-level rugby players (22–31 years old) presented with different cervical spine injuries sustained during sporting activities. Two subjects sustained a “stinger” and two a transient quadriparesis which rapidly resolved. Radiological evaluation included assessment of spinal canal diameter.1

Results: Two had a C5-6 disc bulge with developmental spinal stenosis. A third had a congenital fusion C2-3 with a disc bulge and developmental stenosis at C3-4. Case 4 had degenerative disc disease at C5-6. All were treated non-operatively and returned to sport. All suffered a recurrence of the neurological symptoms and subsequently underwent an anterior interbody fusion (Case 4 for subluxation of C6-7). Three successfully resumed rugby six months after surgery while one elected not to continue.

Discussion: The decision to allow a patient to return to contact sports following a cervical spine injury may be difficult. The four cases presented highlight some of these contentious issues such as transient neurological deficit and the effect that surgery may have on a patient’s ability to return safely to sport. A review of the literature may assist in the decision making.1,2 This may be conflicting and difficult to interpret. Neurological signs, instability, displacement, fusion of more than one level and occipito-atlanto-axial pathologies are considered absolute contraindications.3


Full Access
O.D. Williamson

Introduction: Little is known about the epidemiology of spinal injuries in large major trauma populations. The aim of this study, therefore, is to describe mechanisms of injury, patient and injury characteristics and outcomes following spinal injuries in major trauma patients.

Methods: Data was extracted from the State Trauma Registry for Victoria (population 4.6 million) on all patients registered between 1 July 2001 and 31 June 2003 with spinal injuries and an Injury Severity Score (ISS) > 15. Injuries were defined using Abbreviated Injury Score (AIS) codes. Major trauma patients with spinal injuries were compared with those without spinal injuries with respect to age, gender, ISS scores, mechanism of injury, number and site of spinal and associated injuries, acute length of stay and discharge destination.

Results: 2194 major trauma patients were identified, of which 548 (25%) had spinal injuries. Spinal injuries occurred in 412 males (75%) and 136 females (25%), with a median age of 36 years (range 2–94 years). There was no difference in age or gender compared with patients with no spinal injury. 316 patients (58%) had multiple spinal injuries. 22% of patients with spinal injuries had associated spinal cord injuries. Most spinal fractures occurred and were more likely to occur as the result of motor vehicle (46%) or motorcycle (16%) crashes or falls from heights greater than 1 metre (15%).

The median ISS score was 24 (range 16–75) and not significantly different from patients with no spinal injury. The median number of associated injuries was 5 (range 0–23) and patients with spinal injuries were more likely to have associated thoracic, abdominal and extremity injuries and less likely to have associated head injuries than patients with no spinal injury. Patients with spinal injuries were more likely to be discharged to rehabilitation or convalescent hospitals and less likely to die than patients with no spinal injury.

Discussion: Spinal injuries are common and often multiple in major trauma patients and are associated with a greater need for rehabilitation. Further studies are required to determine the impact of spinal injuries on the functional outcomes of major trauma patients.


J.R. Harvey R.P. Williams

Introduction: Spontaneous spinal epidural haematoma is an uncommon clinical problem which may lead to severe and permanent neurological deficit. The treatment options for spinal cord compression by extradural haematoma in the anticoagulated patient are limited. The majority of cases reported have been treated surgically.1 Operative intervention carries a potential risk of extending the haematoma with further deterioration of the neurological deficit.

Methods: A case of paraplegia following spontaneous epidural haemorrhage is reported with a review of the prognostic factors that determine likely improvement in neurological function post-surgery.

Case report: A 59-year old man was referred to the regional Spinal Trauma Centre with a 34-hour history of severe lower back pain of sudden onset and 14 hour history of neurological deficit in both legs and urinary overflow incontinence. He had undergone aortic valve replacement two years previously, with subsequent anticoagulation with Warfarin. Examination showed complete paraplegia below L3 with grade 1 power on hip flexion only. On catheterisation, the residual volume of urine was 1200mls. The INR was 3.5. An MRI of the spine showed epidural haematoma that extended from the level of T11 to L5.

The patient was treated non-operatively. On discharge at 10 weeks he had normal sensation to L3 and grade 5-power on left knee extension and grade 4-power on the right. There was no motor recovery distal to this. He had a hypotonic neurological bladder with sufficient resting tone in the sphincter to prevent incontinence.

Discussion: Although associated with a definite mortality, surgical decompression of the spinal cord and evacuation of the haematoma improves neurological outcome and is the treatment of choice.1 The decision to treat non-operatively should be based on the duration and severity of the neurological deficit. A literature review identifies neurological deficit greater than 12 hours and severe neurological deficit on presentation are poor prognostic indicators.2 The prognosis for neurological recovery in this case was poor. In a patient with severe coexisting medical problems these factors can assist when making the decision to operate on an individual patient with spinal epidural haematoma.


P.A. Robertson S.E. Blagg

Introduction: C1 lateral mass screw fixation offers a powerful alternative biomechanical fixation for upper cervical disorders. The anatomical constraints to this fixation have not been described yet and are essential to ensure avoidance of neurovascular damage.

Methods: 50 patients (including 5 patients with rheumatoid arthritis) underwent upper cervical CT scans. Analysis of these CT scans involved use of calibrated scan measurements to identify the midpoint of the posterior lateral mass, the dimensions of the lateral mass, the direction of optimum screw passage, the position of the vertebral foramen at C1 and the ideal entry point for lateral mass screw fixation.

Results: The average length of screw within the lateral mass was 20 mm with 13.5mm of screw not in bone, behind the lateral mass, but necessary to allow rod placement posteriorly adjacent to other fixation points. The safest entry point was directly beneath the medial edge of the lamina origin. The ideal direction of screw angulation is parallel with the posterior arch, in the saggital plane. This entrypoint was on average 8.8 mm from the vertebral artery foramen laterally and 5.8 mm from the medial aspect of the lateral mass. Vertical space available for sublaminar screw placement was 3mm or less in 9% of lateral masses.

Discussion: C1 lateral mass screws are best placed beneath the lamina origin, parallel with the arch in the saggital plane using an entrypoint in line with the medial edge of the lamina origin. An entry point under the midpoint of the lamina origin, or passing through the lamina at its attachment to the lateral mass, is likely to damage the vertebral artery in a significant proportion of cases.


C. Kraiwattanapong W.C. Horton T. Akamaru A. Minamide M.S. Park

Introduction: The anatomy and biomechanics of the thoracic spine is different from the cervical and lumbar spine particularly due to the ribs and sternum which contribute to stability and controlling motion. The role of the sternum and costosternal articulation in the biomechanics of thoracic fracture or deformity correction has not been well studied. The effects of releasing each of these structures, whether alone or in combination, is potentially relevant in the surgical correction of thoracic deformities such as severe kyphosis. The purpose of this study was to investigate the relative effects of releasing the intervertebral disc, the costosternal joint, the sternum, and the facet joints on sagittal thoracic motion and the consequences of altering the sequence of the releases.

Methods: Eighteen human torsos were tested in three experiments (A, B, and C) to determine the effect on sagittal motion due to three different sequences of three surgical releases. In Experiment A the release sequence was back to front: Total facetectomy, then radical discectomy, then sternal osteotomy plus costosternal release. In experiment B the release sequence was front to back: Sternal osteotomy plus costosternal release, then radical discectomy, then total facetectomy. In Experiment C, it was disc first: Radical discectomy, then sternal osteotomy plus costosternal release, then total facetectomy. The different sequences allowed separate analysis of each component and the synergistic patterns. In each of the three experiments, the torso was flexed then extended each time by an applied force (25 N) before and after each release. The extent of both angular flex-ion and angular extension were compared to the intact condition, and after each release.

Results: Radical discectomy provided the greatest increase (P< 0.05) in range of motion (ROM) as compared to the other two single releases, no matter what the sequence. For paired release combination, the radical discectomy and sternal osteotomy plus costosternal release (as in Experiments B and C) provided a significant (P< 0.05) increase in sagittal ROM compared to the combination of radical discectomy and total facetectomy (Experiment A). In Experiment A, if sternal osteotomy and costosternal release (the final release) had not been carried out, then 42% of the sagittal motion would have been lost compared to the 27% related to the total facetectomy (Experiment B). All of the releases allowed more extension than flexion; the only exception was facetectomy when carried out first as in Experiment A.

Conclusions: To increase sagittal thoracic range of motion radical discectomy provided the greatest increase in both extension and total ROM as compared to total facetectomy or sternal osteotomy plus costosternal release, no matter what the sequence. For two releases, the combination of radical discectomy and sternal osteotomy plus costosternal release provided the greatest increase in both extension and total ROM. Total facetectomy was the least useful release. These data have relevance for surgical strategies to correct severe thoracic sagittal plane deformity. The sequence of combined release has important clinical implications.


SPINAL NAVIGATION Pages 458 - 458
Full Access
C. Bolger

Stereotactic navigation in cranial surgery is a well-established technique, in routine clinical use since the turn of the century. The advent of computer guided stereotaxis since the early 1990’s has led to an explosion in applications for the technology in cranial surgery, with the development of new surgical techniques, minimal access and consequent claimed reduction in morbidity and mortality.

Computer guidance also allows application of stereotactic techniques in spinal surgery. Early interventions have concentrated on the insertion of pedicle screws with improvement in accuracy and certainty of optimal screw placement. The use of fluoroscopic guidance allows the insertion of percutaneous pedicle screws and truly minimal access fusion techniques for the lumbar spine. More recently the development of improved registration has allowed the application of this technology to thoracic spinal surgery and to the cervical spine. Percutaneous techniques for C1/C2 arthrodesis, image guided vertebrectomy and transoral surgery, have been reported. The technology allows the development of surgical techniques designed not only for individual pathology but adapted to the anatomy of the individual patient. Disadvantages include a significant learning curve, especially for cervical spine surgery, the cost and need for registration which may be time consuming. Advantages include claimed accuracy in decompression, hardware placement, minimal access techniques and a three-dimensional solution to what is essentially a three dimensional problem. More recently non-computer based navigation systems have become available with improved hardware placement without the problems associated with computer based systems.

The purpose of this paper is to review computer guided spinal surgery, present new techniques based on its application to the adult spine, discuss advantages and disadvantages of those techniques and present the results of studies on the new non-computer based navigation systems.


T.R. Steel T.M. Rust J.M. Fairhall R.J. Mobbs

Introduction: The management of thoraco-lumbar burst fractures remains controversial. Different authors have advocated immobilisation, external bracing or internal fixation by either anterior or posterior approaches. Advocates of posterior fixation have in general performed stabilisation one level above and one level below the site of the fracture, resulting in fixation of two motion segments. It is known that multi-segmental spinal fusion produces undesirable biomechanics. To stabilise the site of the fracture and avoid unnecessary fixation of an uninjured segment the senior author (T.S.) for selected patients has been using a novel technique of monosegmental fixation with placement of pedicle screws directly into the fractured vertebral body.

Methods: All patients with thoraco-lumbar burst fractures admitted to St Vincents and Concord Hospitals between January 2001 and October 2003 were considered for monosegmental fixation. Patients with severe osteoporosis or complete loss of vertebral body height (“vertebra plana”) were excluded. All patients underwent surgical decompression and fixation within 10 days of injury. Fixation was obtained with 4 titanium pedicle screws and a single transverse connector (Xia System Stryker Spine). Reduction of kyphotic deformity was carried out in selected patients. Average blood loss for the procedure was 250 ml with no patients requiring transfusion. All patients had a minimum of 6 months radiological and clinical follow-up.

Results: Since January 2001, 18 patients with thoracolumbar burst fractures (T10-L2) were treated with single-level pedicle screw fixation. All patients were mobilised within 10 days of surgery. One patient experienced a minor superficial wound infection. There were no other postoperative complications. All patients had a stable fusion construct at 6 weeks following surgery. No patient experienced neurological deficit or have developed a delayed kyphotic deformity. There were no instances of instrument failure. 17 out of 18 patients report no significant back pain with any limitation of function by three months following surgery. One patient reports mild mechanical lower back pain 12 months following the injury.

Discussion: Single level fixation for selected cases of thoracolumbar burst fracture is a safe and effective procedure to decompress the neural elements and obtain fixation and fusion of the fractured segment. It allows for rapid mobilisation and avoids a two-level fusion procedure with its subsequent detrimental effect on spinal biomechanics. It is considerably less invasive than anterior/lateral approaches which require extensive muscle dissection, rib removal and even diaphragmatic division.


P. D’Urso O.D. Williamson

Introduction: Recently frameless stereotaxy has been introduced to assist with the spinal instrumentation. The mobility of individual vertebra however limits its accuracy and ease of use. The authors have developed a novel method of spinal stereotaxy using exact plastic copies of the spine manufactured using biomodelling technology.

Methods: Fifteen patients with complex spinal disorders requiring instrumentation were recruited. A 3D CT scan of their spine was performed and the data were transferred via DICOM network to a computer workstation. ANATOMICS BIOBUILD software was used to generate the code required to manufacture exact acrylate biomodels of each spine using rapid prototyping. The biomodels were used to obtain informed consent from patients and simulate surgery. Simulation was performed using a standard power drill to place trajectory pins in the appropriate pedicles. Acrylate drill guides were manufactured using the biomodels as templates. The biomodels and templates were sterilised and used intra-operatively to assist with the placement of the instrumentation.

Results: The biomodels were found to be highly accurate and of great assistance in the planning and execution of the surgery. The ability to drill optimum screw trajectories in the biomodel and then accurately replicate the trajectory was judged especially helpful. Accurate screw placement was confirmed with post-operative CT scanning. The design of the first two templates was suboptimal as the contact surface area was too great and complex. Approximately 20 minutes was spent pre-operatively preparing each biomodel and template. Operating time was reduced, as less reliance on intra-operative X-ray was necessary. Minimal invasive surgery was greatly facilitated in planning and execution. Patients stated that the biomodels improved informed consent.

Conclusion: Biomodel spinal stereotaxy is a simple and accurate technique which may have advantages over frameless stereotaxy.


P.L.P.J. Thorpe N. Aebli B. Goss P. Sandstrom K. Wilson K. Dunster R. Crawford

Introduction: Vertebroplasty using polymethylmethacrylate (PMMA) is an established technique in the treatment of osteoporotic fractures of the vertebra. Complications of vertebroplasty associated with PMMA leakage can include damage to the spinal cord. Previous studies have sought to investigate thermal changes in the paravertebral region, but used smaller volumes of cement than are used clinically1, or used in vitro experimental techniques.2 We have designed an in vivo sheep model to investigate the thermal changes after injection of clinically relevant volumes of PMMA, and to measure change in cord function associated with PMMA extrusion.

Methods: Five sheep were anaesthetised and 1.0ml of PMMA was injected into the spinal canal at the L1 level, with measurement of the temperature by thermocouple. The L2 to L5 vertebral bodies were then exposed and 9 thermocouples placed at points in and around the vertebra (superior and inferior endplate, disc above and below, central body, posterior wall, and spinal canal) to measure paravertebral temperature for a 10- minute period after injecting 6.0mls of PMMA. All animals were then humanely euthanased, and the T12 to L2 vertebrae harvested to examine the effect of temperature on the vertebral body and spinal cord using light microscopy.

Results: The experiments showed significant increases in the paravertebral temperature, especially at the end-plates (mean temperature 51.7°C, mean increase in temperature +16°C). This is contrary to studies using small cement volumes or in vitro conditions. Intradiscal and posterior wall temperature did not significantly rise. Spinal canal temperature reached a mean 75.4°C in the presence of “extruded” cement. Microscopic examination showed thermal damage to the spinal cord.

Discussion: The experiments indicate that neurological complications associated with vertebroplasty are likely to be thermally mediated, and that the analgesic effects of vertebroplasty are likely to be, at least in part, due to thermal damage to endplate neurological structures.


H. Beard C.G. Schultz R.J. Moore

Introduction: Vertebral compression fractures are common in osteoporosis, resulting in spinal deformities, severe back pain and decreased mobility. Vertebroplasty and kyphoplasty procedures aim to restore the integrity of the deformed vertebral body by injection of biocompatible cement. To date, there have been no long-term studies of the bone-cement interaction in this setting. A reliable large animal model of vertebral osteoporosis would be useful to fully characterise the disease process, to assess potential treatment regimens and to investigate the biocompatibility of bone cements used in kyphoplasty and vertebroplasty. The aim of this pilot study was to develop such a model with ovariectomy, low calcium diet and continuous steroid treatment.

Methods: To induce osteoporosis, ten lactating ewes (mean age 8 years) were ovariectomised, injected weekly with 9 mg dexamethasone (Dexafort, Intervet, Australia) and fed low calcium diet. Weekly serum samples were taken to quantify generalised bone resorption (Type 1 collagen C-telopeptide [CTX], ‚-Cross Laps assay, Roche Diagnostics, Australia). Dual-energy X-ray absorptiometry (DEXA, Hologic QDR 1000+, USA) was used to monitor bone mineral density (BMD) in the lumbar spine (L3-L6) after 0, 2, 4, 6 and 9 months of treatment. At each time interval two sheep were killed by barbiturate injection. The entire lumbar spine (L1-L6) was processed for histology, quantitative histomorphometry, mechanical testing and micro-CT (computed tomography).

Results: CTX levels increased rapidly after two months (p< 0.05). Baseline BMD in the lumbar spine (0.87±0.06 g/cm2) decreased by 16.9±3.8% or 2.72 standard deviations (p< 0.001) after nine months of treatment. Structural parameters of cancellous bone also showed osteoporotic change. Trabecular bone volume of L2, L3 and L6 vertebrae (pooled) progressively decreased from 24.9±1.2% at two months to 16.5±0.47% at nine months (p< 0.05). Trabecular thickness decreased from 0.14±0.01mm to 0.09±0.01mm, (p< 0.05) and trabecular spacing increased from 0.42±0.03mm to 0.47±0.02mm in the same period. The compressive load at which the L1 vertebrae failed decreased by 39.4% after 9 months.

Discussion: This pilot study has demonstrated by DEXA, cancellous bone histomorphometry and mechanical testing, significant bone loss in the sheep lumbar spine up to nine months after ovariectomy and continuous steroid treatment. Assuming that the baseline BMD is representative of mature sheep, the changes in the lumbar spine could be interpreted as osteoporotic. Vertebral bone loss did not reach levels that would result in fracture. However, further work is underway using higher steroid doses to accelerate bone loss. This experimental model will be used to assess aspects of osteoporosis in general and vertebral augmentation procedures in particular.


G. M. Weisz M. Houang

Introduction: Flat Back is a syndrome of sagittal imbalance often associated with back pain commencing in the lumbar region and progressively ascending. It is noted after posterior instrumentation to the lumbosacral junction, with various arthropathies and following compression fractures of the dorsolumbar and lumbar spines. In an attempt to maintain vertical posture, muscle fatigue causes back pain which persists until the condition is rectified. A compensatory pelvic tilt produces hip/hamstring pain and is relieved once lumbar correction is established. The cause of pain is unknown. The aim of this radiological study is to identify abnormal parameters which may contribute to sagittal imbalance and back pain.

Methods: Seven fully mobile subjects without fractures served as normal cohorts. Thirty-four consecutive patients aged 18 to 83 years with vertebral compression fractures were studied. There were 28 males. CT scout views of the full length spine in prone and supine positions provided functional scanograms for the Cobb measurement of thoraco-lumbar kyphosis and lumbar lordosis. Degrees of sagittal imbalance were graded as I, II and III, in accordance with the presence of dorsolumbar kyphosis, loss of lumbar lordosis and rigidity in functional views. Previous CT, MRI, Bone Scans were used to exclude other sources of pain such as protruding discs, annular tears, listhesis or un-united fractures. No patients with neurological signs were included. Three sets of measurements were taken:

Dorsolumbar angulation: On prone films, Cobb angle was measured at upper T12 and lower L1 end plates (normal 0°; with standard deviation +3/−3).

Lumbosacral angular motion: On functional films, lines were drawn on the upper end plates of L5 and S1. The resulting differences [(+)-(−)] between functional angles were compared with the normal values obtained from the literature (i.e. in excess of 26° of combined motion). The difference between standing lateral functional radiography and the prone/supine scanography was accepted.

Sacral inclination: On supine films, the angle between a vertical line (a perpendicular to horizontal baseline) and the upper S1 endplate.

Results: There wasÊsignificant reduction in the radiation dose for CT scanograms when compared to conventional radiography: with sparing of bone marrow by 74–80%. The frequency of the abnormal radiological parameters was as follows:

Dorsolumbar angulation: 26 showed (positive) kyphotic angles up to 30°−40°.

Lumbosacral angular motion: In view of the spinal rigidity found in most cases, a compensatory excess mobility was expected at 5/1 level, but the opposite was confirmed. Indeed, 27 patiens showed exaggerated (negative) extension shift (of −5°−10°); amongst these 10 were with complete loss of flexion; 12 were with partial flexion (a forward shift of up to 15°), but 5 with full flexion, permitted by a lumbar kyphosis.

Sacral inclination: twenty-eight patients showed a shift to a diminished angle of 25°–35° as compared to 35°–55° in 15 control spines.

The patients were grouped according to the number of selected abnormal radiological parameters present. The cases were graded: Grade I (1 abnormality) – 2 cases, Grade II -13 cases and Grade III – 19 cases. The threshold for imbalance was (1) at least one severe thoracolumbar compression (or an equivalent combination of multiple minor thoraco-lumbar compression fractures) for D/L kyphosis and (2) a single lumbar fracture with at least 50% compression.

Discussion: The cause of pain in post-traumatic sagittal imbalance remains unclear. This study suggests three possible sources of pain, individually or in combination, namely altered angulation at the dorsolumbar junction, reduced motion at L/S level and sacral verticalisation. A more extensive study will be required for verification and interpretation of these preliminary data. It is important to expand the study to variants other than loss of lumbar lordosis.


R.D. Fraser E.R. Ross G.L. Lowery B.J. Freeman M.J. Dolan

Introduction: The purpose of this study was to evaluate the design of a titanium/polyolefin artificial disc, assess its safety and measure outcome to determine if a RCT is justified.

Methods: All subjects entered this pilot study with one or two-level disc disruption at l4/l5 and/or l5/s1 and had disabling low back pain for at least 12 months. The diagnosis was confirmed by discography. Independent assessment included physical examination, VAS for pain, Low-Back Outcome Score (LBOS), Oswestry Disability Index (ODI), SF-36, lateral flexion/extension radiographs and MRI. This was carried out preoperatively, at 6 and 12 weeks, 6 months and at 1 and 2 years. Surgery was performed by an anterior retroperitoneal approach.

Results: Twenty-eight cases (14 males; average 41 years) were operated on during 1998–2000. Surgery was performed at L5/S1 in 19, L4/L5 in 5 and both levels in 4. Operating time averaged 130 minutes with 180mls average blood loss. There were no operative complications and average length of stay was 6 days. At 2 years there was 39% average improvement in vas, 15-point average improvement in ODI, 14 point average improvement in LBOS and improvement in 5 of the 8 SF-36 sub-scales. Complications included detection by plain radiographs of early partial displacement of implant in one case and late heterotopic calcification in another. Thin section helical CT, first carried out in early 2001, revealed polyolefin tears in 10 patients, four undergoing revision surgery since 2-year follow-up. CT revealed instances of osteolysis associated with polyolefin failure and hetero-topic bone formation not seen on plain radiographs.

Discussion: Although improvements in clinical outcome comparable to that reported with fusion were obtained at two years, detection of elastomer tears by thin section CT in 36% of patients indicated the prosthesis was not suitable for clinical use. This finding was unexpected given the results of prior extensive mechanical testing1.


P. Licina P.L.P.J. Thorpe

Introduction: Prosthetic disc surgery is a rapidly growing field in patients with symptomatic degenerative disc disease. Few reports of long-term follow up are yet published, but several authors have published case series including a report of significant complications and difficulties with revision surgery1. Advocates of disc replacement surgery have claimed that osteolysis, whilst being a potential problem associated with artificial disc replacement, has not yet been reported.

Methods: The literature relating to the laboratory research into performance of artificial disc replacement, focusing on wear debris and particle generation is reviewed. Reports of complications are reviewed. A case of significant osteolysis associated with artificial disc replacement is reported.

Results: Our report involves a 42-year-old lady with degenerative disc disease who underwent L5/S1 anterior lumbar interbody fusion in July 1999, with a simultaneous L4/L5 Charité disc prosthesis. In May of 2002 she developed significant back pain, and further investigation revealed polymer disintegration and associated osteolysis. Attempted revision surgery in May 2003, using a combined anterior approach by a vascular and spinal surgeon, led to damage to the adherent common iliac vessels and inferior vena cava, and the attempt to remove the prosthesis was abandoned. Histological samples taken at surgery confirmed the presence of polyethylene wear debris. Posterior instrumented fusion was performed in June 2003 and the patient made a successful recovery.

Discussion: It is important in modern spinal practice to be fully aware of both reported and potential risks of the use of new prostheses. Wear of an artificial disc causing osteolysis is anticipated. This is believed to be the first case in the world literature of this important complication associated with the use of artificial disc replacement. Revision of disc prostheses with osteoly-sis is challenging, and a combined surgical approach is advised.


P.C. McAfee B.W. Cunningham G. Holtsapple K. Bussard R. Guyer S. Blumenthal A. Dmitriev J.H. Maxwell J. Isaza J. Regan

Introduction: A prospective randomized study of artifical disc replacement vs. lumbar fusion for one-level disc pathology with 2 year minimum follow-up was completed in compliance with a U.S. FDA protocol.

Methods: A total of 15 investigational sites enrolled 375 subjects with a randomization in a 2:1 ratio. Of the 375, 205 were randomized to receive the Charité artificial disc, and 99 were randomized to receive anterior lumbar interbody fusion with BAK cages. An additional group of 71 patients received the Charité disc as “training cases” prior to beginning randomization. Clinical outcome measures included VAS, Oswestry Disability Index, and SF-36 Healthy Surveys. A total of 6,900 radiographs were digitized throughout the 24 month treatment interval. The 276 disc replacement patients were allocated into one of three groups based on radiographic technical paramenters-- Group I – Ideal, defined as Charité disc placement within 3 mm of ideal in both planes. Coronal plane = AP radiograph = midline or within 3 mm of midline. Mid-Sagittal plane = Lateral radiograph = 2mm posterior to middle of vertebral body or within 3mm of this axis. Group II —Suboptimal (not ideal) and Group III – Poor.

Results: The Charité prosthesis was significantly more effective than BAK in restoring the height of the collapsed disk space (p < 0.001). In Charité cases, the mean initial disc space height at the L5-S1 operative level was 5.2 mm +/− 1.44 (Std Dev) and increased to a mean of 13.5 mm +/− 1.18 (Std Dev). For BAK, the initial disc space height was 5.9.mm +/− 1.74 and increased to an immediate post-operative disk space height of 11.9 mm +/− 2.07. There was less subsidence with the Charite disk replacement than the BAK control at 2 years (p < 0.001). Of the 276 subject radiographs analysed with Charité disc replacement, 83% were classified as Group I, 11% as Group II, and 6% as Group III.

The mean Oswestry Disability Index scores at 2 years correlated with technical accuracy in placement of the prosthesis: Group I – 24.1; Group II – 30.3; and Group III – 36.3 (p < .05). The Mean VAS scores at 2 years correlated with technical accuracy in placement of the prosthesis: Group I – 28.3; Group II – 35.4; and Group III – 48.4 (p = 0.016). The mean flexion/extension range of motion and prosthesis function also correlated with device placement: Group I – 7.12 +/− 4.06 degrees; Group II – 7.47 +/− 4.41 degrees; and Group III – 3.15 +/− 3.51 degrees (p = 0.003).

Discussion: The surgical technical accuracy of Charité artificial disc placement correlated with clinical outcome, range of motion, and device functionality at 2 years. The Charité Lumbar Disk replacement proved to be a successful alternative to traditional lumbar fusion in every parameter. The results from this U.S. Investigational study confirm that proper placement of the Charité artificial disc improves clinical and radiological outcomes.


Full Access
M. Scott-Young

Introduction: Prosthetic devices have been developed to partially or totally replace symptomatic discs. Potential postoperative complications include infection, mechanical failure, loss of fixation, and neurological irritation or deficit. In the event of a complication, a sound surgical salvage strategy can result in a satisfactory outcome for the patient.

Methods: The study is a retrospective review of five revision cases in patients implanted with the third-generation Charité artificial disc prosthesis. The study involves a series of 182 patients since 1997, performed by a single surgeon. Of the 182 cases, 5 (2.7%) required surgical revision. The outcome measures used included back and leg VAS, Oswestry Disability Index (ODI), Roland-Morris Disability Questionnaire (R-MD), and patient self-assessment of outcome.

Results: Patient #1 had total disc replacement (TDR) at L3-4 and L4-5 and developed an early anterior sub-luxation at L3-4. The original device was removed and a new prosthesis inserted. Patient #2 had TDR at L4-5 and L5-S1 and experienced a core dislocation at L5-S1 resulting in a left iliac vein obstruction. This patient had an inferior vena cava umbrella with removal of the prosthesis and conversion to ALIF. Patient #3 had TDR at L4-5 and L5-S1 and experienced increased L5 radicular pain due to over distraction at L5-S1. This patient underwent removal of the prosthesis and conversion to instrumented circumferential fusion. Patient #4 had TDR at L5-S1 and experienced a core dislocation. The prosthesis was removed and an ALIF was performed. Patient #5 had TDR at L5-S1 and developed a spondylolisthesis secondary to progression of facet arthropathy. The prosthesis remained in situ and was supplemented with an instrumented posterolateral fusion. Mean back VAS was 4.2 (0–7). Mean leg VAS was 2.1 (0–7). Mean ODI was 32.4 (0–58). Mean R-MD was 11.4 (1–18). Patients were asked to rate their satisfaction with their revision outcome with choices of excellent, good, satisfactory, or poor. Four rated their outcome as excellent and one as good. Two patients suffer from the significant co-morbidity of rheumatoid arthritis and one is in early postoperative phase.

Discussion: Considerable scepticism exists about the advantages of total disc replacement and significant attention has been given to revision procedures and complications. A surgical revision rate of 2.7% from a single surgeon’s experience was reported. This rate is well below the rate suggested in the literature in relation to lumbar fusion. Careful patient selection and pre-operative planning remain paramount in avoiding the need for revision. As with other types of spinal surgery, a reliable and predictable surgical revision strategy is necessary to manage complications.


P.A. McCombe

Introduction: Surgical management of discogenic low back pain has in the past been limited to spinal fusion. Recently disc arthroplasty has become available. The rationale for disc arthroplasty is that it may avoid the long term consequences of adjacent segment degeneration. Avoidance of long term consequences is of no value unless the short term outcome is at least equivalent between fusion and arthroplasty.

Methods: A series of patients with chronic low back pain with concordant lumbar discography and a negative control discogram were surgically treated. Prospective data was collected preoperatively and at regular intervals during the post-operative period for a historical series of combined anterior and posterior lumbar fusion (n =24), a series of SB Charité (DePuy Spine) disc replacements (n =23), and recently, a series of Maverick (Medtronic Sofamor Danek) artificial disc replacements (n =9). Self assessed outcome measures of visual analog pain score (VAS), Low Back Outcome Score (LBOS) and SF12 general health data was obtained at intervals after the surgery. This paper presents the results of the consecutive series that have a minimum of 3 months follow-up.

Results: The data for the two groups of arthroplasty was combined and compared to the fusion group. The mean age for the fusion group was 37.6 years and the mean age for the arthroplasty group was 38.6 years. There were 5 compensation cases (20.8 %) in the fusion group and 5 cases (15.6 %) in the arthroplasty group. Both groups had 69% male patients. The mean VAS dropped from 7.5 to 3.7 (p< 0.001) in the arthroplasty group and from 7.3 to 3.5 (p< 0.001) in the fusion group. The mean LBOS improved from 22.0 to 36.5 (p< 0.001) in the arthroplasty group and from 19.6 to 37.1 (p< 0.001) in the fusion group.

There was no apparent difference between the clinical improvement in VAS and LBOS (p=0.91 and p=0.45 respectively) for each group. Analysis of the power of the comparison showed an 86% power for comparison of VAS improvement using a clinically important difference (delta) of 1 VAS point and there was 98% power for the LBOS improvement comparison using a clinically important difference (delta) of 10 LBOS points. Complications appeared higher in the arthroplasty group with foraminal encroachment requiring revision in 3 cases and one case of polyethylene failure in the Charité group at 3 years. This case occurred with an 8mm polyethylene insert (since removed from inventory by the manufacturer)

Discussion: Disc arthroplasty in the lumbar spine appears to offer similar short term results to that of fusion for chronic low back pain. The surgical complication rate may be higher in the early learning curve of the procedure.


W. Sears

Introduction: While anterior cervical decompression and fusion has been shown to be clinically effective in cases of myelopathy or radiculopathy, several studies have suggested an increased risk of development of adjacent segment degeneration. The Bryan Cervical Disc Pros-thesis was developed to address this complication and was fi rst used clinically in Europe in January 2000. The author began to use the device in June of 2001 and since that time has implanted 30 prostheses in 22 patients. The present prospective study was commenced at the time (concurrently with an ASERNIPS study) with a view to examine the clinical efficacy and safety of this device. The results in the author’s first 14 patients are reported, all with a minimum follow-up of 12 months (mean 20 months).

Methods: An observational audit of 14 consecutive patients with cervical radiculopathy (6 patients), myelopathy (6 patients) or discogenic neck pain (2 patients) operated upon between July 2001 and November 2002. Average age was 48 years (range 27 – 61 years). 5 patients underwent two level procedures. Operative / post-op complications and clinical / radiological outcomes were recorded at 6 weeks, 3, 6, 12 months and January 2004.

Results: Follow-up data is available at > 12 months on 13 of the 14 patients at an average 23 months post op (Range: 14–30 months). The patient for whom data is not available is known to have had a poor clinical outcome. She developed an unusual symptom complex with complex regional pain syndrome and is very unhappy with the surgery. Of the other 13 patients, 12 consider their outcome to have been excellent and 1 fair. In the two patients who underwent surgery purely for discogenic neck pain, substantial relief was reported. In the 8 patients with pre-operative arm pain, 6 reported complete relief, 1 substantial relief and one partial relief. There were no intra-operative complications. Two patients developed dysphagia which resolved after several months, one has described a clicking sensation in his neck for which no cause has been identified and one experiences persistent ‘neural surges’. One patient required surgery for a disc herniation at an adjacent level, 9 months post-op while in another patient, on routine 12 month follow-up MRI scan, an asymptomatic disc herniation adjacent to the operated segment had resolved spontaneously. One patient underwent foraminotomy for recurrent arm pain, 19 months post-op. All prostheses appear mobile on dynamic x-rays but it is apparent that the Bryan device does not correct any pre-operative degenerative deformity using the current technique.

Discussion: The current study appears to indicate satisfactory clinical outcomes at an average of 23 months post surgery in this group of patients. Longer follow-up and larger patient numbers are required as well as comparative studies.


R. Rahmat D. Matsacos B.W. Oakes R.D. Fraser R.J. Moore

Introduction: Disc degeneration is consistent with advancing age and in many cases is associated with back pain and restricted mobility. The traditional surgical treatment for chronic back pain has been spinal fusion to immobilize the painful level. Long-term studies, however, suggest that fusion actually promotes degeneration at adjacent levels. One of the hallmarks of disc degeneration is aggregation of chondrocytes in the nucleus of chondrones, and more recently apoptosis has been implicated as a factor controlling the longevity of the cells. Recent research suggests that it may be possible to restore normal function to degenerate discs by introducing a fresh population of cells. This study investigated the potential for autologous costal chondrocyte implantation to prevent lumbar disc degeneration after annular injury in the sheep.

Methods: the lumbar spines of eight adult sheep were exposed. In four animals, full thickness annular incisions were made in three alternate discs. No annular incisions were made in the other four sheep. A minimum of 500 mg of cartilaginous tissue was harvested from the twelfth rib of all animals. Tissue was cultured in vitro and the chondrocytes were labelled with a fluorescent marker for retrospective identification. After six weeks the chondrocytes were injected into the lower two alternate discs of all animals, leaving the uppermost discs and those untouched as internal controls. The animals were killed at intervals from three to twenty-four weeks and MRI, plain x-ray, histology and immunocytochemistry were evaluated.

Results: MRI at twelve and twenty-four weeks showed apparent preservation of all incised discs that had been transplanted with autologous chondrocytes. Histology revealed clusters of viable chondrocytes of normal appearance within the nucleus. These cells stained positive for the fluorescent label. The same cells and the surrounding matrix were also positive for collagen type II. Serial X-ray measurements suggested that progressive disc degeneration was arrested in the discs that received autologous costal chondrocytes.

Discussion: This pilot study showed evidence that cultured autologous costal chondrocytes remained viable and produced extracellular matrix following transplantation into normal and degenerate discs. In contrast to other studies that have used mesenchymal stem cells or chondrocytes harvested directly from discs, this study demonstrated success with cells from a source other than the disc. Costal cartilage is a convenient source of cells for transplantation and this technique warrants further investigation as a potential treatment for degenerative disc disease.


P.A. McCombe J. Brotchi S. Gill R. Kahler A. Lubansu R. Nelson F. Porchet

Introduction: A prospective, randomized, controlled study has been conducted to compare the clinical outcomes of patients treated with an artificial cervical disc to patients who receive fusion after cervical discectomy for the treatment of primary cervical disc disease. It is hypothesized that maintenance of motion after anterior cervical discectomy will prevent the high rate of adjacent level premature degeneration. The primary purpose of the study is to prove equivalence (non inferiority) of outcome of the disc prosthesis in the short term compared with fusion. Enrolment has closed and this is a report of the data with 50 cases with 6 month follow-up and 9 cases having reached 24 month final follow-up.

Methods: In four centres, 52 patients with primary, single level cervical disc disease producing radiculopathy and/or myelopathy were randomised prospectively to receive anterior cervical discectomy with either fusion or artificial cervical disc replacement. The patients were evaluated with pre- and post-operative serial flexion-extension cervical x-rays at 6 weeks, 3, 6, 12, and 24 months. At the same intervals, the patients had pre and postoperative neck disability indexes, visual pain analogue scales, European myelopathy scores, SF-36 general health scores, and neurological status examinations assessing the patient’s reflex, motor and sensory function.

Results: At 6 weeks the neck disability index reduced by 34.1 for the investigational group compared to 35.2 for the fusion group. The pain score had reduced by 7.7 for the investigational group and by 9.7 for the control group. This improvement appeared to be maintained until the 12 month follow-up. The mean pain scores at 24 months were similar (4.3 and 5.6 respectively) In general there appeared to be a slightly better outcome for the investigational group, though the investigational group showed slightly less preoperative pain (p=0.091) and disability (p=0.055) than the fusion group. Both pain score and disability scores improved statistically significantly compared to the pre op scores (p< 0.001 all comparisons). Analysis of non-inferiority of outcome for the investigational group using ANCOVA with the preoperative score as the covariate and a non-inferiority margin of 5 points (5%) showed statistical significance at 12 weeks for Neck Disability Index.

Discussion: Anterior cervical discectomy and fusion has a good short-term outcome though there is a high incidence of failure at adjacent levels over time. It is hypothesized that the maintenance of motion of a segment will prevent adjacent premature degeneration. It will take long term follow-up studies however to prove this. In the mean time, the justification to insert artificial cervical prostheses rests on being able to prove equivalence of outcome between fusion and prosthesis in the short term. This paper shows that the outcomes appear to be equivalent. Though there is insufficient power to prove equivalence with a clinical margin of 5%.


I.B. McPhee

Introduction: Following a systematic review of the literature, de Kleuver1 concluded that there was insufficient data to assess the performance of total disc replacement. In the absence of controlled trials, the relative merits and efficacy of artificial disc replacement as a treatment option for degenerative disc disease was unproven. Observational studies reported a moderate success rate (50-81%), but a relatively high complication rate (3%–50%). In particular, 4% of the operated levels fused spontaneously or after revision surgery.

Methods: Using the research methodology of the above study, all subsequent published studies of artificial lumbar disc replacement were identified and reviewed by meta-analysis. In the two years (2002–2003) since the above study, a further nine case series and three controlled studies have been reported. The three randomised controlled trials compared disc replacement with spinal fusion. Seven prospective studies (include the randomised controlled studies) had defined indications, exclusions and outcome measures.

Results: A total of 623 disc replacements were performed in 510 patients. The outcomes were classified as “good” or “excellent”, ranged from 70–93% (mean=83%). Complications were observed in up to 35% (mean=3%) of patients. Eight patients subsequently underwent spinal arthrodesis at the level of the disc replacement. Two patients were reported to have heterotopicossification.

The outcomes for the 2002–2003 publications were better (MWp=0.02) than for the de Kleuver study. Fewer patients had disc replacement at more than one level (FEp< 0.01). The number of patients undergoing secondary surgery (FEp< 0.01) and arthrodesis (FEp=0.04) was less and the incidence of prosthetic subsidence or migration was lower (FEp=0.28). This overall improvement in recent studies highlights the importance of patient selection and the use of a disc replacement of appropriate size.

Following disc replacement, there was a significant improvement in outcome measures at six-week follow-up. This improvement was maintained at two years. While disc replacement reported significantly less pain and disability in the early period following surgery compared with the fusion, the difference was not significant by six months.

Discussion: In the short to medium term, disc replacement is as effective as spinal fusion in the treatment of degenerative disc disease in critically selected patients. Although the number of complications has been reduced, some serious complications were reported.2 A satisfactory salvage procedure for failed disc replacement is yet to be found. The long-term biological effects of disc replacement are unknown. Late failure of disc replacement is predictable in a substantial number of patients. Long-term studies of ten or more years are necessary to adequately define the place of disc replacement in the treatment of lumbar disc disorders. Because the numbers of disc replacement patients is likely to be small, protocols and outcome measures should be standardised and data centrally recorded.


R.M. Walters R.J. Moore R. Rahmat Y. Shimamura R.D. Fraser

Introduction: Although prophylactic antibiotic administration is common in spinal surgery, the choice of drug, dose, and timing of administration often varies. Little is known about the activity of antibiotics in the spine and indeed if they are distributed throughout the disc and if the time intervals are optimal. Because infections that produce iatrogenic discitis generally arise within the disc, the antibiotic concentration of the disc is more relevant than serum concentrations. The aims of the study were to determine if a 2g dose of cephazolin was effective at preventing discitis over a four-hour period in immature ovine discs that were both non-degenerate and degenerate; and also to determine the concentration of cephazolin in serum and disc tissue.

Methods: In 10 Merino wethers aged 12 weeks, three lumbar discs were “degenerated” by incising the posterolateral annulus with a scalpel blade and using ronguers, removing the bulk of the nucleus pulposus. After 12 weeks nine animals were anaesthetised and given a 2g dose of cephazolin (David Bull Laboratories, Australia) at predetermined time intervals over a four-hour period. The antibiotic was chosen for effectiveness against Staphylococcus aureus a common discitis-causing organism. One sheep (control) did not receive any antibiotics to follow the natural progression of infection. All animals had discography with radiographic contrast that contained S. aureus at two incised levels and at two non-incised levels. Lateral radiographs of the lumbar spine were taken at two, six and 12 weeks to monitor the bony changes. At 12 weeks all sheep were given a 2g intravenous dose of cephazolin at time intervals before being killed. The spines were removed and prepared for light microscopy to assess pathology of the discs and for biochemical analysis of antibiotic concentration. Success of treatment was judged using histologic and radiographic features.

Results: The control sheep that did not receive any antibiotics developed discitis at four levels. Histology at 12 weeks confirmed discitis in 10/36 “prophylactic discs”. Of these “prophylactic discs” 7/10 had previously been “degenerated”. Discitis only developed in immature discs that were administered cephazolin two hours prior to inoculation. When antibiotic was administered after inoculation discitis was prevented. Biochemistry results confirmed that antibiotic diffused throughout the disc but was concentrated in the annulus more than the nucleus. Antibiotic levels in the disc peaked at 15 minutes (annulus mean concentration 15.5 mg/L, nucleus mean concentration 3.2 mg/L). Serum levels at 15 minutes were up to 50 times greater at this time (serum mean concentration 178 mg/L).

Discussion: The discs that were “degenerate” had a higher incidence of discitis compared to “non-degenerate” discs. However the concentration of antibiotic in degenerate discs was not significantly different than in non-degenerate discs. A 2 gram dose of cephazolin is reasonably effective (approx 70% success rate) at preventing discitis over a four-hour period.


R.E.A. Newcombe P.C. Blumbergs G. Sarvestani J. Manavis N.R. Jones

Introduction: This study aimed to analyse immunohis-tochemically the proteolysis of Amyloid Precursor Protein (APP) using Caspase-3-mediated APP proteolytic peptide (CMAP), beta-Amyloid (Aβ) and Active Caspase-3 in post-mortem human specimens in acute and chronic compressive myelopathy.

Compressive myelopathy, occurring through traumatic fracture/dislocation of vertebrae, iatrogenic injury, cervical spondylotic myelopathy (CSM), or metastatic tumour, causes much socio-economic and emotional disability for patients as well as physical consequences. In such conditions, APP is recognised as an early and specifi c marker of axonal injury. The proteolysis of APP in both acute and chronic compressive myelopathy has not yet been described. Studies analysing axonal injury after brain trauma suggest a role for Caspase-3 in the cleavage of APP1. In addition, Caspase-3-mediated cleavage of APP has been found to be associated with the formation of Aβ, a neurotoxic protein thought to contribute to cell death in Alzheimer’s disease2. Furthermore, A? may subsequently encourage activation of Caspases −2, −3, and −6, the major effector molecules in apoptosis2. The current study addressed two hypotheses; that APP provides a substrate for the Caspase-3 enzyme, and, that this event is associated with Aβ production in the compressed spinal cord.

Methods: Spinal cord material from 17 patients with documented SCI was analysed. The spatial distribution of cellular immunoreactivity was qualitatively assessed in injury due to trauma (n=5), iatrogenic event (n=1), CSM (n=6) and metastatic tumour (n=5). Morphological, immunohistochemical and immunofl uorescent techniques were used to investigate APP proteolysis.

Results: Caspase-3, APP, CMAP and Aβ were present in anterior horn cells of the grey matter and axons of the white matter. An association was found between neuronal immunoreactivity and that of axons in motor tracts. Dual-immunolabelling revealed axonal co-localisation of CMAP with Aβ and Caspase-3 with Aβ. Although CMAP was present in axons which were immunoposi-tive for APP, an inverse relationship was found as each marker was limited to its own, distinct region, consistent with the theory that CMAP actively cleaves APP. In neurons, co-localisation occurred between Caspase-3 and Aβ, and CMAP with Aβ. No neuronal co-localisation was shown between CMAP and APP in the acute and chronic state.

Discussion: Caspase-3 appears likely to contribute to the proteolytic cleavage of APP in compressive myelop-athy. CMAP was associated with the production of Aβ as demonstrated using single and dual immunolabelling. Furthermore, evidence is given for the association of Caspase-3 itself with the neurotoxic peptide, Aβ. It is possible that activation of Caspase-3 via these secondary mechanisms may trigger the advancement of the apoptotic cascade with the subsequent demise of the cell.


E. Kyriakou A. Abou-Hampton M.A. Stoodley N.R. Jones A.R. Brodbelt C. Brown L.E. Bilston

Introduction: Enlarging cystic cavitations (syrinxes) form within the spinal cord in up to 28% of spinal cord injured patients. These post-traumatic syrinxes can cause neurological deterioration, and treatment results remain poor. Syrinxes are often found adjacent to regions of arachnoiditis.

The understanding of biological systems is increasingly dependent on modelling and simulations. Numerical simulation is not intended to replace in vivo experimental studies, but to enhance the understanding of biological systems. This study tests the hypothesis that pressure pulses in the SAS are high adjacent to areas of arachnoiditis and investigates the validity of a numerical model by comparison with in vivo experimental findings.

Methods: Experimental Model: Post-traumatic syringomyelia was induced in eight sheep by injection of kaolin into the subarachnoid space (SAS), and excitotoxic amino acid into the spinal cord of the upper thoracic spine. Cerebrospinal fluid (CSF) pressure studies were undertaken at either 3 or 6 weeks. Fibre-optic monitors were used to measure the pressure in the SAS 1 cm rostral and 1 cm caudal to the induced arachnoiditis.

Numerical Model: An axisymmetric fluid-structure interaction model was developed to represent the spinal cord and SAS under normal physiological conditions and in the presence of arachnoiditis. Arachnoiditis was modeled as a porous obstruction in the SAS.

Results: In both models the SAS pressure rostral to the arachnoiditis was found to be higher than the caudal SAS pressure. There was no statistically significant difference between the sheep at 3 and 6 weeks. Under normal conditions, both experimentally and in the numerical model, the pressure drop along the SAS was negligible. In the presence of arachnoiditis, the pressure drop across the arachnoiditis in the experimental model was 1.6 mmHg, whereas the numerical model predicted a pressure difference of 1.3 mmHg.

Discussion: The numerical model accurately predicts CSF pressures in the animal model under both normal and abnormal conditions, allowing predictions to be made to within 20% accuracy. The local increases in SAS CSF pressure demonstrated may act to increase fluid flow through perivascular spaces and be implicated in syrinx formation and enlargement.


R.P. Williams P.L.P.J. Thorpe B. Goss G.N. Askin

Introduction: Diaphyseal femoral allograft is well suited to anterior column reconstruction of the thoracolumbar spine due to its inherent structural properties and bio-compatibility. The Bridwell system of interbody fusion assessment1 is based on plain x-rays and therefore lacks sensitivity. A new classification system of bony union is proposed using high-speed spiral CT imaging.

Methods: Twenty-six patients who underwent anterior thoracolumbar reconstruction for burst fracture using femoral allograft were followed for a minimum of 2 years. Each subject underwent high speed spiral CT scanning through the reconstructed region of the thoracolumbar spine and a classification system of graft to endplate union and central cancellous autograft incorporation was established.

The classification system reflects gradually increasing biological stability of the construct. Grade I (complete fusion) implies cortical union of the allograft and central trabecular continuity. Grade II (partial fusion) implies cortical union of the structural allograft with partial trabecular incorporation. Grade III (unipolar pseudarthrosis) denotes superior or inferior cortical non-union of the central allograft with partial trabecular discontinuity centrally and Grade IV (bipolar pseudarthrosis) suggests both superior and inferior cortical non-union with a complete lack of central trabecular continuity. Intra- and inter-observer error studies were carried out involving spinal surgeons, radiologists and trainees to examine reliability of the classification

Results: In this series 84% of cases demonstrated Grade I or Grade II characteristics. 1 case (4%) was identified as Grade IV. The classification showed good reliability with a kappa score of over 0.7

Discussion: Plain radiographs have always proved unsatisfactory for the accurate assessment of incorporation of grafts in the thoracolumbar spine. The use of CT imaging in the assessment of graft union has allowed a more accurate assessment of union. The classifi cation system presented allows a reproducible and relevant categorisation of allograft incorporation.


J.R. Harvey D. Fender G.N. Askin

Introduction: Chance fractures in children are rare the mechanism of injury is a flexion-distraction inertial force created during a motor vehicle accident when wearing a two-point seat belt or lap belt. High velocity paediatric Chance fractures are frequently associated with intra-abdominal injuries, although this may not be appreciated at the time of initial presentation.

Methods: The cases of two brothers who sustained Chance fractures with complete neurological deficits and intra-abdominal injuries from a motor vehicle accident are presented.

Results: The two brothers were rear seat passengers in car involved in a head-on collision with a tree. They were both wearing three point seat belts but had removed the chest straps, thus effectively converting them to a two-point harness.

Case 1. Boy age 3 years 10 months sustained a bony Chance fracture through the L3 vertebrae with a complete neurological deficit at the L1 level. There was an associated closed head injury and severe abdominal bruising. He underwent a CT scan of his abdomen on day of admission and posterior stabilisation of the spinal fracture on day 4. Seven days post-admission he was diagnosed with pancreatitis. He continued to have abdominal pain and vomiting. Further repeat abdominal CT scans, ultrasound examinations and abdominal contrast studies were performed. Ten weeks following admission he underwent laparotomy and a section of ischaemic small bowel was removed.

Case 2. Boy age 2 years 8 months presented with a ligamentous Chance fracture of L2 / L3 with a complete neurological deficit at T12. He had a closed head injury and severe abdominal bruising. He underwent CT scan on the day of admission and a diagnostic peritoneal tap on day two with aspiration of straw coloured fluid. The spinal fracture was stabilised 10 days post-admission with posterior instrumentation. On day 14 he underwent a laparoscopy and subsequent laparotomy with drainage of an abscess secondary to a perforated caecum.

Discussion: Chance fractures or flexion-distraction fractures of the spine are rare occurrences in children with few cases reported. They represent severe trauma and are often related to the wearing of two-point seat belt fixation. There is a high associated incidence of abdominal injuries which may be difficult to diagnose. The authors support the view of Beaunoyer1 that a diagnostic laparoscopy or laparotomy should be considered strongly in patients with lumbar Chance fractures. Abdominal bruising and neurological defi cit are cardinal signs, reflecting severe trauma.


P.L.P.J. Thorpe R.P. Williams P. Licina

Introduction: Anterior lumbar interbody fusion (ALIF) with posterior stabilisation is an established treatment for degenerative disc disease.1 Some previous reports have advocated a goal of 360 degree fusion, and condemned posterior stabilisation as it does not achieve fusion of the posterior facet joints.2 Others have claimed that the concept of a ‘locked pseudarthrosis’ gives satisfactory clinical results.3 There is also a contention that private or self-funding patients achieve better results after spinal fusion compared to those treated under compensation or Dept. Veterans Affairs (DVA) schemes.

Methods: Twenty patients who had undergone an ALIF with posterior stabilisation were retrospectively reviewed. All had a follow-up greater than 12 months. 13 patients were private and 7 non-private. The groups were aged and sex matched. Radiological assessment of fusion was made with reconstruction CT scans. Oswestry Disability Index (ODI) scores were recorded preoperatively, 6 months and 12 months post operation.

Results: Patients with locked pseudarthrosis showed no significant difference in outcome compared to those with radiological fusion. Both groups showed signifi cant improvement in ODI scores after ALIF (mean preop. = 52 – range 16-74; mean postop. = 18 – range 0-52; p< 0.01). There was a significantly greater improvement (p< 0.02) in ODI scores in private patients (mean reduction = 41 points) compared to worker’s compensation or DVA patients (mean reduction = 22 points).

Discussion: The results indicate that ALIF with posterior stabilisation can achieve good clinical results even with a ‘locked pseudarthrosis’. While there is no significant difference between outcomes in different health funding groups shown in the study, carefully patient select for this treatment is the key to success.


Full Access
N. Lee See B. Goss R.P. Williams

Introduction: Pelvic fixation is undertaken in order to restore stability to an unstable pelvis or correct severe scoliotic degeneration of the spine. Instability of the pelvic ring can result from resection of tumours, fractures of the pelvis or infection of the pelvic joints and bones. A number of methods for stabilising the pelvis have been described in the literature including the Galveston Reconstruction (GR)1 and the triangular frame reconstruction (TFR)2. These are associated with an improvement in functional ability, however failure of instrumentation or loosening often occurs.3 A recent mechanical analysis of these techniques has found the technique used in this hospital (GR) performed most poorly.2

Methods: A scoring system was developed from a retrospective analysis of 8 patients. The patients were categorised into two groups (high score and low score) based on age, presence of infection and serious non-associated comorbidities. A patient aged 60 years or over scored 5 points. Patients with bony infection scored 10 points. The presence of serious comorbidity including osteoporosis scored 5 points with minor comorbidities scoring 1 point.

Results: Eight patients who underwent pelvic fixation for varied indications (2 after resection of tumours, 1 fracture, 2 scoliotic degeneration, 3 for infection) were analysed. Three patients had a good functional improvement without loosening of screws beyond 1 year after surgery. These patients were otherwise healthy, relatively young and had no disease processes that affected local bone quality at the site of fixation or serious comorbidities. The other 5 patients all showed evidence of early screw loosening within one year. Of these patients, 2 had a number of serious comorbidities well recognised to compromise bone quality (osteoporosis, long term steroid use) and 3 had pre-existing extensive bony infection.

Discussion: Bone quality of the pelvic bones appears to be the primary predictor of long term functional outcome after pelvic fixation. The 5 patients who had a number of comorbidities well recognised to compromise bone quality all saw early screw loosening within 1 year. Since fixation of the pelvis requires extensive surgery necessitating both posterior and anterior approach and has a number of severe complications such as alteration of urinary, sexual and recto-sigmoid functions the benefit of pelvic fixation should be considered in light of these factors which appear to predict long term outcomes. Further prospective studies of patients undergoing pelvic fixation are required to validate our scoring system.


D.W. Howie A. Mintz S.E. Graves R. Wallace M.A. McGee

Introduction Early complications of revision total hip replacement (rTHR) with femoral impaction allografting have included stem subsidence and loosening. In this comparative study, the impact of new techniques, including the use of longer stems, non-irradiated washed allograft, larger bone chips and medial mesh, on early clinical and radiographic outcomes was examined.

Methods The initial series of rTHRs with femoral impaction allografting comprised 20 hips (19 patients, median age 68 years) with a median follow-up of eight years. In the current series where the new techniques were used, there are 11 hips (11 patients, median age 69 years) with a median follow-up of 1.5 years. Three surgeons at one hospital undertook all rTHRs using a polished cemented collarless double tapered stem. Patients were mobilised on day one with partial weight bearing for 12 weeks. The femoral deficiencies commonly comprised extensive cavitatory loss combined with segmental deficiencies. Regular clinical and radiographic assessment was undertaken.

Results In the initial series, there were three early rerevisions for subsidence and stem loosening and one rerevision for infection. Periprosthetic fracture occurred early in three hips. EBRA FCA was used to assess stem subsidence. By two to four years, nine femoral stems had subsided more than five millimetres. At mid-term follow-up of eight years there have been no further rerevisions. In comparison, there has been minimal stem subsidence in the current series, with no stems subsiding more than five millimetres. To-date there have been no periprosthetic fractures and no complications requiring re-revision.

Conclusions Prospective monitoring of rTHR is important to identify factors that may be associated with poor outcome. Current techniques of femoral impaction grafting at rTHR, that includes washing of allograft and the use of long length stems and proximal mesh support yield good early-term radiographic and clinical results.


L. O’Hara D. Fick B. Nivbrant S. Röhrl J. Karrhölm M. Li

Introduction Impaction grafting in revision hip arthroplasty has now been used with a number of cemented stem designs. Follow-up has been short/intermediate with variable results due to pronounced stem subsidence and incomplete cement mantles. This study investigated the performance of a cementless, HA-coated stem used with the impaction grafting technique.

Methods We performed revision hip arthroplasty on a series of 16 stems for mechanical loosening (majority type II) in 14 patients (mean age 64 years). An uncemented Anatomic® stem was inserted into a neomedullary canal of impacted fresh frozen allograft bone. Stem migration was assessed with RSA. Graft and host cortical bone remodeling were evaluated radiographically as was the quality of the impaction grafting and amount of radiographic bone ingrowth. Bone mineral density (BMD) was assessed with DEXA at two and 10 years. Harris Hip Score was recorded for clinical assessment.

Results At six months the stems had subsided 0.78 mm (−7.78 – 0.22). Thereafter, the majority stabilized (6 months vs. 12 years: p=0.3). The graft had a homogenous distribution proximally, but to a lesser extent distally. Remodeling of graft was frequently seen at two years, especially proximally. There were no signs of graft resorption and no change in BMD in any Gruen zone between two and 10 years (P=0.15 – 0.54). About one third of patients had evidence of cortical restitution. In most cases there were no radiolucencies at all between the HA-fiber mesh and the bone. Slight cortical erosion at the stem tip was observed in nine cases but none progressed after two years. These parameters (remodeling, ingrowth and radiolucencies) changed minimally between the two and 12 years. At two years, the Harris Hip (50 to 85) and pain scores (20 to 40) had increased (p = 0.001). Thereafter the scores remained stationary. One hip dislocated during the first year. Heterotopic ossification occurred in three cases. One case underwent two stage revision at 30 months for late infection. One fracture was detected post-operatively. This stem subsided 16.2 mm at two years requiring revision. One patient died due to unrelated causes. Early migration was seen. Radiographs suggest much of the graft was substituted with living bone with no deterioration between two and 12 years.

Conclusions Our findings are sufficiently encouraging to initiate trials of uncemented stems with extended HA coatings.

In relation to the conduct of this study, one or more of the authors is in receipt of a research grant from a non-commercial source.


D.A.F. Morgan A. Butler Y. Yu W. Walsh

Introduction Recent publications have confirmed that as many as one in four retrieved femoral heads can be significantly contaminated with potential pathogens. Reports from the Centre for Disease Control in Atlanta, Georgia have described fatal outcomes from the unwanted transmission of bacterial disease with inadequately processed allograft materials. Surgeons requesting non terminally sterilised bone refer to theoretical biological and biomechanical deleterious effects of gamma irradiation. This study examines the accuracy of those claims.

Methods We have investigated the effects of varying levels of gamma irradiation (0kG, 15kG and 25kG) on the biological competence of morsellised allograft bone and its associated biomechanical impaction qualities. The biological study has used an in vivo model (nude rat) to quantify the effects of gamma irradiation on osteoinduction and osteoconduction. An in vitro impaction routine has been used to measure compaction, impaction and stiffness in the allograft product.

Results There were no statistical differences in the biomechanical or biological properties of the 0kG and 15kG specimens (P< 0.05). Gamma irradiation at the 25kG level resulted in an allograft product of higher biomechanical stiffness, unchanged osteoinductivity and slightly lower osteoconductivity (P< 0.05).

Conclusion Terminal gamma irradiation of 15kG reduces the risk of bacterial transmission with allograft products. It does not alter the efficacy of the allograft at biological and biomechanical levels. Gamma irradiation represents the mainstay of sterilisation of musculoskeletal allograft materials. Australian practices appear to be leading an international trend.

In relation to the conduct of this study, one or more the authors have received, or are likely to receive direct material benefits.


A. Bajhau D. Campbell T. Hearn

Introduction There are no reports on the epidemiology of revision hip arthroplasty in Australia. The aim of this study was to characterise the epidemiology of revision hip arthroplasty in relation to primary hip replacements in Australia.

Methods This study covered the seven year period 1993/1994 to 1999/2000. Data on all primary hip replacements and revisions done were obtained from the Australian Institute of Health and Welfare using the ICD-9 (81.53) and ICD-10 (Block No. 1492) cartegorisation. The data was stratified by age (five year age groups), sex, year and state or territory. Log linear modelling was used to examine the rate of revision procedures out of the total number of procedures (primary and revision). The effects of gender, age and year were examined in a series of hierarchical log-rate models (Poisson Loglinear Regression).

Results For the period of the study there were 18,027 revision cases and 122,595 cases of primary hip replacement, representing a revision rate of 14%. The rate of increase of primary hip replacements was significantly higher than the rate of increase of revisions (t= −12.1, p< 0.0005). The number of primary hip replacements performed nationally increased by 810 (95% confidence intervals 658,964) a year. The number of revisions increased by only 62 (95% confidence intervals 21,104) a year. The proportion of revisions decreased by 0.3% per year as determined by regression analysis. The hierarchical log-rate models indicate significant interactions between age and gender and beween age and year.

Conclusions The number of primary and revision hip replacements has been increasing with time. The rate of increase of revision hip replacements has been lower. The proportion of hip replacements that are revisions has been gradually dropping, probably due to a greater increase in the number of primary hip replacements.


B.R. Halliday G.A. Gie H.W. English A.J. Timperley R.S.M. Ling

Introduction We report the results of cancellous femoral impaction grafting with cement in revision hip arthroplasty in all patients from the above centre, who had their surgery more than five years previously.

Methods Up to December 1994, 226 hips underwent femoral impaction grafting in 207 patients. No deaths were attributable to the revision surgery. Thirty-three patients with 35 functioning hips died with less than five years follow-up. Only one patient was lost to follow-up. All other patients have had clinical review by two of the authors (BH and HE) and a combined panel undertook radiological review.

Results Two hips (one percent) became infected at the time of their revision surgery. Twelve stems underwent a further surgical procedure for aseptic failure; 10 for treatment of fracture and two for mechanical loosening in the absence of fracture. Survivorship with any femoral re-operation for any cause as the end point was 90.5% (confidence interval 82 to 98% (Peto equation)) at 10 to 11 years. Using femoral re-operation for symptomatic aseptic mechanical loosening as the endpoint the survivorship was 99.1% (CI= 96–100) at the same follow-up. The technique used in our centre has been modified since this series with an increased use of longer stems with impacted allograft. The technique used in Exeter has evolved and there has been an increased awareness of the fundamental importance of gaining stability of the implant within the graft at the time of surgery.

Conclusion These results provide evidence of a successful technique in the intermediate to long term.

In relation to the conduct of this study, one or more the authors have received, or are likely to receive direct material benefits.


E. Ornstein I. Atroshi H. Franzén R. Johnsson M. Sundberg

Introduction The aim of this study was to describe the migration pattern of the Exeter stem after revision with morsellised allograft bone and cement, to evaluate if restricted weight bearing had any influence on migration, and to measure, before and after revision, the quality of life comparing it to primary cemented hip arthroplasties.

Methods Forty-one consecutive stem revisions were followed by radiostereometry (RSA, 1. Selvik 1989). The accuracy of the RSA set-up was between 0.3 mm and 0.7 mm. The surgical procedure described by the Exeter group (2. Gie 1993) was used. All were first time revisions for aseptic loosening and all patients had had their primary arthroplasty for osteoarthritis. Bone stock deficiency was classified according to Gustilo and Pasternak. Sixteen were type I, 20 type II, five type III but none was classified as type IV. The Nottingham Health Profile was used to measure quality of life before and after revision.

Results All stems migrated distally and most of them also migrated medially or laterally and posteriorly. Migration was still observed in one third of stems between 1.5 and two year follow-ups. At two years stem subsidence averaged 2.5 mm, medial or lateral migration averaged 1.2 mm and posterior migration averaged 2.9 mm. No correlation to the pre-operative bone stock deficiency was observed. Between two and five years only marginal migration occurred in 12 of the 15 stems followed for five years. No differences in the migration pattern were detected when free weight bearing was allowed immediately after revision in hips without intra-operative skeletal complications compared to when restricted weight bearing was practiced. Most migration occurs within the first two weeks after surgery. NHP scales for pain, physical mobility, sleep and energy scales improved significantly. NHP scores were in all six scales comparable to those of primary arthroplasties. No rerevision was performed and no stem had radiographic sings of loosening.

Conclusions Most migration occurred early after revision and decreased gradually. Marginal migration after two years does not deteriorate the results during the first five years after surgery. Quality of life (patient outcome) after revision with impacted morsellised allograft bone and cement was comparable to that of primary arthroplasties.

In relation to the conduct of this study, one or more of the authors is in receipt of a research grant from a non-commercial source.


D.W. Howie J. Wimhurst M.A. McGee T. Knight B.S. Badaruddin

Introduction This study reviews the mid to long term results of revision THR with cemented, collarless double-tapered (CCDT) stems.

Methods We prospectively studied 192 revisions, in 183 patients, of femoral stems using standard (42%) or long (58%) Exeter and CPT CCDT stems. Results were analysed according to the length of stem, extent of pre-operative deficiency (Paprosky I:II:IIIa:IIIb:IV = 4:20:44:20:12%) and intra-operative bone loss. Postoperative radiographs were independently analysed for loosening and stress shielding. Risk factors of poor outcome were examined by multivariate logistic regression. The median follow-up was six years (2 to 17 years) with 55 patients having died (28%) and no cases lost to follow-up.

Results There were four stem re-revisions for sepsis (2%), three for aseptic loosening (1.5%) and three for component malpositioning (1.5%). The survivorship to femoral re-revision for aseptic loosening at eight years was 95% (95%CI=90–100%) for standard and 95% (90 – 100%) for long stems (p=0.674). Migration was less than five millimetre in unrevised stems. Survivorship and outcomes was independent of the Paprosky grade. There was a trend for better longer-term results in hips with long stems. Major stress shielding was not seen and thigh pain was not a problem.

Conclusions CCDT long stems are suitable for most femoral revisions in patients without severe segmental deficiency.

In relation to the conduct of this study, one or more of the authors is in receipt of a research grant from a non-commercial source.


B.R.T. Love D. Chidgey

Introduction Dedicated software has been developed to allow computerised pre-operative planning for joint replacements where digital x-rays of known magnification are placed on a computer screen and templates are matched to produce an accurate plan. Improving efficiency, reducing error and improving patient outcomes are the goals.

Methods Two methods for determining magnification of x-rays have been considered. 1: a metal marker of known size is placed on the limb in the same plane as the joint and the software matches the template to the x-ray. Several problems arise including unrecognizable markers in the obese or when taking full pelvis x-ray. 2: a computer tomogram scout film provides a digital format, accurate magnification, a film of adequate quality and the capacity to plan on the normal hip in unilateral disease. The new software was developed using digital radiology to provide; certainty of patient identification, tools for measurement, tools for drawing and to allow linear and angular movement of components of the image. Risk management was undertaken. Data concerning component details completed the program.

Results The phase one trial demonstrated that the tool achieved the goals set. A digital image could be matched to implant component data. The tools allowed; measurement of relevant anatomy, consideration of leg length difference, and angular deformity, identification of landmarks such as center of rotation of the socket and offset, and comparison between the normal and pathological sides. Components could be chosen and errors detected, such as incompatible components or wrong side, and an order generated for forwarding to the supplier. Choice of stem was always within one size of pre-operative templating. Choice of socket was within two sizes.

Conclusions The explanation for discrepancy may be the intra-operative desire to judge size according to “feel” at surgery. A surgeon may wish to demonstrate accuracy by “forcing” intra-operative decision towards verifying pre-operative planning. What is surprisingly is that surgeons do not have uniform views as to the “ideal” socket position or stem position.

In relation to the conduct of this study, one or more the authors have received, or are likely to receive direct material benefits.


P.N. Smith E. Terweil J. Cahill J. Scarvell

Aim: To determine the cost of medical treatment of infection following total joint replacement (TJR) of the hip or knee. With this information, and obtaining the current costs of antibiotics, antibiotic loaded cement and laminar flow theatres, we aimed to calculate the relative cost- benefit of these prophylactic strategies to prevent infection

Method: Fifty two patients who were admitted to The Canberra Hospital (TCH) for treatment of infection at following total joint arthroplasty between January 1996 and January 2001. A detailed cost analysis of treatment costs following infection was performed. All ward, theatre, prosthesis, investigation, pharmaceutical, allied health and medical costs were collated to produce a total cost of treatment. Current costs of prophylactic antibiotics, antibiotic cement and laminar flow theatres were obtained from suppliers. Costs were calculated for different combinations of prophylactic measures using the rates of deep periprosthetic infection reported through the Swedish Arthroplasty Registry.

Results: There were 41 deep infections and 13 superficial. The average cost for the 54 patients for the in hospital treatment of infection was $41,215. The cost of treating a superficial infection with antibiotics alone averaged $17,663. The average cost of a two stage revision procedure for deep periprosthetic infection was $79,623. Assuming a hospital volume of 150 cases per year, the use of prophylactic intravenous antibiotics, the use of laminar flow and the combined use of antibiotics and laminar flow were significantly cost effective. The addition of antibiotic loaded cement was marginally cost ineffective in combination with either or both of intravenous antibiotics or laminar flow.

Conclusion: The in hospital costs for the treatment of infection after TJR in the Australian setting have been addressed for the first time. Past studies have underestimated the cost of treatment. With this information, we have shown that the combinations of laminar flow and intravenous antibiotic for prophylaxis against infection in TJR are justified on a purely financial cost benefit basis.


M.C. Dixon R.D. Scott P.A. Schai V.P. Stamos

Introduction In an attempt to decrease the incidence of posterior hip dislocation following a posterior approach, a simple capsulorrhaphy was utilized in 255 consecutive primary total hip arthroplasties performed by one surgeon.

Methods All patients were reviewed at a minimum of two years post-operatively and no patient was lost to follow-up. One patient sustained a posterior hip dislocation, while there were no anterior hip dislocations. The dislocation rate of 0.39 is equal to or less than the rates of dislocation reported in the literature using a direct lateral approach.

Conclusions We postulate that this capsular repair creates not only a static restraint but also a capsule and gluteus medius mediated proprioceptive feedback to guard against extremes of internal rotation of the hip.


G. Singh E.W. Jamieson

Introduction A review of hip replacements performed in our hospital between 1991 and 2000 has identified a group of post-operative patients in whom recurrent dislocation has been deemed untreatable because of medical comorbidity. We tried to identify a group of patients at risk of recurrent dislocations. This paper presents our experience with the Kasselt cup in these patients

Methods We have used the Kasselt cup with indications being: a) prophylaxis, in patients with perceived greater risk of recurrent dislocation and b) treatment of recurrent (three or more) dislocations following THR. Patients were identified from clinical records and a National Joint Register. From 1998 to 2002, 51 patients underwent THR utilizing semi-constrained Kasselt cup. All living patients were invited for clinical and radiographic examination. Forty-eight patients (51 hips) were available for study. Thirty-nine patients were able to attend clinic and nine were interviewed by telephone. Average follow-up was 18.6 months (range 6 to 36 months). Average age was 75.6 years (range 56 to 92 years). Twenty-nine operations were done prophylactically and 22 for recurrent dislocations.

Results Three patients suffered further dislocations, from the recurrent dislocation group. One suffered a single dislocation post-operatively which was reduced by close manipulation and to-date has not re-dislocated. The second continued to dislocate. The third was revised with a Kasselt cup for recurrent dislocation and suffered three further dislocations. This patient was re-revised and to-date (six months) has had no further dislocation. The mean Harris Hip Score in the whole group was 79 (range 49 to 100). We have seen no dislocation in patients in the ‘at risk’ group in this short term

Conclusion The value of this prosthesis remains uncertain.


R.P. Pitto A. Carstens H. Hamer W. Heiss-Dunlop J. Kuehle

Introduction Venous thromboembolic disease is a serious complication of total hip replacement (THR). Use of low-molecular-weight heparin (LMWH) has been shown to reduce the occurrence of deep-vein thrombosis (DVT) significantly, but side effects such as bleeding and thrombocytopenia are frequent. Pneumatic compression with foot-pumps seems to provide the best balance of effectiveness and safety. However, a recent meta-analysis showed that the overall number of patients investigated in randomised clinical trials is too small to draw evidence-based conclusions regarding mechanical prophylaxis of DVT. This trial is a contribution in comparing the effectiveness and safety of mechanical versus chemical prophylaxis of DVT in patients managed with THR.

Methods Inclusion criteria were hip osteoarthritis, age less than 80 years, and uninterrupted use of a foot-pump. Exclusion criteria were a history of thromboembolic disease, heart disease, malignancy and bleeding diatheses. Two hundred and sixteen consecutive patients were considered for inclusion in the trial and were randomized either for management with (LMWH) (Fraxiparin, Sanofi -Synthelabo, France) or with the A-V Impulse foot-pump (Orthofix Vascular Novamedix, UK). All patients started mobilisation on crutches with partial weight-bearing on day two using compression stockings. The foot-pump was applied on both feet in the recovery room and was used until patient discharge. Management with the foot-pump was interrupted only during physiotherapy and toileting. A reverse Trendelenburg position (head-high, feet-low) was applied at rest to enhance the pneumatic effect of the pumps. Patients were monitored for DVT using serial duplex sonography (Sonoline Elegra, Siemens, Germany) at day three, 10 and 45 after surgery.

Results DVT was detected in three of 100 patients managed with the foot-pump compared with six of 100 patients who received chemical prophylaxis. Sixteen patients did not tolerate continuous use of the foot-pump and were excluded from the study. The average post-operative drainage was 259 ml in the foot-pump group and 328 ml in the control group (p=0.05). Patients with foot-pump had less swelling of the thigh (10 mm compared with 15 mm) (p=0.05). One patient developed heparin-induced thrombocytopenia.

Conclusions This study confirms the effectiveness and safety of mechanical prophylaxis of DVT in THR, confirming the outcomes of previous randomized clinical trials. Some patients cannot tolerate the foot-pump, mostly because of sleep disturbance.

In relation to the conduct of this study, one or more of the authors is in receipt of a research grant from a non-commercial source.


S. Ahmad W. Plehwe R. de Steiger

Introduction Vitamin D deficiency has been reported widely in various community groups but especially in the osteoporotic/fracture population. We decided to investigate the incidence in an elective female population undergoing hip or knee arthroplasty as this has not been previously reported.

Methods Data was collected prospectively from a group of female patients who were undergoing hip or knee arthroplasty for osteoarthritis. Patients with rheumatoid or inflammatory arthritis were excluded, as were patients on Vitamin D supplements. Serum 25-hydroxyvitamin D (25 OHD) levels were measured as part of routine pre-operative work-up. A total of 40 female patients over a 12 month period were checked, with average age 66 years (range 15 to 93 years). Average height was 151 cm and weight 67 kg. Thirty total hips and 10 total knee replacements were performed. Vitamin D deficiency was classified as either marginal (25 OHD levels ranging from 25 to 50 nmol/L or frank (25 OHD levels, < 20–25 nmol/L).

Results Eleven patients out of 40 (27.5%) had marginal deficiency and four of those patients (10%) had frank vitamin D deficiency. There was no correlation with height or weight or age.

Conclusions This small study suggests that a significant percentage of patients undergoing elective lower limb arthroplasty for osteoarthritis have low Vitamin D levels.


R. P. Pitto I. Spika A. Carstens

Introduction Considerable advances have been made in improving cementing techniques in total hip replacement. Recently, the increasing need to minimize healthcare costs has led to the development of methods to reduce surgical time. It has been proposed that the curing time for bone cement can be markedly reduced by preheating the femoral component before insertion. A reduction of the period between insertion of the implant and ultimate curing decreases operative time, bleeding into the bone-cement interface and the likelihood of accidental loss of position. In a previous in-vitro study, preheating the femoral component to a temperature of about 50° resulted in a reduction in the bone cement curing time of approximately 50%. No adverse changes of the mechanical properties of cement were found. E-modulus, fracture toughness and fatigue strength were unaffected by increased temperature. A uniform trend of decreasing porosity of bone cement with increased temperature of the implant was also observed. To-date, there have been no reports on the in-vivo outcome of the preheating cementing technique. The aim of this prospective study was to assess the clinical and radiological five year follow-up results of the preheating cementing technique used for the fixation of the femoral stem (Lubinus, Link, Germany).

Methods One hundred consecutive patients (100 hips) with osteoarthritis and an average age of 72 years (range 65 to 85) have been operated on by one surgeon in a single institution. In a cohort of 50 hips a conventional cementing technique was used. The cement used was Cemex (Tecres, Italy). The anterior-posterior and lateral radiographs have been evaluated with a computer-aided system. The quality of cement mantle was assessed on the radiographs according to the A-B-C1-C2-D classification.

Results The curing time of the bone cement was markedly reduced (average five minutes, range four to seven minutes) by preheating the femoral component (40° to 50°). The estimated reduction of intra-operative blood loss was 75 ml (range 45 to 130). The mean Harris Hip Score was 94.8 points at follow-up (range 79 to 100). The clinical status of 92% of hips was rated good or excellent, eight percent was rated fair. A satisfactory cementing technique was obtained in 96% of hips. Small voids in the cement mantle (grade C1) were present in four percent of hips. Non-progressive radiolucent lines at the bone-cement interface were observed at Gruen zone one in four hips, at zone eight in three hips and at zone 14 in three hips. No signs of osteolysis were observed at follow-up, all stems were rated radiologically stable.

Conclusion A reduction in curing time of bone cement provides a significant time saving without compromising implant performance. We recommend preheating of femoral components to surgeons experienced in joint replacement and have a skilled surgical team, because of the potential risk of premature polymerization before complete seating of the implant.

In relation to the conduct of this study, one or more of the authors is in receipt of a research grant from a non-commercial source.


E. T. Ek P.F. Choong

Introduction The double-tapered femoral stem is recognised for its excellent long-term results. The design allows greater cement engagement by capitalising on the phenomenon of cement creep. An additional third taper is thought to provide greater stability, fixation and improved femoral neck loading. This study compares prospectively the early clinical and radiological results between triple and double-tapered stems in cemented THA.

Methods Between March 1998 and October 2002, 391 patients (405 hips) underwent primary THA and received either a triple, 192 patients (200 hips) or double 189 patients (205 hips) tapered stem. The post-operative protocol was identical and patients were followed-up clinically and radiologically at approximately three, six and 12 months and yearly thereafter. Clinical outcomes were assessed with respect to mortality, complications, Harris Hip Score (HHS) and Merle d’Aubigne and Postel score (MDA). Radiological analysis was performed looking for evidence of radiolucent lines, aseptic loosening, subsidence, endosteolysis, heterotrophic ossification, cortical hypertrophy and cement fractures. Age, sex, weight, height, indications for surgery and the distribution of right and left hips were comparable between the two groups. The average follow-up in the triple and double tapered groups was 21 and 23 months respectively.

Results Clinically, in the triple-taper group, there was a mean improvement in HHS of 44 points and MDA of 5.8. Similar improvements were seen in the double-tapered group, with increases of 45 and 5.6 points in the HHS and MDA respectively. No significant difference was noted in terms of complications. In the triple-tapered group, evidence of radiolucency between the cement-stem interface was seen in only one patient in Zone 1, and this was associated with a small cement fracture in Zone 3. Cement-bone radiolucency occurred in one hip at Zone 1. In the double-tapered group, five hips showed cement-stem radiolucency, all in Zone 1. Radiolucency between the cement-bone interface was present in two hips, one in Zone 1 and the other in Zone 7. Average subsidence of the triple-tapered stems was 0.77 mm (range 0 to 2.5), which compared to 0.82 mm (range 0 to 2.5) in the double-tapered group. No stems were considered at risk of aseptic loosening. There was no significant difference in the extent of proximal femoral resorption and heterotopic ossification.

Conclusions In our study, the triple and double-tapered components performed equally well clinically and are comparable on radiological analysis. The triple-tapered stem is safe and is not associated with increased rates of loosening, subsidence or radiolucency, compared to the double-tapered stem. There is potential to translate the promising early results of the triple-tapered design into the future and expect similar long-term success.


R. Stamenkov D. Howie J. Taylor D. Findlay M. McGee G. Kourlis S. Callary S. Pannach

Introduction Peri-acetabular osteolysis is a serious complication of total hip arthroplasty (THA). The aim of this study was to determine, using quantitative computed tomography (CT), the location, volume and rate of progression of peri-acetabular osteolytic lesions, and to determine the validity of this CT technique with intra-operative measurements.

Methods High-resolution spiral multislice CT scan (Somatom Volume Zoom, Siemens, Munich, Germany), with metal-artefact suppression protocol, was used to measure the volume of osteolytic lesions around 47 cementless THAs in 36 patients (median age 73 years, duration 14 years, range five to 24 years). In vitro validation was undertaken. CT scans were taken from the top of sacroiliac joint down to two centimetres below the end of the prosthesis. Reconstruction images were analysed by two different observers and progression of osteolysis with time was determined. In some patients, subsequently revised, in-vivo CT measurements were compared to intra-operative measurements. The rate of progression of osteolytic lesions was calculated. The technique was optimised and validated by extensive in-vitro studies, using bovine and human pelves.

Results The incidence of lesions located in each site was: the ilium, 65%; around fixation screws, 20%; in the anterior column, nine percent; and in the medial wall, six percent. Some lesions were shown to be relatively quiescent, while others were aggressively osteolytic. Intra and inter-observer error for the CT measurement technique was four percent and 2.8%, respectively. In vitro volumetric measurements of simulated bone defects adjacent to the acetabular component and fixation screw were accurate to within 96% and precise to 98%. In addition, preliminary data obtained intra-operatively indicate the accuracy of CT in identifying the sites of osteolysis.

Conclusions CT is thus a valid and reliable technique for investigating the natural history of osteolysis and the factors that may influence its progression. It will also enable assessment of non-surgical treatments of osteolysis.

In relation to the conduct of this study, one or more of the authors is in receipt of a research grant from a non-commercial source.


S. Hanna S. Röhrl M. Li B. Nivbrant D. Wood

Introduction Wear particle induced osteolysis is regarded as the main reason for aseptic loosening of hip replacements. Crosslinked polyethylene show extremely low wear in lab studies and is routinely used today, though with very little clinical testing. We report wear, migration and function for uncemented cups with a crosslinked poly.

Methods Twelve hips in 12 patients with mean age of 70 years were operated with uncemented cups (Reflection), cemented stems and metal heads. Five Mrad cross linked liners annealed below melt temperature were used in all hips (XLPE, Smith & Nephew). Tantalum markers were inserted in liners and acetabular bone for RSA measurements and migration and wear measured over two years. The result was compared to matched controls from a study of 80 cups with the same implant and non cross linked poly, operated by the same surgeon. X-rays, WOMAC and Sf-36 were performed pre-operatively and at two years.

Results The mean proximal head penetration at two months was 0.09 mm. This was thought to be mainly due to the creep of the polyethylene and was equal to “normal” poly. At the one year follow-up the mean proximal wear had increased with 0.02 mm and at two years 0.03 mm. This compares with the 0.33 mm recorded for the old poly (p=0.001, Mann Whitney U test.). The cups migrated 0.2 mm proximally and showed a normal migration profile, comparable to the cups with non cross-linked poly. The accuracy of measuring proximal wear, in this study, was found to be 0.07 mm (95% CI). No differences in radiolucent lines or clinical scores were found.

Conclusions The first two years proximal wear was 0.03 mm compared to the 0.33 mm found for non crosslinked poly. This is a reduction with 90% which certainly looks promising.


A. Tay B. Nivbrant S. Roehrl M.G. Li

Introduction Debonding at the cement-prosthesis interface leading to stem movement and abrasion, has been proposed as initiating events in aseptic loosening of cemented total hip arthroplasties. A polished tapered or an absolutely stable stem possibly minimises this risk. This study evaluated a cemented, precoated femoral stem for stable fixation.

Methods The study included 24 patients, mean age of 64 years (48 to 78) undergoing single total hip arthroplasty for osteoarthritis. All were treated with cemented Definition (Stryker) stems which are straight, chromium-cobalt, with an integrated proximal polymethylmethacrylate mantle. One surgeon using fourth generation cementation techniques performed all surgeries. UHMWPE cups and Zirconia heads were used. At the time of surgery, tantalum markers were inserted into the femur, cement and stem for Radiostereometric analysis (RSA) of migration. Measurements were performed at two, 12 and 24 months intervals. Standard radiographs and Harris Hip Scores were obtained post-operatively and at two years.

Results During the first two years post-operatively the stems were shown to be absolutely fixed within the cement mantle and the mantle itself stable with the femur. At two years the mean subsidence of the stem in relation to the femur was 0.00 mm (SD 0.1), while the cement mantle subsided 0.2 mm (SD 0.2) in relation to the femur. The femoral head mean rotation was 0.02 retroversion. Postoperative radiolucent lines of > 1 mm where present in a mean of 1.4% (0 to 5%) of the cement-bone interfaces. This remained unchanged at two years (0 to 3%). Stems were in average positioned 0.8 in varus (1.2 valgus to 4.0 varus). Harris Hip Scores improved from a mean of 46 (23 to 68) pre-operatively to 93 (57 to 100) at two years.

Conclusions This is the first stem where no migration could be detected during the first two years. These results so far indicate good long-term performance of this precoated stem.


A. Skyrme W.K. Walter B. Zicat

Introduction This study was performed to evaluate the wear rates of Zirconia ceramic heads manufactured prior to the introduction of hot isostatic pressing, on a modular cementless polyethylene cup, and to compare this with the wear rate of a cobalt chrome head coupled with the same cup.

Methods Radiological analysis of 281 primary uncemented ABG total hip arthroplasties performed between 1991 and 1994 was carried out. Patients were divided into three groups: 203 patients with 28 mm zirconia head/polyethylene bearings, 47 patients with 32 mm zirconia ceramic head/polyethylene bearings, 31 patients with 28 mm cobalt chrome head/polyethylene bearings. Wear analysis was performed using the Martel software after digitising radiographs on a flatbed scanner. Initial radiographs were at a minimum of one year to exclude bedding in, and follow-up radiographs a minimum of two years later. Mean follow-up was 6.5 years.

Results The mean linear wear rate of the groups following age and gender matching: for 28 mm Zirconia heads 0.22 mm/yr, for 32 mm Zirconia heads 0.20 mm/yr and for 28 mm metal heads 0.14 mm/yr (p< 0.05). The patients with Zirconia heads had higher rates of osteolysis and revision than those with cobalt chrome heads.

Conclusions The reason for this increased wear rate of Zirconia on polyethylene may well be the transformation of the tetragonal stable phase of the Zirconia to the monolithic unstable phase on the surface of the material. This transformation at grain boundaries on the surface results in ceramic grain “pull-out” by the sliding action of the head against the polyethylene cup. This phenomenon may well occur as a result of the Zirconia processing; the ceramic studied was produced prior to hot isostatic pressing, which produces an inherently more stable ceramic i.e. a higher percentage of the tetragonal phase.

In relation to the conduct of this study, one or more of the authors is in receipt of a research grant from a non-commercial source.


L. Kohan R. Cordingley B. Ben-Nissan

Introduction This prospective outcome study presents the results and complications of 41 lateral unicompartmental knee joint replacements.

Methods One surgeon operated on all the patients in this series. The surgery was performed through minimally invasive techniques wtih the patients being day-stay or overnight stay patients. Assessment was made using SF-36 and WOMAC questionnaires, physical examination, x-ray pre-operatively and at six monthly intervals. Kaplan-Meier survival analysis was carried out.

Results Forty-one knees (39 patients) underwent surgery. There were 15 males (average age 64 years) and 26 females (average age 68 years). Mean follow-up time was 3.2 years (max 4.6 years). Of these four were Repicci inlay components, 10 were Repicci onlay components and 28 were Oxford mobile bearing implants. Three patients required reoperation, all having mobile bearings in place. One required revision to total knee replacement for progression of arthritis in the medial compartment, and two for bearing dislocation. The operation consisted of a change of bearing to a thicker one. One of these patients had a further complication, a deep infection which was treated successfully with arthroscopic debridement and antibiotics. Another of the mobile bearing patients had a DVT. WOMAC and SF36 show a reduction in pain and stiffness, and an increase in physical function and quality of life. Kaplan-Meier analysis shows 100% survival of the fixed implants but 96% in the mobile bearing group. However 11% of the mobile bearing group required reoperation.

Conclusions Lateral compartment replacement is a technically demanding procedure. This study looks at the early results, and does not examine long-term wear. A significant difference in the complication rates for the different type of implant is noted, with the mobile bearing having a higher reoperation rate.

In relation to the conduct of this study, one or more of the authors is in receipt of a research grant from a non-commercial source.


M.J. Cross E.N. Parish

Introduction The decision to perform bilateral total knee replacement (TKR) either simultaneously or as a staged procedure is made depending on the level of disease severity, comorbidities, total anaesthetic time and cost. We compared the outcomes of these two bilateral groups of patients with unilateral TKR.

Methods Between August 1992 and December 2002 all patients requiring primary TKR received an uncemented, hydroxyapatite-coated, posterior cruciate ligament retaining prosthesis implanted by the senior author. All peri-operative complications were recorded prospectively, as were pre-operative and post-operative knee scores (Knee Society Clinical Rating Score) at three and six months, and one, two, five, and 10 years thereafter. Patients were divided into three groups being; simultaneous bilateral TKR (SIM), staged bilateral TKR (STA), and unilateral TKR (SIN) with the outcomes of each group compared for statistical significance. One thousand one hundred and forty patients (1638 knees) were included in the study. The majority of patients were female in the STA and SIN groups (60% and 53% respectively) and males in the SIM group (57%). There were 790 (SIM), 206 (STA), and 642 (SIN) knees with mean ages of 67 (SIM), 65 (STA), and 67 years (SIN). The primary diagnosis was OA in each of the groups (> 93%).

Results Pre-operative and post-operative scores revealed no significant differences (p> .05) between the groups. Mean scores ranged from 94 to 98 pre-operatively and increased up to 182 to 187 at five years. Post-operative complications were significantly higher (p< .01) in both bilateral groups. There were 68 (17.2%) and 16 (15.5%) cases of thrombi in the SIM and STA groups respectively compared to 60 (9.3%) cases in the SIN group. Pulmonary emboli were also significantly higher in the bilateral groups compared to the unilateral group (p< .01). The rate of deep infection was higher (p=.09) in the STA group compared to the SIM and SIN groups (2.9% of patients compared to 1.1% and 1.4% respectively). There have been 10 revisions (four SIM, one STA, and five SIN) and two cases of peri-operative death (one STA, one SIM) both due to MI.

Conclusions While simultaneous TKR has higher rates of post-operative complication compared to unilateral TKR, it is less than staged TKR. Therefore simultaneous bilateral knee replacements, when indicated, are the ideal treatment of choice compared to staged procedures.


G. Stubbs S. Tewari J. Rogers L. Costello B. Crowe N. Smith

Introduction Bilateral total knee replacement under one anaesthetic is a common procedure. Claimed benefits include: shorter hospital stays, fewer complications of some kinds, lower over all cost and more efficient use of staff time. In general the literature supports these concepts though some writers caution against the procedure. Most studies come from large university hospitals but most joint replacements are done in smaller hospitals. At Calvary Hospital we instituted a quality assessment review of our experience to determine patient safety and cost savings.

Methods A medical records review between 1997 and 2001 showed 63 patients had bilateral total knee replacement (126 knees). We further identified 38 patients who had both knees replaced at separate admissions within one year (76 knees), these were the staged knee replacements. We selected a matched subset of the patients who had only one joint replaced in this period (125 knees). A review was carried out over a wide variety of parameters on a relation database.

Results The incidence of infection, unplanned return to theatre and DVT was too low for this study to have statistical power and little difference was noted. Amongst the more common post-operative respiratory, cardiovascular and gastrointestinal complications no significant difference was noted per hospital admission. Post-operative confusion was not more common in bilateral replacements and we felt that fat embolism syndrome was not increased. Neither, type of anaesthesia, previous medical history nor post-operative care predicted for confusion but we did note a strikingly increased incidence in patients of low BMI. Contrary to common views obese patients did not have more complications or longer hospital stays. Mobilisation in heavy patients is not prolonged provided they have good upper limb strength. Blood transfusion is more likely in bilateral cases but our review has allowed us to formulate a nomogram based on weight and pre-operative haemoglobin to improve blood management. High admission rates to ICU were noted but mostly for precautionary reasons, the unplanned admission rate was not greater. Pre-operative urinary tract infection and use of an IDC were not associated with any infective events.

Conclusions Bilateral total knee replacement was found to be a safe proceedure with complication rates equivalent to single knee replacement. For the patient who has severe arthritis in both knees it is prefered to repeated single knee replacement as the exposure to complications is halved. A nomogram to predict blood transfusion requirements has allowed a reduction in the transfusion rate for all groups. Twenty-three hour recovery admission covers the needs of bilateral replacement patients in the immediate post-opertaive setting. Cost savings are identified allowing four knees to be replaced, if done bilaterally, for each three knees replaced as seperate admissions.


R.J. Bartlett A. Roberts J. Wong

Introduction The aim of the study was to investigate the incidence, in Australia, of popliteal artery injury during knee surgery; to assess the distance from the popliteal artery to the posterior tibia in flexion and extension; and to investigate the influence of major trauma or surgery on the anatomy.

Methods A questionnaire was sent to Australian members of the ANZ Society of Vascular Surgeons. Duplex ultrasound studies were obtained through the Vascular Laboratory University of Melbourne. Studies in extension and 90° of flexion assessed the distance from the popliteal artery to the posterior tibia. Twelve persons with normal knees were assessed bilaterally. Eight patients with a posterior cruciate ligament deficient knee were assessed bilaterally. Seventy vascular surgeons responded documenting 115 popliteal artery injuries occurring during knee surgery. There were 69 lacerations, 27 thromboses, 13 AV fistula and 19 false aneurysms. In 12 normal people (24 knees) the popliteal artery was 5.5 mm (2.9 to 9.9) from the tibia in extension and 5.7 mm (2.9 to 10.0) in 90° of flexion. In ten of 24 knees the artery moved closer in flexion. In the eight posterior cruciate ligament deficient knees the artery was 4.7 mm (2.7 to 6.9) from the tibia in extension and 3.8 mm (2.6 to 4.5) at 90° of flexion. In all eight PCL knees the artery moved closer in flexion. In normal knees the popliteal artery may move closer to the tibia in flexion, the average distance being about 5.5 mm.

Conclusions The popliteal artery is closer to the knee joint following trauma or surgery and specifically closer in flex-ion than in extension. Risks of injury are significant.


J.D. Kolt D. Chew R. Coates I.J. Critchley R. Horton

Introduction Blood loss and requirement for blood transfusion is a recognized and common complication of major joint replacement arthroplasty. In 2001, the authors began using an autologous blood transfusion (ABT) drainage system for total hip and knee arthroplasty. This paper illustrates changes in post-arthroplasty transfusion practice in a rural orthopaedic hospital.

Methods Retrospective review of all 289 patients undergoing 132 primary hip and 157 knee replacement arthroplasties in 2001 to 2002 was performed. ABT drainage was used in 187 patients (64%). Wound fluid collected during the first six post-operative hours was filtered by the ABT device and reinfused to the patient intravenously. The observational database was explored by general linear modeling to investigate whether using the reinfusion drain resulted in higher post-operative haemoglobin concentrations. Various multifactor models were explored, re-fitted and regressions diagnostics examined. A final model directed further prospective analysis.

Results Independent of all variables, post-operative haemoglobin was on average 0.3g/dl higher (p=0.0308) when ABT was used. Levels were significantly higher for knee compared with hip replacement (p=0.0083) and significantly higher by 0.55g/dl for uncemented compared to cemented/hybrid knee arthroplasty (p=0.0271). ABT reduced blood transfusion requirements from 46.5% to 22% following hip replacement and from 23.6% to 16.3% following knee replacement.

Conclusions Introduction of the ABT system resulted in significantly higher post-operative haemoglobin levels and decreased blood transfusion rates following hip and knee replacement arthroplasty. Uncemented component fixation further increased post-operative haemoglobin levels. The authors advise routine use of this system for joint replacement.

In relation to the conduct of this study, one or more of the authors is in receipt of a research grant from a non-commercial source.


K. Rajaratnam A. Burns D.A. Parker ane M.R. Coolican

Introduction Reflex sympathetic dystrophy (RSD) as a complication of total knee arthroplasty (TKR) is rarely mentioned. The literature has been limited to 58 cases of RSD in TKR, a prevalence of 0.8% of all TKR done. No previous reports give a clear understanding as what to expect in the long term after the diagnosis of RSD post TKR has been made nor do they report the struggle that patients undergo to achieve their result.

Methods We report on 11 cases of RSD diagnosed post TKR, operated on by one of us from 1991 to 2001. All patients met diagnostic criteria for Complex Regional Pain Syndrome, Type 1. Specifically they exhibited slow post-operative recovery and delayed return of normal function. Flexion was limited and cutaneous hypersensitivity was present along with temperature changes in the limb. These patients were evaluated using general and disease specific outcome tools previously validated in the literature, the SF-36 and WOMAC scores. In addition they were evaluated clinically at minimum two years following resolution of symptoms.

Results We found that once appropriate treatment had been instituted, which in our case was manipulation under anaesthetic in the painfree phase of CRPS-I, the majority of our patients reported higher scores on the bodily pain section of SF-36 however these were still lower than age matched controls of pre-operative osteoarthritic patients as determined by WOMAC scores. In general, though patients had poorer SF-36 and WOMAC scores than primary uncomplicated TKR, they did significantly better than primary osteoarthritics without surgery.

Conclusions This would suggest that when appropriately managed, RSD after TKR does not hold the dire prognostic consequences as previously thought.


S.L. Whitehouse I.D. Learmonth E.A. Lingard

Introduction Presently, many instruments exist for assessing both patient and surgeon-based satisfaction after joint replacement, including both generic and disease specific measures. Our aim was to derive and assess the validity of a reduced function scale of the WOMAC for patients with osteoarthritis of the hip and knee.

Methods All unilateral data from 12 centres world-wide (UK, US, Canada and Australia) involved in an international, multi-centre outcome study for patients undergoing TKR were included for analysis. The reduced scale was derived from pre-operative and three month postoperative data using a combination of data-driven analysis and purely clinical methods. The reduced WOMAC was then extensively validated in three key areas; validity, reliability and responsiveness using 12 month post-operative data from the study and data from the Medicare Hip Replacement Study. Data from 898 patients pre-operatively and 806 patients at three months was used for the data driven section of analysis. For the clinical section, 30 members of the orthopaedic community were surveyed as to their opinions of which items should be retained in the reduced version of the scale. These results were then combined to produce a reduced function scale of seven items to be used in conjunction with the five item pain scale. This reduced scale was then scrutinised to ensure it’s validity (both construct and content), reliability (both internal consistency and reproducibility) and responsiveness (using Standardised Response Means).

Results The items retained were: ascending stairs, rising from sitting, getting in/out of car, going shopping, rising from bed, taking off socks and sitting. The scales’s construct validity was confirmed by significant positive correlation with the SF-36 physical component score, the knee society function score, the Oxford knee score, and for the hip data, the Harris Hip Score and SF-12 physical component score. Cronbach’s alpha was consistently high (a> 0.85) with the reduced scale, showing it to be reliable.

Conclusions The SRM’s indicated that the reduced scale may even be better at detecting change than the full scale.


S.L. Whitehouse I.D. Learmonth R.W. Crawford

Introduction The reduced WOMAC function scale has been developed and initial validity performed. However, further validation and recommendations for the treatment of missing values is required. The aim of this study is to further assess the validity of the reduced function scale of the WOMAC and recommend a protocol for the treatment of missing values.

Method Further validation of the reduced scale was performed via a cross-over study of 100 pre-operative total joint replacement patients, each being randomised to receive either the full or reduced scale along with the pain scale, and then the alternate version upon admission. Data utilised in the development of the reduced scale was used to develop a missing value protocol, where the number of valid responses for several protocols was examined, as well as comparison of the means and standard deviations. Of the consenting 100 patients, 66 continued onto admission. The median time between administrations of the questionnaires was 14 days (range zero to 72 days).

Results There was no significant difference between pain scores for each questionnaire using the paired t-test (p=0.56). Similarly, there was no significant difference between the full and reduced function scales (p=0.65). The standard protocol for the full scale is that if there are four or more missing items, the patient’s response is invalid. But when there are one to three items missing, the average value for the sub-scale is substituted in lieu of these missing values. Examining the frequencies of valid responses, means and standard deviations when using different missing value protocols (none missing, zero or one, up to two and up to three missing), indicated that there was no substantial benefit between the ‘up to two’ missing and ‘up to three’ missing response protocols. However, for this small gain, the supposition that the completed items are representative of the missing ones rises from 29% (two of seven items) to 43% (three of seven items) should be considered unacceptable.

Conclusions The reduced WOMAC function scale has been further validated. It is proposed that where three or more responses are missing, the patients response is regarded as invalid. Where there are one or two items missing, the average value for the sub-scale is substituted in lieu of these missing values.


R.J. Harker R.J. Beaver

Introduction Maquet views are a well established method of determining the axial alignment of the lower limb in the coronal plane and their use in the assessment of total knee replacement is widespread. It is an awkward investigation for both patient and radiographer and we compared them to the information that can be obtained using the new generation of Helical CT scanners.

Results We prospectively studied a cohort of 60 patents undergoing TKR. As part of their routine post-operative follow-up they had a standard series of AP and Lateral radiographs (performed under fluoroscopic control) in addition to the Maquet views and a CT scan of their lower limbs. All plain films were performed at the same hospital by the same group of radiographers, while all CTs were performed on the same scanner using a predetermined protocol, and post processing performed by the same individual. Maquet views gave a good assessment of coronal alignment but were also shown to have a much high interobserver error than CT. Maquet views took on average three times longer for the radiographers to perform than CT, were often repeated as technically demanding, and patients (especially the elderly and infirm) often found it difficult and uncomfortable to comply with the required positioning. CT views on each patient (which incorporated standard slices and a scanogram) took a few minutes of time in the scanner allowing a quick throughput when patients arrived in clinic. Patients were supine, a position they all found easy to adopt, and radiographers reported that they found them less difficult to perform. The femoral and tibial axes were easily determined, and rotation easily assessed from the femoral epicondyles, negating the projection errors due to malrotation that may compromise the accuracy of Maquet views. Radiation dosage for the CT is higher than a single Maquet view, but these are often repeated due to poor exposure, increasing the dosage above that of CT.

Conclusions We have used a spiral CT protocol with much success and feel that its greater accuracy, coupled with the information gained on sagittal alignment and component rotation means that the older Maquet view has now been superceded. We also feel that the amount of information recorded by a single investigation may prove invaluable in subsequent investigation of pain or suspected loosening, and very helpful in planning any required revision.


A.D. Acharya S.P. Frostick

Introduction Chronic venous insufficiency can be a disabling complication following otherwise successful arthroplasty. The objectives of this study were 1) To evaluate correlation between the CIVIQ (questionnaire) score and the clinical score in a cohort of patients with lower limb arthroplasty. 2) To evaluate if CIVIQ score can predict post-phlebitic syndrome.

Methods A cohort of 44 patients at least three years following primary lower limb arthroplasty was selected. The control group included 22 patients who did not have DVT. The study group included 22 age matched patients who had DVT following the index procedure. CIVIQ score and clinical score was obtained. Statistical analysis included correlations, linear regression analysis and independent sample t-test.

Results The CIVIQ and clinical scores showed significant correlations, with r=0.66 (p 0.01). The linear regression yielded the formula; CIVIQ score equals 32 plus 1.7 (clinical score) with power of 0.9. There was statistically significant difference in the CIVIQ score in the study and control groups (p 0.013, power 0.9).

Conclusions CIVIQ is an effective tool to predict post-phlebitic syndrome in patients with arthroplasty. This is especially useful as it is self administered and hence can be done as a postal or telephone survey.


J. Bellemans

Introduction The purpose of this study was to detect the effect of tibial slope on maximal flexion after TKA.

Methods Twenty-one cadaver implantations of a standard PCL-retaining TKA were performed with increasing tibial slope of zero degrees, four degrees and seven degrees. For every specimen all variables except slope were kept constant, including tibio-femoral contact locations in deep flexion, which were determined upon in vivo contact patterns that were obtained during maximal squatting activities in patients that had undergone TKR with the same design. Maximal flexion was determined by direct impingement of the tibial component on the posterior femoral bone fluoroscopy.

Results Maximal flexion correlated positively with increasing slope (p< 0.001, R2 = 0.8). When aimed slope was considered, flexion increased on average 2.2° for every degree of downslope. When obtained slope was considered, flexion increased on average 1.7° for every degree of downslope.

Conclusions In PCL-retaining TKA, maximal obtainable flexion icnreases on average two degrees per degree extra tibial slope.

In relation to the conduct of this study, one or more of the authors has received, or is likely to receive direct material benefits.


J. Bellemans

Introduction Although most surgeons agree that the functional results obtained with modern total knee arthroplasty are acceptable, it is clear that even with the most recent designs it is still impossible to duplicate the behaviour and functional performance of a normal knee.

Methods I present a review of the literature and personal experience.

Results Recent kinematic studies have shown that modern TKA designs consistently provoke aberrant kinematics compared to the normal knee, mainly due to the absence of the ACL and the inability to maintain a functional PCL. With regard to roll-back, PS cam-post designs appear to perform better than PCL retaining knees, but only in deeper degrees of flexion, usually only beyond 90°. Whether it is striclty necessary to try to obtain normal kinematics with our TKA designs, is still an open debate.

Conclusions It is clear however that the aberrant kinematics we have noted with the current designs, are the direct cause of the flexion limit we see in many of our patients. Furthermore they probably also are the basis for many of the discomorts associated with modern TKA, such as difficulties in stair descent, chair rise, pivoting activities, thrust instabilities etc. With regard to these issues, I believe there are two potential directions to improve our current TKA designs; (1) by introducing the concept of guided-motion (intrinsic mechanism), or (2) by maintaining or restoring the (extrinsic) determinants of kinematics, i.e. the cruciate ligaments, the joint configuration and the extra-articular structures.

In relation to the conduct of this study, one or more of the authors has received, or is likely to receive direct material benefits.


D.C. Markel

Introduction Unicompartmental knee arthroplasty has become increasingly popular in the USA. Minimally invasive techniques for implant placement has augmented the procedure and allowed for rapid rehabilitation and return to activities of daily living. Nevertheless, with new technologies come learning curves and rediscovery of the past. Complications do occur with placement of unicompartmental knee devices. Examples of proper and improper implantation techniques and the radiographic results are presented.

Methods I present the results of a review of the literature and personal experience.

Results Overcorrection deformity has been identified as a precursor to early failure. When sizing and placing the implants an attempt should be made to “leave alignment alone” and there should be relative pseudo-laxity of the joint with the new implants. Problems with varus or valgus tibial cuts are well known. Posterior slope is less understood. While it is reasonable to reproduce the natural inclination of the tibia, over-correction or under-correction leads to balance abnormalities. Improper slope may be a prelude to subsidence particularly if an inset design is employed. Coalescence of the pin tracts used to fix cutting blocks and sagittal tibial cuts (along the spine) have been identified as problematic. The small surface area and stress loads on the tibia predispose this area to fracture, particularly when these stress risers are present. Patellar impingement can lead to pain and disability. It may be avoided by appropriate sizing, slight recession of the femoral component, or a modest resection of the medial facet. The posterior cruciate ligament is at risk during resection of the proximal tibia. Injury to the ligamentous complex will lead to instability problems not manifest in the more conforming articulation of a TKA. One unavoidable problem is the relatively large tibial resection required in “small” knees. While we attempt to be minimal in the tibial bone resections, six to eight millimetres appears large in a diminutive knee. The most difficult positioning problem appears to be internal-external rotation positioning. Several implant systems utilize the tibial cut to position the femur. The tibial platform matches or links the femoral varus-valgus (correct or not) to the tibial cut. The rotation is more free-hand and is not well coordinated by the landmarks used in TKA. Edge loading will result from rotational malposition.

Conclusions The techniques for placement, the instrumentation, and the unicompartmental implant designs have evolved to the point where many of the problems encountered in the USA in the 1980’s have been alleviated. Attention to common positional and implantation errors will result in more satisfactory outcomes. While the less conforming articulation of these devices is forgiving, it may also penalize in the long term. Many of the problems encountered after unicompartmental knee arthroplasty could be avoided with the simple awareness that promotes improved surgical technique.

In relation to the conduct of this study, one or more of the authors has received, or is likely to receive direct material benefits.


J.M. Sikorski

Introduction Patients are not universally pleased with their total knee replacements and satisfaction rates of 77% are quoted. This is in spite of quoted 10 year survivals for implants being in excess of 95%. We have looked at mal-alignment as a potential cause of the painful TKR.

Methods Twenty-five patients (21 male), mean age 78 (range 68 to 88 years), are presented. Each consulted the author because of pain in their total knee replacement. Twenty had had a primary replacement and five had at least one further procedure after the replacement. There was no evidence of infection in any of these. The Perth CT Protocol was used to investigate the alignment of the knees.

Results This group of patients had, on average, 8.6° of cumulative mal-alignment with 2.6 (of six) parameters being more than two degrees mal-aligned. The greatest deviations were in femorotibial matching (error rate 80%) with femoral rotation (error rate 68%) mal-alignment being the next most common. In a consecutive series of 42 primary, computer assisted knee replacements the mean mal-alignment index was 2.3:1.3. In patients with a cumulative error of six or less other causes of pain were found.

Conclusions It is suggested that mal-alignment of a knee replacement is a potential cause of pain and that a cumulative score of more than six probably represents the symptom threshold.

In relation to the conduct of this study, one or more of the authors is in receipt of a research grant from a non-commercial source.


D.C. Markel

Introduction A biomechanical model was developed to measure wear of all-polyethylene patellar components as it relates to femoral component mal-rotation. The model, based on high load and flexion activities such as stair climbing, was used to differentiate the effects of femoral mal-rotation and differing materials on a single patellar design.

Methods The patellar components (Scorpio®, Stryker-Howmedica-Osteonics) were cemented onto metal fixtures and articulated against “aligned” and “mal-aligned” (six degrees internally rotated) femoral components. The patellar components were subjected to a constant force and articulated against femoral components flexing from 600 to 1200. Patellae of identical geometry, made of conventional and highly cross-linked ultra-high molecular weight polyethylene, were tested to 1x106 cycles. Following testing, patellar wear was determined by gravimetric measurement relative to soaked control specimens.

Results All conventional polyethylene patellae demonstrated damage in the form of burnishing and scratching of the articular surface. The mal-aligned conventional ultra-high molecular weight patellae demonstrated increased weight loss or wear relative to the aligned components (p=.048). All rotationally mal-aligned highly cross-linked polyethylene components sustained polyethylene fracture or catastrophic failure of the cement-polyethylene construct.

Conclusions Rotational mal-alignment of the femoral component will result in increased wear of polyethylene patellar components. The newer highly cross-linked materials failed to resolve this wear problem and sustained catastrophic failure when mal-aligned. Attention needs to be given to the patella-femoral articulation when implanting knee components and when developing new polyethylene as the forces in this articulation may result in polyethylene behaviour that varies dramatically from the femoraltibial articulation.

In relation to the conduct of this study, one or more of the authors has received, or is likely to receive direct material benefits.


D.C. Marchant R. Crawford A.G. Wilson A. Graham J. Bartlett

Introduction Unicompartmental knee replacement (UKR) is an increasingly utilised alternative to tibial osteotomy and total knee arthroplasty in patients with single compartment degenerative disease. We report on four fractures of the medial tibial plateau following UKR.

Methods We retrospectively reviewed four cases with periprosthetic tibial plateau fractures following unicompartmental knee replacement. Each arthroplasty, performed between 1999 and 2002, was done in a community teaching hospital by a single orthopaedic surgeon and a senior level assistant. All patients had medial compartment osteoarthritis confirmed both radiographically and arthroscopically prior to arthroplasty surgery. The arthroplasties were performed by four different surgeons and three different arthroplasty systems were used. All cases were reviewed using the documented chart histories and x-ray evaluation. Each surgeon was contacted individually for the relevant case history and x-rays. The study population was composed of four females, and no males with a mean age of 63.5 years (range 58 to 68). Two patients (50%) had simultaneous bilateral UKRs performed. The remaining two patients had unilateral procedures, involving one right and one left knee. Two patients were clinically obese, and one patient had had a previous ipsilateral high tibial osteotomy.

Results The total number of fractures was four, involving three left knees and one right knee. Of the bilateral arthroplasties each patient sustained a unilateral fracture of the left knee. The patient with the previous tibial osteotomy sustained an ipsilateral fracture. Two fractures involved traumatic falls, the remaining fractures had no history of trauma. The mean post-operative period to fracture was 95.75 days with a range of 5 to 195 days. Two patients had revision surgery to total knee arthroplasty. One patient underwent internal fixation of the fracture with retention of the original prosthetic components and exchange of the polyethylene bearing. The remaining patient underwent revision of the tibial component with concurrent internal fixation and was subsequently revised to total knee arthroplasty as the result of failure. Subsequent to the described surgery all fractures have healed with no further surgical intervention.

Conclusions This series, whilst small, demonstrates that tibial periprosthetic fracture following UKR is a previously unreported but important cause of failure. Revision surgery to total knee replacement appears to be a reasonable salvage option.


J. Bellemans

Introduction The purpose of this study was to detect the limiting mechanism of maximal active flexion that can ultimately be obtained by patients after PCL-retaining TKA.

Methods The study consisted of two parts. In the first part, 30 patients with well performing PCL-retaining TKAs were examined using videofluroscopy. In deep flexion, observations were directed towards potentiallly determinant factors of maximal obtainable flexion. Based upon these observations, a newly defined paramater, called the “posterior condylar offset”, was found to be important. The exact influence of this parameter was investigated in part two, in which 150 consecutive patients with PCL-retaining TKA were reviewed.

Results Aberrant kinematics were observed in the majority of cases. In 27 patients (93%) slide-forward of the femur was noted with flexion, with anterior translation of the medial and/or lateral femorotibial contact position. In deep squat, direct impingement of the posterior aspect of the tibial insert against the shaft of the femur was noted in 21 cases (72.4%), blocking further flexion. In part two of the sutdy, it was demonstrated that in knees with decreased post-operative “posterior condylar offset”, such impingement occurred faster and lead to decreased maximal obtainale flexion (p< 0.001).

Conclusions Maximal obtainable flexion is in the majority of cases determined by posterior tibial insertion impingement against the femoral bone and this occurs as a consequence of aberrant kinematics with anteiror sliding of the femur during flexion. Restoration of “posterior condylar offset” is important, since it allows greater degrees of flexion before impingement occurs.

In relation to the conduct of this study, one or more of the authors has received, or is likely to receive direct material benefits.


P J Fowler

Introduction The goal of HTO is to re-align the mechanical axis to neutral or over corrected.

Methods I present a personal series of 22 opening wedge high tibial osteotomies in 20 patients with chronic posterior or posterolateral instability. Pre-operatively standing long leg views and a lateral view in extension are required to asses the mechanical axis and the posterior slope of the tibia. The osteotomy needs to be tailored to the pathology, remembering that increasing the posterior slope of the tibia worsens an ACL but improves a PCL deficit.

Results Sixty percent of the patients reported that knee stability was significantly better, 35% somewhat and 5% no better. All 20 patients reported that they would undergo the procedure again. Alignment was altered a mean of four degrees valgus and posterior tibial slope was increased by a mean of seven degrees.

Conclusions Simultaneous correction of knee mal-alignment and tibial slope by an opening wedge osteotomy can produce good functional and radiographic results.

In relation to the conduct of this study, one or more of the authors is in receipt of a research grant from a non-commercial source.


A. Williams

Introduction Techniques of joint motion study have been limited in value by being cadaveric, or if living, non-weight-bearing, or involving two-dimensional imaging [fluoroscopy]. MRI is attractive in providing no exposure to ionising radiation, and having the potential for analysis in three dimensions. Vertical-access open MRI, designed to allow invasive procedures within the imaging volume of the magnet, can be used to allow assessment of the knee in the standing living subject. A ‘tracking device’ can maintain the same plane of scan despite incremental movements of the joint. This allows imaging of a single slice of the joint throughout the range of knee motion.

Methods A series of studies have been undertaken employing this technique to establish tibio-femoral kinematics in the normal, ACL deficient, and post ACL reconstruction knee. In addition the kinematics of the Lachman’s test have been studied.

Results The sagittal plane results for the mid-medial and mid-lateral compartments of the normal knee show very different patterns of motion of the femur on the tibia during flexion. There is little antero-posterior position change medially but the lateral femur moves a considerable way back on the tibia. This differential motion equates to femoral external rotation [tibial internal rotation] as the knee flexes. The same pattern of movement occurs and to the same magnitude, but with the tibia in a more anterior position throughout. The ACL reconstructed group had very good clinical outcome, and their laxity was reduced. However the pattern of the tibio-femoral motion was same as the ACL deficient knees.

Conclusions Our results question the widely held concepts of femoral ‘roll-back’, mediated by tension in the cruciate ligaments. The implications are potentially very far-reaching for knee arthroplasty technique and design and knee ligament injury and treatment. It may also be possible to explain, as a consequence of normal tibio-femoral motion, a theory of causation of the usual pattern of osteoarthritis affecting the antero-medial part of the tibia.

In relation to the conduct of this study, one or more of the authors is in receipt of a research grant from a non-commercial source.


I. Spika C. Castelli R. Ferrari A. Federici M. Grandizio P.A. Matamala M.J. Asuncion R.P. Pitto

Introduction Antibiotic-loaded cement spacers are commonly used in the two-stage management of the infected total knee replacement (TKR). Static spacer blocks make exposure and reimplantation difficult because of soft-tissue retraction and muscle shortening. To avoid these problems, a temporary articulating moulded implant has been recently introduced in the marketplace. The device is industrially preformed in three sizes (two articulating components), has standardised mechanical and pharmacological characteristics.

Methods We present a multicentre study designed to assess the safety of the device, patients’ satisfaction and functional outcome at a minimum follow-up of six months. Twenty-four knees have been treated for TKR deep infection due to CNS (15),S.aureus (three),E.coli (one),mixed flora (two), unidentified (three). Continuous passive motion and partial/touch weight-bearing were started after surgery. Second-stage surgery was performed after normalisation of serological parameters, a minimum period of six weeks of antibiotic therapy, and a sterile aspiration of the joint. The spacer was removed and a new prosthesis was inserted in all patients. The mean implantation time of the spacer was 16 weeks (range 8 to 38).

Results Suppression of infection was observed in all patients at a minimum follow-up of six months (mean 14 months). No spacer-related complication (instability, dislodgment, severe wear, fracture) was observed. The range of motion of the knees remained unchanged between the first and second stages and improved after definitive reimplantation. The mean Knee Society Score at last-follow up was 88 points (knee score and functional score). The patients judged the result excellent (three), good (15), satisfactory (five), poor (one).

Conclusion The use of an articulating spacer in the two-stage treatment of infected TKR improves the quality of life of the patient, the ultimate range of motion, facilitates second-stage surgery and the functional recovery. Severe bone loss is a relative contraindication for articulating spacers, as these knee joints may require immobilisation during the resection time interval.

In relation to the conduct of this study, one or more of the authors is in receipt of a research grant from a non-commercial source.


J.S. Mulford C. Pattyn M.J. Neil

Introduction The outcome of conventional treatment of isolated end-stage patello-femoral arthritis is unpredictable. Encouraging success rates have been documented in the literature with the use of patello-femoral arthroplasty. A prospective study was performed to review the early outcome of patello-femoral arthroplasties at St Vincent’s Private Hospital.

Methods The prospective study involved 32 patients over a period from 1999 to 2002. There were eight males and 24 females, with a mean age at surgery of 65 years. The mean follow up was 1.6 years (0.3 – 4 years). The patients were scored pre-operatively and at each post-operative visit using the Knee Society Score. Subjective results also recorded at follow-up included 1) the patient’s satisfaction in regard to pain and function, 2) whether expectations were met from the surgery and 3) if the patient would have the same operation on the other limb if the same symptoms existed. There were 31 knees available for post-operative analysis.

Results The mean knee score pre-operatively was 65.9 and post-operatively 84.3. The mean functional score pre-operatively was 75.7 and post-operatively 83.2. The mean pre-operative total knee score was 141.6 and improved to 167.5 post-operatively. The descriptive post operative Total Knee Score equates to 26 (83.9%) patients with excellent or good results and five (16.1%) patients with fair or poor results. Subjectively 87.2% of patients had an improvement in pain, 83.9% had an improvement in function, 80.7% had their expectations met and 77.5 % would consider the surgery again if required on the other leg.

Conclusions This review of the early experience of patello-femoral arthroplasty has shown patello-femoral arthroplasty to be a viable treatment option in the short term for end stage patello-femoral arthritis.


K.G. Nilsson A. Henricson T. Dalén

Introduction Movement between the polyethylene insert and the metal tibial tray in modular fixed bearing total knee arthroplasty (TKA) due to a poor locking mechanism is said to occur. The resulting “backside wear” is proposed as one cause of osteolysis and subsequent loosening. In vitro analysis has revealed movements between the poly and the tibial tray both in non-implanted designs as well as in implants extracted during revisions and at autopsy. Scratch marks on the surfaces at the tray-poly interface have been found indicating rotatory movements between the components. The purpose of this study was to determine in vivo the existence and magnitude of movements between the poly and the tibial tray in modular metal-backed TKA.

Methods Ten patients (median age 71) operated with the NextGen modular fixed bearing TKA due to gonarthrosis were analyzed. This TKA has lipped edges around the entire periphery of the implant to capture and secure the poly insert. The metal tray of the tibial component was equipped with five tantalum markers, and the polyethylene insert with six markers. Radiostereometric (RSA) investigation was performed within one week post-op, and at 12 months. Change in position of the poly insert in relation to the metal tray between the post-op and the 12 months investigations was analyzed as rotations about, and translations along the cardinal axis of the knee. The Insert motion index according to Engh et al (2001) was calculated.

Results Between the surgery and 12 months post-operatively there was a median external rotation of the poly in relation to the metal tray of 0.4 (range: 0.09 to 0.73). Median insert motion index was 0.36 mm (range 0.2 mm to 0.6 mm). Subsidence and lift-off of the polyethylene were very small and below the detection limit of RSA (< 0.08 mm).

Conclusions This study shows for the first time that movements do occur in vivo between the polyethylene insert and the metal tray in modular fixed bearing TKA, even in designs with a full peripheral capture mechanism. The movements occur in the plane of the metal tray (i.e. external rotation, medial-lateral and anteroposterior translation), but no movements are detected in directions out of this plane (proximal-distal translation). The magnitudes of these translations are equivalent to those found in in vitro studies of explanted components. This study thus questions the efficacy of the locking mechanism in modular fixed bearing TKA.

In relation to the conduct of this study, one or more of the authors is in receipt of a research grant from a non-commercial source.


C.H. Wan Hazmy K.R. Angel P.J. Dobson

Introduction This study was conducted in order to evaluate the patterns of utilization of arthroscopic knee debridement for the treatment of degenerative arthritis and the five years outcome following an initial arthroscopic procedure at our institution.

Methods This is a retrospective study on all patients with degenerative arthritis of the knee who had their first arthroscopic debridement between 1992 and 1995, and had a follow-up of at least five years or ended up with total knee replacement (TKR). Patients with other prior surgery to the knee were excluded. The patients were divided into four groups based on the first arthroscopic finding using the Outerbridge grading system (Stage I: Softening, II: Fibrillation, III: Fragmentation, IV: Eburnation). The clinical status following the first arthroscopy and during the last follow-up were evaluated. The duration between the first arthroscopic debridement and TKR were also taken into account. Two hundred and two cases were included in the study which consists of 114 male and 88 female with mean age of 58.7 years. The mean follow-up was 5.4 years. There were 15 cases in stage I, 96 in stage II, 58 in stage III and 33 in stage IV.

Results Following the first arthroscopic debridement, 93.7% of patients in stage I and II became asymptomatic compared to 26.4% in stage III and in IV where 60.4% still presented with recurrent symptoms. On the last follow-up, 18.9% in stage I and II had total knee replacement done compared to 78.0% in stage III and IV. The mean duration between the first arthroscopic debridement and TKR was 8.6 years in stage II, 3.3 years in stage III and 1.5 years in stage IV.

Conclusions This study has shown that given the proper selection of patients and the correct stage of degenerative arthritis, arthroscopic debridement can still be a successful palliative, temporizing treatment for the osteoarthritic knee. It is of utmost importance that the patient’s pre-operative expectations have to be clearly objectified.


E. Hohmann A.B. Imhoff

Introduction High tibial osteotomies (HTO) are commonly performed for either varus or valgus malalignment of the knee. In the past we have been well aware that HTO corrects the coronal plane of the knee, but we did not consider changes of the tibial slope in the sagittal plane when planning or evaluating osteotomies. Because the tibia is a three-dimensional structure with a triangular shape, osteotomy may result in changes in both the coronal plane and the sagittal plane. Altering the tibial slope has an impact on the in situ forces of the cruciate ligaments and may influence the stability of the knee. The purpose of this study is to investigate any possible alteration of the tibial slope introduced by HTO.

Methods This study was conducted as a retrospective radiographic review of a consecutive series of patients. Between January and September 2001 a total of 80 patients underwent either HTO or the removal of hardware from a prior HTO. The radiographs of 67 of these patients were suitable for review. There were 41 males with an average age of 36.6 years (17 to 67). There were 26 females with an average age of 39.4 years (19 to 62). Routine radiographs of the knee were obtained using standard methods, and these were assessed by comparison to corresponding preoperative studies.

Results The posterior slope on pre-operative radiographs averaged 6.1° (0 to 12). HTO using a closing wedge technique was found to decrease this posterior slope by a mean of 4.9°. The change in the posterior slope was not found to correlate directly with the magnitude of the correction in the coronal plane. HTO of six degrees in the coronal plane decreased the posterior slope by 4.3° degrees, HTO of eight degrees decreased the posterior slope by seven degrees, HTO of 10° altered the slope by 4.8° degrees, and HTO of 12° degrees decreased the posterior slope by 6.5°.

Conclusions HTO by a closing wedge technique for sagittal plane correction often distorts alignment in the coronal plane as well, resulting in a decrease in the normal posterior tibial slope. We found no direct correlation between the degree of correction of the coronal plane and alteration of the tibial slope. Decreasing this slope potentially decreases in situ forces acting on the ACL while simultaneously increasing forces acting on the PCL. This may have advantages when managing combined cases with both malalignment and instability. The closing wedge technique is our preferred method when a combined procedure (HTO and ACL reconstruction) is planned.

In relation to the conduct of this study, one or more of the authors has received, or is likely to receive direct material benefits.


B.R.T. Love

Introduction The decision to offer a patient a knee replacement is usually based on a patient’s perception of their reduction of quality of life. The choice between unicompartmental (UCKJR) and total knee joint replacement (TKJR) is usually guided by surgeon preference. This preference has been extensively debated in the literature.

Methods The author has a series of 130 UCKJR and 370 TKJR performed over similar time spans. Oxford knee scores have been collected comparing outcomes. Radiological signs of loosening or subsidence have been recorded.

Results Short term function is superior in terms of range of motion and capacity for activities of daily living in those with UCKJR compared to TKJR. Three UCKJR and 12 TKJR have been revised. Of the three revisions of UCKJR two have been revised for pain of uncertain cause and one was loose. Three UCKJR are unsatisfactory and will come to revision. Two are showing signs of subsidence and one is painful, presumed loose without radiological signs of looseness.

Conclusions Comparing revision rates from one surgeon’s series suggests a slightly higher rate of revision with UCKJR but since prosthesis selection is made on different criteria when making the original decision to proceed, comparisons are difficult. A 95% survival figure can be given to patients about the result of this procedure. The functional outcome, earlier recovery, and shorter hospitalisation can be given as other factors to favor the procedure. The literature supports the satisfactory results of conversion of UCKJR to TKJR. A confounding argument is the frequent reporting of 98% to 100% survival of TKJR at 15 years.


R.J. Bartlett A.J. Porteous

Introduction The aim of this study was to examine the flexion stability of posterior stabilised (PS) compared with deep dished (DD) tibial inserts in PCL sacrificing total knee arthroplasty using posterior stress radiography.

Methods Kneeling posterior stress radiographs at 90° of flexion were taken pre and post-operatively in 36 knees undergoing primary arthroplasty with PCL resection (26 DD and 10 PS implants). Sagittal plane tibial translation was measured.

Results The deep dish inserts all showed posterior displacement (mean: −5.1 mm, range: −2 to −12 mm). The posterior stabilised implants were all displaced anteriorly (mean: +6.7 mm, range: +3 to +12 mm). The difference in translation was highly significant (P< 0.0001). There was a strong correlation between implant and position of the tibia (R = 0.86). In seven patients comparison was possible between a DD component in one knee and a PS implant in the other. There was a mean post-operative side to side difference of 11 mm (range: 5 to 21 mm).

Conclusions This study discriminates between two implant types on stress x-rays. The posterior tibial displacement in the DD group suggests that this implant does not provide enough posterior flexion stability to compensate for the PCL resection. The anterior translation in the PS group has implications for the design and wear of the post as well as advice to patients about possibly avoiding kneeling in this PS design.


M.G. Li B. Nivbrant B. Joss D.J. Wood

Introduction An approximation of normal knee kinematics after knee replacement may improve knee function and implant fixation and reduce wear of the prosthesis. This study describes the knee joint kinematics after unicondylar knee arthroplasty (UKA) in general, and compares the Miller-Glante (MG, fixed bearing) and Oxford (mobile bearing) implants in particular.

Methods Twenty-two knees in 17 patients (11 males, six females, mean age of 69.7 yrars) were randomized into MG (11 knees) or Oxford (11 knees). No clinical complications or signs of loosening were observed. At the one year follow-up, RSA (Radiosterometry) x-rays were taken by using two x-ray tubes positioned at knee level and exposing the knee simultaneously from the side. Four pairs of weight bearing x-ray were obtained at zero degrees, 30°, 60°, 90° of knee flexion, with zero as reference position. Tibial rotation, rollback, translation of tibia-femur contact point, and the bearing movement were analyzed using UmRSA software.

Results With the MG implant, the tibia internally rotated 3.0°, 3.0°, and 4.2° respectively at 30°, 60°, and 90° of flexion, while with the Oxford implant, the tibia internally rotated 4.3°, 7.6°, and 9.5° respectively at 30°, 60°, and 90°. No significant difference was found between the two groups (P> 0.05, Repeated-measures ANOVA). The medial femoral condyle moved backward (1.8 and 1.5 mm respectively in MG and Oxford) from zero degrees to 30° of flexion. At 60°, it moved anteriorly in both knees, in MG to 0.9 mm anteriorly and in Oxford to 0.6 mm posteriorly to the reference position. At 90° the condyle moved 4.2 mm (MG) and 0.7 mm (Oxford) anteriorly to the reference position. No significant difference between the groups (P> 0.05). The femur-tibia contact point in MG moved anteriorly 2.8, 5.1, and 3.9 mm, respectively at 30°, 60°, and 90° of flexion, whereas the contact point in Oxford moved posteriorly 2.6, 1.8, 2.4 mm respectively at 30°, 60°, and 90°. A significant difference was found between the groups (P=0.003). The bearing in the Oxford implant moved backward of 2.2, 2.0, and 0.9 mm respectively at 30°, 60°, and 90° of knee flexion.

Conclusions The in-vivo weight bearing 3D knee kinematics after UKA with fixed or mobile bearing was described. In MG the medial femoral condyle moved forward with knee flexion, whereas in Oxford it moved backward together with the bearing, which is closer to normal knee kinematics.


J.M. Scarvell P.N. Smith K. M. Refshauge H. Galloway K. Woods

Introduction In-vivo study by MRI has contributed to the understanding of knee kinematics for prosthetic design and the impact of knee pathology. The aim of this study was to compare the characteristics of knee motion exhibited by the tibio-femoral contact footprint and centre of the femoral posterior condyles over the tibial plateau during the flexion arc.

Methods Twelve subjects (five males, ages 19 to 42 years) with a unilateral anterior cruciate ligament (ACL) injury performed a supine leg press against a 15 kg load. Sagittal MR images recorded the motion from 0° to 90° flexion of both knees. The tibio-femoral contact points and the position of the posterior condylar centres were measured against the reference of the tibial plateau, at 15° intervals, for both the healthy knee and the ACL injured knee.

Results The tibio-femoral contact points in the healthy knee began anteriorly on the tibial plateau, and progressed posteriorly during the flexion arc. From 0° to 30° the footprints of the medial and lateral compartments are almost parallel. Onward from 30°, the lateral condyle moved further posteriorly than the medial condyle. In the ACL injured knee the footprint was more posterior on the tibial plateau, particularly on the lateral condyle, suggesting the axis of rotation of the knee had shifted medially due to ACL loss. The posterior condylar centres in the healthy knee were positioned over the centre of the tibial plateau in knee extension. The medial condylar centre remained central during the flexion arc, whereas the lateral condylar centre moved back over the tibial plateau. In the ACL injured knee the posterior condylar centres were more posterior than the healthy knees from 0° to 15°, but from 30° to 90° are not significantly different to the healthy knee. The difference in the position of the posterior condylar centres in the ACL injured knee between 0° and 15° indicates the effect of ACL deficiency on the governing axis of the knee in extension, as evidenced clinically by the pivot shift.

Conclusions The tibio-femoral contact patterns describe events at the articular surface whereas posterior condylar centres reflect the movement of the axis of rotation at the knee; two characteristics of knee kinematics. The altered action of the ACL injured knee at the tibio-femoral interface has implications for the development of wear changes in the chronic ACL injured knee.

In relation to the conduct of this study, one or more of the authors is in receipt of a research grant from a non-commercial source.


M.C. Dixon R.R. Brown D. Parsch R.D. Scott

Introduction There are only a limited number of long term studies of total knee arthroplasty but none with a minimum 15 year survivorship of a modular fixed bearing posterior cruciate-retaining prosthesis.

Methods We present a consecutive series of 139 total knee arthroplasties (109 patients, average age 67 years), using a non-conforming posterior cruciate-retaining prosthesis, followed for a minimum of 15 years (range, 15.0 to 16.9 years). The patella was resurfaced with an all-polyethylene component in 83% of knees. The tibial component was always cemented, while a porous coated femoral component was used in 84% of knees. Fortyfive patients (59 knees) were followed-up for a minimum of 15 years, 57 (70 knees) had died, five patients (8 knees) were too ill to assess, two patients (two knees) were considered lost to follow-up.

Results In this series there were five re-operations, four of which were for polyethylene insert wear. At two of these, the patella was exchanged for early surface wear and one patella was resurfaced for the first time. There was one loose cemented femoral component after more than 15 years. The survival without revision or need for revision for any reason was 99% at 10 years and 95.6% (worst case scenario of 94.2%) at 15 years. The mean Knee Society Score and Function Score at 15 year follow-up was 96 and 78 respectively. The total incidence of radiolucent lines was 13%, with two percent around the femur, 11% around the tibia and zero percent around the patella. None of these lines were of any clinical relevance. There was no evidence of progressive radiolucent lines or component loosening, and one case of zone four femoral osteolysis.

Conclusions This single-surgeon series with a minimum 15 year follow-up, and excellent clinical, radiological and survivorship results provides a benchmark upon which other long term studies of modular fixed bearing posterior cruciate retaining total knee arthroplasty can be compared.

In relation to the conduct of this study, one or more of the authors is in receipt of a research grant from a non-commercial source.


K.G. Nilsson T. Dalén B. Norgren

Introduction Cemented fixation of the tibial component is the standard treatment for patients older than 65 with long-standing excellent results. Whether cemented fixation is best even for younger patients is still debated, and if uncemented fixation is chosen, the question remains as to whether screws are necessary as an adjunct. We present the results of a prospective randomized study comparing cemented and two modes of uncemented fixation.

Methods Thirty-five patients (mean age 56 years, range 29 to 64) were operated with the Profix (Smith& Nephew) TKA for gonarthrosis grade III to V. At the operation, the patients were randomly allocated to fixation of the tibial component with cement (Group C, n=6), uncemented fixation with hydroxyapatite (HA) coating without screws (Group HA, n=14), or uncemented fixation with HA coating and with screws (Group HA+, n=15). The implants and tibiae were prepared for RSA with tantalum markers. RSA was performed post-operatively, three, 12 and 24 months post-op.

Results There were no complications or revisions during the follow-up. For all three types of fixation the migration was larger during the initial three months, after which the migration leveled off. At three months, subsidence and tilting of the implant was significantly larger for group HA- compared to group C (P = 0.009 − 0.036), with the migration for group HA+ in between. This difference between the groups persisted up to 24 months. When examining the migration from three to 24 months, the implants in all three groups displayed very small migration, magnitudes well below the detection limit of RSA. There were no differences in magnitude of migration between the three groups between three and 24 months.

Conclusions The uncemented tibial component displays relatively large migration within the first three months compared to the cemented implant, and uncemented fixation without screws has larger migration than when screws are used. This larger initial migration for the uncemented fixation probably is due to “setting-in” of the prostheses. However, if the uncemented implant “survives” this early period, the results of the present study indicate a good long term prognosis, even when no screws are used for additional stability. This is important, since osteolysis frequently has been observed in relation to screws in the proximal tibia. One reason for the stable fixation of the uncemented implants may be the use of HA-coating.

In relation to the conduct of this study, one or more of the authors is in receipt of a research grant from a non-commercial source.


I. Schleicher M. Nogler W. Donnelly J. Sledge

Introduction Malpositioning of cup and stem in total hip replacement can result in significant clinical problems such as dislocation, impingement, limited range of motion and increased polyethylene wear. The use of mechanical alignment guides for correct cup positioning has been shown to result in large variations of cup inclination and version.

Methods Bilateral total hip replacements were performed in twelve human cadavers. While in each cadaver the operation on one side was performed with the aid of a non image based hip navigation system, the cup positioning at the contralateral hip was controlled by use of a conventional mechanical alignment guide. Post-operative cup position relative to the pelvic reference plane was assessed in both groups by the use of a 3D digitizing arm.

Results By aiming for 45° inclination and 20° anteversion for cup position the median inclination was assessed as 45.5° for the navigated group and 41.8° for the control group. Median anteversion in the navigated group was calculated as 21.9° and 24.6° for the control group. The 90 percentile showed a much wider range for the control group (36.1° to 51.8° inclination, 15° to 33.5° anteversion) than for the navigated group (43.9° to 48.2° inclination, 18.3 ° to 25.4° anteversion).

Conclusions The cadaver study demonstrates that computer assisted cup positioning using a non-image based hip navigation system allowed a more precise placement of the acetabular component in the surgeon’s desired orientation with less variance than in the control group.

In relation to the conduct of this study, one or more the authors have received, or are likely to receive direct material benefits.


D.C. Marchant R. Crawford D. Rimmington S. Whitehouse J. McGuire

Introduction This study aims to improve knee arthroplasty prosthetic alignment by determining if an algorithm based on establishing the most prominent points on the medial and lateral malleolion 3D CT scans can be used to establish the true center of the ankle joint.

Methods Axial, coronal and sagittal multi-planar reconstructions were generated on 20 ankles. Two observers independently identified the most prominent medial and lateral malleolar points, in the coronal plane, and the highest talar dome point, in the sagittal plane. Ratios were calculated comparing total intermalleolar distance to distance to medial and lateral malleolus, and the ratio of medial to lateral distance. The distance from the true center of the joint, in the sagittal plane, to the computer calculated center was determined. Statistical analysis using ANOVA, paired t-tests and regression analysis was performed. There were 17 normal ankles, two arthritic ankles, and one previously fractured ankle.

Results In the coronal plane there was a strong correlation between the measurements of each observer. The mean intermalleolar distance was 70.2 mm (95% CI 68.3–72.0). The strongest correlation was seen in the ratio of lateral distance to total distance (r=0.728) which was 0.57 in normal ankles (95% CI 0.55–0.58). The ratio for arthritic ankles was 0.48 (95% CI 0.46–0.50) and for the fractured ankle 0.57 (95% CI 0.15–0.99). These were significantly different at the five percent level (p< 0.02). The normal ankle ratio was substantiated by regression analysis. There was a poor correlation between the individual measurements in the sagittal plane (r=0.218). The mean distances from the calculated line to the true center were not statistically different with the true center always lying posterior to the calculated line (4.2 mm (95% CI 2.5–5.9) and 2.8 mm (95% CI 1.7–3.8) posterior. For the combined data this means that the mean distance that the true center of the ankle joint’s from a line joining the medial and lateral malleoli is 3.2 mm (95% CI 2.3–4.0 mm). The data was reproducible with a small standard deviation in each plane. Assuming a 300 mm tibial length, angular error in tibial alignment generated by a computer navigation system is less than one degree in both planes.

Conclusions The algorithm presented can give accurate measurements of normal ankle joints in knee navigation surgery.


W.J. Donnelly R.W. Crawford T.D. Rimmington S.L. Whitehouse K.A. Whitting

Introduction Correct component positioning is critical for the stability of the prosthesis in total hip arthroplasty (THA). Malpositioning of either the femoral or acetabular component may lead to impingement or dislocation. This study aims to assess the accuracy of placement of the acetabular component in THA.

Methods Forty-six total hip arthroplasties were studied. The surgeon’s estimates of intra-operative inclination and anteversion of the acetabular component were recorded. Post-operative inclination of the acetabular component was measured from routine plain antero-posterior (AP) radiographs of the pelvis. Planar anteversion of the acetabular component was determined from AP radiographs with the beam centred over the hip using the method described by Pradhan. Planar anteversion was then corrected to ‘true’ anteversion correcting for inclination. The surgeons estimate of intra-operative cup inclination and anteversion and the radiographic position were compared.

Results The mean difference between the estimated and true cup inclination was 1.5° more than planned (range of −13° to 16°, SD 6.75). The mean difference between estimated and true values of anteversion was 1.8° less than planned (range of −32° to 25°, SD 11.07). Allowing plus or minus five degrees of error, 37% of the cups were outside the estimated inclination and 35% outside the estimated anteversion. There was a poor correlation for both inclination (Spearman’s correlation coefficient equals 0.20) and anteversion (Spearman’s correlation coefficient equals 0.25) between perceived and true cup positioning. Using the ‘safe zones’ for inclination and anteversion described by Lewinnek et al for minimising dislocation, 48% of the cups were unsafely positioned in either inclination, anteversion or both.

Conclusions Our study showed that positioning of the ace-tabular component cannot be reliably performed even by experienced surgeons. Acetabular component placement is of high importance for preventing dislocation or impingement. A tool, such as a navigation device, may be beneficial in improving acetabular component placement.

In relation to the conduct of this study, one or more of the authors is in receipt of a research grant from a non-commercial source.


D.A.F. Morgan E.R. Santos

Introduction The tibial component of a total knee arthroplasty is subjected to eccentric medial and lateral plateau tibial loading during various phases of stance. The resultant coronal planar tilting forces may provoke early subsidence and loosening. The addition of a long non cemented stem is postulated to act as an outrigger, diminishing the rate of aseptic loosening.

Methods Two hundred and thirteen primary total knee arthroplasties using proximally cemented tibial components with long non cemented Pressfit stems have been reviewed. Stem lengths varied from 110 mm to 140 mm. Patients were seen at an average of 8.7 years after surgery (two to 13 years) and were assessed using the Knee Society (IKS) pain and function scores, IKS radiographic analysis and Short Form-12 and Western Ontario Macmasters University Osteoarthritis Index (WOMAC questionnaires).

Results Average range of motion was 115° at latest follow-up. The average IKS pain and function scores at the time of assessment were 90 and 89 respectively. Radiographic assessment revealed no case of tibial implant loosening. Kaplan-Meier survivorship was 98.6% at 13 years.

Conclusions The results lend clinical support to the known theoretical advantages of adding a stem to the tibial component in primary knee arthroplasty.

In relation to the conduct of this study, one or more the authors have received, or are likely to receive direct material benefits.


I. Schleicher W. Donnelly R. Crawford

Introduction Malposition of the acetabular component in total hip arthroplasty is associated with a number of significant complications. In this study we acertain the accuracy of an imageless computer based surgical navigation system for positioning the acetabular component, using a mechanical hip device.

Methods A mechanical hip device was constructed that allowed accurate measurement of inclination and version, leg length and lateral offset of the acetabular and femoral components. In 31 cases these parameters were varied while a blinded operator would place the cup in the predetermined position in the mechanical hip jig. The values given by the navigation system on the screen were recorded and compared to the measurements obtained directly from the mechanical hip device.

Results The mean difference between value set by an independent person and value read by the navigation system was; inclination of the cup 0.97 ± 0 and the ante-version of the cup 1.58 ± 0.83. The leg length change contributed by the cup showed a mean difference between beforehand set value and read value on the screen of 1.48 ± 1.36 mm and for lateral offset change by the cup of 1.58 ± 0 mm.

Conclusions The accuracy of the hip navigation unit demonstrated in this study is well within the limits that would be required for clinical usage as a surgical aid in total hip arthroplasty and could provide the surgeon with a tool that enables significant improvement in accuracy for acetabular positioning.


Full Access
W.J. Donnelly R.W. Crawford S.L. Whitehouse K.A. Whiting

Introduction Using a new surgical technique for the first time involves a ‘learning curve’. The aim of this study is to assess the technical errors encountered in the early utilisation of a computer assistance system during total knee arthroplasty and to see if this error rate decreases with experience.

Methods Thirty-two total knee replacement procedures performed by a single surgeon using the Stryker Knee Navigation system for the first time, were monitored. All technical difficulties were documented. We compared the complications encountered in the first five cases against the following 27 cases.

Results Technical difficulties related to the navigation equipment were noted in four of the 32 cases (12.5%). These included (one case each); errors in tibial pin placement, concern over initial navigation readings, pin loosening, and dropping the navigation shim plate. There was a significant decrease in technical difficulties encountered in the later cases (7%) compared to the first five cases (40 percent, p= 0.041). Additionally, in three of the 32 cases (9%) the surgeon used their clinical judgement to override the navigation readings and recut the bone, to take ligament balancing into account.

Conclusions A steep learning curve is involved when first utilising the Stryker Knee Navigation system. It is recommended that adequate training is undertaken prior to utilising knee navigation. The computer readings should be considered carefully and clinical judgement should not be overridden.

In relation to the conduct of this study, one or more of the authors is in receipt of a research grant from a non-commercial source.


M. Patel

Introduction Complex fracture dislocation of the elbow can often be either irreducible or unstable with inability to hold the reduction or delayed subluxation or dislocation. This study looks at the aetiology of the instability, bony and ligamentous, and the results following stabilisation with a combination of internal fixation, ligament repair, radial head arthroplasty and or hinged external fixation.

Methods Twenty-one consecutive unstable elbows referred to three tertiary centres were prospectively recruited for this study. All cases had fine-cut CT scans with sagittal, coronal and 3D reconstructions. All elbows were approached using a posterior ‘global’ incision. Ulnar neurolysis was routinely performed. Medial and lateral ligament complexes were inspected and repaired. Internal fixation of the radial head was attempted where indicated, or a radial head arthroplasty was performed. The coronoid-brachialis complex was repaired using pull-through sutures. Elbow stability was tested and a hinged external fixator used where indicated. The fixator was removed at six weeks. Indomethacin prophylaxis against heterotopic ossification was used routinely. Follow-up range of motion, articular congruity and DASH score were assessed at one year. All cases required a repair of the coronoid-brachialis complex. Radial head reconstruction was attempted in four cases, but abandoned in three. The radial head was replaced in 13 cases. A lateral repair alone was required in 12 cases, a medial repair alone in two cases and a combined medial and lateral repair in seven cases. Eighteen cases required a hinged device (nine Compass hinges and nine OpteROM distractors).

Results The mean less of extension at one year was 12° (range 0 to 20) and the mean loss of flexion was 14° (range 0 to 20). All cases achieved at least a functional arc of motion from 30° to 130°. Three cases achieved a full range of motion. Despite Indomethacin prophylaxis three cases developed minor heterotopic ossification. The average DASH score was 23.

Conclusions If managed appropriately, a very good anatomical and functional outcome can be achieved in difficult unstable elbows post fracture dislocation. Repair of the coronoid-brachialis complex is the key to stability, along with radial head reconstruction or replacement. A hinged external fixation device allows early mobilisation.


R.J. Beaver S.K. Chauhan R.G. Scott W. Breidahl J.M. Sikorski

Introduction The aim of this study was to compare the new technique of computer assisted knee arthroplasty (CAK) against the conventional jig based technique (JBK).

Methods Seventy-five consecutive patients underwent knee replacement and were randomly allocated to either the CAK or JBK group. Post-operative CT scans were performed according to the Perth CT Knee Arthroplasty protocol to assess the accuracy of alignment. This measures seven parameters of alignment to an accuracy of one degree. Pre and post-operative Maquet views of the limb were also performed. Intra-operative soft tissue release together with post-operative pain scores and blood loss where also assessed.

Results CT scans performed show a statistically significant improvement in component alignment when using computer assisted surgery for femoral varus/valgus (p=0.032),femoral rotation (p=0.001),tibial varus/valgus (p=0.047) tibial posterior slope (p=0.0001), tibial rotation (p=0.011) and femoraltibial mismatch (p=0.037). Standing Maquet limb alignment was also improved (p=0.004) as was blood loss (p=0.0001). CAK surgery took longer, a mean increase of 13 minutes (p=0.0001).

Conclusions This is the first controlled study to assess all seven alignment characteristics of knee arthroplasty and use them to compare outcomes in conventional and computer assisted operations. It shows a clear improvement in component alignment with computer navigation.

In relation to the conduct of this study, one or more of the authors is in receipt of a research grant from a non-commercial source


J.M. Sikorski

Introduction Computer assistance can be valuable in positioning of knee prostheses when the bone interface is in the form of bone graft. The efficacy of this technique can be checked using the Perth CT Protocol for knee prosthesis alignment.

Methods Fourteen patients are presented who had an allograft revision total knee replacement. The entire prosthesis had to be removed and this resulted in bone deficits sufficently severe to require bone grafting. The Stryker computer navigation system was used. The final outcome was subsequently checked using a multi-slice CT which provided a six paramenter evaluation of the alignment of the knee prosthesis.

Results The technique produces excellent alignment of both components in the coronal plane, less good results in sagittal plane and the greatest problems are in the axial plane with femorotibial mismatch occuring in 50%. The mean mal-alignment index is 4.0:1.4. This compares with an index of 2.6:1.3 in navigated primary TKRs.

Conclusions Computer assistance provides significant help in the revision total knee replacement but does not produce perfect alignment in every case. Further refinement of the techniques are still needed.


W.J. Donnelly R.W. Crawford T.D. Rimmington S.L. Whitehouse K.A. Whitting

Introduction Component malalignment may result in failure in total knee arthroplasty (TKA). Knee navigation systems assist surgeons with intra-operative component positioning in TKA. We report on the effect of one system on the post-operative mechanical axis of the limb and coronal alignment of femoral and tibial components in TKA.

Methods In a prospective study of 47 total knee replacements we compared 24 cases using conventional techniques to 23 cases using the Stryker Knee Navigation System. Patient groups were matched for sex, weight and age. Postoperative antero-posterior radiographs of the whole leg were used to determine the mechanical axis of the limb and coronal position of the femoral and tibial components.

Results The mean post-operative mechanical axis of the limb in the navigated group was 1.3° varus (range 7° varus to 3.5° valgus, SD=2.6). In the control group the mean mechanical axis was 0.8° varus (range 9.5° varus to 10° valgus, SD=4.4). There was no significant difference in the mean mechanical axis between the groups (p=0.6). There was no significant difference in mean coronal alignment of the femoral (p=0.99) or tibial components, (p=0.98). The 95% confidence interval for the mechanical axis was narrower for the navigated group (2.4° varus to 0.2° varus) than for the control group (2.6° varus to 1.1° valgus). Using Levene’s test (not dependant on normal distribution) the variances for the mechanical axis of the limb, and the coronal alignment of the femoral and tibial components are all significantly less in the navigated than non-navigated groups (p=0.05, 0.001 and 0.004 respectively).

Conclusions This study showed no difference in the overall mean alignment of navigated versus non-navigated knees. However, a significant decrease in the variance of alignment seen with navigation means we are seeing fewer outlying results that may lead to a decrease in mechanical failure in TKA.

In relation to the conduct of this study, one or more of the authors is in receipt of a research grant from a non-commercial source.


D. Duckworth G. Kulisiewcz D. Paterson

Introduction Malunion of radial head fractures can lead to pain, stiffness and early development of osteoarthritis. While the operative management of acute displaced radial head fractures is well described there is only one published case study of treatment of radial head mal-union by an osteotomy.

Methods Four patients aged between 22 to 51 years with a displaced intra-articular radial head fracture were initially treated non-operatively in this series. They subsequently developed a malunion resulting in loss of motion and pain. Each of these cases were treated with an intra-articular osteotomy and internal fixation within two to six months of their injury. The procedure was performed via a Kochers approach, preserving the lateral ligament complex. An osteotomy was then performed through the site of malunion, with the depressed fragment being elevated, grafted and internally fixed using two compression screws to re-establish the original anatomy. In some cases a capsular release was also performed. They were followed-up for a period of six to 12 months to assess for union, range of motion and pain.

Results All patients reported a marked improvement in elbow movement with significantly reduced pain and better function. On average there was an increase of 40° of elbow flexion and 50° of forearm rotation. There was clinical and radiographic evidence of union in all cases. All four patients were satisfied with the result and were able to resume their pre-injury employment.

Conclusions Malunion of the radial head can be treated successfully by a radial head osteotomy and grafting technique as described in this paper. Each of these cases was performed within six months of the injury before arthritic change of the radiocapitellar joint was irreversible.


Full Access
G.I. Bain P. Hallam

Introduction The close proximity of the cutaneous and major nerves around the elbow have caused orthopaedic surgeons to feel uncomfortable about the prospect of performing basic and advanced elbow arthroscopy. The aim of this study was to review the proximity of the nerves with arthroscopic vision in a cadaveric model and selected clinical cases.

Methods Open exploration of the major nerves in the elbow was performed in alcohol preserved cadaveric specimens. Arthroscopic assessment of the elbow joint was performed before and after the capsule adjacent to the nerve was excised. The arthroscopic assessment of the major nerves in these specimens provided an excellent way to visualise the nerves.

Results The radial nerve was found to be in contact with the anterior capsule of the joint and was at great risk with portal placement, lateral sided procedures including synovectomy, radial head excision, capsulotmy and capsulectomy. The medial nerve was protected by the brachialis muscle. The ulnar nerve was also at risk in the medial gutter.

Conclusions The close proximity of the major nerves to the elbow joint places them at risk, with elbow arthroscopy. The radial and ulnar nerves are particularly close and their exact position can be dissected free with arthroscopic techniques.


D. R. J. Gill O. Khorshid

Introduction The radial nerve is at risk in arthroscopic elbow surgery and there are reports of significant nerve injury, particularly with arthroscopic synovectomy or arthroscopic capsulectomy for the stiff elbow. This study was aimed to further define the relationship of the radial nerve to the elbow joint.

Methods Magnetic Resonance Imaging studies of 23 elbows with minimal or no pathology were used to measure the distance of the radial nerve from the border of the radial head and the position of the nerve relative to the bony landmarks of the elbow joint.

Results The radial nerve or its branches were found to lie on average 6.6 mm from the border of the radial head (range 3 to 9 mm) and in an arc of 64° antero-lateral to the radial head. At the level of the radial head the nerve was not separated from capsule by muscle in 12 of the 23 elbows.

Conclusions Care should be taken in the insertion of antero-lateral portals in elbow arthroscopy as the position of the radial nerve and its branches is variable. Arthroscopic synovectomy and capsulectomy should be carried out above the level of the radial head where the nerve is protected by brachialis to avoid permanent damage to the radial nerve.


A. Bajhau G. Bain

Introduction Ulnar nerve entrapment is the second commonest upper limb nerve entrapment syndrome. The purpose of this study was to determine the safety and efficacy of the Agee endoscopic system in ulnar nerve decompression at the elbow. This is the first report of its use in the elbow.

Methods Six preserved cadaveric elbow specimens were used. One surgeon performed the endoscopic releases via a three centimetre longitudinal incision between the medial epicondyle and olecranon. All six specimens were examined independently with loupe magnification. This was done by extending the original incision to 20 cm. The ulnar nerve was assessed with regard to adequate decompression. The branching of the ulnar nerve at the elbow, as well as the presevation of these branches after the endoscopic procedure, was also studied.

Results In all six specimens, the arcade of Struthers, the cubital tunnel retinaculum, and the flexor carpiulnaris aponeurosis were completely divided. There were an average of three motor branches to flexor carpiulnaris at a mean position of 21 mm distal to the medial epicondyle. Most of these were on the radial side of the nerve. The ulnar nerve was also found to give one to two sensory branches, at a mean position of nine millimetres proximal to the medial epicondyle. All the motor and sensory branches were found to be intact after the endoscopic procedure.

Conclusions This study shows that the Agee endoscopic system is both safe and effective. It is a relatively simple procedure but cadaveric practice is recommended to obtain familiarity with the technique and the endoscopic view of the anatomy.


B. Thornes B. Hornes A. Walsh F. Shannon P. Murray E. Masterson M. O’Brien

Introduction A new technique of ankle syndesmosis fixation is proposed. Buttons are placed on both sides of the ankle, connected by a strong non-absorbable suture. The technique is simple and minimally invasive: a medial incision is not required. It resists diastasis whilst allowing physiological micromotion and does not require routine removal.

Methods The technique was tested on a cadaver model of a Maisonneuve injury under increasing torque loads. Sixteen embalmed cadaver legs were randomised to receive suture-button fixation or four-cortical 4.5 mm syndesmosis screw fixation. A prospective clinical study involving 16 patients with Weber C fractures and syndesmosis diastasis is presented. They underwent suture-button fixation and the results were compared to 16 consecutive patients with syndesmosis screw fixation.

Results In the cadaver study, both groups had similar rates of diastasis following torque loading. However, the suture-button did give a more consistent performance: standard deviations were significantly lower (p=0.001) than the screw group. In the clinical study, both groups were evenly matched as regards patient age, male: female ratio, and fracture patterns. Mean AOFAS ankle outcome scores at three months were significantly better in the suture-button group (91 versus 82, p=0.01). No suture-button patients required implant removal. They had a faster return to work compared to the screw group (three months versus five months). Axial CT scanning performed at three months post-op showed all implants to be intact with no loss of reduction.

Conclusions Suture-button syndesmosis fixation is simple, safe, effective and physiological. It has shown improved outcomes and faster rehabilitation, without needing routine removal. It may become the treatment of choice in Weber C ankle fractures with a syndesmosis diastasis.

In relation to the conduct of this study, one or more the authors have received, or are likely to receive direct material benefits.


A. Wang S. Erak R. Day

Introduction A procedure of selective musculo-tendinous lengthenings is presented as treatment for chronic lateral elbow pain. The rationale for surgery is to decrease tensile force at the lateral epicondyle and simultaneously reduce posterior interosseous nerve compression in the radial tunnel. This study presents biomechanical and clinical data on this surgical technique.

Methods In a human cadaver study, force transducer measurements were made in the common extensor tendon, and after sequential tensioning of the muscles arising from the lateral epicondyle. In a separate cadaver study, a balloon catheter measured pressure in the radial tunnel after sequential musculo-tendinous lengthening of the forearm extensor muscles. A preliminary clinical study was performed on 12 subjects (13 elbows). All had failed extensive conservative treatment and subsequently underwent combined musculo-tendinous lengthening of ECRB, EDC, and superficial head of supinator (SHS). In the clinical series, 75% of subjects were involved in Work Cover claims. Clinical outcomes in this small series were reviewed.

Results ECRB and EDC tensioning produced the largest force transducer measurements in the common extensor tendon at the lateral epicondyle. SHS increased force transducer measurements moderately, suggesting this muscle may also contribute to the clinical syndrome of lateral epicondylitis. ECRL and ECU tensioning lead to non significant increases in force transducer measurements. Radial tunnel pressure dropped substantially (77%) after musculo-tendinous lengthening of SHS. Lengthening of other forearm extensors had little effect on measured radial tunnel pressure. All subjects recorded improvement in visual analogue pain scores, with post-operative scores between zero and two. Grip strength was preserved or improved. By the criteria of Roles and Maudsley, nine elbows were excellent, two good, one fair and one poor. Overall 11 of the 12 subjects reported they would have the procedure again.

Conclusions This study demonstrates a biomechanical basis for SHS in the aetiology of lateral epicondylitis and radial tunnel syndrome, and supports a combined musculo-tendinous lengthening of ECRB, EDC, and SHS in the treatment of chronic lateral elbow pain. Satisfactory clinical results are reported in this group of patients including those involved in Work Cover claims.


H. Brownlow M. Radford M. Perko

Introduction Osteochondritis Dissecans of the elbow is a rare condition classically affecting teenage males playing throwing sports. The aim of this study was to evaluate the longer term outcome following arthroscopic debridement in patients with osteochondritis of the elbow that had failed conservative management.

Methods All clinically, radiologically and arthroscopically proven patients (since 1989) with Osteochondritis Dissecans (OCD) that had failed six months of non-operative management were recalled for clinical, performance indices and radiological review. A 91% follow-up rate was achieved (62% full clinical and radiological follow-up). The group consisted of 29 patients (20 male, nine female) with an average age of 22 years. Patients were mobilised post-operatively as symptoms allowed.

Results At an average of 77 months after the operation, the majority of patients had mild or no pain with activities of daily living but with some discomfort during heavy lifting/sports. Only four out of 27 had to give up their preferred sport because of persistent elbow problems. Thirty-eight percent had recurrence of locking or catching, though these symptoms were described as much better than prior to the operation and were not felt severe enough to consider any further intervention.

Conclusions We conclude that arthroscopic debridement and removal of loose bodies is a safe and reliable procedure for patients with persistent symptoms from OCD of the elbow.


G.J. Sammarco R.G. Guioa

Introduction Twelve patients with an osteochondral lesion of the talus were treated with excision of the lesions and local osteochondral autogenous grafting.

Methods The lesion was accessed through a replaceable bone block removed from the anterior tibial plafond. The graft was harvested from the medial or lateral talar articular facet on the same side of the lesion. The average age of the patients was 41 years and duration of symptoms was 90 months (average). There were six males and six females with the right talus involved in eight and the left in four patients. Graft sizes ranged from four to eight millimetres in diameter.

Results There was a significant improvement in the AOFAS score from 64.4 (average) pre-operatively to 90.8 (average post-operatively (p< 0.0001) at follow-up of 25.3 months (average). The AOFAS score was slightly higher in patients under 40 years of age and in those without pre-existing joint arthritis. All patients were very satisfied with the procedure. Arthroscopy performed in two patients at six and 12 months following surgery showed good graft incorporation. No complications occurred at the donor site or the site of the bone block removal on the distal tibia.

Conclusions The results showed that stage III and stage IV talar osteochondral lesions can be accessed successfully excising a tibial bone block and using local autogenous osteochondral graft harvested from the ipsilateral talar articular facet.

In relation to the conduct of this study, one or more of the authors has received, or is likely to receive direct material benefits.


G.J. Sammarco R.G. Guioa

Introduction Fracture dislocation of the midtarsus with subsequent collapse of the longitudinal arch, dislocation of the forefoot and development of the rocker-bottom deformity is a significant complication of the neuropathic foot. Bony deformity and lack of protective sensation may lead to plantar ulceration, infection and amputation. Surgical reconstruction entails reduction of the dislocation and restoration of the alignment of the foot. Fixation of the arthrodesis may be challenging due to bony dissolution, fragmentation and osteoporosis which accompany the Charcot process. The purpose of the the current study is to describe the technique and review the clincial results of midtarsal arthrodesis with intamedullary axial screw fixation used to treat Charcot midfoot collapse.

Methods A retrospective study of 12 patients undergoing surgical reconstruction and arthrodesis of Charot midfoot deformity was done. Long intramedullary screws were applied antegrade or retrograde to bridge the apex of the deformity after the area had been prepared for arthrodesis through bony resection or osteotomy. Axial screws are applied such that the head or shaft of the screw gained purchase in the intramedullary canal of two or more metatarsal bones. Compression of the arthrodesis bed was achieved by tightening the screws. Radiographic measurements were taken pre-operatively, immediately post-operatively and at the last follow-up to assess the amount of durability of the correction achieved.

Results Patients were evaluated clincally and radiographically at an average of 35 month follow-up (5 to 144 months). Bony union was achieved in 83% of patients, at an average of 5.3 months. All patients returned to functional ambulatory status within seven months. The talar-first metatarsal angles in the anterior and lateral planes, talar declination angle and calcaneal-fifth metatarsal angle were all corrected to near normal values following the surgery and showed no significant collapse between immediate post-op and final follow-up. The amount of dorsal displacement of the medial column was reduced to normal values and showed no significant recurrence at final follow-up. There were no recurrent plantar ulcerations. Hardware failure occurred in one patient who was unable to comply with weight bearing restrictions and significant soft tissue complications were encountered.

Conclusions Surgical correction of Charcot midfoot collapse with midfoot osteotomy and arthrodesis utilizing multiple large-diameter intramedullary axial screws which span the area of dissolution provides an adequate construct to achieve arthrodesis and maintain alignment and reduction of the deformity.

In relation to the conduct of this study, one or more of the authors has received, or is likely to receive direct material benefits.


S. Vrancic A.M. Ellis G. Warren E. Cole A. Redmond

Introduction The role of tendon transfer in progressive hereditary motor sensory neuropathy (CMT) is controversial. This paper examines a large single surgeon cohort and reviews the surgical outcome of tendon transfers against a large group of CMT patients represented by the Australian CMT Health Survey 2001.

Methods A retrospective review was carried out in 29 patients (57 feet) with CMT, managed surgically by a single author (GW). Functional outcomes were measured using standard tools such as SF-36, AOFAS ankle hindfoot clinical rating scale, and a clinical review including a specially designed questionairre. Quality of life and functional outcome has been compared with the Australian CMT Health Survey 2001 in 324 patients. Twenty-nine patients were managed with tendon transfers, typically by flexor to extensor transfer of toes, combined with peroneus longus release and transfer, and tibialis posterior transfer.

Results The Levitt classification rated 80% of patients as having good-excellent outcomes. Ninety-two percent of patients reported an improvement overall with surgery, specifically 52% reported improvement in pain, 85% felt their gait had benefited, and 74% reported an improvement in the appearance of their foot deformity, as a direct result of their surgery. All patients reviewed would recommend similar surgery to others, and 92% of those surveyed wished they had their surgery much earlier (months to years). The AOFAS clinical rating system for ankle-hindfoot showed an average improvement of 36 points out of 100. In general, patients treated by this method were improved when considered against a larger cohort both in quality of life measures and functional outcome. This combination was not always successful, and a small number of disappointed patients were identified.

Conclusions Tendon transfers in the younger patient has a role in the treatment of flexible deformities in CMT, and improving quality of life. This paper shows that patients benefit at an earlier stage of their disease by tendon transfers. Indications for tendon transfers have been refined by this study and lessons learned recognised.


I.J.P. Henderson R.A. Francisco B.W. Oakes

Introduction Talar dome lesions are a common accompaniment of ankle injury resulting in ongoing symptoms and functional disability with current management resulting in fibrocartilaginous repair and failure to reconstitute the articular surface. In this study, the application of autologous chondrocyte implantation (ACI) for talar dome lesions was evaluated.

Methods Between August 2001 and February 2003, eight patients with osteochondral lesions of the talus were treated with ACI. All patients underwent initial arthroscopy to harvest healthy chondrocytes for cultivation. Cells were re-implanted after three to four weeks, with a medial or lateral malleolar osteotomy using a periosteal patch harvested from the distal tibia. Post-operatively, early ankle motion was allowed but non-weight bearing advised until union of osteotomy. Clinical assessment was pre-operatively and at three, six, nine, and 12 months post-operatively. Second-look arthroscopy with biopsy for histological examination was performed at removal of internal fixation. Four males and four females with a mean age of 40 years (range 22 to 59) are presented. Pre and postoperative clinical evaluation was done using the American Orthopaedic Foot and Ankle Society Hindfoot Score.

Results The mean pre-operative score was 58.4 (range 26 to 97); at three months, it was 62 (range 32 to 84); at six months 70.6 (range 66 to 92); at nine months 79 (range 66 to 92) and at 12 months 81.5 (range 79 to 84). MRI done in four patients at three months post-ACI showed good fill in three and slight over fill in one. Minimal subchondral edema was evident in one patient. Two patients with MRI 12 months post-ACI also revealed good fill with residual bone marrow oedema. Second-look arthroscopy and biopsy at implant removal in five patients were done at a mean of six months (range 2.5 to 9) post-ACI. Arthroscopy showed the transplants were level with the surrounding tissue. Four patients had biopsies showing hyaline-like cartilage which has all the properties of normal hyaline except for the increased cell density while one biopsy revealed fibro-hyaline tissue. Marginal biopsies taken demonstrated integration of neo-cartilage to adjacent cartilage.

Conclusions This study although with a limited sample, demonstrates the viability of ACI as treatment for osteochondral defects of the talus. Short-term results demonstrated clinical improvement from pre-operative to post-operative condition compatible with findings at second-look arthroscopy and histologic examination.


G.J. Sammarco R. Taylor

Introduction Twenty-one feet in fifteen patients underwent osteotomies of the calcaneus and one or more metatarsals for symptomatic cavo-varus foot deformity.

Methods Seven (nine feet) were male, and eight (12 feet) were female. The etiology included hereditary motor sensory neuropathy (HMSN) (15 feet), post-polio syndrome (two feet) sacral cord lipomeningicoccle (two feet), parietal lobe porencephalic cyst (one foot) and idiopathic peripheral neuropaty (one foot). Presenting complaints were metatarsalgia (15 feet), ankle instability (five feet and ulceration beneath the second metatarsal head (one foot). Eleven feet were assessed using the Maryland Foot Rating Score (MFRS).

Results MFRS improved from 72.1 (average) pre-operatively to 89.9 (average) post-operatively (follow-up 70.9 months average). Eight feet were assessed using the AOFAS ankle-hindfoot and midfoot scores. The AOFAS ankle-hindfoot score improved from 46.3 (average) pre-operatively to 89.1 (average) post-operatively and the AOFAS midfoot score improved from 40.9 (average) pre-operatively to 88.8 (average) post-operatively (follow-up 20.8 months average). Two patients were lost to follow-up and were not included in the study. Ankle, hindfoot and midfoot motion was maintained or improved in 16 feet. Complications included delyed union in two and non-union in three of 66 metatarsal osteotomies. While three patients required an AFO (ankle-foot orthosis) for ambulation pre-operatively, all patientrs were brace free post-operatively and expressed willingness to undergo the same procedure again if it were necessary. Weight bearing radiographs were available for 17 feet. Radiographic analysis revealed a decrease in forefoot adduction (9.6° average) and a reduction in both hindfoot (9.1° average) and forefoot cavus (10.6°) leading to an overall 13% reduction in the height of the longitudinal arch.

Conclusions Lateral sliding elevating calcaneal ostetomy combined with doso-lateral closing wedge osteotomies of one or more metatarsal bases in the severe symptomatic cavovarus foot can provide a pain free, plantigrade foot with a lowered longitudinal arch and a stable ankle without sacrificing motion.

In relation to the conduct of this study, one or more of the authors has received, or is likely to receive direct material benefits.


M.D. Porter B. Shadbolt

Introduction Plantar fasciitis is a common presenting problem and there are multiple treatments available. There is little scientific data to assist in the selection of the most efficacious or cost-effective treatment. This study compared the efficacy of corticosteroid injection and low-dose ESWT for the treatment of chronic proximal plantar fasciitis.

Methods One hundred and thirty-two cases of plantar fasciitis were enrolled into this prospective study over five years. Eligible patients performed a stretching program for the gastrocsoleus. In addition, patients randomized to group A received an intralesional corticosteroid injection, while group B received low dose ESWT (3 x 1000 pulses, energy flux density 0.08/mm2). Nineteen patients were not randomized and comprised a control group C. Patients were assessed before, and then three and 12 months post treatment using a VAS, and algometer (tenderness threshold, TT). The groups were compared using generalized linear models for repeated measures of VAS and TT scores, with orthogonal contrasts.

Results The three groups were significantly different in their VAS scores post treatment. Over the 12 months, pain levels reduced for all groups, but the trends between them differed significantly. The corticosteroid (CSI) group, had significantly lower levels of pain than the ESWT or controls. At 12 months, the CSI and ESWT had similar levels of pain, both significantly lower than that in the controls. Similar trends were found for TT. Threshold levels increased for all three groups post treatment but the trends between the groups were significantly different. At three months, the CSI group had significantly higher TTs than both the ESWT and control groups. By 12 months, all groups had higher TTs but they were similar. The TT of the CSI group had plateaued by three months. Of the 64 heels that received CSI, there were no infections and no cases of rupture of the plantar fascia. There were eight cases of post-injection pain. All patients found the injection unpleasant. Of the 61 heels treated with ESWT, six reported throbbing pain and erythema. Four reported a severe headache. All patients found the procedure unpleasant.

Conclusions Intralesional corticosteroid injection is more efficacious, and much more cost-effective, than ESWT, in the treatment of plantar fasciitis present for at least six weeks. The injection achieves a significant and lasting reduction in pain and tenderness within three months. Correctly used, this treatment has a low incidence of complications.


E. Dona P. Stephens M. Gianoutsos W.R. Walsh

Introduction Determining the extent of dynamic creep of a suture gives insight into the potential for formation of a flexor tendon repair site gap, with less creep having a positive benefit. We wanted to determine the dynamic creep of various suture materials using a cyclical testing protocol that simulates 30 days of active mobilisation.

Methods Four-strand loops, 20 mm in length, were created using Prolene, Ticron, Ethibond, and Mersilene (n=8 per group). Samples were loaded between 3.5N and 35N at 10 cycles per minute for 3000 cycles using a materials testing machine. All testing was conducted in phosphate buffered saline at 37° celsius. The dynamic creep was determined for each group. A separate group of suture loops were also created for load to failure testing. All data was analysed using ANOVA on SPSS software.

Results The loads to failure were 55.4, 65.5, 64.4 and 73.1N for Prolene, Ticron, Ethibond and Mersilene respectively. During cyclical testing, only one Prolene sample survived, with failure occurring after a mean of 1182 cycles (range 574 to 2660). Of those that failed, the mean creep was 3.80 mm (SD=0.51). In contrast, no specimens in the other groups failed, with a dynamic creep of 0.44 mm (SD=0.19), 0.32 mm (SD=0.17), and 0.28 mm (SD=0.07) for Ticron, Ethibond and Mersilene respectively.

Conclusions Regardless of your chosen suture technique for flexor tendon repairs, this study suggests that the suture material itself can play an important role in the eventual outcome. These results should be kept in mind when deciding on the suture material for your repairs.


E. Dona M. Gianoutsos W.R. Walsh

Introduction The aim of this study was to determine the biomechanical properties of various combinations of four-strand core and peripheral suture techniques used in flexor tendon repairs.

Methods Seventy-two sheep flexor tendons were randomly divided into nine groups of eight. Tendons were sharply transected and repaired using three different four-strand core techniques: cruciate, modified-Kessler, and the modified Becker. These were combined with three different peripheral techniques: simple running, cross-stitch, and the recently described interlocking horizontal mattress (IHM). Tendons from these nine groups were loaded onto a materials testing machine and tested to failure using a crosshead speed of 20 mm/min. Load to two millimetre gap formation, load to failure, and stiffness was assessed. Data was analysed using ANOVA on SPSS for Windows.

Results For any given type of peripheral suture, no significant difference in biomechanical properties was found between the three core repair techniques. The only factor causing a significant difference in strength of the tendon repair was the type of peripheral suture technique used. Repairs with an IHM technique had significantly greater loads to 2 mm gap formation, load to failure, and stiffness, compared to the cross-stitch and simple running methods.

Conclusions This study demonstrates the superior biomechanical properties of the IHM technique. Increasing core suture complexity does not appear to have a significant impact on the overall mechanical integrity of the repair. These results should be considered when adopting a preferred repair technique.


E. Dona A.W. Turner M. Gianoutsos W.R. Walsh

Introduction Zone 2 flexor tendon repairs can require ‘venting’ or partial resection of the A2 and/or A4 pulleys. We test a new technique where the pulley is divided and repaired with a V-Y plasty, increasing the pulley circumference. This allows access to perform the repair and/or permits free tendon gliding post-repair.

Methods Two groups of A2 and A4 pulleys from cadaveric fingers were divided and repaired in a V-Y fashion such that the circumference of the pulley tunnel was increased. The fingers were then mounted onto custom-made jigs and tested using a materials testing machine. One group had the A2 pulley assessed for changes in work of flexion by testing both before and after V-Y plasty. The second group had both the A2 and A4 pulleys tested for load to failure during functional loading. Biomechanical testing was performed.

Results There was a significant reduction in work of flexion after V-Y pulley expansion procedures were performed. Loads to failure for the A2 and A4 pulleys were in excess of 400% and 200% greater than one would expect in-vivo during a post-operative active mobilisation protocol. V-Y tendon pulley expansion increases the tunnel size while providing a mechanically sound pulley. It also maintains the pulley length and its coverage of the underlying tendon.

Conclusions This technique provides surgeons with an attractive alternative to simply ‘venting’ or resecting an otherwise troublesome pulley.


A. Sood G.I. Bain

Introduction Radio-scapho-lunate (RSL) arthrodesis has been shown to be an effective treatment for arthritis limited to the radio-carpal joint. It preserves wrist motion at the mid-carpal joint while relieving pain. The main shortcoming of this procedure has been restricted residual wrist range of motion (ROM) compromising clinical outcome. The aim of the study was to assess the effect of excision of distal scaphoid and triquetrum on wrist motion following RSL arthrodesis.

Methods Ten cadaveric wrists had their range of motion measured before and after RSL arthrodesis and after sequential distal scaphoid and then triquetral resection. The mean and standard deviation of the change in motion were calculated for each step. The two-tailed Student’s t-test with p < 0.05 was used to determine the statistical significance of the changes.

Results Distal scaphoid excision after RSL arthrodesis resulted in 25° (35%, p< 0.01) increase in flexion-extension (F-E) arc and 11° (34%, p< 0.01) increase in radio-ulnar (R-U) arc. Subsequent excision of triquetrum further increased F-E arc by 13° (13%, p< 0.05) and R-U arc by 9° (21%, p< 0.01).

Conclusions In the cadaveric wrists, distal scaphoid excision resulted in significantly improved R-U arc and F-E arc. Subsequent triquetral excision further improved wrist ROM. Modification of RSL fusion to include distal scaphoid and triquetrum excision should be considered to improve residual wrist motion.


Full Access
I.W. Incoll E. Bateman A. Myers

Introduction A randomised, double blind controlled study of the short term results of single portal endoscopic carpal tunnel release (ECTR) versus open carpal tunnel release (OCTR) is presented.

Methods Twenty patients undergoing bilateral carpal tunnel release were inducted into the study. Each patient had one side performed as an ECTR and the other as an OCTR. The side that ECTR was performed on was randomised. Assessment was performed at one, two and six weeks post-operatively by the patient and a blinded hand therapist. The patient was blinded at the one week review. Assessment looked at pain, function and satisfaction, as well as objective strength and motion.

Results All patients prefered the side of the endoscopic release at one, two and six weeks. ECTR was associated with less pain, greater ease of use, improved strength and better motion.

Conclusions There is a significantly improved short term outcome, on both subjective and objective measures, with endoscopic carpal tunnel release compared to open carpal tunnel release.


B.P.B. Tow W. M. Ching P. Chang M.A. Kanta T.B. Keng

Introduction Reconstruction of the torn anterior cruciate ligament (ACL) allows the patient to resume sporting activity and improves objective knee function scores. We have undertaken a prospective study to describe the results of ACL reconstruction over two years, comparing patella tendon versus semitendinosus tendon autograft reconstruction.

Methods Sixty-eight patients with documented ACL injury were followed-up prospectively for an average of 27 months post surgery. The patients underwent ACL reconstruction either using the quadruple strand semitendinosus/gracilis graft or the central one third ‘bone-patella-tendon’ bone autograft. The study cohort included a total of 34 patients reconstructed with patella tendon autograft and 34 patients reconstructed with semitendinosus autografts. The choice of procedure was based on surgeon preference. All patients were assessed pre-operatively, at three months, six months and 24 months post-operatively using the IKDC knee score, Biodex dynamometer and KT-1000 instrumented test for ligament laxity.

Results Thirty-two patients were evaluated at 24 months. Our study population consists of 32 patients (17 patients with patella tendon reconstruction and 15 patients with semitendinosus reconstruction). All the patients had laxity to anterior translation by KT-1000 arthrometry pre-operatively. An IKDC score of good or excellent was obtained in one percent of patients. Both groups had significant post-operative improvements in knee laxity to anterior translation and IKDC score at p< 0.01. At two years 13 of the 15 semitendinosus graft patients (86.7%) demonstrated normal laxity, compared with 13 of 17 of the patella tendon graft patients (76.5 %). The IKDC score revealed 60% scoring good to excellent in the semitendinosus group versus 46% in the patella tendon group. Of the patients who had meniscectomy, 53% scored poorly by IKDC evaluation compared with 36% in the group which did not undergo meniscectomy. At three months post-reconstruction, the patella tendon group had a larger percentage of patients with knee laxity (86.6%), compared to 53.3% (semitendinosus group). This trend was reversed at two years (76.4% compared to 86.7% respectively). Based on the Biodex strength and endurance testing at two years compared with that done pre-operatively there was weakness of the hamstring muscles post-reconstruction.

Conclusions Reconstruction of the ACL is associated with significantly better outcome at two years. Semitendinosus graft reconstruction is not associated with significantly improved knee score and laxity, but has less donor-site morbidity.


E. Dona M. Gianoutsos W.R. Walsh

Introduction The four strand cruciate tendon repair has been described as the ideal technique, as it combines simplicity with the biomechanical advantages of four-strands. We wanted to determine if increasing the size of the locking loop increases the repair strength, and the gain in biomechanical integrity that various peripheral techniques provides.

Methods Forty-eight deep flexor tendons harvested from sheep hindlimbs were randomly divided into six groups of eight. All tendons were sharply transected. Initially, four groups were repaired using the cruciate core technique without a peripheral suture. The locking loops were set at 50%, 33%, 25%, or 10% of the volar CSA and then tested to failure. The final two groups of tendons were repaired using the established optimal locking loop size. These two groups were combined with either the simple running or the interlocking horizontal mattress (IHM) peripheral suture. These were then tested to failure and biomechanically assessed.

Results Repairs with locking loops of 25% had the greatest biomechanical properties; with load to two millimetre gap formation, load to failure and stiffness of 10N, 46.3 and 3.9N/mm respectively. Those with a 33%, 50% and 10% locking loops followed this. Those with 10% locking loops failed due to the suture material sliding out of the tendon. All other groups failed by suture breakage. Using the cruciate core technique with a 25% volar CSA locking loop, the load to two millimetre gap formation, load to failure and stiffness was 32.9N, 47.2N, and 7.6N/mm respectively when combined with the simple running peripheral suture and 46.4N, 79.4N and 9.9N/mm respectively when combined with the IHM repair. The IHM/cruciate combination was significantly better than the simple running/cruciate repair. Using the IHM technique in your tendon repair, this study demonstrates that the peripheral suture can provide approximately 75%, 40% and 60% of the total load to two millimetre gap formation, load to failure and stiffness respectively.

Conclusions Unlike the Kessler technique, increasing the size of the locking loop in the cruciate method decreases the repair strength. The ideal sized bite seems to be approximately 25% of the volar cross-sectional area. Additional, the peripheral suture is biomechanically vital to the integrity of the repair.

In relation to the conduct of this study, one or more of the authors is in receipt of a research grant from a non-commercial source.


D.A. Hayes M.C. Watts G.A. Tevelen R.W. Crawford

Introduction Concentric interference screw placement has been proposed as having potentially better biological graft integration than eccentric interference screw placement during soft tissue ACL reconstruction. The purpose of this study was to determine whether a wedge shaped concentric screw was at least equivalent to an eccentric screw in stiffness, yield load, ultimate load and mode of failure.

Methods Seven matched pairs of human cadaveric tendon in porcine tibia with titanium wedge shaped screws were randomly allocated to either the eccentric or concentric groups. Bone tunnels were drilled 45° to the long axis of the tibia, akin to standard ACL reconstruction. Tendon diameter was matched to tunnel diameter and a screw one millimetre larger than tunnel diameter was inserted. An Instrom machine was used to pull in the line of the tendon. Tendons were inspected after construct disassembly.

Results The concentric screw configuration showed significantly higher stiffness (p< 0.0085), yield load (p< 0.0135) and ultimate load (p< 0.0075). The mode of failure in the eccentric screw position was slippage at the screw tendon interface in all cases. In the concentric group 88% of cases had a breakage in the tendon and 13% of cases had slippage at the tendon bone interface. However, it was observed during construct disassembly that there was more macroscopic damage to the tendon substance in the concentric group. Failure was mostly by tendon breakage, which reflects the strongest fixation possible with the tendon being the weakest link in the system.

Conclusions Concentric interference screw fixation of soft tissue graft offers superior fixation in single pullout mode when compared to eccentric interference screw fixation.


D.A. Hayes M.C. Watts

Introduction Transcondylar fixation has recently been offered as an alternative method of femoral fixation in soft tissue ACL reconstructions. It provides the advantages of avoiding intra-articular hardware and of achieving full circumferential contact of soft tissue to bone for graft integration. This paper presents a series of hamstring ACL reconstructions using femoral transcondylar fixation in a short-term retrospective clinical review.

Methods Over a six month period the senior author performed a total of 50 hamstring anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction procedures using the femoral transcondylar fixation, 80% of these patients were available for review. The patient series consisted of 24 males and 16 females with average age of 29.9 years (range 14.4 to 54.5) at the time of surgery. Patients were assessed by clinical review, questionnaires (Lysholm and IKDC) and KT 1000 measurement at 30 lbs. Follow-up ranged from 12 to 16 months post-operatively with an average of 13.3 months.

Results The Lysholm scores mean was 83.9, which graded 75% of patients as good or excellent. Of the remaining patients 15% were fair and 10% graded their knee as poor. This was different from the IKDC patient questionnaire (subjective assessment) where 59% of patients categorised their knee as good or excellent. There were 70% of patients who rated their result poor or fair with respect to pain, and 52% of patients who rated their result poor or fair with respect to swelling. However, 67% of patients rated their knee good or excellent with respect to stability and function. Clinical laxity testing demonstrated a mean increase in translation of two millimetres (−3.3 to 5.3) in the index knee as compared to the opposite knee. On objective clinical tests, 97% of patients were normal or nearly normal with four percent being abnormal due to a passive motion deficit. There were no complications within the group and specifically no complications related to the transfix implant. No patient had pain, tenderness or crepitus around the iliotibial band.

Conclusions The femoral transcondylar fixation used in soft tissue ACL reconstructions is a viable alternative to interference screw fixation. It delivers comparable results in the short term, and offers potential advantages. The technique is reliable, reproducible and safe, with no complications being reported in this study.


J.M. Scarvell P.N. Smith K.M. Refshauge H. Galloway K. Woods

Introduction Late degeneration of the ACL injured knee may be in part due to repeat injury, but also due to aberrant kinematics altering the wear pattern at the chondral surface. The aim of this study was to use tibio-femoral contact mapping by MRI to examine kinematic changes due to chronic ACL deficiency.

Methods Twenty-three subjects with a history of chronic ACL deficiency (mean 18 years since injury) performed a closed chain leg press, relaxed and against a 15 kilogram weight. MRI recorded the tibio-femoral contact position at 15° intervals from 0° to 90° of knee flexion. Intra-articular pathology was assessed for all subjects by MRI, and at arthroscopy for 10 subjects.

Results The tibio-femoral contact pattern of the ACL injured knee differed from the healthy contralateral knee (p=0.003). This difference was greatest in the medial compartment, particularly at 0° and 15° of knee flexion (p< 0.01), with the femur two millimetres (mean, SD 3.2 mm) posterior on the tibial plateau. Damage to the chondral surface was seen in the medial compartment in 16 subjects and lateral compartment in 12; medial meniscus damage was present in 16 subjects and lateral meniscus in 15. Chondral surface damage correlated with the difference in the tibio-femoral contact pattern between the healthy and injured knee in the medial compartment of the knee. Joint damage was not related significantly to time since injury, or Cincinnati knee score. Joint damage was related to level of sports participation, but probably indicates that as the joint failed, subjects curtailed their activity.

Conclusions The kinematic consequences of chronic ACL injury may in part be responsible for the pattern of degenerative change, especially in the medial compartment of the knee.

In relation to the conduct of this study, one or more of the authors is in receipt of a research grant from a non-commercial source.


T. Gill G. Li S. Zayontz L. DeFrate C. Carey C. Wang B. Zarins

Introduction Posterior cruciate ligament (PCL) reconstruction has been shown to restore the posterior stability of the knee during posterior drawer tests. However, we have previously published a report showing that a PCL deficient knee has abnormal rotation under load. We hypothesise that a PCL reconstruction does not restore rotational stability to the knee.

Methods In-vitro kinematics under simulated muscle loads after PCL reconstruction were measured. Eight fresh-frozen cadaveric knees were tested on a robotic testing system. The system applied a posterior drawer of 130N and a combined quadriceps/hamstrings load (400N/200N) at 0°, 30°, 60°, 90°, and 120° of flexion. Tibial motion with respect to the femur was measured with the PCL intact, resected and reconstructed using an Achilles tendon allograft. Posterior tibial translation (PTT) and internal/external rotation were analyzed using a repeated measures ANOVA.

Results PCL deficiency significantly increased (p< 0.05) PTT under posterior drawer. Reconstruction significantly reduced the increased PTT to the level of the intact knee at all flexion angles. Under the muscle load, the deficiency resulted in significantly higher PTT at 60 to 120, and reconstruction did not significantly reduce the increased PTT. PCL deficiency significantly increased external rotation at 90° and 120°. PCL reconstruction did not significantly reduce the increased external rotation caused by PCL deficiency.

Conclusions Under simulated muscle loading, PCL reconstruction did not restore the translation and rotation of the tibia, despite restoring posterior stability under posterior drawer. Our data may help to identify the biomechanical factors that lead to the long-term development of osteoarthritis following PCL injury and reconstruction.

In relation to the conduct of this study, one or more of the authors is in receipt of a research grant from a non-commercial source.


M.H. Zheng l. Kirilak R. Han J. Xu N. Asokananthan G.A. Stewart P. Henry D.J. Wood

Introduction Fibrin-sealant has been widely used clinically for the protection of haemorrhage, wounds and tissue fluid leakage. Recently fibrin-sealant has been recommended as a tissue glue for autologous chondrocyte implantation. It is known that the active compound of fibrin-sealant is thrombin but its effect on chondro-cyte is still unclear. The aims of this study are to examine if fibrin-sealant stimulates proliferation and survival of human chondrocytes.

Methods Primary human chondrocytes derived from articular cartilage were used for the detection of thrombin receptors RAR type I, II, III and IV by immunohistochemistry and RT-PCR. To examine the effect of thrombin on chondrocytes, the changes in free intra-cellular calcium were monitored after the addition of thrombin. Proliferation of chondrocytes were also tested with various concentrations of thrombin. The survival of chondrocytes was monitored by co-culturing of the cells with fibrin-sealant for up to 15 days. Primary human chondrocytes express thrombin receptor RAR types I, II, III and IV as evidenced by immunohistochemistry and RT-PCR. However, the level of expression appears to be varied between cells. This has been reflected by the measurement of intracellular calcium signal in chondrocytes.

Results Induction of intracellular calcium signals was evidenced in the majority of chondrocytes at 100 seconds after addition of thrombin. When human chondrocytes were co-cultured with thrombin at a dose between 1u/ml to 10u/ml, there was no effect on cellular proliferation at 24 hours. However, at 48 hours thrombin stimulated proliferation and survival of chondrocytes in a dose dependent manner. A maximum of three folds induction was evidenced at a dose of 10u/ml (p< 0001). Co-culture of chondrocytes with fibrin-sealant showed that after 12 hours only a few cells had migrated from the membrane to the fibrin-sealant, but after 36 hours many cells had formed a layer on the surface of fibrin-sealant. By 15 days of co-culture, it was evidenced that majority of chondrocytes were migrating into the fibrin-sealant. Immunohistology study showed that these cells express type II collagen, suggesting that they maintain the phenotype of chondrocytes.

Conclusions The results of this study show that human chondrocytes express thrombin receptor and fibrin-sealant is capable of inducing chondrocyte proliferation and maintain the survival of chondrocytes.

In relation to the conduct of this study, one or more of the authors is in receipt of a research grant from a non-commercial source.


Full Access
M.J. Radford D.G. Wood M. Le Roux

Introduction There are clear theoretical advantages to support the use of bioabsorbable interference screws in the reconstruction of the anterior cruciate ligament. The purpose of this study is to determine how long it takes for an ACL screw marketed as bioabsorbable to be absorbed in the tibia.

Methods Eight patients that underwent an ACL reconstruction utilising a femoral endobutton and tibial bio-absorbable screw (Arthrex Bio-interference) made of Poly-L-Lactide (PLA) were followed up radiographically with sequential MRI scans at one, two and four years post-operatively. The scans, (Axial T1 and T2 with minimal interslice gap) were assessed by two independent consultant radiologists.

Results There was no evidence radiologically of progression to absorption of the tibial screw on any scan. The MRI appearance remained unchanged from one to four years with the exception of the presence of a small cyst in the tunnel of one of the patients.

Conclusions Despite claims by manufacturers of rapid rates of bio-absorption of their products, this study questions the accuracy of such statements not tested in-vivo. Our study clearly shows the continued presence of such a bioabsorbable screw at four years post-operatively.


J.E. Owen M.C. Watts P.T. Myers N.K. Hunt

Introduction The gold standard technique for meniscal repair has been an inside-out technique. Current practice suggests that certain tears are incapable of healing although anecdotally this has not been our experience. This study reports our long-term results of an aggressive approach to meniscal preservation using an inside out technique.

Methods Between January 1990 and July 1997, 116 patients underwent 125 meniscal repairs in 116 knees. The average follow-up is 8.8 years (range 5.4 to 12.9). Repairs consisted of interrupted sutures using 2.0 PDS. Sutures were placed arthroscopically using a suture shuttle system and tied behind the capsule after making a small postero-medial or postero-lateral incision. The meniscus and bed was prepared using a Rasp or hand-held instruments. There were 49 left knees and 67 right knees in 77 males and 39 females. Repair involved 80 medial menisci and 45 lateral menisci. The average number of sutures used was 3.8 (range 1 to 12).

Results The average Lysholm scores were 86.0, with 54% excellent, 21% good, 17% fair and 8% poor. IKDC subjective scores averaged 81.5, with 39% excellent, 23% good, 25% fair and 13% poor. Failure of meniscal repair has been identified in 30% of patients. Of these two thirds were associated with a further significant injury. Of the failures 73% were professional or semi-professional athletes. The average time for return to sport after surgery was 9.5 months (range 3 to 18 months). Failure was reported at an average of 29.3 months after surgery (range 0 to 84 months).

Conclusions The long-term results of the meniscal suture using this arthroscopically assisted inside out technique in our unit are acceptable. In addition the majority of the failures have occurred in professional athletes. We would therefore expect our long term failure rate to be at the high end of the spectrum. These results are comparable to those using standard suturing techniques.


R.S. Page S.A. Stapley E. Powell M. Clements J.F. Haines

Introduction The aim of this study was to assess the efficacy of current arthroscopic knotting techniques with commonly used suture materials.

Methods A Hounsfield tensiometer with a 1000N load cell, strain rate of 25 mm/min, bar separation of 7.5 mm was used under standard temperature and pressure. Suture materials were those in common use; 2 Ethibond, 1 PDS and 1 Panacryl. The knotting techniques compared were the Tennessee slider, Tautline hitch, Duncan Loop, SMC knot and the Surgeon’s knot. Two surgeons tied each knot 10 times using a suture passer and standardised knot technique. Each knot was tested to failure on 10 sequential experiments. Suture material strength was tested alone, tested to failure using the different knots and after suture immersion in normal saline. The ultimate strength of the suture material and of the various knotting techniques were assessed. The mode of failure, slip or suture material fractured was also investigated.

Results The 2 Ethibond had superior strength compared to 1 PDS or 1 Panacryl. The Tautline hitch and Surgeon’s knot had a significantly lower slip rate, with superior internal security than the other knotting techniques (p < 0.002). The Tennessee slider, Duncan Loop and SMC knots slipped in more than 50% of experiments. No difference was observed after soaking in normal saline. The number of additional half hitches required for maximum knot holding was consistently three, confirming previous findings.

Conclusions The Tautline hitch is recommended with its superior internal security, tying characteristics and overall knot strength. Whichever arthroscopic knot is selected, the addition of three alternating half hitches for consistent security and reliability is strongly supported.


D.C. Markel

Introduction Minimally invasive total knee arthroplasty has gained interest among total joint surgeons across the USA. It remains, however, somewhat unclear how to define minimally invasive. Small incisions may be a focal point of the surgery, but unless one is performing “limited incision surgery”, the skin does not define minimalness. The techniques and instrumentation for performing a minimally invasive total knee arthroplasty are presented.

Methods The principles of a minimally invasive total knee arthroplasty procedure include: a small incision, a vastus-medialis split, mobilization of the patella without eversion, and the use of modified instruments that have been designed for use with standard implants. The implantation instruments are downsized versions of a standard system and are easily applied to the routine arthroplasty patient.

Results The mid-vastus split appears to protect the quadriceps’ function and promote early recovery relative to the more traditional para-patellar arthrotomy. By avoiding patellar eversion altogether or only everting for a limited period, in extension, at the end of the case, elongation of the quadriceps fibers is avoided. These two measures appear protective and may promote early muscle recruitment during the post-operative recovery phase. The miniaturization of the familiar easier. Early review of post-operative radiographs has not revealed detriment to implant positioning.

Conclusions While only developmental, this technique appears amenable to navigation systems that may further the minimalization by avoiding violation of the femoral and tibial canals. Minimally invasive total knee arthroplasty needs to be defined as a concept and as to what role it should play in a surgeon’s armamentarium. While in its infancy as a technique, the new instruments and refined surgical approach appear to allow rapid rehabilitation and patient satisfaction without sacrificing positioning or outcome.

In relation to the conduct of this study, one or more of the authors has received, or is likely to receive direct material benefits.


M.J. Neil N.C. Pattyn S. Tan

Introduction Unicompartmental knee arthroplasty (UKA) is well established in the treatment of OA of the knee, but has not been performed in large numbers compared with total knee arthroplasty. However, with the development of minimally invasive surgery, numbers of procedures are increasing rapidly. This study examines the results of minimally invasive UKA performed by one surgeon since august 1998.

Methods A consecutive series of 388 knees in 360 patients operated between August 1988 and February 2003 were evaluated using a prospective database. All surgeries were performed by the senior author using a minimally invasive technique in a day surgery unit. General anaesthesia was used in all cases with local anaesthesia intra-operatively, combined with an anaesthetic infusion pump. No patient received parenteral narcotics. Ninety-seven percent were medial and three percent were lateral arthroplasties.

Results Post-operatively no patients were lost to follow-up which ranged from two months to 4.5 years. Average age was 66 years. The average IKS score improved from 75 to 158 post-operatively. Most patients retained their pre-operative range of motion which averaged 120°. Average length of stay was 1.57 days with 41% of patients discharged the same day. There were five failures, due in part to osteoporosis and overcorretion. These were revised successfully to a ‘primary’ type knee prosthesis. Satisfaction rate subjectively was 98%.

Conclusions Mid term results of UKA using the Repicci technique of minimally invasive surgery with rapid mobilisation and early discharge has ahcieved excellent results for unicompartmental OA of the knee. The procedure is better tolerated with a low complication rate and higher patient satisfaction than total knee replacement in this gourp of patients.


D. Horman R. De Steiger

Introduction The accuracy of UCA implantation is an important prognostic factor in survivorship. Previously, conventional instrumentation was adapted for UCA, possibly contributing to a lower long-term survivorship. This study aims to assess UCA position on x-rays, performed through a minimally invasive approach, in comparison to UCAs utilising an open approach.

Methods Patients were selected for UCA according to strict criteria. In particular, a varus knee < 15 and correct-able,< 15 fixed flexion deformity, intact cruciate ligaments and weight bearing knee x-rays indicating osteoarthritis in the antero-medial region and relative lateral compartment sparing. Patello-femoral joint disease was not an exclusion criterion. Ultimately, the decision to proceed with UCA was made at the time of surgery where the cruciates and lateral compartment could be inspected directly. Data was retrieved retrospectively for a continuous cohort of patients. Radiographs of component alignment were measured by an independent observer not involved in the surgery. Radiographs were measured for 56 UCAs, performed by one of the authors. Twelve patients had bilateral UCAs at the same surgery and one patient had a combined UCA/TKR. Short knee x-rays (anterior-posterior and lateral views) were used to estimate the axes of the femur and tibia as the reference points for component measurements.

Results The femoral component varus/valgus angle was 5.6° (range: 2 to 10) and flexion/extension angle was 4.9° (range: 0 to 11). The tibial component varus/valgus angle was 86.4° (range: 80 to 89°) and the postero-inferior tilt angle was 83° (range: 80 to 85). There was no radiolucency at the tibial plateau interface greater than one millimetre. One patient was treated for deep vain thrombosis and two patients underwent manipulations due to reduced range of motion. There were no deep or superficial infections and no UCA revisions.

Conclusions Radiological analysis of Oxford UCAs using a minimally invasive technique demonstrates similar implant positioning compared to the open approach. Patients gain the advantage of earlier recovery due to less synovial and quadriceps disturbance and no patella dislocation. Ongoing follow-up is required to determine whether these benefits extend to improved prosthesis survivorship.


B. Nivbrant R. de Steiger D. Fick

Introduction THR is a successful procedure with excellent long term results. With many patients requiring the procedure there is some advantage in rapid recovery and early discharge. This may require a change in the surgical approach and peri-operative management. We report the first series of a new minimally invasive surgical approach for THR.

Methods A two incision approach for THR has been developed after extensive cadaver tests. This consists of an anterior muscle splitting incision to insert the cup and a posterior incision for the stem insertion. The authors have undergone cadaver training and clinical surgery before embarking on clinical trials. Patients included in this study are those people awaiting THR who were selected for a cementless prothesis and who would benefit from early rehabilitation. Patients with previous surgery, hip dysplasia and significant obesity were excluded. An initial study group are presented with an average age of 59, average height 168 cms and average weight 71 kg.

Results Average length of stay was 3.7 days with an average operative time of 90 minutes. Average blood loss 505 mls with an average blood usage of 1.1 units. Early complications include lateral cutaneous nerve of thigh palsy (50% resolution at three months), two stable trochanter fractures, one infection and one anterior dislocation at eight weeks with a ceramic implant.

Conclusions The approach is technically difficult and initially time consuming. It does enable quicker mobilisation and appears to result in less need for analgesia post-operatively. We believe it is important to present the early results so the technique can be discussed and potential problems avoided. A randomised, prospective trial with clinical and RSA follow-up is underway.


E. Hohmann P. Schoettle A.B. Imhoff

Introduction Osteochondral autologous transplantation (OATS) is a technique to treat hyaline cartilage injuries in different joints. It delivers high quality hyaline cartilage to the defect.

Methods In a prospective study we used the OATS technique in 201 patients (125 male, 76 female). The mean defect size was 3.3 sq cm. The medial femoral condyle was treated in 96 cases, the lateral femoral condyle in 16, the patella in 22, the trochlea in seven, the tibial plateau in one, the talus in 48, the tibial plafond in two and the capitellum in four. There were 17 other locations. The procedure was performed either open or arthroscopically. A mean of 2.2 cylinders were implanted. Mal-alignment was corrected in 20 cases with an osteotomy and instability of the knee by anterior (ACL) or posterior (PCL) reconstruction. Five patients required reconstruction of both the ACL and PCL.

Results The Lysholm score increased from 58.3 (20 to 77) to a mean of 90.2 (70 to 100) in the lower extremity. Treatment by OATS alone increased the score from 65.2 to 91.6. With additional ACL/PCL reconstruction, the score increased from 49.9 to 82.6. The combination of OATS, HTO and ACL/PCL reconstruction increased the Lysholm score from 55.5 to 85.5. Post-operative MR imaging with intravenous contrast showed incorporation of all but one cylinder. Complications included one case of arthrofibrosis and sinking of one cylinder. One patient developed regional pain syndrome and three had pain at the malleolar osteotomy site resolved by screw removal. Ten percent of the patients developed pain at the donor site.

Conclusions The results are encouraging. It is a cost effective and safe treatment.


K.W. Chong M.K. Wong T.S. Howe S. Inderjeet K.S. Khong

Introduction We present our earliest series of computer assisted minimally invasive fixation of intertrochanteric hip fractures using the dynamic hip screw.

Methods The first five cases of computer assisted minimally invasive dynamic hip screw fixation of intertro-chanteric femur fracture are presented. We used the Medivision Computer Navigation system. Our operative techniques, pitfalls and tricks are presented. All were performed in the standard lateral approach to the femur on a traction table. The minimally invasive cases had a incision length of 5 cm compared with an average length of 13.9 cm for the conventional procedure.

Results Technical difficulties in screw placement exists and screw head positions tends to be superior. There was one case of implant cutout. The others recovered uneventfully. Fluoroscopy time is halved, sparing the surgeon from excessive radiation. Operative time is prolonged by about 20 minutes. Patient satisfaction has been very good.

Conclusions Our procedure is safe and predictable. Patient satisfaction is high. The small wound allows for less pain and tissue dissection enabling faster and more effective rehabilitation. The instrumentation is based on the existing DHS system and there is no need to change inventory. The option of day surgery and same day discharges for hip fracture patients using this technique is tantalising.


D. Edis P. Ebeling Brian Grills

Introduction Men will account for 30% of hip fractures in the next decade and men have a higher mortality after hip fracture than women. Men with osteoporosis often have secondary aetiological conditions. Our aim was to prospectively define secondary causes of osteoporosis in a group of men presenting with hip fracture.

Methods Forty-two men presenting with hip fracture were prospectively recruited and compared with 19 male controls that had primary hip arthroplasty for osteoarthritis. Bone mineral density (BMD) was measured by DEXA of unaffected hip and spine. Secondary causes of osteoporosis were identified from history and by biochemical and hormonal assays. Bone turnover was assessed by urinary deoxypyridinoline (DPD). Bone biopsy was taken to confirm or exclude osteomalacia.

Results Secondary factors were identified in 86% of hip fracture patients. Eighteen patients (42%) had hypogonadism (serum Testosterone < 7nmol/L), nine (21%) had vitamin D deficiency, thirteen (31%) had elevated parathyroid hormone (PTH), eight (19%) had a history of glucocorticoid use (equivalent prednisolone > 5mg/d), seven (17%) had heavy alcohol intake, and four (9%) had rheumatoid arthritis. Compared with controls, hip fracture patients had lower BMD (p=0.002), higher urinary DPD (p=0.004), lower serum Insulin-like Growth Factor-I (IGF-I) (p=0.02), and elevated PTH (p=0.008).

Conclusions Secondary causes of osteoporosis are common in men with hip fractures. Investigation and treatment of underlying conditions should be part of hip fracture management in men. Low BMD, high bone resorption, high PTH levels, and low serum IGF-I were associated with hip fractures when compared to men with hip osteoarthritis.

In relation to the conduct of this study, one or more of the authors is in receipt of a research grant from a non-commercial source.


G. Heynen W. Donnelly I. Schleicher A. Turnbull A. Leong

Introduction Minimally invasive surgery (MIS) for THR may accelerate rehabilitation. The objectives of this study were to determine the effect of three surgical approaches (standard, mini [< 10 cm], Stryker two incision approach [MIS]) on length of stay, rehabilitation rates, clinical outcome, quality of life, patient safety, complications and implant position.

Methods Each surgeon completed six to eight documented cases using the MIS technique before commencing enrolment to eliminate any learning curve effect. Prior to enrolment patients were assessed for eligibility and provided signed informed consent. Patient demographics, medical histories and surgical details were collected. Post-operative rehabilitation was independently documented by a physiotherapist. Clinical evaluations (HHS) were collected pre-operatively, 10 days, six weeks, three months and one year. Patient outcomes (SF12/WOMAC) were collected pre-operatively and at one year. Radiological evaluations were completed at six weeks. CTs/x rays were subject to an independent review.

Results A sample size of 48 patients was determined based on the primary objective - length of stay. Enrolment commenced at the end of 2002 and these results are based on the first cohort of patients; based on current recruitment rates, the authors anticipate that the majority of patients will be enrolled by presentation time. Preliminary results show mean incision lengths (cm) of 3.5/5.8 for the two incision MIS compared to 8.8 and 13.5 for the mini and standard respectively. Mean duration of surgery (mins) was 79 (MIS), 62 (mini) and 42 (standard). The median time (hours:minutes) from end of surgery until the first episode of knee flexion > 45°, straight leg raise, active abduction, standing, out of/in to bed, stair climbing and walking > 20 metres was shortest for MIS compared to mini and standard surgical approaches. The maximum distance walked was greatest for the MIS group. The mean length of stay (days) was shortest for the MIS group, 2.5 compared to 4.7 (mini) and 3.7 (standard). Mean blood loss (cc) was greatest for the MIS group, 667 compared to 525 (mini) and 467 (standard). There were no intra/post-operative complications or blood transfusions.

Conclusion Results suggest accelerated rehabilitation, decreased hospital stay and increased surgery duration for the MIS group. There are no safety concerns, however the procedure is felt to be quite technically demanding requiring an appropriate level of training/experience. The authors believe this is the only controlled study of this nature currently being conducted internationally.

In relation to the conduct of this study, one or more of the authors has received, or is likely to receive direct material benefits.


T.R. Page D.W.H. Howie M. McGee O. Holubowycz

Introduction There are currently hundreds of total hip replacement (THR) prosthesis designs in use. In practice the decision to use a THR prosthesis should be based on published long-term outcomes. This study provides a critical analysis of the literature to determine what prostheses have successful published results.

Methods The Medline (Ovid) database was searched for English text publications on primary THR published between 1975 and 2002. The search produced 12219 publications with 1400 (11.5%) reporting an incidence of revision or survivorship. Criteria for potentially successful designs were applied to the percentage of hips unrevised or survivorship data. Success was defined as less than 1% revised for any cause or less than 0.5% revised due to aseptic loosening. Using reported loss to follow-up, worst case analysis was performed to divide successful prostheses into definitely (DS), probably (PB) or possibly successful (PS).

Results Only 404 (23%) of the 1404 publications reviewed were methodologically adequate. The cemented acetabular prostheses had 39 (26.5%) reports of success (46%DS, 26%PB, 28%PS) at greater than 10 years and 80 (54%) reports of failure. The cement-less acetabular prostheses had 12 (10%) reports of success (42%DS, 42%PB, 16%PS), and 55 (46%) reports of failure. For cemented femoral prostheses 50 (30%) (62%DS, 18%PB, 20%PS) reports were successful, and 86 (51%) were failures. For cementless femoral prostheses 16 (18%) (69%DS, 25%PB, 6%PS) reports were successful and 38 (42%) were failures. Nineteen different cemented acetabular designs, and 34 different cementless acetabular designs had reports of success. For the femoral prostheses there were 27 different cemented designs and 26 different uncemented designs with reports of success. Thirty-two (18.2%) prostheses designs had reports of both success and failure, 71 (40%) had reports of failure only and 73 (41.5%) had reports of success only. It was not possible to identify what design alterations, if any, were attributed to a prosthesis being classified as both a success and a failure, because the technical details of the prosthesis were often not reported.

Conclusions Only 22% of prostheses reported were successful at greater than 10 years. High loss to follow-up meant only 56% of the potentially successful prostheses were definitely successful. The reporting of prosthesis manufacturer and catalogue numbers, and the publication of good and poor results are recommended to better gauge the success of designs.

In relation to the conduct of this study, one or more of the authors is in receipt of a research grant from a non-commercial source.


W.J. Donnelly T.M. Barker R.W. Crawford H. English

Introduction Over recent years the techniques of femoral and acetabular impaction allografting with fresh frozen morsellised bone have become incressingly popular for revision total hip arthoplasty with osseous defects. In many centres lack of availability or legislation has required surgeons to explore alternatives to fresh frozen bone that may have different structural and biological properties. In this study we compare in vitro the load carrying capacity of irradiated morsellised bone against a control non-irradiated sample.

Methods Fresh frozen heads were divided in halves with one half irradiated at 25 kGy and the control half left non-irradiated. A custom-built pneumatic loading apparatus applied a force of 1200N at a cycle rate of 1Hz for a total of 1500 cylcles. This loading cycle was chosen to simulate the loads normally experienced by the human femur during walking gait. The reduction in height (subsidence) of each test specimen was measured and statistical analysis performed.

Results Results from each treatment group displayed similar patterns of subsidence, with an initial rapid rate of subsidence occurring up to 50 to 100 load cycles, followed by a more gradual, slower rate as the tests progressed. The results for each treatment (mean ± standard deviation) were −3.59 ± 0.91 mm and −2.98 ± 0.812 mm for the irradiated and non-irradiated groups, respectively (P+0.049). The irradiated specimens demonstrated an increased amount of subsidence compared to the non-irradiated specimens.

Conclusions This study has shown that gamma irradiation of morsellised bone allograft material decreases its load-carrying capacity, as expressed by an increase in subsidence due to an applied cyclic load. The ability for morsellised bone allograft material to bear applied loads in vivo is an important biomechanical parameter and one indicator of a successful clinical outcome. The clinical implications of this result are important when considering the most appropriate methods of treating human bone allograft material.

In relation to the conduct of this study, one or more of the authors is in receipt of a research grant from a commercial source.


M. Esser M. Fogarty J. Balakumar R. Price

Introduction Pelvic ring disruptions have well established biomechanical forces that correlate with fracture pattern. These patterns have considerable soft tissue and ligamentous disruptions associated with high velocity vectors which result in unstable injuries. This study critically evaluates the functional outcome of anatomically and or haemodynamically unstable pelvic ring disruptions treated with operative management and presents a retrospective analysis of injury pattern, surgical therapy and complications in surgically treated Tile B and Tile C disruptions.

Methods This study is a retrospective review of results of the operative management of pelvic fractures at the Alfred Hospital, Melbourne over the period of May 1997 to May 2001 (one to four years) using the Iowa Pelvic Score (Martin-American Academy Meeting 1999) to assess functional outcome. Initial screening resulted in 204 patients with pelvic disruptions via DRG coding. Of this 65 patients were managed operatively and only 34 patients were subquently included in the study. Exclusion criteria were; residual cognitive defect, hip or ace-tabular injury, spinal injury with neurological deficit, repeat trauma or ongoing litigation. The inital data gathered included; age, sex, type of accident, Tile classification, neurological injury, urogential injury, type of treatment, adequacy of treatment, post-operative complications, length of hospital and stay in rehabilitation. A follow-up survey was performed for each of these patients by telephone to obtain a post-operative functional outcome score. Thirty two of the 34 patient were able to complete the survey.

Results Thirty-four patients were included in the study with 29 (85%) males and five (14%) females. The modes of injury were as follows: five motor car occupants, 13 motorbike riders, three pedestrians struck by motorcar, three falls, three occupational and seven other. Twenty-seven were classified as Tile B and seven Tile C. These fractures were treated with the following; external fixation alone was used in four patients, external fixation followed by anterior plating was used for 18 patients, anterior plating and posterior ilio-sacral screws were used for nine patients, three patients received both anterior and posteior plate fixation. The mean number of operations to stabilize the disruptions was two. The major complication incurred by most of the patients was pin site infection. The mean length of hospital stay was 25 days and the mean length of rehabilitation stay was 35 days. Of the 32 patients interviewed all had function outcome scores greater than 70 (good). Most (n=13) of them returned to full time work. All reported cosmetic changes in their pelvis.

Conclusions We feel that this study provided good quality retrospective data for the demographics and surgical therapy used to stabilize pelvic ring disruptions that are unstable. These results were consistent with current belief that internal fixation of pelvic fractures produced good functional outcome.


G.J. Sammarco R.T. Hockenbury

Introduction Nineteen consecutive patients underwent flexor hallucis longus (FHL) tendon transfer and medial displacement calcaneal osteotomy for the treatment of Stage 2 posterior tibial tendon dysfunction.

Methods The FHL tendon was utilized for transfer because it approximates the strength of the posterior tibiais muscle and is stronger than the peroneus brevis muscle. Seventeen patients returned for follow-up examination (average 18 months).

Results The AOFAS hindfoot score improved from 62/100 to 84/100. The subjective portion of the AOFAS hindfoot score improved from 31/60 to 49/60. Weight bearing pre-operative and post-operative radiographs revealed no statistically significant improvement for the medial longitudinal arch in measurements of lateral talo-first metatarsal angle, calcaneal pitch, vertical distance from the floor to the medial cuneiform or talo-navicular coverage angle. Three feet had a normal medial longitudinal arch and six feet had a longitudinal arch similar to the opposite side following the procedure. Patient satisfaction was high: 10 patients satisfied without reservations, six patients satisfied with minor reservations and one dissatisfied. No patient complained of donor defecit from the harvested FHL tendon.

Conculsions Despite the inability of the procedure to improve the height of the medial longitudinal arch, FHL transfer combined with medial diplacement calcaneal osteotomy yielded good to excellent clinical results and a high patient satisfaction rate.

In relation to the conduct of this study, one or more of the authors has received, or is likely to receive direct material benefits.


J. Wang I.C. Dickinson

Introduction Structure, position, strength, function and durability are critical following reconstruction after treatment of bone tumours. We aimed to assess performance and make recommendations in relation to shoulder reconstruction.

Methods Shoulder reconstruction following resection of bone tumours of the shoulder girdle was evaluated for thirty-two patients treated from 1987 to 2002. Several kinds of reconstructive procedures were performed and classified according to the system of the Musculoskeletal Tumour Society. Fourteen patients had an osteosarcoma, ten patients had a chondrosarcoma, four patients had an Ewings sarcoma and four had an extensive giant-cell tumour. The choice of reconstruction depended on the type of resection and the needs of the patient. The functional results were assessed and graded quantitatively according to the functional rating system of the Musculoskeletal Tumor Society. The average duration of follow-up was 75 months for the 23 patients who were still alive at the time of the latest follow-up examination.

Results Nine patients died of malignancy (four patients with surgical stage III disease and one with Paget’s osteosarcoma); these patients had an average 18 months follow-up post-operatively. The resection was classified as wide in 27 of 32 patients and as marginal in five. Two patients had local recurrence. Functional results were related to the type of resection and the method of shoulder reconstruction. In patients where the deltoid and rotator cuff could be preserved, allograft-prosthetic composite had better function than prosthesis alone after intra-articular resection of the humerus because reconstruction of the deltoid and the rotator cuff could be performed incorporating the allograft. After intra-articular resection of the proximal humerus with loss of the abductor mechanism, arthrodesis resulted in good function and more strength than was found after reconstruction with prosthesis or allograft-prosthetic composite. A secondary arthrodesis was performed in two patients with symptomatic instability following failed reconstruction with an allograft-prosthetic composite or an osteoarticular allograft. Insertion of an allograft, a vascularized fibular graft, a rotational latissimus dorsi flap and cancellous autograft bone was the preferred arthrodesis technique to achieve fusion as well as to reduce complications. There was one fracture and one infection in 10 patients. After extra-articular resection of the glenoid cavity and the proximal humerus with abductor mechanism, reconstruction with a functional spacer frequently resulted in superior subluxation of the implant and only fair function of the shoulder. With two teen-aged patients, a free fibular graft inserted after intra-articular resection of the proximal humerus led to fair function, to be followed by secondary arthrodesis when growth is complete. After resection of the acromion-glenoid cavity complex in one patient and the entire scapula in a child, no reconstruction resulted in good function of the shoulder.

Conclusions Indications for the method of reconstruction depend on type of resection, age, gender, occupation, the expected functional level and restriction of activity. After resection of the abductor mechanism, arthrodesis resulted in more strength and capacity to position the arm in space. It was suitable for the young. Allograft-prosthetic composite showed better function when the abductor mechanism had been reconstructed. Prostheses should be used in old patients or for palliative surgical treatment after resection the abductor mechanism. The most durable and functional reconstruction was arthrodesis.


J. Schatzker

Introduction A review of the the treatment of supracondylar fractures of the distal femur is presented.

Methods The material presented consists of a review of published literature and personal experience.

Results The introduction of the Condylar Blade Plate by the AO in the 1960s revolutionized the treatment of this injury. Numerous publications over the last 30 years attest to the superiority of the modern AO methods. The Comprehensive Classification of the supracondylar fractures greatly helps surgeons in decision making. The mid-line medial parapatelar surgical approach is preferred to the classical lateral incision. A lateral parapatellar incision has been in use recently in conjunction with the LISS and CLCP. A detailed understanding of the surgical anatomy of the distal femur prevents technical misadventures in securing stable fixation. Atraumatic reduction techniques have been developed to prevent devitalization of intermediate fragments which permits bridge plating and obviates the need of bone grafting multifragmentary fractures. Previously, failure to bone graft multifragmentary fractures was the commonest cause of failure of fixation. Current fixation devices are the classic condylar plate, the dynamic condylar screw, the condylar buttress plate, and the retrograde supracondylar femoral nail and the most recently developed LISS and the condylar locked compression plate. The choice of implant depends on the specific fracture pattern and associated soft tissue injury, concomitant apendicular and system injuries, the patient’s age and the presence of osteoporosis. The open supracondylar fracture presents unique problems which require careful judgement and staging in reconstruction. Even if they become infected, with proper stabilization 80% will still achieve satisfactory results. The supracondylar fracture in the presence of a total knee replacement is an absolute indication to surgical stabilization. It and osteoporosis present specific challenges which require specialized techniques of fixation for successful resolution. Polytrauma with multisystem injuries and certain specific concomitant articular injuries such as patellar fractures or fractures of the tibial plateau prejudice the outcome of treatment.

Conclusions With modern surgical treatment, young patients with isolated Type A, Type B and C1 or C2 fractures can expect a normal knee as the outcome of treatment. Type C3 fractures and open fractures continue to be a challenge and their outcome depends on the degree of initial articular cartilage destruction, the degree of bone fragmentation and displacement, and on the degree of soft tissue damage. Articular cartilage injury and severe osteoporosis continue to be the two most important unsolved problems in fracture surgery.


G. Yee R. Natoli N. Ogata Y. Yu R. Lindeman W. Walsh M. Poole

Introduction VEGF is a well known angiogenic peptide which has been shown to be central to endochondral ossification. Secondary fracture healing involves a combination of intramembranous and endochondral ossification. VEGF has been recently shown to be chemotactic for osteoblasts and chondroclasts. We therefore set out to examine the temporal and spatial expression of VEGF and its receptors in fracture healing. We report here the preliminary findings of our study.

Methods A closed mid-shaft fracture was produced in the right femora of nine 12 week old Sprague Dawley rats, stabilised by an intramedullary K-wire. The rats were sacrificed at one, two and four weeks. Through the use of immunohistochemistry, RT-PCR and in situ hybridisation.

Results We show that at each of the time points, VEGF is expressed in all of the cell types involved in fracture healing; the inflammatory cells, the osteo-progenitor cells,chondroblasts,chondrocytes,osteoblasts and osteoclasts as well as fibroblasts. We further show that there is persistent expression of VEGF in chondrocytes at four weeks.

Conclusions Our findings are consistent with the hypothesis that events in fracture healing reflect the processes that take place at the growth plate during embryonic development.


B.J. Freeman R.D. Fraser C.M.J. Cain D.J. Hall

Introduction Intra-Discal Electrothermal Therapy (IDET) has been proposed as a treatment for chronic discogenic low back pain. Reports from prospective outcome studies demonstrate statistically significant improvements, but to date there are no published randomized controlled trials assessing efficacy versus a placebo group.

Methods Ethical committee approval was obtained prior to the study. Patients with chronic low back pain who failed to improve with conservative therapy were considered. Inclusion criteria included the presence of one or two level symptomatic disc degeneration with posterior or postero-lateral annular tears as determined by provocative CT/discography. Patients were excluded if there was > 50% loss of disc height or previous back surgery. Fifty-seven patients were randomized with a 2:1 (IDET: Placebo) ratio, 38 to the active IDET arm and 19 to the sham procedure (placebo). In all cases the IDET catheter was positioned under sedation to cover at least 70% of the annular tear defined by the CT/discogram. An independent technician connected the catheter to the generator and either delivered electrothermal energy (active group) or did not (sham group). Both surgeon and patients were blinded to the treatment. Patients followed a standard post-procedural rehabilitation programme. Low Back Outcome Score (LBOS), Oswestry Disability Index (ODI), SF-36 questionnaire, Zung Depression Index (ZDI) and Modified Somatic Perceptions Questionnaire (MSPQ) were measured at baseline and six months. Successful outcome was defined as: no neurological deficit resulting from the procedure, improvement in LBOS of > 7 points, improvements in SF-36 subsets (pain/disability, physical functioning and bodily pain). Two subjects withdrew from the study (both IDET). Baseline demographic data, employment and workers’ compensation status, sitting tolerance, initial LBOS, ODI, SF-36, ZDI and MSPQ were similar for both groups.

Results No neurological deficits occurred as a result of either procedure. No subject in either treatment arm showed improvement of > 7 points in LBOS or specified domains of the SF-36. Mean ODI was 41.4 at baseline and 39.7 at six months for the IDET group compared to 40.7 at baseline and 41.5 at six months for the placebo group. There was no significant change in ZDI or MSPQ scores for either group. No subject in either treatment arm met criteria for successful outcome. Further analysis showed no significant change in outcome measures in either group at six months.

Conclusions This study demonstrates no significant benefit from IDET over placebo.


R. Pollock P. Stalley

Introduction Patients with musculo-skeletal tumours require appropriate staging investigations followed by prompt treatment. Biopsy of these lesions is hazardous and, when poorly performed, may compromise limb salvage surgery and patient survival. We examine the early management of such patients referred to our unit with particular reference to the biopsy.

Methods We conducted a prospective audit of all patients referred to our musculo-skeletal tumour service during 2002. Inclusion criteria were patients with a tumour of the musculo-skeletal system of unknown tissue diagnosis at presentation. Biopsies were performed either by the referring surgeon or the senior author. Patient demographics were recorded as well as details of the histological diagnosis, the site of the tumour and its stage. We recorded who performed the biopsy, the type of biopsy, the choice of biopsy site, whether or not adequate material was obtained and whether or not a poorly performed biopsy compromised the definitive treatment. We saw 162 patients (83 men and 79 women) with a mean age of 41 years (6 to 85). There were 81 primary bone tumours of which 40 were malignant, 58 primary soft tissue tumours of which 29 were malignant, 15 metastases from unknown primary tumours and eight haematological malignancies. One hundred and thirty-nine tumours were in the extremities, 12 pelvic, six trunk and six spinal. We saw patients at a mean of 11 days after receiving the referral letter. Of the 69 primary malignant tumours we saw 60 (87%) within two weeks and 67 (97%) within four weeks. The referring surgeon had performed biopsies in 29 cases.

Results Of the tumours biopsied by other surgeons, adequate diagnostic material was obtained in 75% compared to 99% in those biopsied by us. The biopsy site was suboptimal in 11/29 (38%). Fine needle aspiration (FNA) had been performed in 7/29 with only two (29%) providing diagnostic material. Poorly performed biopsy changed our definitive treatment in 5/29 (17%). Of those four had amputations and one patient received radiotherapy instead of further surgery. Twelve of 29 (41%) patients required re-excision of an incompletely excised tumour.

Conclusions Biopsies taken from sub-optimal sites may contaminate surrounding tissues, are frequently non-diagnostic and may compromise limb salvage surgery. FNA is particularly unreliable. We conclude that these patients are best served by early referral to a specialist centre where the biopsy can be performed quickly, safely and accurately.


R.R. Brown E. Goergens C.T. Cowell D.G. Little

Introduction Traumatic osteonecrosis of the femoral head in adolescents has a poor prognosis due to femoral head collapse and degenerative change. We hypothesised that early bisphosphonate treatment to reduce osteoclast activity could allow revascularisation and repair with maintenance of joint congruity.

Methods Nine patients with documented osteonecrosis are presented. There were six patients, who presented after unstable SCFE. Of these the index procedure had failed in three, requiring multiple early operations. The other three patients had sustained an inter-trochanteric fracture with a pelvic fracture, a traumatic hip dislocation and a femoral neck fracture respectively. They were treated with intermittent intravenous pamidronate (Aredia, Novartis) commencing within a mean one month of diagnosis (range 5 to 91 days). The dosing protocol has evolved over two years with the current dose being 9 mg/kg/year for 18 months. Mean follow-up is 19.8 months (range 13 to 30 months) with all patients followed for more than one year.

Results Eight of the patients are painfree. Six have been instructed to fully weight bear, while two can partial weight bear and one is non-weight bearing. Seven of nine patients do not show significant resorption of the femoral heads at the most recent follow-up. Of the two patients with significant resorption, one patient began to resorb after his medication was ceased, so it was recommenced. He has subsequently undergone a realignment procedure. The other patient had resorption of a section of the femoral head, which had not re-vascularised by 18 months, and this was elevated and bone grafted. These two hips were considered functional in the short term as they were pain free, but their deformity was expected to bring about early osteoarthritis in adult life.

Conclusions This early experience lays the foundation for prospective clinical trials of bisphosphonate therapy in adolescents with osteonecrosis. It appears that bisphosphonate treatment protocols for adolescents will need to be prolonged. Our current practice is for a duration of around 18 months with normalisation of uptake on bone scan as the end point for therapy.

In relation to the conduct of this study, one or more of the authors is in receipt of a research grant from a non-commercial source.


J.S. Mulford I. Harris

Introduction There is a perception in the orthopaedic community that patients with workers’ compensation claims have a poorer outcome than non-compensation patients. This review aims to identify and quantify the effect of workers’ compensation claims on the outcome of orthopaedic treatment.

Methods A systematic review of the literature was performed. Studies of any language published between 1966 and 2002 that compared the outcomes of compensation against a non-compensation group for any orthopaedic treatment were included. Articles with any group less than 20 patients were excluded. Literature searching and data extraction were performed independently by both reviewers and then compared. Differences between reviewers’ findings were resolved by discussion. Measures of region specific objective outcome, where available, were pooled into satisfactory and unsatisfactory groups for comparison. The raw data was used for a meta-analysis. The total number of articles that met the search criteria was 63. Within these articles there were 7,279 patients with workers’ compensation claim and 14,368 patients with no compensation claim.

Results No articles found that the workers’ compensation group had better outcomes. Fourteen found no difference between the two groups while 49 articles described a worse outcome in the compensation group. In the 41 papers which had outcome scores available for comparison there were 3,608 compensation patients with outcome scores and the outcome was unsatisfactory in 33.7%. There were 6,607 non-compensation patients with outcome scores and the outcome was unsatisfactory in 15.1% of non-compensation patients. The difference was significant (p< 0.01). The Relative Risk (RR) of an unsatisfactory outcome in workers’ compensation patients is 2.2. The Attributable Risk (AR), which gives the percentage of poor outcomes in the compensation group directly attributable to their compensation status, was 55.1%. Subgroup analysis of the major groups (spine: n=7,815, carpal tunnel: n=743, and shoulder n=379) revealed similar findings for each group (spine: RR=2.1, carpal tunnel: RR=2.2, shoulder: RR=5.1).

Conclusions From reviewing the literature, workers’ compensation patients have a poorer outcome compared to non-compensation patients for the same orthopaedic conditions. A workers’ compensation patient has more than double the risk of having a poor outcome in comparison to the non-compensation patient. More than half of the poor results in the compensation group can be attributed to their compensation status.


Full Access
A. Acharya J.A. Fernandes M.J. Bell M. Saleh

Introduction We have reviewed the clinical outcome and complications of Monofocal and Bifocal Callotasis for lower limb lengthening in children with Achondroplasia.

Methods Between August 1986 and January 1999, 57 children with Achondroplasia had lower limb lengthening. Monofocal callotasis had been carried out in 147 Segments of 44 children and bifocal callotasis in 38 segments of 17 children. Complications were noted and final outcomes recorded.

Results The 29 children who completed the programme gained an average of 20 cms in height. For all patients, the mean length gained per segment was roughly nine centimetres. Average Bone Healing Index in the mono-focal lengthening group was 39.9 days/cm and in the bifocal lengthening group 33.6 days/cm. Complications were staged and graded and the average was 2.8 complications per lengthened segment. Most were pin-site related and occurred during stage of distraction. Twenty percent of the segments required further axis corrections. Most patients regained their pre-operative range of motion. Serious irreversible complications were seen in only two patients and included a physeal bar and psychological disturbances. Functional outcome analyses are planned.

Conclusions Limb lengthening for short stature due to Achondroplasia can be confidently undertaken with favourable results in most cases. Bifocal lengthening is an alternative technique with quicker consolidation time.


D Jones S Parkinson

Background The complex ranges from mild epispadias to devastating cloacalexstrophy. Affected babies require multidisciplinary care. The orthopaedic surgeon may assist either directly, in releasing the midline by pelvic osteotomies or indirectly, by advice and treatment of musculoskeletal symptoms related to disturbed mechanics or deformity in the spine, pelvis and lower limbs.

Traditional osteotomies are posterior or horizontal. A technique of an oblique osteotomy from the sciatic notch to the iliac crest has been developed at Great Ormond Street since 1996, along with a system of external fixation. It is undertaken concurrently with urological reconstruction. The system of external fixation is relatively simple compared with other published work.

Methods We reviewed the results of 45 oblique osteotomies performed in conjunction with genito-urinary repair of classical and cloacal bladder exstrophy. Average follow-up was 37 months. Clinical outcome measures were pain, function, continence and normal gait. All radiographs were reviewed and the pubic intersym-physeal diastasis was recorded pre-operatively and on the latest post-operative x-ray. Children were grouped according to the age at the time of osteotomy.

Also children with classical exstrophy were divided into 4 groups on the basis of continence.

The mean post-operative percent reduction in the amount of the original diastasis was determined for all age groups. Comparison of pubic approximation was made between the two types of post-operative immobilisation

Results The majority of patients (42) reported no pain or functional disability. Six cases had a waddling gait pattern and 2 had residual external rotation. All the wounds healed and every osteotomy united.

The average improvement in pubic approximation was 37% for the whole series. Chidren who were older at the time of surgery (18–60 months) were found to maintain better correction over time (76%).

Children immobilised with an external fixator maintained better closure of the pelvis than those treated with plaster cast alone. (51% and 12.2% respectively). Maintenance of pubic approximation was associated with a higher level of bladder continence.

Complications included 3 cases of infection and loosening of the external fixator requiring early removal. There were no neurovascular complications.

Conclusion Oblique pelvic osteotomy is an effective part of the reconstruction bladder exstrophy and compares well with other types of osteotomy.

It is a reliable operation and the technique is applicable to all age groups.

Technique of Oblique Pelvic Osteotomy Oblique pelvic osteotomy is performed by first placing the patient in the supine position, preparing and draping the lower part of the body from the costal margin to the mid-thigh. Intravenous antibiotic prophylaxis is administered and continued for a 24-hour period.

Initially the Urologist will make an infra-umbilical incision then identify and mobilise the anatomical structures intended for their subsequent reconstruction and repair. This wound is then temporarily closed.

The Orthopaedic surgeon will then approach the ilial crest through bilateral oblique incisions made inferior to the anterior superior ilial spine as described for the Salter osteotomy

The interval is developed distal to the anterior superior ilial spine after identification and protection of the lateral femoral cutaneous nerve which is taken medially. After the interval between sartorious and tensa fascia lata are identified the iliac apophysis is split and reflected off the inner and outer ilial crests. The exposure may be improved by also developing the interval between rectus femorus and gluteus medius. Each side of the pelvis is exposed sub-periosteally from the iliac crest extending into the sciatic notch.

A Gigli saw is then passed through the sciatic notch. The line of the osteotomy is from the posterior part of the sciatic notch extending anteriorly and superiorly to exit the iliac crest 2cm posterior to the anterior superior iliac spine (figure 2). The most anterior 1.5cm of iliac crest from the distal pelvic fragment is trimmed to allow closure of the iliac apophysis after rotation.

The size of the half pin utilised is determined by the age of the patient. A baby under 18 months old will have a 3.5mm pin from the AO wrist external fixator frame and an older child over 2 years, a 4.5mm half pin. One half pin is inserted on each side of the pelvis. The half pin is placed in the distal fragment from anterior and lateral to posterior and medial with the tip of the screw just exiting the cortical bone of the medial aspect of the sciatic notch (figure 3a). Consideration of pin placement must take into account rotation of the distal fragment and preventive skin pressure areas. The iliac apophysis is repaired and the skin wounds are closed.

The Urologist completes the reconstruction procedure planned via their infra-umbilical approach.

The final stage involves the medial and superior rotation of both distal pelvic fragments and subsequent closure of the symphyseal diastasis. This position is maintained with the application of an anterior A-shaped frame from the wrist, AO fixation set in the younger infant or the AO pelvic fixator in the older child (figure 3b).

Symphyseal approximation is confirmed intra operatively by palpatation. Bilateral above knee front slabs casts are applied to prevent kicking the hips or knees.

The post-operative management involves pin site care on alternate days. The front slab casts are removed at 3 weeks and the anterior A-frame is removed at 6 weeks after union is confirmed on a pelvic radiograph. Depending on the social situation the children may go home during the post-operative period.


R.S. Bell J. Wunder A.M. Davis

Introduciton In our experience, amputation is rarely indicated in osteosarcoma. Amputation is more frequently required in soft tissue sarcoma for the following reasons: 1) recurrent tumour in previously radiated field; 2) composite tissue involvement of soft tissue, bone, vessels and nerves; 3) size of lesion. We have measured functional outcome in bone and soft tissue sarcoma using a combination of clinimetric measures describing impairment and patient determined measures assessing disability (1,2).

Methods In a matched case-control study (3), 12 patients with amputation were matched with 24 patients treated by limb-sparing surgery on the following variables: age, gender, length of follow-up, bone versus soft-tissue tumor, anatomic site, and treatment with adjuvant chemotherapy. End points included the Toronto Extremity Salvage Score (TESS), a measure of physical disability; the Shortform-36 (SF-36), a generic health status measure; and the Reintegration to Normal Living (RNL), a measure of handicap.

Results Mean TESS score for the patients with amputations was 74.5 versus 85.1 for the limb-sparing patients. (p = .15). Only the physical function subscale of the SF-36 showed statistically significant differences, with means of 45 and 71.1 for the amputation versus limb-sparing groups, respectively (p = .03). The RNL for the amputation group was 84.4 versus 97 for the limb-sparing group (p = .05). Seven of the 12 patients with amputations experienced ongoing difficulty with the soft tissues overlying their stumps. There was a trend toward increased disability for those in the amputation group versus those in the limb-sparing group, with the amputation group showing significantly higher levels of handicap.

Conclusions These data suggest that the differences in disability between amputation and limb-sparing patients are smaller than anticipated. The differences may be more notable in measuring handicap.


A.M. Davis B. O’Sullivan R.S. Bell R. Turcotte C.N. Catton J.S. Wunder P. Chabot A. Hammond V. Benk M. Isler C. Freeman K. Goddard A. Bezjak R.A. Kandel A. Sadura A. Day K. James D. Tu J. Pater B. Zee

Introduction Morbidity associated with wound complications may translate into disability and quality-of-life disadvantages for patients treated with radiotherapy (RT) for soft tissue sarcoma (STS) of the extremities. Functional outcome and health status of extremity STS patients randomized in a phase III trial comparing pre-operative versus post-operative RT is described.

Methods One hundred and ninety patients with extremity STS were randomized after stratification by tumor size dichotomized at 10 cm. Function and quality of life were measured by the Musculoskeletal Tumor Society Rating Scale (MSTS), the Toronto Extremity Salvage Score (TESS), and the Short Form-36 (SF-36) at randomization, six weeks, and three, six, 12, and 24 months after surgery. One hundred and eighty-five patients had function data.

Results Patients treated with post-operative RT had better function with higher MSTS (25.8 v 21.3, P < .01), TESS (69.8 v 60.6, P =.01), and SF-36 bodily pain (67.7 v 58.5, P =.03) scores at six weeks after surgery. There were no differences at later time points. Scores on the physical function, role-physical, and general health sub-scales of the SF-36 were significantly lower than Canadian normative data at all time points. After treatment arm was controlled for, MSTS change scores were predicted by a lower-extremity tumor, a large resection specimen, and motor nerve sacrifice; TESS change scores were predicted by lower-extremity tumor and prior incomplete excision. When wound complication was included in the model, patients with complications had lower MSTS and TESS scores in the first two years after treatment.

Conclusions The timing of RT has minimal impact on the function of STS patients in the first year after surgery. Tumor characteristics and wound complications have a detrimental effect on patient function.


I.C. Dickinson D. Battistuta B. Thompson N. Strobel

Introduction The aim of the investigation was to assess the significance of the extent of surgical margin on the chance of death, metastasis and local recurrence in soft tissue sarcoma.

Methods The review consisted of 324 patients. Surgical margin data was unavailable for 21, and of the remaining 303 patients, 10 patients had no residual tumour, margins were not defined for 24 patients and nine patients had radical resections. Wide margins were achieved for the remaining 260 patients. Fifty-four percent had surgical margins of under five millimetres. Cox Proportional Hazards Regression modelling was used to consider the impact of surgical margin with an overall survival, disease-free survival and metastasis-free survival. Results were expressed as survival rate ratios and graphics represented as model based survival curves. All associations that were statistically significant as well as any associations for which the rate ratios were 2.0 or greater were reported. Follow-up ranged from 53 days to 187 months, with a median of 40 months.

Results Overall survival time for the 279 patients with complete information was 124 months. There was a significant association between overall survival and extent of the surgical margin (chi-squared test statistics = 14.7, 8df, p = 0.043). There was a significantly higher death rate in patients who had a wide contaminated margin or a radical resection indicating likely poorer prognostic groups. There was however no difference between any margin from one to 20 mm. With respect to disease relapse, there were 27 local recurrences among 279 patients, and for statistical reasons, 24 local recurrences among 213 patients were reviewed. There was a significant association between the extent of surgical margin and disease-free survival (chi-squared test statistics = 9.5, 4df, p = 0.051). With relation to metastasis, 68 of 257 patients were reviewed, there being no statistical association between metastasis-free survival and margin extent.

Conclusions There is significant statistical evidence to suggest overall and disease-free survival increase with increasing width of surgical margin. The evidence is not convincing in our assessment of metastasis-free survival

In relation to the conduct of this study, one or more of the authors is in receipt of a research grant from a non-commercial source.


R. Pollock Y. Levy P. Stalley

Introduction Free, vascularised fibular grafting is well described in limb salvage surgery. The mechanical properties of the fibula make it ideal for replacement of bony defects after tumour resection and it can be sacrificed with minimal morbidity. We review the outcome of a consecutive series of 24 patients.

Methods Between 1993 and 2002 we performed free vascularised fibular grafts in 24 patients as part of a limb salvage procedure following tumour excision. Pre-operatively patients were staged using the Musculoskeletal Tumour Society (MSTS) system. Post-operatively patients were followed-up with radiographs and clinical examination. From the radiographs graft hypertrophy and time to bony union was documented. Functional outcome was assessed using the MSTS scoring system. Complications were recorded. There were 15 women and nine men with a mean age of 26 years (6 to 52). Mean follow-up was 51 months (12 to 106). There were 19 malignant tumours, all stage 2b, and five giant cell tumours. The mean length of graft was 12.5 cm (4.5 to25). Sixteen grafts were used in the upper limb and eight in the lower limb. Arthrodesis was performed in eight cases and intercalary reconstruction in 16 cases. Fixation of grafts was achieved with a plate and screws in 21, a blade plate in two and an IM nail in one. In six cases the resected tumour bone was reinserted as autograft after extracorporeal irradiation.

Results In all but one patient the tumour margins were clear. Primary bony union was achieved in 22 patients (92%) at a mean of 35 weeks (12 to 78). Graft hypertrophy was seen in 7/29 cases (24%). Complications included two wound breakdowns, three stress fractures, one muscle contracture, one malunion and one painful plate. Overall eight patients (33%) required second operation. Two patients died of recurrent disease and one has metastases. The mean MSTS functional score was 87% (80 to 93).

Conclusions Free vascularised fibula grafts offer a reliable method of reconstruction after excision of bone tumours. The complication rate appears high and some patients require a revision procedure. However, the problems are relatively easy to correct, bony union is achieved in the majority and functional outcome is good.


G.M.Y. Quan J. Ojaimi P.F.M. Choong

Introduction Hyaline cartilage is a barrier to osteosarcoma invasion, however the mechanisms behind this resistance remain unclear. The aim of this study was to examine the temporo-spatial pattern of osteosarcoma growth and invasion of local tissue structures, including epiphyseal cartilage, and to investigate the molecular mechanisms behind the resistance of cartilage to malignant invasion.

Methods An in vivo mouse model of osteosarcoma was used, whereby osteosarcoma cells were orthotopically injected into the tibiae of nude mice. Animals were sacrificed at weekly timepoints. Control and tumour limbs were processed for histological examination of tumors at different stages of disease progression. Routine Haematoxylin & Eosin staining was used to examine morphology, and immunohistochemical staining using antibodies against proangiogenic vascular endothelial growth factor (VEGF) and anti-angiogenic pigment epithelium-derived factor (PEDF) was performed. PEDF from mouse liver was cloned into a mammalian expression vector in order to generate stably-transfected osteosarcoma cell lines.

Results Hyaline cartilage of the growth plate and articular surface was resistant to local invasion by osteosarcoma in all sections examined, despite increasing tumor size as well as extensive intra- and extra-osseous destruction. All tumours showed immunostaining for VEGF but not for PEDF. In the most advanced cases, only the lowermost layers of the hypertrophic zone of the growth plate were eroded. These layers displayed strong immunostaining for the potent angiogenic factor VEGF, and weak to absent immunostaining for PEDF. By contrast, the resting, proliferative and upper hypertrophic layers, which were resistant to osteosarcoma invasion in the cases studied, showed high expression levels of the potent anti-angiogenic factor PEDF.

Conclusions These results confirm that the balance of angiogenesis, influenced by pro and anti-angiogenic factors, determines tumour growth and invasion. Given the localization of PEDF specifically to the resistant cartilaginous layers and its exceptionally potent anti-angiogenic effects, there are exciting prospects for the use of PEDF in treatment for osteosarcoma as well as other cancers. To this end, we have established osteosarcoma cell lines that over-express PEDF and are currently characterizing these cells in vitro and assessing the propensity of PEDF to suppress tumour invasion in vivo. Growth plate cartilage is resistant to invasion by osteosarcoma. PEDF is likely to play an important role in this resistance. As such, it may have therapeutic applications in osteosarcoma as well as other malignancies.

In relation to the conduct of this study, one or more of the authors is in receipt of a research grant from a non-commercial source.


A.O. Aluntas P.F.M. Choong G.J. Powell J. Slavin P.J. Smith S.M. Schlicht G. Toner S. Ngan

Introduction The aim of this study was to assess the accuracy of CT-guided core needle biopsy of musculo-skeletal tumours.

Methods This is a retrospective study on a series of 127 patients with a musculoskeletal tumours. The biopsies were performed over a four year period from 1998 to 2001. The accuracy of the CT-guided core needle biopsy was determined by comparing the histology of the biopsy with the final histology of the specimen obtained at open biopsy or surgical resection of the tumour. The effective accuracy was determined by the accuracy of the biopsy to diagnose benign versus malignant.

Results CT-guided core needle biopsy in this series has an overall accuracy of 80%. The effective accuracy as determined by a malignant versus benign lesion was 89%. There were 86 malignant tumours with a biopsy accuracy of 81% and there were 41 benign tumours with a biopsy accuracy of 78%. The positive predictive value (PPV) of a malignant tumour is 100% and the PPV of benign tumour 94.9%. The most common site of biopsy was from the femur and thigh, together accounting for 39.4% of the tumours. The most common tumours in this series were liposarcoma (n=12), osteosarcoma (n=11) and giant cell tumour (n=11). There were no reported complications arising from the biopsy.

Conclusions CT-guided core needle biopsy is a safe and effective procedure that is important in the diagnosis and management of musculoskeletal tumours.


S. Henry B. Courtenay C. Mackay

Introduction Aberrations in the balance of chondrocyte metabolism play an integral role in the degeneration of articular cartilage and subsequent arthritis. Gene expression profiling is a powerful tool which allows identification of differences in levels of mRNA expression of large numbers of genes simultaneously. The objective of this study was to compare mRNA expression from osteoarthritic cartilage with that of normal cartilage and by use of the Affymetrix system, identify target genes for further investigation.

Methods Human cartilage samples were obtained from osteoarthritic knees and hips at the time of joint replacement surgery. Non-arthritic cartilage samples were obtained from notchplasty at time of cruciate ligament replacement surgery or from trauma surgery. Cartilage samples were either snap frozen in liquid nitrogen and RNA directly isolated from the frozen tissue or enzymatically digested and established in primary culture prior to RNA isolation. The RNA was reverse transcribed to cDNA, labelled with a fluorochrome and then hybridised to gene chips. This will allow us to: 1. Compare whether RNA expression in cell culture accurately reflects that in the tissue itself. 2. Determine whether there are differences between the gene profiles of knee and hip osteoarthritis. 3. Select candidate genes for further analysis.

Results At present primary cell culture lines have been successfully established and are ready for RNA isolation. Frozen cartilage samples have undergone RNA isolation. Currently techniques are underway to maximise RNA extraction and sufficiently purify it to process a gene chip. Once the gene chip is made a list of up or down-regulated genes will be available for analysis. Human articular cartilage lends itself to gene profiling using cDNA arrays as it contains only one cell type. Thus any changes in gene expression levels can be directly attributed to the chondrocyte.

Conclusions This technology opens the door to a new search for the ‘arthritis gene’.

In relation to the conduct of this study, one or more of the authors is in receipt of a research grant from a non-commercial source.


F. Plasschaert C. Craig R. Bell W.G. Cole J.S. Wunder B.A Alman

Introduction Localised Langerhans-cell histiocytosis of bone (eosinophilic granuloma) is a benign tumour-like condition with a variable clinical course. Different forms of treatment have been reported to give satisfactory results. However, previous series all contain patients with a wide age range. Our aim was to investigate the effect of skeletal maturity on the rate of recurrence of isolated eosinophilic granuloma of bone excluding those arising in the spine.

Methods We followed-up 32 patients with an isolated eosinophilic granuloma for a mean of five years; 17 were skeletally immature.

Results No recurrences were noted in the skeletally immature group even after biopsy alone. By contrast, four of 13 skeletally mature patients had a recurrence and required further surgery.

Conclusions This suggests that eosinophilic granuloma has a low rate of recurrence in skeletally immature patients.


D. Christie

Introduction Starting in 1994 a series of four studies of Osteolymphoma (Primary Bone Lymphoma) have been undertaken. These studies were intended to characterise the disease and provide reliable information about treatment outcomes.

Methods Following a pilot study of 17 patients at West-mead hospital, an Australia-wide survey was conducted through the Australasian Radiation Oncology Lymphoma Group (AROLG) and data were published relating to 70 cases from nine institutions. Thereafter a prospective clinical trial was started under the auspices of the Trans-Tasman Radiation Oncology Group (TROG) and is currently accruing satisfactorily. To foster accrual to this trial the International Extranodal Study Group (IELSG) was invited to participate and they indicated they would only do so after a retrospective study of their own databases was undertaken. This retrospective study is also underway.

Results Results so far indicate a highly heterogeneous disease but with some common features, including some previously unnoticed behaviours, particularly the tendency to occur and recur mulitfocally both monostotically and polyostotically. The results are worse than other lymphomas but the use of new combinations of chemotherapy and radiotherapy is being tested and is likely to improve upon the outcomes. After eradicating the disease, there is a significant risk of subsequent fracture related to treatment factors. Orthopaedic surgery still has an important role to play in obtaining sufficient biopsy material without compromising stability, in providing stability where needed prior to radiotherapy and chemotherapy and in the treatment of subsequent fractures.

Conclusions Specialists involved in the treatment of bone tumours are encouraged to become familiar with this world-wide, Australian based line of investigation so that maximum accrual can be achieved

In relation to the conduct of this study, one or more of the authors is in receipt of a research grant from a non-commercial source.


R.S. Page J.F. Haines I.A. Trail

Introduction The aim of this study was to investigate the potential of impaction bone grafting for the restoration of glenoid bone stock in revision shoulder arthroplasty.

Methods There was significant osteolysis around the glenoid component in four rheumatoid patients who underwent revision shoulder arthroplasty using this technique. The criteria was a contained or containable defect. Femoral head allograft and iliac crest autograft harvested at the time of revision were used. Pre and post-operative radiographs, tomograms and fluoroscopic views aided in bone-stock analysis. Images were analysed for osteolysis, graft survival, incorporation and component loosening. Patients were followed using Constant-Murley scoring pre-operatively, and at a minimum of 12 months. The average patient age was 56 years (range 42 to 76), with three females and one male patient.

Results Glenoid component survivorship pre-revision averaged 9.5 years (range 8 to 12). The pre-operative Constant-Murley average was 11 (range 4 to 20) versus 64 post-operatively, a significant improvement over an average follow-up of 19.5 months (range 12 to 40). Radiological assessment demonstrated all grafts had incorporated with minimal subsidence and no radio-lucency at the graft-bone interface. Two of the glenoid components demonstrated static lucency at the component-graft interface, but no component movement on serial x-rays. In both patients the significant improvement in functional was maintained.

Conclusions To our knowledge this technique has not been described in glenoid component revision. It successfully provided bone for glenoid component insertion. This would not have been possible using standard techniques. The early results for this technique are encouraging and justify the continued application and follow-up of glenoid impaction grafting.


R.S. Bell

Introduction A literature review, supplemented by a small personal series of fractures in osteosarcoma, treated with internal fixation is presented.

Methods In a cooperative effort of the Musculoskeletal Tumor Society (2), retrospective data was gathered on fifty-two patients with osteosarcoma who had a pathologic fracture and on fifty-five matched patients with osteosarcoma who had not had a pathologic fracture.

Results From the literature review. Abudu et al (1) reviewed the Birmingham experience in 40 patients with pathological fractures from localised osteosarcoma of the long bones to determine the outcome of limb salvage in their management. All had had adjuvant chemotherapy. The authors undertook limb salvage in 27 patients and amputation in 13. The margins of resection were radical in five patients, wide in 26, marginal in six, and contaminated in three cases. Local recurrence developed in 19% of those treated by limb salvage and in none of those who had an amputation. The cumulative five-year survival of all the patients was 57% and in those treated by limb salvage or amputation it was 64% and 47%, respectively (p > 0.05). The authors concluded that limb-sparing surgery with adequate margins of excision can be achieved in many patients with pathological fractures from primary osteosarcoma without compromising survival, but the risk of local recurrence is significant.

From our retrospective study. The five-year estimated survival rates were 55% for the group with a pathologic fracture and 77% for the group without a fracture (p = 0.02). Eleven (37%) of the 30 patients with a fracture who were managed with limb salvage and 10 (45%) of the 22 patients with a fracture who were managed with an amputation died of the disease (p = 0.50). The performance of a limb-salvage procedure in patients with pathologic fracture did not seem to significantly increase the risk of local recurrence or death.

Conclusions Factors predictive of improved outcome, such as the response to chemotherapy and union of the fracture, should be taken into account when limb salvage is being considered. The limited Toronto experience with fracture fixation prior to chemotherapy and limb salvage will be discussed.


Full Access
A. Carstens R.P. Pitto D. Naot K. Callon I.R. Reid J. Cornish U. Bava

Introduction Paget’s disease of bone is a common disorder characterised by focal areas of increased bone resorption by osteoclasts and disorganised bone formation by osteoblasts. Because there is integral cross-talk between osteoclasts and osteoblasts during normal bone remodelling, we propose that Pagetic osteoblasts may also play a key role in the pathogenesis of Paget’s disease. Any phenotypic changes in the diseased osteoblasts are likely to result from alterations in the expression levels of specific genes.

Methods To determine any differences in expression between Pagetic and non-Pagetic osteoblasts and their precursors the gene expression profiles of RANK, RANKL, OPG, VEGF, IL-1beta, IL-6, MIP-1, TNF and M-CSF were investigated in primary cell cultures of human osteoblasts and in the osteoblast precursor population of bone marrow stromal cells. Trabecular bone explants were finely chopped, washed free of marrow and cellular debris then either snap frozen in liquid nitrogen or placed in flasks to culture outgrowth osteoblast-like cells. Mononuclear stromal cells from bone marrow were isolated and grown in culture flasks. RNA and conditioned media were collected from cultured osteoblasts and stromal cells at confluency. Real-Time PCR was used for the comparison of gene expression. 18S ribosomal RNA was used as an endogenous control to normalise the expression in the various samples.

Results RANK, MIP-1 and TNF were only detected in stromal cells whereas RANKL, OPG, VEGF, IL-1beta, IL-6 and M-CSF were detected in both osteoblasts and stromal cells. OPG displayed higher expression in osteoblasts while IL-1beta showed higher expression in stromal cells. To-date we have not seen any significant differences in gene expression between pagetic and non-pagetic subjects when comparing a small number of samples. A larger cohort is currently being investigated. Mutations in the sequestosome 1 gene have been showed to be associated with Paget’s disease. When a small number of Pagetic samples were sequenced for these mutations we found one out of seven patients (14%) to possess a known transition mutation at position 1215 in this gene.

Conclusions These results may further our understanding of the pathology of Paget’s disease.


A. Wang N. Leeks M. Ledger T. Ackland

Introduction Displaced fractures of the midshaft clavicle often results in malunion with angulation and foreshortening. The purpose of this study is to determine the secondary effects of clavicular shortening on the sternoclavicular joint and scapulo-thoracic relationship, and to evaluate the symptomatic and biomechanical outcome in these patients.

Methods A series of 10 patients each with a malunited fractured clavicle defined by relative shortening of more than 15 mm were examined. A self-administered questionnaire for assessment of symptoms and function of the ipsilateral shoulder was completed for each patient. Computer tomography and three dimensional reconstructions of both shoulders were undertaken for static anatomical measurements. Biomechanical testing comparing both shoulders in each patient measured strength and velocity of movement. All subjects were symptomatic in the injured shoulder.

Results There were statistically significant differences between injured and uninjured shoulders for both mean shoulder scores and visual analog global assessments of shoulder function. Clavicular shortening produced statistically significant increased upward angulation of the clavicle at the sternoclavicular joint (p< 0.005), increased lateral displacement of the scapula on the posterior wall, and anterior scapular version (p< 0.05). Biomechanical differences were also recorded including a reduction in muscular strength for adduction, extension, and internal rotation of the humerus and also a reduced peak abduction velocity in the injured shoulder (p< 0.05).

Conclusions Changes in static sternoclavicular and scapulothoracic relationships occur following short malunion of the clavicle and are possible mechanisms limiting shoulder function after this injury. This study provides evidence that consideration should be given to prevention of clavicle malunion by open reduction and internal fixation, especially in the young and active age group.


E. Hohmann A. Schmid V. Martinek A.B. Imhoff

Introduction Traumatic shoulder dislocations at a young age result in a significant re-dislocation rates and lead to chronic instability. Conservative treatment fails in 25% to 96% of cases especially in young active patients. The accepted standard treatment is the classical open Bankart repair. Re-dislocation rate could be decreased to 3.5% to 14.9% but almost always results in loss of motion. The development of new techniques and devices has lead to an increase in arthroscopic techniques for shoulder stabilisations.

Methods Between September 1996 and October 2000, 262 arthroscopic shoulder stabilisations were performed by one surgeon (ABI). For the refixation of the injured labrum suture anchors were used. In 159 cases FASTak (Arthrex) titanium anchors, in 26 cases Panalok (Mitek) and in 57 cases Suretac (Smith and Nephew) were used. The minimum follow-up was 12 months with a mean follow-up of 24.9 months (12 to 50). Exclusion criteria were SLAP and HAGL lesions, glenoid fractures, the inverted pear sign and hooked or posterior dislocations. Rowe score and a visual analogue scale were used to measure patient satisfaction.

Results The Rowe score increased to 83.1 +/− 20.9. The visual analogoue score demonstrated overall patient satisfaction. The redislocation rate was five percent, three percent having a history of adequate trauma. Complaints of subluxations and ongoing instability occured in six percent. Eighty-nine percent of the patients could return to sports with 68% being able to return to their previous sports level.

Conclusions This study demonstrates that arthroscopic shoulder stabilisation is comparable to the golden standard of open Bankart repair.


R.S. Page C.M. Robinson C. Court-Brown

Introduction The aim of this study was to assess shoulder hemiarthroplasty for non-reconstructable proximal humeral fractures at a minimum of 12 months and identify factors that aid prognosis.

Methods Patients with a displaced fracture requiring shoulder hemiarthroplasty were studied. Patients were treated using the Neer or Osteonics prosthesis and the decision for hemiarthroplasty was made at the time of surgery. Post-operative management was standardised. An independent functional assessment, record review creating a physiological index on co-morbidities, and a radiological analysis were carried out. Survival analysis was performed for one and five year results and data was analysed by linear regression to identify prognostic factors. From 163 patients there were 138 fitting the criteria, 42 males and 96 females, average age of 68.5 (range 30 to 90) years and follow-up of 6.3 (range 1 to 15) years. The fracture pattern was three or four part in 133 cases and five head split fractures; 58 were associated with dislocation.

Results Survival was 96.4% one year and 93.6% five years, with no significant difference between prostheses. There were eight revisions, (one deep infection, four dislocations and three peri-prosthetic fractures), by 12 months. The average Constant score was 67.1 at one year. Prognostic factors at presentation were patient age and physiological index. At three months factors were implant position, tuberosity union, persistent neurological deficit and any complication.

Conclusion Overall optimum outcome was in patients aged 55 to 60, with minimal co-morbidities and an uncomplicated recovery.

In relation to the conduct of this study, one or more of the authors is in receipt of a research grant from a non-commercial source.


M.H. Zheng J. Xu J. Chen C. Willers D.J. Wood

Introduction Rotator cuff degeneration is considered to be a major factor in the pathogenesis of rotator cuff tendon tear. Degenerative weakening of the rotator cuff can result in irreversible complete cuff-tear arthropathy syndrome. Recently a porcine small intestinal submucosa (SIS) has been approved by TGA as biological implant for the repair of rotator cuff tendon tear. The aims of this study are to evaluate the safety and efficacy of SIS.

Methods A commercial brand of SIS was examined by histology and PCR technique. The material was implanted into mice and rabbits for the evaluation of biological reaction and inflammatory response. Next, we have used SIS to replace the rotator cuff tendon in rabbit (N=10) and compared to control (N=10). Histological examination was conducted at four and eight weeks after implantation. To further confirm if cells present in SIS material were of porcine origin, nested PCR for the amplification of DAP12 gene was used.

Results Fresh SIS membrane before implantation contain multiple layers of spindle-shaped cells mixed with a small population of round-shaped cells. Chloroacetate esterase staining showed that the round-shaped cells are positive, indicating that they are mast cells. The tissue architecture of SIS mimics tendon structure as evidenced by H & E staining. The SIS membrane contained porcine DNA materials. Subcutaneous implant of SIS in mice (by six) for up to seven days showed no obvious inflammatory response or foreign body reaction. The result demonstrated that SIS has remained in the region and mixed with regenerative fibrous tissue after eight weeks. In some cases there was a massive recruitment of lymphocytes along the surface of membrane. However, no foreign body reactive giant cells were observed.

Conclusions The result of this study indicated that SIS contains porcine cells and nucleic acid, which contradicts current views that SIS is a cell free biomaterial. Although no foreign body reaction of SIS was observed, SIS implant may cause chronic inflammation. Further studies should be conducted to confirm the clinical efficacy of SIS implant for rotator cuff tendon tear.


D. Biggs M. Haber J. Seeff

Introduction Ultrasound is a readily available and widely used tool in the investigation of rotator cuff pathology in the shoulder. Reports in the literature as to the diagnostic accuracy of ultrasound in diagnosing cuff tears vary widely. Accuracy rates varying from 50% to 100% have been reported. Most reports reflect the accuracy rates from a single sub-specialized institution.

Method Sity-one consecutive patients with rotator cuff pathology diagnosed on ultrasound, underwent arthroscopy of the shoulder and rotator cuff repair, if a full thickness tear was found at surgery. Most patients had their ultrasound ordered by the referring doctor, prior to my initial review. The ultrasounds were performed at various suburban practices. Most were performed at branch practices of one of the three ‘corporate’ practices in Sydney. All full thickness tears were repaired arthroscopically.

Results Ultrasound correctly identified rotator cuff tears in 80.3%. Four of 61 patients (6.6%) were reported as having partial thickness tears and at surgery were found to have small full-thickness tears. Six of 61 patients (9.8%) had small full thickness tears diagnosed on ultrasound, but were found to have partial thickness tears at surgery. One patient (1.6%) had an ultrasound diagnosis of a tear but had an intact tendon at surgery. One patient (1.6%) was found to have a full thickness tear with an ultrasound that reported an intact tendon.

Conclusions Ultrasound is a valuable tool on the investigation of patients with rotator cuff pathology. It is not reliable in differentiating partial thickness from small full thickness cuff tears. This differentiation is not critical and should not significantly change the patient’s treatment. Reasons for false positive and false negative ultrasounds will be given. Ultrasound for the diagnosis of rotator cuff tendon tears, as performed in suburban practices, is accurate in up to 97% of cases.


T.K.F. Taylor M.R.J. Coolican D.A Parker D.J. Carmody

Introduction The aim of this study was to assess trends in the circumstances of spinal cord injury in all codes of football played in Australia in 1997 to 2002, and to combine and contrast these findings with those of identical studies done covering earlier years (1960 to 1996).

Methods A retrospective review of all spinal cord injuries occurring in all codes of football 1997 to 2002, combining and contrasting the results with identical studies done covering the years 1960 to 1985 and 1986 to 1996. Every football player with a documented spinal cord injury admitted to one of the spinal cord injury units across Australia was included. Data was recorded by way of record and radiograph review, and patient interview.

Results Fifty-four footballers were admitted to the spinal injury units over the period. The average yearly frequency of injuries over the study period was higher than the period 1986 to 1996, and similar to the period 1977 to 1985. The annual incidence of injury was lower in every sport except soccer, although data still remains to be collected from Victoria which may affect the incidence pertaining to Australian Rules. Rugby League had the biggest decrease in incidence. Most notable was the absence of any scrum injuries in league, down from nine (24% of all league injuries) in the prior study. Scrums sustained at engagement remained a prevalent cause of injury in Union. They by far predominated over those in collapsed scrums, reversing the trend towards the latter noted in the prior study. One-third of scrum injuries were in adult front-rowers who had played between one and four games in the front-row in their careers. The incidence of schoolboy injuries overall decreased substantially. The tackle accounted for all League and 40% of Union injuries. Over 75% of known tackle injuries on the ball carrier involved two or more tacklers at once. A much smaller percentage of patients remain wheelchair dependent (30%) than in the last study, and nearly 15% returned to near normality.

Conclusions Spinal cord injuries remain a significant concern in football, particularly the rugby codes. While the incidence overall may have slightly decreased, attention is needed to enforcing scrummaging laws, particularly in adult rugby, and focusing on the gang tackle as a cause of increased injuries in League and Union. An adequate compensation scheme and a national registry also need realisation.


J. Chapman C. Bellabarba S.K. Mirza

Introduciton Diagnosis of cranio-cervical dissociaton is frequently delayed, and neurological consequences may be severe. Our purpose was to identify problems with the diagnosis and treatment of craniocervical dissociation, while reporting the results of early craniocervical fusion with posterior segmental fixation.

Methods We present a retrospective review of 17 survivors of cranio-cervical dissociation identified through institutional spine and trauma registries. Medical records, radiographs, and prospectively collected data were used to identify the timing and method of diagnosis, and the effect of delayed diagnosis. Radiographic and clinical results of treatment were evaluated. Emphasis was placed on identifying missed or delayed diagnoses, decline in neurologic function, potential clinical or radiographic warning signs, and response to treatment.

Results Despite an abnormal Basion-Dens relationship in all but one patient, cranio-cervical dissociation was identified or suspected on the initial lateral cervical spine radiograph in only two patients (12%), and was diagnosed in only four patients (24%) following initial trauma evaluation (lateral radiograph and CT of cervical spine). The two day average delay in diagnosis was associated with profound neurologic deterioration in five patients. One patient had post-operative neurologic worsening. No patients developed craniocervical pseudarthrosis or hardware failure after a 15-month average follow-up period. The mean ASIA motor score of 50 improved to seven, and the number of patients with useful motor function (ASIA D or E) increased from seven patients (41%) pre-operatively to 13 (76%) post-operatively. The typical patient profile was of a polytraumatized patient with associated head injuriy, cranio-facial trauma, and asymmetric motor deficits extending above the C5 level.

Conclusions Better clinician awareness and disciplined review of screening C-spine radiographs are important for prompt diagnosis and stabilization of craniocervical instability. Of 17 patients with CCD necessitating internal fixation (stage two and three), 13 had a delay in diagnosis either at our institution or the transferring hospital, with severe neurological consequences in five patients. Significant recovery of neurologic function was a consistent post-operative finding, confirming the importance of prompt diagnosis and operative stabilization of these devastating injuries.


A. B. Fagan G.N. Askin J.W.S. Earwaker

Introduction Both congenital and acquired aetiologies for Os Odontoideum have been proposed leading to confusion in a medico-legal setting. No large series with CT and MRI features has been reported.

Methods Clinical, radiological, CT and MRI data from 25 cases of cranio-cervical anomalies (including 18 with Os Odontoideum) was collected prospectively. The hypothesis that Os Odontoideum is associated with signs of dysplasia such as arch hypertrophy (as quantified by the arch-peg ratio) and a ‘jigsaw’ like atlanto-dens joint configuration was tested.

Results Only one of 18 cases with Os Odontoideum gave a history of remote trauma. None of the cases with other post traumatic conditions showed arch hypertrophy or dysplasia of the joint. Os Odontoideum was associated with two distinctive features on mid-sagittal CT reconstruction: arch hypertrophy and the presence of a ‘jigsaw sign’. A quantitative definition of arch hypertrophy (an arch/ peg ratio greater than 0.5) provided a sensitive and specific test for Os Odontoideum. This was further enhanced in combination with the jigsaw sign to give a test accuracy of 97%. Motor changes with MRI signs of cord damage were observed in one of 12 cases associated with trauma.

Conclusions The lack of a history of remote trauma and the dyplastic atlanto-dens joint seen on CT are more suggestive of a congenital than a post-traumatic aetiology for Os Odontoideum. Patients with Os odontoideum are able to tolerate moderate to severe levels of injury without sustaining significant acute cord damage.


J.E. Owen M.C. Watts K.T. Boyd P.T. Myers N.K. Hunt

Introduction The standard surgical practice for athletes with recurrent anterior shoulder instability who play contact or collision sports is to perform either the Bankart repair or Bristow procedure. The purpose of this study was to investigate the outcome of a combined Bankart and Bristow procedure for recurrent anterior shoulder instability in high contact and collision athletes.

Methods Ninety-one patients underwent 100 combined Bankart and Bristow procedures for anterior shoulder instability (nine bilateral cases). Combined procedures were indicated in athletes participating in contact and collision sports. We were able to follow-up 71% of cases (71 shoulders in 65 patients) at an average of 6.5 years after surgery (range 2.1 to 12.3 years). The average age at the time of surgery was 23 years (range 15 to 47 years). There were 63 males and only two females. All patients were participating in competitive level sport at the time of injury of which 76.1% was rugby. A Rowe rating was calculated for each patient.

Results Forty-four percent were graded excellent, 18% good, 27% fair and 11% poor. Overall 66% of athletes returned to their pre-injury level of sport or better, whilst 25% return to a lower level of their sport. Nine percent did not return to sport after surgery. This cohort included 37 professional or semi-professional players of whom 73% were able to return to their pre-morbid or a higher level of sport. Only six percent have experienced further dislocations since surgery. A further 12% have experienced shoulder subluxation and another 19% report feelings of insecurity. Four percent have required an additional procedure. Eighty-nine reported no or only mild limitation of function or discomfort and 87% were either very satisfied or satisfied with their outcome.

Conclusions The combined open Bankart repair and Bristow procedures gives good results in athletes who participate in contact and collision sports. It has proved to be a robust procedure in the long term, allowing almost 75% of professional and semi-professional athletes to return to the same level or higher of sporting participation.


O. L. Osti R.T. Gun A. O’Riordan

Introduction Although subjects with whiplash associated disorders lack demonstrable physical injury, many exhibit prolonged disability. Disability appears unrelated to the severity of the collision. A prospective study was carried out to identify factors predictive of prolonged disability.

Methods One hundred and forty-seven subjects with recent whiplash injury were interviewed for putative disability risk factors. One hundred and thirty-five were re-interviewed 12 months later to assess the degree and duration of disability. Bi-variate and multi-variate analyses were undertaken to measure the association between putative risk factors and measures of outcome.

Results The bodily pain score and role emotional scores of the SF-36 health questionnaire showed a consistent significant positive association with better outcomes. After adjustment for bodily pain score and role emotional scores, consulting a lawyer was associated with less improvement in NPOS (p< 0.05), but there was no association with change in VAPS. Consulting a lawyer was associated with a lesser chance of claim settlement (p< 0.01) and a greater chance of still having treatment (p< 0.01) after one year, but there was no significant association with rate of return to work. The degree of damage to the vehicle was not a predictor of outcome.

Conclusions SF-36 scores for bodily pain and role emotional are useful means of identifying subjects at risk of prolonged disability. The findings support the implementation of an insurance system designed to minimise litigation.

In relation to the conduct of this study, one or more of the authors is in receipt of a research grant from a non-commercial source.


R.N. Srivastava

Introduction We have undertaken a retrospective study to identify prognostic factors predictive of neurological recovery after spinal cord injury (SCI).

Methods During the year 1999 to 2000, 403 patients with SCI were admitted and 91 patients could be followed-up for more than one year. Improvement in the motor score (ASIA) were taken as indicative of functional neurological recovery. Prognostic factors were simplified into static (which do not change with time) and dynamic (which may change with time). Variables like age, sex, mode of injury, mechanism of injury and skeletal level were static. Neurological level, sacral sparing, duration of spinal shock, reflex recovery, sensory & motor scores and complications like bedsores, flexor spasms, UTI, URTI, & DVT were dynamic. These were recorded at admission, at weekly intervals until discharge and at three monthly intervals in follow-up. They were correlated for any association with neurological recovery at one year. Regressive analysis of static and dynamic factors was done.

Results No significant correlation of static variables with the neurological recovery was found. First aid and transportation, duration of spinal shock, sacral sparing, rate of reflex recovery, flexor spasms and bedsores had a significant correlation with neurological recovery. Pin-prick sparing, spinal shock of < 24 hours and early appearance of deep tendon reflexes were good prognostic factors. Complete lesion, spinal shock for > 1 week, flexor spasms within three weeks and bedsore within one week were worst prognostic factor. Initial three weeks following injury was the critical period influencing final neurological and functional outcome.


R.N. Srivastava

Introduction Management of bedsores in traumatic paraplegia has been a challenge since time immemorial. Conventional serial debridement and dressings require prolong hospitalization, imply posible complications and are an economic burden. Modalities like hyperbaricoxygen, electrical stimulation, altered cultured keratinocytes are cumbersome, expensive, and not readily available. Negative pressure to promote wound healing is under evolution. This study evaluates the effect of negative pressure in bedsore management.

Methods The Negative Pressure Device (NPD) included sterilized foam, a low power continuous suction apparatus (Romovac) and a transparent polyurethane adhesive dressing. NPD was exclusively a bedside procedure. The perforated end of a drainage tube was placed on the wound surface and other end exited 10 cms away from wound margin, connected to Romovac. Sterilized foam was trimmed to size and geometry of wound as cover. Opsite closed the wound with an airtight seal. The bellow of Romovac was charged to attain negative pressure. Recharging was done after five to six hours. The wound inspected and dressings changed every five to seven days.

Results NPD converted an open wound into a close controlled wound. By drawing away fluid from the wound it prevented collection of secretions and decreased purulence. Negative pressure increased vascularity, enhanced granulation tissue and rapidly reduced the size and depth of wound. Airtight sealing prevented soiling and odor enabling universal acceptance. In controlled based study, NPD: Reduced the frequency of dressing from once daily to once in five to seven days (cost effective). Reduced bacterial contamination and substantially increased granulation tissue. Serial microbial assessment of wound revealed efficacy in controlling bacterial growth and achieving a sterile culture within 10 days. Prooved itself to be an efficient and painless method of serial debridement. Reduced wound size and depth to one third of the original within three weeks. Was well tolerated by patients. The drawbacks of NPD were: Failure in low sacral bedsores close to the natal cleft. Difficulty in getting an airtight seal using Opsite. The tendency of the sterile foam to disintegrate, making the secretions viscous and clogging the drain. Tendency to increase bleeding, during changes of dressings, from the exuberant granulation tissue which formed.

Conclusions NPD is a bedside procedure, easy to apply, with minimal side effects. It reduces the frequency of dressings and duration of hospitalization. By converting an open wound into a close-controlled wound it decreases purulence, hastens recovery and prevents soiling and the characteristic odor. The NPD apparatus suggested is innovative, cost-effective.


J.R. Chapman C. Bellabarba T. Schildhauer

Introduction Sacral fracture-dislocations with cauda equina deficits are high-energy injuries, the treatment of which is controversial. The effect of early decompression and stabilization is unclear. Neurologic recovery has not been objectively evaluated in past series, putting into question reported recovery rates. Sacral anatomic constraints make standard principles of fracture reduction, neural decompression and stable fixation difficult to apply. Lumbo-pelvic fixation allows indirect fracture stabilization by transferring loads directly from the acetabulum to the lumbar spine, thus avoiding the difficulties inherent in achieving sacral fixation. The purpose of this study was to determine the results of sacral decompression and lumbo-pelvic fixation for sacral fracture-dislocations, with neurologic deficits, using an objective method to evaluate neurologic recovery.

Methods We have carried out a complete retrospective review of all medical records, original radiographs, and prospectively collected data of 18 consecutive patients with sacral fracture-dislocations and cauda equina deficits identified between 1997 and 2002 through institutional spine and trauma databases. Fractures were classified according to Denis (1), Roy-Camille (2) and Strange-Vognsen (3). All were treated with open reduction, sacral decompression and lumbopelvic fixation. Radiographic and clinical results of treatment were evaluated. Neurologic outcome was measured by Gibbons’ criteria (4).

Results Sacral fractures healed in all 18 patients without loss of reduction. Average sacral kyphosis improved from 41° to 24°. Fifteen patients (83%) had normalization or improvement of bowel and bladder deficits, although only 10 patients (56%) had improved Gibbons scores. Average Gibbons type improved from four to 2.8 at 19 month average follow-up. Rod breakage (33%) and infection (17%) were the most common complications. Recovery of bowel and bladder function was more likely in patients with intact lumbosacral roots (86% vs. 36%,p=.066) and incomplete deficits (100% vs. 47%, p=.241) although the small cohort size precluded statistical significance.

Conclusions Lumbo-pelvic fixation safely and effectively provided the stability necessary for mobilization and weight-bearing without loss of reduction in polytraumatized, neurologically impaired patients undergoing extensive sacral decompression. Although neurologic improvement was noted in 83% of patients only 56% of patients had measurable recovery according to objective criteria. However, the functional improvement noted in most patients and complete recovery of bowel and bladder function in all but one patient with intact sacral roots are encouraging.


R.J. Moore

Introduction The annulus fibrosus of the intervertebral disc is composed of a series of concentric collagenous lamellae that constrain the highly pressurised fluid of the nucleus pulposus. With advancing age and even after physical injury in youth the disc almost invariably becomes progressively degenerate due to the combined effects of dehydration of the nucleus and disruption of the annulus. There is conjecture however, about which of the two compartments shows degenerate changes first.

Methods A histological and biochemical review is presented, based on a review of the literature and work carried out in our laboratories.

Results Three distinct types of annulus tears are seen histologically. Rim tears are formed by detachment of the peripheral annular fibres from the vertebral rim. Autopsy studies show that these lesions are rare in subjects younger than 30 years but the incidence increases significantly with advancing age. Although granulation tissue grows into the outer layers of the annulus in a normal healing response, these lesions frequently extend deeper into the disc. Radiating tears course radially across several lamellae, most often extending from the vertebral rim across the nucleus to involve the posterior side of the disc. These lesions are seen mostly between the ages of 30 and 50 years. Concentric tears are characterised by separation of adjacent lamellae and may appear as early as the second decade of life. In advanced degeneration nuclear changes may be seen with any combination of annular lesions. Biochemical changes, including dehydration and reduced proteoglycan content of the nucleus, parallel the morphologic changes to the disc. Altered biochemistry is further reflected by MRI studies in which some scanning sequences can detect even modest loss of fluid from the nucleus as early as three months after experimental annular incision. Annular lesions also compromise the biomechanical properties of the disc. While internal fixation that aims to immobilise the injured disc may promote some recovery of the mechanical integrity, degeneration nevertheless advances in the long term. Attempts to seal peripheral annular defects in experimental studies using biocompatible glue have also failed to promote healing and to prevent progression of even minor structural defects.

Conclusions Technological developments such as gene transfer into disc cells and direct implantation of either stem cells or more mature cells are emerging as potential candidates for the treatment of disc degeneration.


R.N. Srivastava

Introduction Management of cervical fracture-dislocation varies greatly. When using closed reducition it is not known what are the upper limits of skeletal-traction, the indications and approach of surgery. This study was done to evaluate a stepwise closed reduction protocol using vector principles and define the upper limit of weight tolerated by skeletal traction and manipulation under anaesthesia

Methods This study includes 47 patients of traumatic tetraplegia reporting within three weeks of injury. A sequential protocol was followed using the vector principle for closed reduction by skeletal traction. To begin with, three bricks (18.42 pounds) sustained traction was applied keeping the vector in flexion for five to six hours. This was followed by straightening of the spine and observing realignment. Check x-rays were taken. Acceptable reduction were maintained in extension. If reduciton was unacceptable, weights were added in one brick (6.14 pound) increments and sequential steps repeated. Vector angle in flexion, neutral and extension was easily maintained with bolsters, neck rolls and balancing bar. Manipulation under anaesthesia was tried when this protocol failed

Results Reduction was achieved in 41 of 47 (87.22%) within 24 hours. Maximum weight needed was six bricks (36.84 pounds). All irreducible dislocations showed symptoms of cord stretching when higher weights were applied in terms of pain, dizziness, nausea and hypotension with neurological deterioration in two. Maximum weight that could be tolerated was only up to 28% of body weight. MUA was associated with high risk because of compromised cardio-pulmonary status in majority. It was tried only when this protocol failed in four of six unacceptable reductions. In all four reduction could not be achieved by MUA and they required open reduction. Two patients did not give consent for MUA and for surgery and remained unreduced. Distal neurological recovery was seen in 23.33% of complete and 88.23% of incomplete cases. Rapid root recovery at the site of cord injury was seen in all 47 patients suggesting zonal segmental recovery. Pain function score as per Porlo’s scale was satisfactory in 43 of 47 patients. Loosening and infection at pin site was observed in four. Two patients who deteriorated neurologically on increasing the weights of skeletal traction recovered to initial level within a week when weights were brought back to tolerance limits.

Conclusions Cervical fracture-dislocations can easily be reduced without the need of heavy traction if traction is applied on vector principles. Manipulation under anesthesia with associated risks seem to have no advantage over reduction by this protocol.


C. Morrey T. Chesser A. Ward

Introduction We present prospective and retrospective reviews of sacral nonunions treated with posterior tension band plate and iliosacral screws at Frenchay Hospital from 1994.

Methods Using the pelvis data base at Frenchay (Bristol, UK) Hospital six patients were identified. A further two patients were followed prospectively. Clinical outcome was measured using a visual analogue score ( VAS ) for pain. Radiological analysis was done using pre-injury x-ray and CT when available, pre-revision and post-operative CT. Eight patients were reviewed. Average follow-up was two years (range 6 months to 5.5 years). The average time from initial injury and surgery to diagnosis of sacral nonunion was 7.5 months (range 3 to 18). Six patients had been treated previously with sacro-iliac screws and an anterior external fixator.

Results Pre-operative VAS scores averaged 9.2, postoperatively they averaged 3.4. All nonunions fused radiologically post-operatively. Anterior posterior displacement was able to be corrected by an average of five millimetres. The three fractures that were vertically displaced were not corrected because of coexisting neurological injury.

Conclusions Posterior tension band plating and iliosacral screw fixation reliably allows union to be obtained in sacral nonunions.


E.K. Wai E. Santos R.D. Fraser

Introduction Numerous in-vitro studies demonstrating increased stress at levels adjacent to a lumbar fusion have raised concerns of accelerated degeneration. However, the significance of this increased stress in the in-vivo setting remains unclear, especially with long-term follow-up. The objective of this study was to assess the level of degeneration on MRI in this same cohort of patients at a minimum of 20 years follow-up.

Methods Thirty-seven patients undergoing lower lumbar anterior lumbar interbody fusion with a minimum of 20 years follow-up were identified. Only patients with normal pre-operative discograms at the level adjacent to the fusion were considered in this study. MRI scans were performed and evaluated for any evidence of degeneration by an independent radiologist. Advanced degeneration was defined as either: (1) absence of T2 signal intensity in the disk, (2) disk herniation, or (3) spinal canal stenosis.

Results Advanced degeneration was identified in eight (22%) patients, with five (14%) being isolated to the adjacent level. Nineteen (51%) other patients had evidence of early degeneration in their lumbar spine. Overall, 10 (26%) patients had some evidence of degeneration isolated to the level adjacent to the disk whereas 17 (31%) patients had multilevel degeneration and six patients (16%) had degeneration in their lumbar spine but preservation of the adjacent level. There was no relationship between function and radiographic degeneration.

Conclusions Without a control group, it is difficult to make firm conclusions on whether the changes seen on MRI represent the natural history of spinal deterioration or represent accelerated degeneration. However, after 20 years, only a handful of patients developed advanced adjacent level degeneration. Furthermore, the majority of degenerative changes seen occurred over multiple levels or at levels not adjacent to the fusion, suggesting that changes seen may be more likely related to constitutional factors inherent within the individual as opposed to the increased biomechanical stresses at the adjacent levels.


D.M. Spengler T. Throckmorton

Introduction This review evaluates the clinical outcomes and complications of lumbar spinal fusion procedures for patients with a variety of degenerative disorders.

Methods Patients were evaluated with respect to outcome and complications. Further analysis allowed us to compare results in patients who had spinal instrumentation versus in situ fusion. In addition, our patients who underwent primary lumbar fusion were compared with those who underwent revision surgery. One author performed 148 spinal fusion procedures for degenerative disorders between 1990 and 1995. Outcomes were classified using Odom’s Criteria by the co-author. Patients were analyzed in groups so that we could compare primary versus revision procedures and instrumented versus non-instrumented fusions. The 148 patients ranged in age from 22 to 88, with 86 being female. Diagnostic categories included: instability (3%), stenosis (47%), spondylolisthesis (34%), disc herniation (10%), degenerative scoliosis (9%), and spondylosis (4%). Eighty-one patients had primary procedures; 104 patients were instrumented with pedicle screw systems, 127 patients (86%) were fused using iliac crest autograft.

Results Fifteen percent of primary patients developed complications compared to 24% of revision patients. Twenty-one percent of instrumented patients developed complications compared to 16% of non-instrumented patients. Transition syndrome developed in 13% of patients following spinal instrumentation. Average follow-up was 49.5 months. Seventy percent of primary patients had good/excellent results compared with 69% for the revision patients. Seventy-two percent of instrumented patients had good/excellent results compared to 65% of non-instrumented patients.

Conclusions Our retrospective review suggests that well selected revision surgery patients can have similar outcomes to patients who undergo initial lumbar fusion procedures. Although complications occur more frequently in patients who have revision fusions and/or instrumented fusions, clinical outcomes are similar.


A.B. Darwono

Introduction The aim of this study was to assess the effectiveness of percutaneous vertebroplasty as an invervention therapy in symptomatic vertebral compression fractures on pain relief and improvement of the quality of life of the patients. The increasing elderly population is assumed to be associated with an increased incidence of osteoporotic vertebral compression fractures. These fractures lead to a severe morbidity, decreasing quality of life, worsening co-morbidity and sometimes resulting in death. It is justifiable to treat stable vertebral compression fractures by non-operative therapy. Previous studies have shown that vertebroplasty as a non-operative treatment increases the vertebral body strength, restores vertebral body stiffness, reinforces fractured bone, prevents further deformity and alleviates the local pain. Complication rates are reputed to be low.

Methods This is a prospective clinical study of percutaneous vertebroplasty in treating stable vertebral compression fractures. Since January 2001, 30 patients were treated by percutaneous vertebroplasty for 58 osteoporotic compression vertebral fractures, four non-osteoporotic stable compression fractures, two compression vertebral fractures due to metastatic carcinoma of the prostate and one due to metastatic carcimona of the cervix. Bone cement PMMA (Howmedica) mixed with Vancomycin antibiotic, and Tantalum Dust Powder (Cook Medical Co) was inserted to the facture site using Oseo-Site Bone Biopsy needle (Cook Medical Co). Pre and post treatment pain, morbidity, quality of life, hospital stay, complication and long term results were evaluated.

Results The average hospital stay after vertebroplasty was 2.2 days. Signficant pain relief from 9.9 (pain scale) to 1.8. Improvement of the quality of life: siting, standing, walking without a lumbar brace was achieved one day after the treatment. In some cases the delay of improvement was influenced by the co-morbidity of the patients. No complications were found during the procedure of this treatment.

Conclusions Vertebroplasy provided a promisingly good result in alleviating the local pain and improving the quality of life in osteoporotic thoraco-lumbar compression fractures. Prospective and long term results should be evaluated in greater sample size for non osteoporotic stable compression fractures. Although vertebroplasty does not change the nature of carcinoma, it improves the rest of the quality of life of someone suffering from metastatic fractures.

In relation to the conduct of this study, one or more of the authors has received, or is likely to receive direct material benefits.


S.K. Mirza M.A. Konodi J.R. Chapman

Introduction A promising new approach in the treatment of osteoporosis is the reinforcement of fractured vertebrae with percutaneous injection of bone cement: percutaneous vertebroplasty. This paper reviews the current state of medical literature on this topic and raises concerns about the rapid acceptance of this procedure despite the poor quality of the evidence relating to its safety and efficacy.

Methods We performed a search and critical formal review of the available literature on percutaneous vertebroplasty listed in the MEDLINE database.

Results We found it difficult to summarize the distinct cases reported in the literature because of duplication of case reports and questionable citation in summary reports. Pain relief within 48 hours of treatment was almost universally reported, although clearly defined outcome measures and long-term follow-up were often not reported. The most common complication was leakage of the cement, with 90 instances reported out of 226 patients treated. The leaks were associated with clinical symptoms in three percent of the instances.

Conclusions New high-tech solutions to difficult medical problems are enticing. We must force new treatments through rigorous assessments before proclaiming them safe and successful. The percutaneous vertebroplasty literature fails in this responsibility.


A. Sood C. Butcher

Introduction Proximal femoral fractures (PFF) in the elderly have high complication rates contributing to associated morbidity and mortality. This study aimed to identify any specific patterns or factors contributing to surgical failures requiring re-operation in these patients.

Methods A retrospective review of 441 PFF treated operatively during a consecutive 27 month period was performed. Relevant data was obtained from operation records, medical records and x-ray reviews. The re-operation rate was calculated according to the fixation method (e.g. DHS) as well as fracture type (e.g. intertrochanteric).

Results Of the PFF treated operatively 40 required subsequent procedure(s). There were 28 mechanical failures and 12 deep infections. Of the mechanical failures four required more than one subsequent operation and five patients died within six months of revision surgery. Technical error was a significant factor in six of the 28. Repeat falls during the post-operative rehabilitation phase accounted for the majority of periprosthetic fractures. Of the deep infections five required removal of hardware and seven underwent incision and drainage. Dynamic condylar screw fixation for the subtrochanteric fractures had higher mechanical failure (50%) compared to intramedullary nail fixation (13%).

Conclusions Technical error, improper implant selection and falls during post-operative rehabilitation period are significant factors contributing to failures in PFF fixation and should be avoided.


Full Access
A.B. Fagan N. Eames G.N. Askin

Introduction The purpose of this study is to present the results of the fi rst 28 cases operated on by one of the authors.

Methods The study is a prospective single cohort study. The technique is applicable to approximately half of the adolescent idiopathic cases requiring surgery in a busy spinal deformity practice. Clinical radiological and patient derived outcome data was collected pre-operatively and at six weeks, three months, 12 months and 24 months post-operatively. The series comprises 27 females and one male. The median age was 18 years (range 10 to 46). A median of four portals was used (range 3 to 5), six discs were excised (range 4 to 8) and seven levels were instrumented (range 5 to 9). Operating time was a median of 5.5 hours (range 4 to 7). Median blood loss was 450 ml (range 20 to 2000 ml).

Results Rib humps were corrected from a mean of 160° to 60°. The Cobb angle was converted from a mean of 55° to a mean of 21°: a correction rate of 62%. Sagittal alignment has improved: the sagittal plumb line moving a mean of two centimetres anteriorly. A significant improvement in outcome from a pre-op median of 59 to a post op median of 67 as measured by the SRS instrument has been observed. Follow-up is for a mean of 12 months (range 1 to 25). There has been one case of rod breakage at one year. This has not affected the clinical outcome and this case has now been followed for two years. There has been one case of frozen shoulder involving the dependant intra-operative shoulder that resolved after several months. There has been no blood transfusion and no loss of correction in any case to date.

Conclusions The thoracoscopic technique has proven safe and effective. A more cosmetic wound is achieved and the trunk muscles are spared. One or two levels in the thoraco-lumbar spine are spared from fusion.

In relation to the conduct of this study, one or more of the authors is in receipt of a research grant from a non-commercial source.


J. Gissane G. Kulisiewicz P.N. Smith

Introduction Over 250 patients older than 50 years with fractured neck of femur (NOF) are treated annually at The Canberra Hospital (TCH). Our aim was to improve patient outcomes and reduce length of stay by developing a protocol driven approach to management of patients with NOF fractures, particularly focusing on efficient peri-operative assessment and management of fluid and electrolyte status.

Methods A prospective study of all patients over 50 years, admitted with a diagnosis of fractured neck of femur was carried out at TCH for a 12 month period. Baseline data was collected for a period of six months. We measured clinical factors including; time to theatre, pre-operative fluid resuscitation, length of stay and morbidity. A protocol was then introduced according to agreed best practice dealing with the issues identified in baseline data. Education of medical and nursing staff followed in the major treating areas: Emergency Department and orthopaedics ward. Following this a further six months data was collected to assess the effectiveness of the intervention.

Results Over the 12 month period prior to this study, the length of stay following fractured NOF at TCH was 15.39 days compared to the benchmark of 12.94 days. In the initial six month period 116 patients were admitted to the study. Baseline data demonstrated: average length of stay 12.75 days (from ED to discharge), average time to theatre 35 hours, variable fluid resuscitation for the first 24 hours averaging 1668.4 mls (range: 0 to 4000 mls). The in-hospital death rate in this patient group was 9.5%. In the second six month period, following protocol implementation, improvements were noted to be greatest in fluid resuscitation for the first 24 hours, averaging 3000 mls. Smaller improvements were seen in time to theatre, averaging 34 hours. The mortality rate and length of stay were not significantly different probably due to the higher anaesthetic risk score of the second cohort (p< 0.05).

Conclusions A program of outcomes assessment and evaluation in its first phase improved initial management of these patients and reduced length of stay. Further work is necessary to achieve timely assessment and early surgical intervention. Reducing the in-hospital death rate remains a problematic and complex issue.


A.D. Acharya R. Rajaganeshan T.J. Menon

Introduction Intermediate and long-term results following extracapsular fracture neck of femur have been evaluated in the past. However the precise effect of the type and the stability of the fracture on the early outcome is not known. This study evaluates the correlations between type and stability of the fracture, length of stay and predictors of early functional outcome.

Methods Ninety-five consecutive cases admitted with intertrochanteric fractures were reviewed retrospectively. Eight patients died during the hospital stay and were excluded from the study. Revision surgery for implant failure was excluded from the study. The medical records were reviewed to determine the pre-operative functional status and the outcome. Radiographs were reviewed by one of the authors to classify the fracture according to AO and Tronzo classification. Statistical analysis was performed using bivariate analysis and multistep logistic regression analysis.

Results The factors influencing the post-operative length of stay most were age and AO classification. The factors influencing post-operative mobility were pre-operative mobility, accommodation and presence of complications. The factors predicting post-operative accommodation were pre-injury accommodation and mobility. The mean difference in the pre and post-operative mobility grade was 1.9. The mean difference in the pre and postoperative accommodation grade was 1.31.

Conclusions One of the reasons for classification is to predict the prognosis. Our study showed that age and AO classification can predict length of stay in hospital. This can be used to pre-empt the discharge strategy.


C. Morrey T. Chesser A. Ward

Introduction We report on the clinical and radiological outcomes and complications associated with percutaneous ilio-sacral screw fixation of the pelvis.

Methods Patients were located on the plevic data base held at Frenchay Hospital, Bristol, UK. Patient charts were reviewed and their clinical outcomes had been determined using a visual analogue (VAS) pain score. All patients had pre and post-operative x-rays and CT scans. These were used to determine fracture type and subsequent post-operative reduction. All complications and subsequent surgery required was noted.

Results One hundred and seven patients with 76 disruptions of the sacro-iliac joint and 62 sacral fractures treated with percutaneous ilio-sacral screws were reviewed. Average follow-up was 2.5 years (range 6 months to 8 years). Half of the patients had a VAS score of zero post-operatively, 30% had scores of one to five and 20% had scores of greater than five. The majority of these patients had a coexisting neurological lesion. Seventy-one percent had an anatomical reduction (within 5 mm), 18% had displacements of between five and 10 mm and 11% had displacements of greater than 10 mm. There were five infections, four sacral nonunions, four failures of fixation and one case of a transient L5 nerve plasy following inadvertent screw positioning.

Conclusions Percutaneous ilio-sacral screw fixation of the pelvis allows safe, reliable and accurate reduction. Poor clinical results are often attributable to coexisting neurological lesions.


J. Schatzker

Introduction The unique aspects of the Comprehensive AO classification is discussed.

Methods The unique feature of this system of classification is that it’s principles and the classification itself are not based on the regional features of a bone or its fracture patterns. It is not bound by convention of usage or the popularity of an eponym. It is generic and applies to the whole skeleton. It’s guiding philosophy is that a classification is worthwhile only if it helps in evolving the rationale of treatment and in the evaluation of the outcome of that treatment. The classification must therefore indicate the severity of the fracture, which in this case indicates the morphological complexity of the fracture, the difficulties to be anticipated in treatment, and it’s prognosis. This has been accomplished by formulating the classification on the basis of repeating triads of fracture types, their goups and subgroups and by arranging the triads and the fractures in each triad in an ascending order of severity. Thus there are three fracture types A, B, and C in an ascending order of severity. Each fracture type has three groups and each group three subgroups. The identification of the Type indicates immediately the severity. The classification considers a long bone to have a diaphyseal segment and two end segments. It makes use of the rule of squares to define the end segments with great precision. The location of the fracture has also been simplified by noting the relationship which the center of the fracture bears to the segment. A new terminology has been developed. In order to provide a check list of essential data which must be available before a fracture can be classified, the Comprehensive Classification System has a system of binary questions which allow the classifier to determine precisely whether all the essential data necessary is available. If not, further imaging may be necessary. To facilitate computer entry and retrieval of the cases, an alphanumeric code has been created. The diagnosis of a fracture is given by coupling the location of the fracture with its morphologic complexity.

Results The developed terminology is so precise that it is now possible to describe a fracture verbally with such accuracy that it’s pictorial representation is superfluous.

Conclusions Once the surgeon has accurately classified the fracture, he can, basing himself on information available from the literature and on his own experience make proper decision regarding it’s treatment.


S.J. Lawrence J.R. Gardiner G.F. Grau

Introduction Open calcaneal fractures are high-energy compression injuries that commonly result in dismal outcomes, despite appropriate care. Fracture pattern associated with these compound injuries have never been documented in detail. Plain radiographic studies and CT are imaging modalities commonly utilized to assess the fracture patterns.

Methods The roentgenographic studies of thirty-nine consectutive compound fractures treated at our University Hospital were retrospectively reviewed to evaluate fracture subtypes and incidence. Hindfoot roentgenograms were performed in all individuals; more than three-fourths of the fractures were also assessed with CT.

Results A vast array of fracture patterns was noted with variable incidence. Over 90% were intra-articular fractures. Eighty-seven percent resulted from blunt trauma - the remaining followed penetrating trauma. Six distinct fracture patterns were delineated. The fracture subtypes were stratified into low, intermediate and high levels of energy. Low energy (Type I) included minimally-displaced fractures. These comprised only eight percent of our series. Intermediate energy fractures (Type II) included tongue-type, thalamic fractures and reconstructible posterior facet fractures. These three subtypes comprised 69% of the series. Finally, the Type III, or high-energy fractures was made up of “pulverized fractures” and fracture-dislocations. These comprised 23% of our series.

Conclusions Stratification of injury severity based on fracture subtypes and wound characteristics should assist orthopedists treating these compound hindfoot injuries. An injury classification is proposed combining a three part “energy of injury” scheme with a two-part “soft tissue” classification. A fuller understanding of the injury subtypes should help establish future management standards.


M.S. Kuster T. Forster K. Grob

Introduction In a Finite Element Analysis we calculated that in order to obtain a dynamic plate osteosynthesis a long plate with few screws and if possible no lag screw must be applied. These principles were employed in most shaft fractures at our institution since January 1999. We present the preliminary results of tibial shaft fractures treated with dynamic plate osteosynthesis.

Methods Forty-seven consecutive patients treated from January 1999 until August 2001 were followed clinically and radiologically. Fractures of the distal third and mid-shaft not suitable for a nail such as anatomical bends or narrow intramedullary canal were fixed with a long plate (titanium LCDCP) and few screws. In eight cases no lag screws were used. Six fractures were open fractures. Two cases needed a local flap for coverage of the defect.

Results There were no deep infections. There was one delayed union necessitating re-osteosynthesis and cancellous bone graft after four months. All other fractures healed within six months. No axis deviation was noticed. Due to the dynamic osteosynthesis all cases without lag screws healed with visible callus formation. However, breakage of three screws was seen.

Conclusion Intramedullary nails have become the gold standard for most tibial shaft fractures. However, a significant risk of malunion is associated with nails and in some anatomical instances a nail is not feasible. Dynamic plate osteosynthesis allows good bone healing with callus formation and restores length, axis and rotation of the bone. We consider it a safe and biological method for the treatment of most tibial shaft fractures.


I. S. Rikhraj

Introduction Retrograde nailing of femoral shaft fractures, through the knee joint, have been increasing. The indications for retrograde nailing are presently still evolving. This paper aims to discuss the indications for retrograde nailing

Methods We had conducted a prospective trial of nailing of femoral shaft fractures, using the retrograde approach. Nails were placed and reamed, with both distal and proximal locking done. Attention was given to the appropriate entry point. A literature review is also presented.

Results The set-up was easy. Operative time was a median of 70 minutes and average blood loss 200 mls. Time to union was 15 weeks with minimal complications, but dynamisation rates were high. No knee problems were found at a follow-up period of 47 months.

Conclusions The indications for retrograde nailing are ipsilateral femoral and acetabular fractures, ipsilateral patellar and femoral shaft fractures, ipsilateral tibial amd femoral shaft fractures, multiple trauma, femoral fracture with previous ipsilateral hip fusion, bilateral femoral shaft fractures, the obese or pregnant patient with a unilateral/bilateral femoral shaft fractures and perhaps the elderly with a unilateral femoral shaft fracture. We feel that the retrograde nailing is a useful technique for the orthopaedic surgeon to have in his/her armamentarium. Due to the longer union time and possible knee damage, indications should be respected.


A.R. Cadden R.S. Kua L. Grujic

Introduction The results of open reduction and internal fixation of displaced intra-articular calcaneal fractures has been shown to be superior to closed management. We report our early experience with the AO locking calcaneal plate for these injuries in particular looking for wound complications.

Methods Between December 2001 and March 2003 a total of 28 patients with 29 displaced intra-articular calcaneal fractures were treated by two surgeons. The average delay from injury to time of surgery was 11 days. A standard “L” shape lateral approach was used with the patient in a lateral decubitus position. Reduction was temporarily held with K wires before the locking plate was applied, with the bending tools used for in-situ plate moulding. Wounds were closed over a drain using Allgower-Donati sutures after haemostasis. Stitches were removed at two weeks when the wounds had healed.

Results Of the 29 fractures treated there was only two minor wound problems. In one patient this occurred after using the larger plate and consisted of slight necrosis at the inferior corner of the wound, which healed non-operatively. There have been two patients requiring removal of their plates between 10 and 15 months after surgery. They both complained of lateral pain, which may have been due to the plate being bulkier than other currently used plates. After removal both patients had immediate relief from their symptoms. The AO locking plate offers advantages over the standard plate. These include the option for locking screws as well as 2.7 mm and 3.5 mm screws, increased strength, and the ability to mould the plate in-situ using the bending irons in the screw holes. This in-situ moulding allows better contouring of the plate. On one occasion even this plate was too large and required trimming to fit the bone. We have not experienced an increase in wound problems due to bulkier plate.

Conclusions Our early experience with the AO Locking plate has been positive, with minimal complications. We would recommend the use of this plate for fixation of displaced intra-articular calcaneal fractures, and suggest the need for a smaller plate to be designed.


N.J.K. Miller W.C.F. Wong D.P. Ryan

Introducition Early splinting of long bone fractures reduces pain, facilitates patient transport and helps prevent further soft tissue injury. Experience suggests that the rate of splinting is low. This study aims to quantify this rate and determine whether it could be improved with a simple educational intervention.

Methods Radiographs ordered in the Emergency Department over an eight week control period were examined for fractures and presence of splints. The junior doctors responsible for these patients completed a questionnaire to assess how highly they rated early splinting. At the beginning of the next emergency term, new junior doctors were given the same questionnaire followed by an information sheet relating to fracture splinting. The questionnaire was repeated after reading the information sheet to confirm comprehension. Radiographs performed over the following eight weeks were examined.

Results Ninety-six long bone fractures amenable to splinting were x-rayed in the control period, and of these 15 were splinted (16%). After the intervention this rose to 28 out of 98 fractures (29%, p< 0.05). The intervention group prior to reading the information sheet ranked splinting in a similar manner to the control group (p> 0.20). Splinting ranked significantly more highly after reading the information sheet (p< 0.01).

Conclusions We have shown that a simple and concise teaching session to junior doctors in the Emergency Department significantly improves the rate of splinting in the early management of fractures. We suggest that similar training should be applied to all emergency staff.


M.P. Esser A.M. Laviopierre

Introduction The purpose of this paper is to illustrate the role of MDCT (multislice or multi-detector row computerised tomography) in the acquisition of information in musculoskeletal pathology and the subsequent manipulation of this data in obtaining 3D reconstruction to aid surgical planning.

Methods Numerous CT studies were performed on patients who had sustained significant and often complex injuries, including pelvic, acetabular, femoral head, proximal tibial and pilon fractures. The images were acquired on GE lightspeed scanners and post processed using advantage window workstations. The 3D imaging was then used in the planning of surgery. This allowed the accurate assessment of site and extent of fracture displacement as well as a 3D appreciation of any deformity present.

Results The images obtained were displayed using multiple formats: axially acquired source images, multiplanar isotropic reformatted images and 3D surface or volume-rendered images. The facility of being able to remove a particular bare to view adjacent bony structures increases the ability to assess the anatomical nature of a clinical problem.

Conclusions Multislice CT with 3D reconstructions is an extremely useful diagnostic tool in aiding surgical planning for trauma cases. In addition, the ability to rotate images on the workstation and obtain multiple perspectives, as well as being able to remove osseous structures to view adjacent bones with greater clarity provides useful additional information.

In relation to the conduct of this study, one or more of the authors is in receipt of a research grant from a non-commercial source.


A. Nabavi-Tabrizi G. Stubbs S. McKewin

Introduction The AO/ASIF 3.5 mm STS is increasingly used for internal fixation of large bones with the recent introduction of the 3.5 mm periarticular plating system. Our study aims to compare the insertion torque and mechanical properties of the screw after insertion into bovine femora using non tapped and pretapped methods.

Methods Three groups of ten 3.5 mm AO/ASIF STSs of variable lengths were used. One group was put aside as the control. One group was inserted into fresh bovine femora using pre-tapped drill holes and the final group using non-tapped drill holes. The insetion torques were measured and compared using an analogue torque screw driver. All screws were removed. The three groups were then tested for mechanical strength. The results of the groups were compared we found the insertion torque to be six times greater in the non tapped group compared to the pre tapped group. We noted the non tapped group failed later than the pre-tapped group, this was statistically not significant however. The mechanical strength of the screw was not statistically altered.

Conclusions We conclude that the 3.5 mm STS is easier to insert when pre tapped. However pre tapping is not necessary to preserve the mechanical strength of the screw.


J. Schatzker

Introduction A review of the treatment of distal femoral non-union and mal-union by intra-articular osteotomy is presented.

Methods It is based on a review of the literature and personal experience.

Results Articular fractures are of three basic types: split wedge fractures, split wedge depression and pure depression. Intra-articular osteotomies are easiest for pure split wedge fractures which have gone on to a mal-union because one can quite easily identify the original fracture line and then recreate it surgically at operation. Any callus which has formed during healing can also be resected to make the fragments fit. Corrective osteotomies are still possible, although more difficult, for split wedge fractures combined with joint depression, the so called split wedge depression type of fractures, which have mal-united. However, pure depression intra-articular fractures which have gone on to union cannot be reconstructed by means of an intra-articular osteotomy because it is impossible to recreate the original fracture lines. This fact emphasizes the importance of reducing and stabilizing intra-articular fractures as early as possible because of their rapid union and subsequent difficulties if one tries to correct the mal-unions. Post-traumatic arthritis develops as result of damage to the articular cartilage at the time of the trauma, as result of joint incongruity, axial deformity and resultant joint overload, and joint instability. Joint incongruity and axial deformity result in post-traumatic arthritis because of increase in stress beyond the tolerance of articular cartilage. Stress is the result of force distributed over available surface area S= F/A. Joint incongruity decreases available surface area and increases stress. Axial deformity because of overload increases force which increases stress. Instability on the other hand results in shearing forces which lead to rapid articular cartilage destruction. Instability is more malignant for a joint then excessive stress and leads more rapidly to joint destruction.

Conclusions From the above it is evident that the objectives in treatment of an intra-articular ma-lunion and non-union is to: Restore joint congruency and normal anatomy, correct axial malalignment, restore joint stability and restore joint mobility.


J. Schatzker

Introduction A review of the the treatment of supracondylar fractures of the distal femur is presented.

Methods The material presented consists of a review of published literature and personal experience.

Results The introduction of the Condylar Blade Plate by the AO in the 1960s revolutionized the treatment of this injury. Numerous publications over the last 30 years attest to the superiority of the modern AO methods. The Comprehensive Classification of the supracondylar fractures greatly helps surgeons in decision making. The mid-line medial parapatelar surgical approach is preferred to the classical lateral incision. A lateral parapatellar incision has been in use recently in conjunction with the LISS and CLCP. A detailed understanding of the surgical anatomy of the distal femur prevents technical misadventures in securing stable fixation. Atraumatic reduction techniques have been developed to prevent devitalization of intermediate fragments which permits bridge plating and obviates the need of bone grafting multifragmentary fractures. Previously, failure to bone graft multifragmentary fractures was the commonest cause of failure of fixation. Current fixation devices are the classic condylar plate, the dynamic condylar screw, the condylar buttress plate, and the retrograde supracondylar femoral nail and the most recently developed LISS and the condylar locked compression plate. The choice of implant depends on the specific fracture pattern and associated soft tissue injury, concomitant apendicular and system injuries, the patient’s age and the presence of osteoporosis. The open supracondylar fracture presents unique problems which require careful judgement and staging in reconstruction. Even if they become infected, with proper stabilization 80% will still achieve satisfactory results. The supracondylar fracture in the presence of a total knee replacement is an absolute indication to surgical stabilization. It and osteoporosis present specific challenges which require specialized techniques of fixation for successful resolution. Polytrauma with multisystem injuries and certain specific concomitant articular injuries such as patellar fractures or fractures of the tibial plateau prejudice the outcome of treatment.

Conclusions With modern surgical treatment, young patients with isolated Type A, Type B and C1 or C2 fractures can expect a normal knee as the outcome of treatment. Type C3 fractures and open fractures continue to be a challenge and their outcome depends on the degree of initial articular cartilage destruction, the degree of bone fragmentation and displacement, and on the degree of soft tissue damage. Articular cartilage injury and severe osteoporosis continue to be the two most important unsolved problems in fracture surgery.


M. Patel

Introduction Infected non-unions of long bones with failure of internal fixation are difficult problems with a high amputation rate. Infection following intra-medullary nail fixation is associated with medullary osteomyelitis throughout the length of the bone. We present the results of management of these infected non-unions with intra-medullary lavage, antibiotic cement rod and Ilizarov bifocal transport.

Methods Pre-operative management included management of limb dystrophy and planning for soft tissue cover including angiography. The first stage consisted of removal of the infected hardware, intra-medullary lavage, excision of the necrotic bone with acute (or gradual) shortening, soft tissue coverage including muscle flaps, stabilisation with the Ilizarov device and insertion of a custom-made antibiotic cement rod. The second stage consisted of removal of the rod at six to eight weeks, with a proximal (or distal) lengthening osteotomy for bifocal transport. The docking site was grafted when necessary. Outcome measures used were union, time for treatment completion and the Baltimore/ASAMI bone and functional scores. Eleven consecutive infected non-unions with failure of internal fixation at three tertiary teaching hospitals were treated with staged salvage. All cases had been offered an amputation by their original treating teams. Nine cases had infected intramedullary nails, one had a plate and one an external fixator for an infected nail. There were 10 tibial and one femoral non-unions. Four cases required muscle flaps. The average length of bone resected was 4.8 cm (range 3 to 8).

Results The average time for completion of treatment was 9.8 months (range 5.5 to 11.3). All eleven cases went on to solid union, both at the resection site and the lengthening osteotomy site. The mean post-treatment radiographic leg-length-discrepancy was less than 0.5 cm. All cases had an excellent to good functional score and an excellent to good bone score.

Conclusions Antibiotic cement rod and Ilizarov bifocal transport offer a viable alternative to amputation in salvaging infected non-unions following internal fixation of long bones. Treatment is long and difficult, but a functional limb is salvaged as the end result.


M.H.A. Eames I. Traynor R.G.H. Wallace

Introduction In this institution a structured program of conservative management of Achilles tendon rupture has been developed combining a conservative and orthotic treatment regime with a view to adding the advantages of a removable orthosis to traditional non-operative therapy. This study compares the results of this protocol to published surgical results. This is the largest detailed study of conservative management of Achilles tendon rupture in the literature to date.

Methods We assessed 140 subjects who had a complete rupture of their Achilles tendon treated with our combined conservative and orthotic regime between 1992 and 1998. Subjective assessments of symptoms and objective measurements of ankle range of motion, calf circumference and isokinetic measurements of ankle plantar flexion and dorsi flexion were recorded. Patients also completed a functional heel-rise test. Our results have been compared to published series.

Results Our overall results showed 56% had excellent, 30% good, 12% fair and two percent poor results. The overall complication rate was four percent, with three tendon reruptures. When compared with published results for operative repair, our combined conservative and orthotic treatment produces better results overall. Patients are subjectively happier, they have better strength results and have fewer complications.

In relation to the conduct of this study, one or more of the authors is in receipt of a research grant from a non-commercial source.


W.C.F. Wong S. Gupta F. Stewart D.P. Ryan

Introduction Kirschner wire (K-wire) pinning is a widely accepted technique for fixation of distal radius fractures. Potential exists for injury to the soft tissues. This cadaveric study evaluates the safety of percutaneous pinning of distal radius fractures using a technique of intrafocal placement of K-wires.

Methods Three K-wires (1.6 mm diameter) were inserted percutaneously into 18 cadaveric wrists 18 mm proximal to the radial styloid. A radial wire was placed between the first and second extensor compartments. A dorso-radial wire was placed proximal to Lister’s tubercle. A dorsoulnar wire was placed between the fourth and fifth compartments. The wrists were dissected along the wires to the bone.

Results The superficial radial nerve (SRN) was pierced twice (11%), the abductor pollicis longus six times (33%), the extensor pollicis brevis and the extensor carpiradialis brevis once (6%). Extensor pollicis longus (EPL) was entered five times (28%), the fourth compartment four times (22%) and the fifth compartment once (6%). Only four wrists (22%) escaped injury to any important structure.

Conclusions The incidence of SRN injury by percutaneous insertion of K-wires is similar to that reported for the mini-open approach of around 12%. Rupture of EPL has been reported at around two percent. Aetiology of rupture is unclear and a K-wire that is subsequently removed may not increase the risk of rupture.


A.R. Cadden D. Duckworth

Introduction Unstable distal clavicle fractures have a high rate of non and delayed union, with many authors recommending surgical fixation. There are several techniques described in the literature reporting good results. We report the outcome of eighteen patients undergoing temporary fixation with a coracoclavicular screw, reinforced with Mersilene tape and Ethibond sutures.

Methods Eighteen patients were treated by a single surgeon between October 1999 and March 2003. All patients were male with an average age of 35 years. The indication for surgery was an unstable Type II fracture of the distal third clavicle. Fixation was achieved with a 6.5 mm cancellous screw through the clavicle into the coracoid process, reinforced by Mersilene tape and number 5 Ethibond sutures around the coracoid process. The arm was immobilized for two to four weeks after surgery. Each patient had the screw removed at about 11 weeks from surgery.

Results Eighteen patients achieved osseous union with painless range of motion. Union time ranged between six to 11 weeks. One patient developed a superficial skin infection, which settled with oral antibiotics, the scar required revision at time of screw removal. Two patients had screw breakage after union, which did not affect their outcome. There was no cases of screw penetration.

Conclusions This method of screw fixation is a relatively safe and easy technique of open reduction and internal fixation of the unstable distal third of clavicle. The outcome of this procedure is predictable with minimal complications.


M. Patel D. Horman M. Guerra H. Anderson

Introduction Comminuted intra-articular fractures of the distal radius are severe injuries where the outcome depends on accurate anatomical reduction and reconstitution of the articular surface, and early mobilisation. This prospective outcome study aims to assess the anatomical and functional outcome of internal fixation of these complex fractures using a fragment specific fixation system.

Methods Fifty consecutive comminuted intra-articular distal radius fractures presenting at our hospital were treated by the one surgeon (MP). Inclusion criteria were age under 80 and AO classification C-3. Various combinations of wires, buttress pins/clips and plates were utilized according to each fracture configuration. No post-op splintage was used. All patients commenced hand therapy from day one post-op. Patients were reviewed at two weekly intervals till fracture union and monthly thereafter. All patients were independently assessed by a hand therapist for range of motion and grip strength. Patient function was assessed using the DASH (Disabilities of the Arm, Shoulder and Hand) and the PRWE scores. Thirteen males and 37 female with an average age of 53.8 (29 to 72) were treated with the TriMed between February 2002 and February 2003. Average follow-up was seven months (3 to 14).

Results All fractures had healed at the six week review, with mean palmar tilt of 12°, radial tilt of 19° and radioulnar variance of 5 mm, with articular step less than 1 mm. The mean DASH score was 19 (SD 9) and mean PRWE score was 19 (SD 11). Average range-of-motion was 65 (SD 17) dorsi-flexion, 55 (SD 19) palmar-flexion, 73 pronation and 67 supination. Grip strength recovered to 85% on average when compared to the opposite hand. There were no deep or superficial wound infections. Three patients had difficulty regaining early hand function, with difficulty complying with physiotherapy. One had borderline mental retardation. Two displayed symptoms of RDS, one responding to medication, and one requiring guanethidine arm block.

Conclusions Intra-articular distal radius fractures can be reliably and anatomically reduced and stabilized using fragment-specific fixation. Fixation of markedly comminuted fractures is secure enough to allow immediate motion. Clinical and radiographic results are excellent, and patient satisfaction is high. Patient compliance with hand therapy is critical for a good functional result.


J. Mahaluxmivala R. Nadarajah P.W. Allen R.A. Hill

Introduction The purpose of this study was to compare the time to union following acute shortening and subsequent lengthening versus Bone Transport using the Ilizarov external fixator.

Methods Eighteen patients with tibial non-unions (age range 26 to 63 years) were recruited between March 1995 and September 2001. Three subgroups of six patients each, were formed. Group 1 underwent Acute Shortening and subsequent Lengthening, whereas Group 2 underwent Bone Transport. Group 3 patients had defects < 1 cms but were still high energy injuries, therefore underwent application of a frame. This group was used as a comparison group. A proximal corticotomy was used for distraction osteogenesis. Bone grafting at the fracture or regenerate site was used if required to aid healing. All patients were followed-up to union. All three groups were similar for age, pre-injury health status including cigarette smoking. Ten infected non-unions were present. Most patients had at least two conventional operative interventions prior to referral to us for Ilizarov surgery. The mean bone resection in the Acute Shortening group (Group 1) was 4.6 cms and in the Bone Transport group (Group 2) was 5.9 cms. Patients in Group 2 had more procedures done before union was achieved. This included adjustment of frame/ reinsertion of wires to align transport segment for optimal docking and bone grafting at the docking/regenerate site. Four patients in Group 2 required bone grafting at the docking site compared to none in Group 1.

Results Eradication of infection and union was achieved in all patients with average time in frame being 12.1 months in the Acute Shortening group, 17.2 months in the Bone Transport group and 8.0 months in the Frame stabilisation group. Using Paley’s bone result evaluation system, an excellent result was achieved in all patients of all groups. However, patients in the Acute Shortening group had a shorter time to union and needed fewer procedures.

Conclusions We recommended that where feasible, acute shortening and lengthening is preferable to bone transport due to shorter union time and fewer procedures undertaken to achieve union. If this is not possible due to large defects, then a combination of acute shortening with transport to bridge the gap should be considered.